LTM 1500-8-1 Operating Instructions

LIEBHERR
TELESCOPIC BOOM MOBILE CRANE
LTM 1500>8.1
LTM 1500>8>1>008
Part 1 + Part 2
Operating instructions
BAL>No. 11826>02>02
Part 1 pages : 1 up to 810
Crane number
Date
The operating instructions are part of the crane !
Always keep on hand !
Comply with road travel and crane operating

regulations !
LIEBHERR>WERK EHINGEN GmbH, Postfach 1361, D>89582 Ehingen / Donau
Telefon (07391) 5 02>0, Telefax (07391) 5 02>33 99
www.liebherr.com, E>mail: info.lwe@liebherr.com
1
PREFACE 021643>08
General
This crane has been built according to the present level of technology and recognized safety technical
regulations. Despite that, dangers to body and life for the user and/or third persons or damage to the crane and
/or other material assets can occur.
This crane may only be used in flawless technical condition and according to its mission as well as with constant
awareness of safety and dangers.
Any problems, which could affect safety must be fixed immediately.
Modifications on the crane may only be made with written approval by Liebherr>Werk Ehingen GmbH .
These operating instructions should enable you to operate the crane safely and utilize its capabilities to the
fullest extent possible. They also provide notes on how important sub>assemblies and systems function.
Certain terms are used in these operating instructions, and in order to avoid misunderstandings while
operating, these terms should be used consistently.
These operating instructions have been translated according to best of one's knowledge. Liebherr>Werk
Ehingen GmbH assumes no liability for translation errors. The German operating instructions are solely
decisive for factual accuracy. If you find any errors when reading these operating instructions or if there is any
confusion, please contact Liebherr>Werk Ehingen GmbH immediately.
DANGER: Only qualified and trained expert personnel may work on this crane.
If this is not observed, there is a danger of accidents!
All regulations and guidelines applicable to the job site, such as accident prevention regulations and all
guidelines and regulations stated in these operating instructions must be strictly adhered to.
Using these operating instructions

> makes it easier to become familiar with the crane
> avoids malfunctions due to improper operation
Observing these operating instructions

> increases reliability in operations
> increases the operating life of the crane
> reduces repair costs and down>time
Always keep these operating instructions handy in the driver's and crane cab > they are an integral part of the
crane!
Operate this crane only with a thorough knowledge of its capabilities and limitations and in strict observance of
these operating instructions.
If you receive further information on the crane from us, e.g. in the form of technical information letters, this
must be observed and filed with the operating instructions.
If there are parts of these instructions or individual chapters that you do not understand, please do not hesitate
to ask us before you begin operation > we are glad to answer any inquiries you may have.
No part of these operating instructions may be circulated, nor may they be used for the purposes of competition.
All rights expressly reserved according to copyright law.
All accident prevention guidelines, operating instructions, etc. are based on destined use of the crane.
2
PREFACE 021643>08
Destined use
The destined use of the crane consists soley in vertical lifting and lowering of free and non>adhered loads, whose
weight and center of gravity are known.
To do so, a hook or hookblock approved by Liebherr must be reeved on the hoist cable and it may only be
operated in the permissible equipment configurations.
Driving with the crane, with or without an attached load is only permissible if a corresponding driving or load
chart is available. The equipment configurations intended for it and the safety conditions must be observed
according to the corresponding operating instructions.
Any other use or any other exceeding utilization is not destined use .
Part of destined use is also adherence of required safety regulations , conditions, prerequisites, equipment
configurations and working steps as noted in the crane documentation (Operating manual, load chart, job
planer) .
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by non>destined use or improper usage of the
crane. Any associated risk it is carried solelyby the owner, the operator and the user of the crane.
3
PREFACE 021643>08
Non>destined use is:
> Working outside the permissible equipment configurations according to the load chart
> Working outside the permissible radii and turning ranges according to the load chart
> Selecting load values, which do not correspond to the actual equipment configuration
> Selecting LMB>Codes, which do not match the actual equipment configuration
> Working with bypassed load moment limiter or bypassed hoist limit switch
> Increasing the overhang radius of the lifted load after a LMB shut off, for example by diagonally pulling the
load
> Using the support pressure indicator as safety function against tipping over
> Using equipment or attachment parts which are not approved for the crane
> Usage at sports and recreational events, especially for 'Bungee' jumps
> Driving on a public road in non>permissible travel condition (axle load, dimension)
> Driving the equipped crane in a non>permissible travel condition
> Pushing, pulling or lifting loads with the leveling regulation, the sliding arms or the support cylinders
> Pushing, pulling or lifting loads by actuating the slewing gear, the luffing gear or the telescoping gear
> Ripping stuck objects loose with the crane
> Utilizing the crane for a longer period of time for material handling tasks
> Releasing the crane suddenly (grapple or dumping operation )
> to utilize the crane if the weight of the load, which is suspended on the crane, has been changed, for example
by filling a container which is suspended on the load hook.
The crane may not be used for :
> to attach a stuck load, for which the weight and the center of gravity are unknown and to release it first, for
example by flame cutting.
> letting persons drive along outside the driver's cab
> transporting personnel in the crane cab while driving
> transporting personnel with the load tackle and on the load
> transporting personnel with containers, such as cherry pickers, if no written approval of the corresponding
job safety board has been issued
> transporting loads on the chassis
> two hook operation without auxiliary equipment
> extended material handling operation
4
PREFACE 021643>08
These operating instructions are to be read and the information in them is to be observed by all persons
operating, maintaining, or otherwise working in any capacity on this crane.
Notes
Throughout these instructions, the terms "Note", " C A U T I O N " and " D A N G E R " occur > these refer any
persons working with the crane to IMPORTANT OPERATING METHODS that must be observed.
Note: The term "Note" is used whenever the observance of certain instructions or notes is
economically meaningful to the utilization of the crane.
CAUTION: The term " C A U T I O N " is used whenever damage to the crane can occur if the
operating instruction(s) is not observed and adhered to.
DANGER: The term " D A N G E R " is used whenever the nonobservance of the warning given
may injure or lead to the death of persons and damage to the crane.
Safety devices
The safety devices integrated into the crane system deserve your special attention. They must always be
checked to see that they are functioning properly. If they do not function or function incorrectly, the crane may
not be operated. Your motto should always be:
"SAFETY FIRST"
Attachment and spare parts

This crane has been designed for both crane operation and travel operation, in accordance with valid guidelines,
and has been inspected and approved by the respective authorities
D A N G E R: Danger if original attachment parts are not used!

If the crane is not operated with original attachment parts, then the crane can fail
and cause fatal accidents!
Crane components can be damaged!
> Operate the crane only with original attachment parts!
> Crane operation with attachment parts which do not belong to the crane is
prohibited!
DANGER: Should modifications, manipulations or replacement of originally installed

components (e.g. dismantling of components, installation of components other than
original parts) be carried out by unauthorised personnel, authorisation of crane
operation, as well as manufacturer warranty are rendered immediatly invalid.
Definition der Richtungsangaben

Vorwßrts fahren bedeutet fahren mit dem Fahrerhaus voran.
RÂckwßrts fahren bedeutet fahren mit den RÂcklichtern des Unterwagens voran.
Vorn, hinten, rechts, links beziehen sich beim Kran auf den Zustand, dass Fahrerhaus und Ausleger in die
gleiche Richtung zeigen. Vorn ist immer in Richtung des Fahrerhauses.
Vorn, hinten, rechts, links beziehen sich im Fahrerhaus auf den Kranunterwagen. Das Faherhaus ist immer
vorn.
Vorn, hinten, rechts, links beziehen sich in der Krankabine auf den Kranoberwagen. Vor ist immer in
Richtung des Auslegers.
5
CONTENTS
189065
6
CONTENTS
1.00 DESCRIPTION OF THE CRANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.01 TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.03 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

1. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2. Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3. Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4. Support forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5. Emission values and vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6. Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
7. Rope diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
8. Lifting heights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.00 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.00 OPERATION OF THE CHASSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.01 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS > CHASSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.02 BEFORE STARTING UP THE VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

1. Prechecks before starting up the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2. Work station > Driver's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.03 AXLE SUSPENSION / AXLE LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2. Controls and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3. Axle suspension / Axle locking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.04 TRAVEL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

1. Travel condition of crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2. Starting and turning the engine off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4. Shunt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5. Differential locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
6. Independent rear axle steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
7. Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
3.05 THE CRANE AT THE JOBSITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

1. Selecting the site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
2. Changing from travel to crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3. Support the crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
4. Changing from crane to travel operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5. Checks before leaving the jobsite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
7
CONTENTS
4.00 OPERATION OF THE SUPERSTRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
4.01 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
4.02 LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
2. LICCON programs (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3. Booting up the LICCON computer system after turning it on (= boot phase) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4. The control elements in the LICCON computer system on monitor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
5. The ∫Set up∫ program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
6. The ∫Operation∫ program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7. The ∫Telescoping∫program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
8. The ∫Control Parameter ∫ program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
9. The program ∫Working range limitation∫ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
10. The program ∫Outrigger support∫ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
11. The ∫Test system∫ program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
20. The control elements in the LICCON computer system on monitor 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
21. The ∫Tele guying * program with engine monitoring and indicators on
LICCON monitor 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
4.03 STARTING UP THE CRANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

1. Checks before start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
2. Work station > crane operator's cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3. Start the crane engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4. LICCON Computer system after engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
4.04 SAFETY DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
2. Leveling instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
3. LICCON Computer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
4. Limit switch > luffing lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
5. Hydraulic safety valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
6. Shut off diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
4.05 CRANE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

1. Prerequisites for crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2. LICCON Computer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
3. Release of crane control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
4. Crane movement "Luffing" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
5. Control of crane movement "up / down" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
6. Control of crane movement "Slewing" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
7. Control of crane movement ∫Telescoping∫ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
8
CONTENTS
4.06 CABLE REEVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
2. Reeving and unreeving the hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
3. Attach and remove the load hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
4. Reeving plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
4.07 COUNTERWEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

1. Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
2. Counterweight frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
3. Installation with own crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
4. Stack the counterweight plates on the vehicle frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
5. Install the counterweight frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
6. Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
4.08 WORKING WITH A LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
4.12 TWO>HOOK OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
5.00 EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
5.01 SAFETY TECHNICAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
5.02 ERECTION AND TAKE DOWN CHARTS T / TY3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
2. Erection and take down chart for T>operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
3. Erection and take down chart for TY3>operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
5.03 FIXED LATTICE JIB > TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
2. Combination of lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
3. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
4. Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
5. Crane operation > TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
6. Take down procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
7. Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
5.04 LUFFING LATTICE JIB > TN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
2. Combination of luffing lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
3. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
4. Install the lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
5. Erection / take down procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
6. Crane operation > TN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
7. Take down procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
8. Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
9
CONTENTS
5.05 TELESCOPIC BOOM > GUYED > TY3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

1. Component overview TY3> guying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
2. Guy point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
3. Control elements TY3>guying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
4. Assembly TY3>guying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
5. Erect TY>brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
6. Install the guy ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
7. Telescope the telescopic boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
8. Pretension angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
9. Fold the TY>brackets out and in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
10. Tension the TY>brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
11. Crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
12. Disassembly of TY3>guying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
5.06 TELESCOPIC BOOM, GUYED > TY3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

1. TY3N > attachment set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
2. Install or remove the guy cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
4. Erection and take down chart > TY3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
5. Telescoping procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
6. Pretension angle and hook block weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
7. Crane operation > TY3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
8. Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
5.07 FIXED LATTICE JIB, T > GUYED > TY3F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
3. Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
4. Crane operation > TY3F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
6. Take down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
5.08 14 M EXTENSION TELESCOPIC BOOM 50 M > TVF, TVY3F, TVN,TVY3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616

1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
2. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
4. Erection procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
5. Crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
7. Take down procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
8. Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
10
CONTENTS
5.09 HYDRAULICALLY ADJUSTABLE LATTICE JIB > TNZF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646

1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
2. Assembly of lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
3. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
4. Erection and take down chart for 50 m / 84 m boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
5. Crane operation > TNZF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
6. Adjusting the lattice jib or special auxiliary boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
7. Take down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
8. Removal of electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
9. Removal of lattice jib or special auxiliary boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
10. Hyperbolic Interpolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
2. Boom nose (12t) on telescopic boom head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
3. Boom nose (12t) on N> end section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
4. Boom nose (48t) on N > end section and on special auxiliary boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
5.11 WINCH 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

1. Installation winch 3 with pulley block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
2. Position the pulley block for crane operation with winch 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
3. Position the pulley block for crane operation with winch 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
5.12 LUFFING LATTICE JIB,T > GUYED > TY3SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700

1. TY3SN attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2.1. Installation of spacers on TN/TF adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2.2. Connect the TN/TF adapter and spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
2.3. TN/TF Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3. Installation of the luffing lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3.1. Install the N>installation unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3.2. For installation / removal and assembly of the N>lattice jib, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3.3. Erection / take down of TYSN attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3.4. Erection and take down charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3.5. For telescoping procedure, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
11
CONTENTS
5.13 DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY TELESCOPIC BOOM WITH TRANSPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . 710

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
2. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
3. Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
5.14 TELESCOPIC BOOM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

LUFFING CYLINDER ON THE CRANE SUPERSTRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728

LUFFING CYLINDER ON THE TELESCOPIC BOOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
5.17 REMOVAL / INSTALLATION OF SLIDING ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
5.18 FIXED LATTICE JIB WITH ECCENTRIC > TY3EF / TY3ENZF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
2. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
3. Crane operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
4. Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
5.20 INSTALLATION HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
2. Swing the installation head into working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
3. Fold installation head to the side of the pivot section of the telescopic boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
5.28 WIND SPEED CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
5.56 HYDRAULICALLY ADJUSTABLE LATTICE JIB ,T > GUYED > TY3NZF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
1. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
2. Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
3. Erection and take down charts for 50 m / 84 m boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
4. Erection / take down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
5. Crane operation > TYSNZF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
6. Adjustment of lattice jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
8. Take down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
9. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
12
CONTENTS
6.00 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
7.00 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
8.00 CRANE INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
9.00 GENERAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
PART 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
13
1.00 DESCRIPTION OF THE CRANE 021672>00
14
021672>00
Chapter 1
Description of the Crane
15
1.01 TERMINOLOGY 026853>00
197159
16
1. Crane components
1.1 Crane chassis

1 8>axle chassis
2 Tires
3 Travel motor
4 Driver's cab
5 Sliding arms with support cylinders
6 Support plates
1.2 Crane superstructure

10 Crane engine
11 Crane operator's cab
12 Counterweight
13 Telescopic boom adjustment > luffing cylinder
14 Hoist gear 1
Hoist gear at T, TY3 *, TF *, TY3F *, TN *, TY3N * > operation
15 Hoist gear 3 * with hoist cable and accessories

to adjust the luffing lattice jib or
to lift high loads on steeply positioned tele boom, if hoist gear 2 has not been purchased
16 Hoist gear 2 * with hoist cable and accessories *

for 2>Hook operation or
for high loads on steeply positioned boom (with long cable)
1.3 Load tackle

18 Hoist cable
19 Hook block
* Optional
17
197155
18
2. Boom
2.1 Telescopic boom 50 m (T)

20 Pivot section
21 Telescoping section 1
2.2 Telescopic boom with guying (TY3)

24 Guy winches
25 TY>Brackets
26 Guy ropes
27 Guy rods
2.3 Fixed lattice jib (TF) and fixed lattice jib with guying (TY3F)
40 N > End section 8,0 m
41 NI>Intermediate section 7,0 m
42 NI>Intermediate section 14,0 m
43 NI>Reducer section 3,5 m
44 NA>Intermediate section 7,0 m
45 NA>Intermediate section 14,0 m
46 TF>Adapter 2,7 m
47 TN/TF>Adapter 2,2 m
2.4 Fixed lattice jib with extension (TVF) and fixed lattice jib with guying and extension (TVY2F)
80 Extension 14 m
19
197155
20
2.5 Luffing lattice jib (TN) and guyed luffing lattice jib (TY3N)
40 N > End section 8,0 m
41 NI > Intermediate section 7,0 m
42 NI > Intermediate section 14,0 m
43 NI > Reducer section 3,5 m
44 NA > Intermediate section 7,0 m
45 NA > Intermediate section 14,0 m
60 N>Pivot section 9,5 m

61 Fold in head
63 NA > Bracket I with relapse retainer
64 NA > Bracket II
65 NA > Bracket III
66 Guy rods
68 Upper pulley block, lattice jib adjustment
69 Lower pulley block, lattice jib adjustment
2.6 Luffing lattice jib with extension (TVN) and luffing lattice jib with guying and extension
(TVY2N)
80 Extension 14 m
2.7 Guyed luffing lattice jib with spacer (TY3SN)

67 Spacer
21
197156
22
2.8 Telescopic boom 84 m * (T)

20 Pivot section
2.9 Fixed lattice jib with guying and eccentric (TY3EF)

85 Eccentric
*Optional
23
1.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 026785>00
24
The Crane Chassis
Frame: Liebherr>made, low torsion box construction of highly durable fine grained
structural steel.
Outrigger supports: 4 outrigger supports, hydraulically extendable, with hydraulic support

cylinders and mounted pressure pads.
Travel motor: 8>cylinder diesel, manufactured by Liebherr, model D 9508 A7, water>cooled.
Exhaust emissions according to guidelines per 97/68/EC Stage 3 and
EPA/CARB Tier 3.
Performance: 500 kW ( 680 BHP) at 1900 rpm
max. torque: 3000 Nm at 1100 > 1500 rpm
Fuel tank capacity: 600 l
Transmission: Automatic transmission system with torque converter TC HD,

manufactured by ZF, model TC>TRONIC HD with 12 forward gears and 2
reverse gears, transfer gearbox with transfer differential.
Transfer gearbox with lockable transfer differential and off>road gear
Axles: All 8 axles suspended.

Axles 1 to 4 and 7 and 8 can be steered.
Axles 1, 2, 4 and 5 are planetary axles.
Suspension: All axles are hydro>pneumatically suspended, adjustable in height with

automatic leveling regulation.
Axle pressure compensation between axles pairs.
Suspension can be hydraulically blocked.
Tires: 16tires, all wheels with individual tires.

Tire size: 385/95 R 25 (14.00 R 25)
Steering: ZF>Half block hydro steering, 2 circuit system with hydraulic servo system and
additional reserve steering pump, driven by one axle.
Brakes: Service brake : All wheel servo air brake, 2 circuit system
Auxiliary brakes: Exhaust brake with ZBS brake system, Telma Eddy current
brake.
Hand brake : Spring>loaded accumulators act on 4th to 8th axle.
Driver's cab: Large sized cab in sheet metal version with comfort equipment, elastically
suspended, safety glass, control and indicator instruments.
Electr. system: Modern databus technology, 24 Volt DC, 2 batteries with each 170 Ah.
Illumination according to StVZO.
25
The Crane Superstructure
Frame: Liebherr>made, low torsion box construction of highly durable fine grained
structural steel. A triple row roller slewing ring serves as connector element to
the chassis, permitting unlimited slewing motion.
Crane engine: 6>cylinder diesel, manufactured by Liebherr, model D 936L A6, water>cooled.
Output according to DIN: 240 kW (326 BHP) at 1800 rpm
max. torque: 1500 Nm at 1300 > 1500 rpm
Crane drive: Diesel >hydraulic with 4 axial piston pumps with servo control and power
regulation in closed circuit for lifting, turning and moving the lattice jib.
3 axial piston pumps in open circuit for luffing and telescoping.
Control: Two 4 way manual control levers, self centering. Foot switch for telescoping.
Stepless regulation of all crane movements through hydraulic pump
regulation. Additional speed regulation through change of engine RPM.
Hoist gear: Axial piston variable displacement motor, Liebherr cable winch with
integrated planetary drive and spring loaded retaining brake.
Luffing gear: Two differential cylinders with safety check valve.
Slewing gear: Two slewing gears, each consists of one hydro motor, planetary gear, slewing
gear pinion and spring loaded retaining brake.
Crane operator's cab: Comfortable cab with safety glass, control and indicator instruments, cab can
be tilted backward. When driving on public roads, the cab is turned to the rear.
Safety devices: LICCON overload safety system, test system, hoist limitation, safety check
valves in the event pipe and hose ruptures.
Ballast: Total ballast 135 t, consists of 1 base plate 15 t, 8 parts at 15 t each.
Telescopic boom: Variation 1: Boom length 16.1 m > 50 m, consists of 1 base section and 3
telescopic sections.
All telescopic sections can be telescoped separately via the rapid
cycle telescoping system TELEMATIK.
Variation 2: Boom length 16.1 m > 84 m, consists of 1 base section and 6
telescopic sections.
All telescopic sections can be telescoped separately via the rapid
cycle telescoping system TELEMATIK.
Electrical system: Modern databus technology, 24 Volt DC, 2 batteries with each 170 Ah.
26
Additional equipment
Telescopic boom guying: Consists of guy bracket with 2 cable winches, can be installed on the 50 or 84 m
long telescopic boom. Can be folded in transport position.
Added ballast: Two additional ballast plates weighing 15 t each for a total ballast of 165 t for
operation with guyed telescopic boom.
Telescopic boom
extension: 14 m lattice section for extending the 50 m long telescopic boom.
Lattice jibs: Fixed lattice jib 14 m > 63 m length.

Luffing lattice jib 21 m > 91 m length.
2nd hoist gear: Axial piston variable displacement motor, Liebherr cable winch with
integrated planetary gear and spring loaded retaining brake, for 2 hook
operation.
3rd hoist gear

pulley block: Axial piston variable displacement motor, Liebherr cable winch with
integrated planetary gear and spring loaded retaining brake to control luffing
lattice jib.
Installation head: Can be bolted to telescopic section 2 and 3, folded on the side, fitted when no
telescopic boom head is available (i.e. after sections removed).
Installation device for

84 m telescopic boom: For quick installation / removal of telescopic sections 3 > 6
Transport telescopic sections on flatbed trailer.
Tires: 16 tires, tire size: 445/95 R 25 (16.00 R 25)
Auxiliary steering: Independent rear axle steering (crab walk)
27
1.03 TECHNICAL DATA 026858>04
1.1 Dimensions with 50 m long telescopic boom
102585
28
1.2 Dimensions with 50 m long telescopic boom and TY3 guying
102601
29
106000
30
10602
31
1. Dimensions
(see previous pages)
Tire size 385/95 > R 25 445/95 > R 25 * 525/80 > R 25 *
A 3950 4000 4000
B 3000 3000 3230
C 2612 2552 2702
D 3660 3710 3710
E 1925 1975 1975
F 17∞ 19∞ 19∞
G 10∞ 12∞ 12∞
1.2 Dimensions with 50 m long telescopic boom und TY3 guying
Tire size 385/95 > R 25 445/95 > R 25 * 525/80 > R 25 *
A 3950 4000 4000
B 3000 3000 3230
C 2612 2552 2702
D 4150 4200 4200
E 3660 3710 3710
F 1925 1975 1975
G 17∞ 19∞ 19∞
H 10∞ 12∞ 12∞
* Optional
32
Tire size 385/95 > R 25 445/95 > R 25 * 525/80 > R 25 *
A 3950 4000 4000
B 3000 3000 3230
C 2612 2552 2702
D 3660 3710 3710
E 1925 1975 1975
F 17∞ 19∞ 19∞
G 10∞ 12∞ 12∞
Tire size 385/95 > R 25 445/95 > R 25 * 525/80 > R 25 *
A 3950 4000 4000
B 3000 3000 3230
C 2612 2552 2702
D 4150 4200 4200
E 3660 3710 3710
F 1925 1975 1975
G 17∞ 19∞ 19∞
H 10∞ 12∞ 12∞
* Optional
33
2. Tires
2.1 Tires with "speed symbol E"
Tire size Wheel weight Tire pressure for travel Tire pressure for driving
on roads with the equipment in place
[kg] [bar] [bar]
385/95 > R 25 260 10 10
445/95 > R 25* 320 9 10
525/80 > R 25* 375 7 8
2.2 Tires with "speed symbol F"
Tire size Wheel weight Tire pressure for travel Tire pressure for driving
on roads with the equipment in place
[kg] [bar] [bar]
385/95 > R 25 260 9 9
445/95 > R 25* 320 9 9
3. Weights
3.1 Axle loads [t]

> Crane in travel position
> with 50 m telescopic boom
Axle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total weight
t 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 96
34
3.2 Load tackle
Load carrying
Pulleys Lines Weight [kg] Type
capacity [t]
274,1 13 27 4900/6100 320 DSM
247,5 11 23 3700 250 DSM
171,1 7 15 2700/3500 200 DM
84,7 3 7 1800/2600 100 DM
37,4 1 3 1400 40 EM
12,5 > 1 600 12,5 E
4. Support forces
Max. support force per support front rear
with nominal load 1760 kN 2060 kN
5. Emission values and vibrations
5.1 Workplace related emission values
Stationary noise level LpAeq [db(A)]

Noise level at nominal
engine RPM
left ear right ear
Driver's cab, driver's side 75 72
Driver's cab, passenger side 73
Crane operator's cab 75
5.2 Vibrations
Vibrations transferred to the operator Value
Total vibration value to which the upper body limbs are exposed to not more than 2,5 m/s2
Effective value of weighted acceleration to which the entire body

not more than 0,5 m/s2
is exposed to
35
6. Speeds
6.1 Travel speeds [km/h] with tires 385/95 R 25
Gear 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Speed 5,2 6,7 8,7 11,1 14,1 18 23,8 30,5
Gear 9 10 11 12 R1 R2 max. incline [%]
Speed 39,5 50,6 64,2 75 5,6 7,2 ca. 37,4 %
6.2 Travel speeds [km/h] with tires 445/95 R 25
Gear 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Speed 5,7 7,3 9,4 12,1 15,3 19,6 25,9 33,2
Gear 9 10 11 12 R1 R2 max. incline [%]
Speed 43 55,1 69,8 80 6,1 7,9 ca. 33,9 %
6.3 Crane speeds
Drives stepless Cable a [mm] / Cable length[m]

Hoist gear I 0 > 130 m /min for single line 25 / 450
Hoist gear II 0 > 145 m /min for single line 25 / 750
Hoist gear III 0 > 130 m /min for single line 25 / 1050
Slewing gear 0 > 1 min >1
Luffing gear ca. 70 s -1∞ to 83∞ boom position
Telescoping ca. 330 s for boom length 16,1 m > 50 m
ca. 750 s fÂr boom length 16,1 m > 84 m
36
7. Rope diameter
Type of rope Rope diameter
Hoist ropes 25 mm
Assembly rope 8 mm
Rope for TY telescopic boom

46 mm
guying
8. Lifting heights
Note: The lifting heights for the corresponding operating modes are listed in the load charts
and the job planer!
37
2.00 SAFETY 027862>00
38
2.00 SAFETY 027862>00
Chapter 2
Safety
39
2.00 SAFETY 027862>00
40
2.00 SAFETY 027862>00
Note: see Crane operating instructions chapter 2.00 part 2!
41
3.00 OPERATION OF THE CHASSIS 021676>00
42
021676>00
Chapter 3
Operation of the Chassis
43
3.01 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS > CHASSIS 027197>00
194457
44
1. General operating elements
Pos.:
1 Pedal > Service brake
2 Pedal > Engine regulation
3 Hand lever > Parking brake
4 Tachograph > with : > Speedometer,
> Kilometer counter
> Clock
5 Steering wheel
6 Steering column switch,
left > with : > Change over switch for low beam / high beam light
> Flasher control
> Blinker control (left / right)
> Windshield wiper control (0, intermittent, I, II)
> Windshield washer system control
> Horn control
7 Steering column switch,
right, > with: > Continuous brake: Switch position 0 > 3
Switch position 0 > 5*
(with Eddy current brake *)
> Tempomat
> Temposet
> Handgas
> Shift up or down by 1 gear in manual shifting operation
8 Foot button > pneumatic incline and height adjustment of steering wheel
9 not used
10 Driver's seat Note: For description "Adjust driver's seat" see chapter 3.02 BEFORE
STARTUNG UP THE VEHICLE.
11 not used
12 not used
13 not used
14 Battery box
15 Battery master switch
16 not used
* Optional
45
104119
46
Pos.:
17 Display / indicator unit
18 Keypad unit > In case of selected and completed function, the function indicator on
the corresponding button lights up.
> In case of selected, but not completed function, the function indicator
on the corresponding button blinks.
> In case of non>permissible function , an acoustical signal (beep) can
be heard when the button is pressed.
19 Arm. center console
20 Switch, button > Switch : Change over outside mirror right / left
Button: electric mirror adjustment
23 Ignition starter switch > Position: P / 0 / ¡ / ¬
24 > 25 not used
26 * Switch > Battery charge unit, change over superstructure (OW) / chassis (UW)
27 * Switch > Dolly operation
28 > 30 not used
31 * Switch > Camera cleaning
32 Hour meter
33 Integrated electrical socket 24 V
34 Cigarette lighter
36 Axle pressure gauge > 1. + 2. axle, left side
1. to 4. axle, left side for axle pressure compensation axle 1 to 4
37 Axle pressure gauge > 1. + 2. axle, right side

1. to 4. axle, right side for axle pressure compensation axle 1 to 4
38 Axle pressure gauge > 7. + 8. axle, left side

5. to 8. axle, left side for axle pressure compensation axle 5 to 8
39 Axle pressure gauge > 7. + 8. axle, right side

5. to 8. axle, right side for axle pressure compensation axle 5 to 8
41 Ashtray
42 Reservoir > Windshield cleaning fluid
43 Interior light
44 Vents > for heater / ventilation / air conditioning system *
45 Switch > Window lift, left
46 Switch > Window lift, right
47 Switch > Window lift, right
48 Trip logger
* Optional
47
103439
48
1.1 Camera > Monitor *
Pos.:
61 Button > On / off
62 Remote control sensor
63 Brightness sensor > Automatic brightness regulation
64 Camera selector button
65 Menu button The following functions can be selected in the menu:
> Scale
> KA 1 (mirror)
> Automatic time
> Color
> Brightness
> Contrast
> Tint (only for NTSC)
66 Button > Increase volume

67 Button > Decrease volume
68 Switch > Day / night switch
69 Button > Shift channel up
70 Button > Shift channel down
* Optional
49
104055
50
1.2 Control elements of the DTCO trip recorder *
Pos.:
80 Display
81 Key field, driver > 1 > Activity button for driver >1
> Discharge button card slot > 1
82 Card slot > 1
83 Download Interface / Calibrate Interface
84 Key field, driver > 2 > Activity button for driver >2
> Discharge button card slot > 2
85 Card slot > 2
86 Release button printer drawer
87 Tear>off edge
88 Menu keys
Note: For detailed description of the DTCO trip recorder, refer to the supplied manufacturerπs operating
instructions.
* Optional
51
187483
52
2. Keyboard Unit
Pos.:
100 Travel range switch > Reverse "R"
101 Travel range switch > Neutral "N"
102 Travel range switch > Forward "D"
103 not used
104 Button > Shift, automatic / manual shift mode
Function control lights up: Automatic shift mode
Function control does not light up: Manual shift mode
105 Button > Shift up 1 gear in manual shift mode
106 not used
107 Button > Switching on towing mode
Function control lights up: Towing mode is switched on
Function control does not light up: Towing mode is switched off
108 Button > Shift down 1 gear in manual shift mode
109 Indicator > Function code
110 Button > Information key (Diagnostics) OSystem error in
LICCON>Error>Code (LEC) on indicator unit
111 not used
112 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: left front up (fill left front)
113 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: right front up (fill right front)
114 Indicator > Heater stage, brightness level
115 Button > Brightness adjustment, indicator and keyboard unit
116 not used
117 * Button > Independent rear axle steering, steering deflection to the right
118 * Button > Independent rear axle steering, steering deflection to the left
119 2>Hand>Button > Vehicle incline position: left front down (lower left front)
120 2>Hand>Button > Vehicle incline position: right front down (lower right front)
121 > 126 not used
127 2>Hand>Button > Vehicle incline position: left rear up (fill left rear)
128 2>Hand>Button > Vehicle incline position: right rear up (fill right rear)
129 2>Hand>Button > Automatic leveling regulation for on road travel
130 2>Hand>Button > Block axle suspension O function indicator lights up
131 * 2>Hand>Button > Raise 5th and 6th axle (independent rear axle steering)
132 * 2>Hand>Button > Lower 5th and 6th axle (independent rear axle steering)
* Optional
53
187483
54
Pos.:
133 not used
134 not used
135 2>Hand>Button > Vehicle incline position: left rear down (lower left rear)
136 2>Hand>Button > Vehicle incline position: right rear down (lower right rear)
137 * 2>Hand>Button > Unlock / lock independent rear axle steering
Function check :
blinks: Unlocking initiated, steering is not yet unlocked
O "clear" locking pin
Upshift lock active
lights up: Independent rear axle steering unlocked
Upshift lock active
does not light up: Independent rear axle steering locked
Upshift lock inactive
138 2>handed button > Longitudinal differential lock transfer gearbox
139 not used
140 2>handed button > Longitudinal differential lock axle 2 + longitudinal differential lock
axle 4
141 2>Hand>Button > Length lock axle 4
142 2>Hand>Button > Compensation axles 1>4 / 5>8
143 Button > Confirmation for 2>Hand control
Note: The ™2>handed button∫ must be operated for:

> Vehicle level regulation,
> Blocking the axle suspension,
> Unlocking and locking independent rear axle steering,
> Lifting and lowering axle 5 and 6
> Addition of longitudinal differential locks
144 * Button > Auxiliary heater ON / OFF
145 Button > Driver's cab heater warmer
146 Button > Driver's cab heater colder
147 Button > Fan speed (blower ) higher
148 Button > Fan speed (blower) lower
149 * Button > Seat heater, driver's seat
150 Button > Head lights
151 * Button > Fog lights
152 * Button > Air conditioning system
153 Button > Air circulation
154 Button > Fresh air
* Optional
55
187483
56
Pos.:
155 Button > Air supply, floorboard area
156 Button > Air supply front window
157 * Button > Seat heater, passenger seat
158 Button > Parking light
159 Button > Rear fog light
160 * Button > Outside mirror heater
161 not used
162 not used
163 not used
164 Button > Sliding arm illumination, manual
Note: The sliding arm illumination turns on automatically when
the button on the support control units is pressed and turns
off automatically when the travel range buttons "D" or "R"
are pressed.
165 Button > Beacons
166 Button > Emergency blinker system
* Optional
57
187484
58
3. INDICATOR UNIT
Pos.:
180 * Indicator light > Auxiliary heater ON
blinks: in case of a problem
181 not used
182 Warning light > Engine coolant level too low
183 Indicator light > Air filter contaminated
184 Indicator light > Preglow Diesel engine
185 Warning light > Steering circuit I (steering pump)
186 Warning light > Steering circuit II ( auxiliary steering pump)
187 Warning light > Speed limitation
lights up: If factory adjusted top speed is exceeded.
blinks: In case of a problem with the speed signal from the
tachograph.
188 Indicator light Torque converter clutch open
illuminates: torque converter clutch open
off: torque converter clutch closed
flashes: CAN bus link problem or
oil temperature too high
189 Warning light > Gear off, problem communication travel switch N gear
190 not used
191 * Indicator light > automatic brake force reduction
192 * Indicator light > Release for Dolly operation
blinks: If the hydraulic pressure for release of slewing brake /
luffing cylinders lowering brake drops below 40 bar when
driving with dolly* and turned on switch (27).
193 not used
194 * Warning light > Boom not placed in receptacle bracket
195 Indicator light > High beam
196 Indicator light > Low beam
197 Indicator light > Rear fog light
198 Indicator light > Beacon, left front
199 * Indicator light > Beacon, right front
200 Indicator light > Engine brake active
lights up: Engine brake active
blinks: selected but not actuated
201 Indicator light > Parking brake applied
202 * Indicator light > Eddy current brake active
203 not used
204 * Indicator light > Brake pad wear
205 not used
206 not used
* Optional
59
187484
60
Pos.:
207 not used
208 not used
209 not used
210 Indicator > Travel direction vehicle left / right
211 * Indicator > Travel direction trailer left / right
212 Warning light > Emergency hazards system
213 Indicator light > Beacon, left rear
214 Indicator light > Beacon, right rear
215 > 219 not used
220 Indicator light > Tempomat or Temposet active
221 Indicator > RPM gauge

222 Control light > The transmission is in neutral position ™N∫.
223 Indicator > Travel range gear
Note: Momentarily shows adjusted speed for Tempomat and

Temposet
224 Warning light > blinks: active system error or service alert
Press the "i" key (110) to display system errors or service
alerts on indicator (225).
lights up: active control error
control error is shown automatically on indicator (225).
225 Indicator > LICCON Error Code (LEC) when "i key" (110) is pressed
226 Bargraph > Gear oil temperature [in degrees], 50 to +140∞C
227 Warning light > Increased gear oil temperature
228 Bargraph > Fuel reserves [%], 0 to 100% (approx.600 liter)
229 Warning light > Fuel reserves <10% (approx.60 liter)
230 Bargraph > Coolant temperature (T) Diesel engine [in degrees], 30 to 120∞C
231 Warning light > Diesel engine overheated
232 Bargraph > Engine oil pressure [bar], 0 to 10 bar
233 Warning light > Oil pressure too low
234 Bargraph > Battery voltage [V], 21 to 30 V
235 Warning light > Charge indicator
236 Bargraph > Air pressure supply I [bar], 0 to 10 bar
237 Warning light > Air pressure supply I < 5,5 bar
238 Bargraph > Air pressure supply II [bar], 0 to 10 bar
* Optional
61
187484
62
Pos.:
239 Warning light > Air pressure supply II < 5,5 bar
240 Bargraph > Air pressure supply III [bar],0 to 10 bar
241 Warning light > Air pressure supply III< 5,5 bar
242 Bargraph > Current brake pressure for actuated brake circuit I [bar], 0 to 10 bar
243 Warning light > Blinking: brake pressure sensor in circuit I is defective
244 Bargraph > Current brake pressure for actuated brake circuit II [bar], 0 to 10 bar
245 Warning light > Blinking: brake pressure sensor in circuit II is defective
* Optional
63
104120
64
4. Grounding the mobile crane
Pos.:
300 Pin > Ground connection
Note:
To be able to ground the mobile crane, pin (300) for the ground
connection is installed.
To ground the mobile crane, see chapter 2.04.
65
3.02 BEFORE STARTING UP THE VEHICLE 026790>01
66
1. Prechecks before starting up the vehicle

Before start>up, carry out the following inspections:
Note: For detailed description of inspection procedures, see chapter 7.04,

∫MAINTENANCE GUIDELINS > CRANE CHASSIS∫.
1.1 Check oil level and filters

> Check the engine oil level.
> Check the oil level in the automatic transmission, distributor gear.
> Check the oil level in the hydraulic tank for steering, outrigger support, axle suspension and crane
hydraulic.
> Check the filters on the hydraulic oil tank.
1.2 Check the fuel level

Check the available fuel supply on the fuel gauge in the driver's cab.
Note: Do not wait until the fuel tank is empty before refueling, otherwise the fuel system
must be bled.
1.3 Check the coolant level

The coolant reservoirs must be filled until the coolant overflows on the filler neck.
DANGER: NEVER check the coolant level if the engine is still warm. To check, the
engine must be cold, otherwise there is a danger of serious injury due to skin
burns and scalding!
1.4 Check the tires (including the spare *)
DANGER: If there is any damage to the tires, if the tire treads are insufficient and worn
and if there are different air pressures in the tires, the chances of having an
ACCIDENT are increased!
> Check the condition of the tires.

The depth of the tire treads may not fall below the given minimum dimension.
> The tires must be inflated to the correct pressure given for the tire.
> Before inflating the tires, check if the tire is seated properly in the rim and if the end / retaining ring is
also seated properly.
CAUTION: The highest permissible air pressure may not be exceeded.
DANGER: When checking the tire pressure on the vehicle or after tire installation,
make sure that the retaining ring on the rim is correctly installed. Otherwise
there is a danger of accidents! If the retaining ring is not seated correctly,
consult trained personnel.
The disc wheels must be checked for safe condition before starting to travel.
See also chapter 7.04 MAINTENANCE NOTES > CRANE CHASSIS.
* Optional
67
188870
68
1.5 General transport conditions

For transport, all loose parts must be securely fastened to the mobile crane.
> The axle suspension / axle blocking system must be set to the level for on road travel ∫Suspended∫.
(see chapter 3.03)
> The crab walk gear * must be locked in ∫straight forward position∫, the 5th and 6th axle must be
lowered and suspended and set to the level for on road travel. (see chapter 3.04)
> The slewing brake must be applied.
> The crane superstructure must be set in travel direction and must be mechanically locked to prevent it
from turning.
> The telescopic boom must be secured to prevent it from running out by itself, if it is transported on the
vehicle. (see chapter 3.04)
The crane operator's cab must be secured in transport position (12).
> The windows and doors in the crane operator's cab must be closed.
> The ladder for the crane operator's cab must be secured in transport position.
> The four folding ladders must be placed on the vehicle frame and must be secured (1).
> The four sliding arms for the hydraulic supports must be secured individually with pins (2) to prevent
them from running out inadvertently (lever position down), the four pins (3) must be secured in their
transport retainers.
> The four support plates (if permitted in travel condition) must be in transport position, and secured
with pins (4) to prevent them from running out inadvertently.
> The four wedges (5) must be carried along and secured in their retainers.
> The spare tire mount* must be secured to prevent it from swinging out by itself.
> Check to make sure the spare tire * is seated tightly.
> The control boxes for the outrigger support control units (6) on the left and right must be closed.
> Secure the engine covers (7).
> Check all locks on the tool boxes, doors and covers (8, 9, 10) on the chassis to ensure they are locked
tightly.
> Check all pins and spring pins for correct seating:
f On the receptacle of the support plates (4)
f Locking pins for sliding arms (2)
f Pins on tow coupling to attach the hoist cable (11)
f Retaining pins > spare tire mount *
f Retaining pins on overhang protection.
> Check all locking pins used for crane operation only to ensure they are all there and secure them for
transport.
> A hook block (one or three roller) may only be carried along on the front if the hook block:
f is permitted for the current travel condition of the crane (see chapter 3.04).
f maximum 4>way reeved
f has been marked by the manufacturer on the data tag with the letter "E" for "Entschßrft"
(rendered safe).
f is attached with the cables and shackles intended for this purpose to the front tow coupling and
the hook is rigged with an auxiliary cable to the tow coupling.
DANGER: Locks, spring pins and retaining pins must be attached in such a way that
they cannot loosen up by themselves during travel and thereby cause
damage.
If any of the safety measures, locking measures and checks listed in
paragraph ∫General transport conditions∫ are not taken, then there is an
increased risk of ACCIDENTS!
Note: For transport condition on public roads, the travel conditions as described in chapter
3.04 must be adhered to to keep within the maximum axle load of 12 t.
*Optional
69
188874
70
1.6 Check the lights

The lights can only be checked if the battery master switch and the ignition are turned on.
All lights must be checked before starting to travel:
> Low beam (1)
> High beam (2)
> Parking light, front and rear (3)
> Fog light (4) *
> Blinker (5)
> Tail light (6)
> Brake lights (7)
> Back up light (8)
> Beacons (9)
> Overhang lighting (10)
> Red reflector (11)
> License plate illumination (12)
> Side running lights (13)
> Track light (14)
> Contour light (15)
> Rear fog light (16) *
D A N G E R: Missing and defective lights increase the chances of having an accident!

Defective lights must be repaired by expert personnel before driving the
crane.
* Optional
71
191514
72
2. Work station > Driver's cab
2.1 Adjust the driver's seat (10)

The pneumatic suspended driver's seat can be adjusted to any body size.
> Suspension hardness

Adjustment is made automatically
> Block horizontal suspension (1)
> Height adjustment (7) stepless, with "Memory function"
> Horizontal adjustment (2)
> Backrest adjustment (8)
> Incline of seat surface (6).
> Seat cushion depth adjustment (4)
> Lowering swing system (5)
> Damper adjustment , (stepless )
> Seat heater * (3)
IPS* (Integrated Pneumatic System)

Lower backrest support
> Backrest support, lower area (10) +/ $
> Backrest, upper area (11) +/ $
> Side cushion guidance (12) +/ $
* Optional
73
194744
74
2.2 Adjust the mirror

Before starting to drive the crane, clean and adjust the outside mirrors to provide optimum visibility for
the driver. The mirror adjustment can be made electrically via switch (20) on the center console (19).
> Change outside mirror left / right.

> Adjust the mirror.
2.3 Adjust the steering wheel

Press the button (8) to adjust the steering wheel incline as well as the height of the steering wheel to
suit the driver. The adjustment of the steering wheel is pneumatic.
DANGER: The steering wheel, the driver's seat and the mirrors may not be adjusted or
readjusted during travel.
2.4 Heater / ventilation

The driver's cab can be heated or ventilated as desired.
The heater / ventilation is controlled via the keys on the keyboard unit (18).
For details, refer to chapter 6.01, HEATER.
2.5 Check fuses

> Open the cover for the center console (19) and fold it up.
> Remove the cover for the fuse box.
> Check the fuses, replace them if defective .
CAUTION: Use only fuses with the same amperage.

If the amperage value is not adhered to, the electrical system can be
damaged.
2.6 Seat belt
DANGER: The driver and the passenger must wear the seatbelt before starting out to
drive.
75
195406
76
2.7 Check important control instruments

These checks can only be made if the battery master switch (15) is turned on.
a) if the ignition is not turned on

> Emergency blinker system
Button (166) with function check
> Beacons
> Parking light
b) if the ignition is turned on (ignition starter switch on position ∫1∫)

> Headlight
Button (150) with function check, indictor lights (195, 196)
> Fog light * (only if headlight or parking light is turned on)
> Fog tail light * (only if headlight or parking light is turned on)
Button (159) with function check, indicator light (197)
> Heater, increase / lower temperature

Button (145, 146) with function check
> Auxiliary heater*
Button (144) with function check and indicator light (180)
> Blower / fan
Button (147, 148) with function check
> Windshield wiper / washer system

Steering column switch (6)
+Reservoir for windshield washer system
> Horn (6)
> Blinker
Steering column switch (6) with indicator light (210)
D A N G E R: Defective functions must be fixed by expert personnel before starting to

travel, otherwise there is a danger of accidents!
> If the telescopic boom is transported on the vehicle, then the warning light "Telescopic boom not placed
in boom receptacle" (194) must not light up during travel.
2.8 Check the fuses

> Open the cover on the center console (19) and fold up.
> Remove the cover for the fuse box.
> Check the fuses, replace defective fuses.
CAUTION: Use only fuses with the same size and amperage.
The electrical system can be damaged if this is not observed!
*Optional
77
104055
78
2.9 DTCO trip recorder *
CAUTION: Data loss on DTCO trip recorder!

If the buffer battery is not replaced within two years by a service location of
the manufacturer, then a power failure can lead to a loss of all data! In this
case, the trip recorder is defective and the maximum travel speed for cranes
with active rear axle steering is limited to 40 km/h.
Make sure to have the buffer battery replaced in time!
Note: For detailed description of the DTCO trip recorder, refer to the supplied
manufacturerπs operating instructions.
2.9.1 Initial calibration
Note: After delivery of the crane, the calibration of the DTCO trip recorder should be
carried out by one of the manufacturerπs service locations.
2.9.2 Company / driver card

The company / driver card(s) must be requested by the crane operator / driver at the respective authority
in the member state.
Company card
The company card identifies a company.
Note: After the initial calibration, the company must register with the company card on
the DTCO trip recorder. The main memory data of the DTCO trip recorder must be
downloaded and secured every 3 months with the company card.
Driver card
The driver card is personal and in possession of the driver. The activities of the driver (steering and
resting times) are saved on the driver card. Before starting to travel, the driver card must be inserted in
the card slot (82) or card slot (85).
Note: The data of the driver card(s) must be saved every 28 days!
* Optional
79
3.03 AXLE SUSPENSION / AXLE LOCKING SYSTEM 025815>01
187783
80
1. Description
All axles are guided via lengthwise and crosswise steerers. The axles are suspended hydro>
pneumatically via maintenance free hydraulic cylinders, they can be adjusted in height and
hydraulically blocked. By pairing axles, the axles can be connected independent or dependent of each
other (with axle pressure compensation), depending on the travel condition.
Four travel conditions are assigned as fixed programs:

Travel condition 1 and 2 "suspended"
Travel condition 3 and 4 "locked"
1.1 Travel condition 'suspended'
Travel condition 1 (Fig. 1)

Used to drive on road. All axles are suspended (suspension ±150 mm), without compensation between
the individual axle pairs. To improve the fording ability, the complete vehicle can be raised by 150 mm.
To reduce the overall height, the complete chassis can be lowered by 150 mm. When driving on a slope,
the complete chassis can be inclined to the side by ±9∞. When driving in curves, the side stability of the
vehicle is ensured by the hydraulic axle suspension.
Note: With 445/95 R 25* tires, the vehicle is lowered by 50 mm to obtain an overall height of
4 m.

For automatic as well as manual leveling regulation. Axle pressure compensation for axles 1 > 4 and 5 >
8 is automatic.
1.2 Travel condition 'locked'

Used to support the crane. All axles are locked. Axle compensation exists between axle pairs 1+2, 3+4,
5+6 and 7+8.
Note: Automatic leveling is not possible.

Filling / lowering is possible.
Axle compensation is automatic.

Used to drive with the attachment in place, on level ground. All axles are locked, axle pressure
compensation (manual) exists between axles 1 > 4 and 5 > 8.
Note: Manual leveling is possible.
*Optional
81
195532
82
2. Controls and instruments
Note: All functions of axle suspension or axle locking system can be made only via the "2>
Hand button", for safety technical reasons. This means the confirmation button
(143) must always be actuated together with the function keys.
Pos.:
31 Axle pressure gauge > 1.+2. axle, left side
1. to 4. axle, left side with axle pressure compensation axle 1 to 4
32 Axle pressure gauge > 1.+2. axle, right side
1. to 4. axle, right side with axle pressure compensation axle 1to 4
33 Axle pressure gauge > 7.+8. axle, left side
5. to 8. axle, left side with axle pressure compensation axle 5 to 8
34 Axle pressure gauge > 7.+8. axle, right side
5. to 8. axle, right side with axle pressure compensation axle 5 to 8
112 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: left front up (fill left front)
113 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: right front up (fill right front)
119 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: left front down (lower left front)
120 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: right front down (lower right front)
127 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: left rear up (fill left rear)
128 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: right rear up (fill right rear)
135 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: left rear down (lower left rear)
136 2>Hand button > Vehicle incline position: right rear down (lower right rear)
129 2>Hand button > Automatic leveling regulation
If this button is pressed (function indicator lights up) then the crane
aligns itself automatically via the hydraulic cylinders to the correct
height for on road travel.
(Function indicator on the button blinks when the correct level for on
road travel is reached.)
130 2>Hand button > Axle suspension locked / suspended
(Function indicator lights up when the axle suspension is locked)
131 * 2>Hand button > Raise 5th and 6th axle (independent rear axle steering)
132 * 2>Hand button > Lower 5th and 6th axle (independent rear axle steering)
142 2>Hand button > Axle pressure compensation
> If function is selected and carried out, the function indicator on the corresponding button lights up.
> If function is selected, but not carried out, the function indicator on the corresponding button blinks.
> In case of a function, which is not permitted, an acoustical signal (beeping sound) can be heard when
the button is pressed.
> If the function check blinks rapidly, then this means an error is present.
* Optional
83
187483
84
3. Axle suspension / Axle locking system
3.1 Axle suspension
DANGER: When actuating the axle suspension / axle locking system, it must be ensured
that no persons are within the danger zone of the crane.
3.1.1 On road travel / off road travel

For travel on public roads, highways, as well as for off road driving, the button (130) must be turned off
(function indicator does not light up). In this position, all axles are suspended.
In this position, the level of the crane can be regulated automatically or manually.
Note: There is no axle pressure compensation between the individual axle pairs.
3.1.2 Leveling regulation

The leveling regulation can be made automatically or manually.
CAUTION: When driving on uneven roads, the vehicle may never be raised or lowered
to the maximum or minimum!
Prerequisite:
The travel motor is running.
The axle suspension is set to 'suspended'.
Gear is in neutral "N".
Note: Automatic axle pressure compensation between axles 1 > 4 and 5 > 8 occurs. The
function indicator on the button (142) lights up.
CAUTION: If the function indicator on the button (142) does not light up during
automatic or manual leveling regulation, then the leveling procedure must
be interrupted. The problem must be fixed!
85
187483
86
3.1.2.1 Automatic leveling regulation

The crane is brought automatically to level position (travel height for on road travel) via the leveling
switches on the suspension cylinders.
> Press button (143)+(129) until the function indicator in the button (129) blinks.
Note: The function indicator on button (129) lights up during the automatic leveling
procedure. The individual function indicators for manual leveling regulation blink, if
the corresponding suspension cylinders have reached the level position for on road
travel.
3.1.2.2 Manual leveling regulation

By pressing the 2>Hand button for manual leveling regulation + confirmation (143), the level position
can be set by filling or lowering the suspension cylinders.
Vehicle incline position

Vehicle incline position left front up (fill left front),
> Button (112)+Confirmation (143)
Vehicle incline position left front down (lower left front)

Vehicle incline position right front up (fill right front)

Vehicle incline position right front down (lower right front)

Vehicle incline position left rear up (fill left rear)

Vehicle incline position left rear down (lower left rear)

Vehicle incline position right rear up (fill right rear)

Vehicle incline position right rear down (lower right rear)

Raise the complete vehicle

> Button (112, 113, 127, 128)+Confirmation (143)
Lower the complete vehicle

> Button (119, 120, 135, 136)+Confirmation (143)
87
187483
88
3.2 Axle locking procedure
DANGER: When actuating the axle suspension / axle locking system, it must be ensured
that no persons are within the danger zone of the crane.
> Press the 2>Hand buttons (130)+confirmation (143),the function indicator on the button (130) lights
up. The hydro>pneumatic suspension for all axles is locked.
The axles must be locked:

> To support the crane
> when driving the crane on the jobsite with the attachment in place.
3.2.2 Support the crane

Before supporting the crane, the axle suspension must be locked.
> Press the 2>Hand button for 'lock axle suspension' (130) +(143).
The function indicator on the button (130) lights up.
Note: Automatic leveling regulation is not possible.
The support cylinders must be extended until all wheels are off the ground.
CAUTION: Otherwise the weight of the crane can cause damage. In addition, the axles
can be damaged due to flexation of the vehicle frame during crane
operation.
When lowering the supported crane onto the wheels, the support cylinders must be retracted until the
wheels have contact with the ground.
> Press the 2>Hand button (130) +(143). the function indicator on the button (130) turns off.
CAUTION: Do not press the button (130) until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
If this is not observed, the axle suspension will be damaged due to the
sudden release of the axle locking system.
* Optional
89
187483
90
3.2.3 Driving with the attachment in place

Before driving the crane with the attachment in place, the axle suspension must be locked in level
position and the axle pressure compensation must be turned on.
Note: Automatic leveling regulation is possible.
> Press the button for axle pressure compensation (142) +(143) for axles 1 > 4 and 5 > 8. The function
indicator on the button (142) lights up.
CAUTION: If there is no axle pressure compensation between axles 1 > 4 and 5 > 8, the
individual axles may be overloaded.
> Press the button for 'lock axle suspension' (130) +(143).
DANGER: The prerequisites for TRAVEL OPERATION WITH ATTACHMENT must be

met, see chapter 15.01. In addition, all safety technical notes and guidelines
must be observed! Otherwise there is an increased danger of accidents as the
crane may topple over !
91
3.04 TRAVEL OPERATION 026789>01
189289
92
1. Travel condition of crane

If the telescopic boom is transported on the vehicle, then it must be ensured that the telescopic boom
cannot run out by itself. This can be ensured by either:
> Attaching the hoist cable, which is reeved via the pulley head to the front bumper.
> Or reeving a hook block, if axle loads are permitted in the country of operation.
> Or disconnecting all hydraulic lines between telescopic boom and slewing platform.
CAUTION: All hydraulic lines between the telescopic boom and the slewing platform
must be disconnected. If only the return lines are disconnected, then it is
possible that the telescoping cylinder is damaged if the telescoping cylinder
is actuated inadvertently, as the pressure in the closed off ring surface
would increase to impermissible levels, should the telescoping cylinder
extend.
> If all telescopic booms are bolted to each other, then no further retention is needed.
Note: If the crane is driven without end section or installation head, then the telescopic
guides from telescopic section II or telescopic section III must be covered to protect
them from dirt / contamination.
DANGER: Before starting to travel, it must be ensured that the telescopic sections are
secured by one of the above means to prevent them from running out, if the
brakes are applied or when driving downhill. If this is not observed, there is
a danger of accidents!
93
197160
94
1.1 Travel conditions of the crane with axle loads e 12 t

Before driving the crane on public roads and highways, to keep an axle load of 12 t per axle, the travel
condition of the crane according to illustrations and charts conforming to StVZO regulation must be
established.
C A U T I O N :In other countries, all LOCAL, NATIONAL AND REGIONAL REGULATIONS

must be observed!
Prerequisite:
The telescopic boom is secured to prevent it from running out by itself.
Adjust the axle suspension system to "suspended".
The vehicle is in level position for on road travel.
Axles
T50 Fig. 1
1>4 5>8
with: Telescopic boom

Tires: 385/95 R 25
without: Counterweight
Superstructure > fuel tank
Support plates
Hook block
Axle loads: [t] Total: 96.0 4 ¥ 12 4 ¥ 12
Axles
T84 Fig. 2
1>4 5>8
with: T1 + T2 + T3, (300 mm extended)

Tires: 385/95 R 25
without: Counterweight
Superstructure > fuel tank
Support plates
Hook block
Axle loads: [t] Total: 95.2 4 ¥ 11.8 4 ¥ 12
1.2 Axle loads > 12 t
CAUTION: In other countries, all LOCAL, NATIONAL AND REGIONAL REGULATIONS

must be observed!
DANGER: Due to the higher total weight, the brake path is longer!
Wear of brake pads and danger of brake overheating is increased.
Steering system, service brake, parking brake and continuous retarder
brake no longer conform to the regulations!
The service life of all parts affected by the increased axle load, such as
brakes, tires, rims, axles, as well as the complete drive, suspension and
steering assemblies will be reduced.
95
195567
96
2. Starting and turning the engine off
Prerequisites
> The battery master switch (15) is turned on,
> the parking brake (3) is applied,
> the transmission in in neutral position "N",
2.1 Start the engine

> Turn the ignition starter switch (23) to position "1" .
The indicator light!(184) blinks, the engine is ready to start.
> Turn the ignition starter switch to position!"2" and start the engine.
CAUTION: The engine can only be started, if :

> the charge indicator light (235) lights up.
> the indicator light > flame start system (184) blinks.
Note: If the engine does not start after max. 10 seconds, wait for 1 minute before starting
again. Per starting procedure, do not crank the starter for more than 3 x 10 seconds
with a one minute break in between.
97
195567
98
2.1.1 Start the engine with the flame start system

To improve the colds tart procedure and the warm up phase, the engine is equipped with a flame start
system. It turns on automatically at a coolant temperature of e20∞ C. The flame start system does not
turn on at a coolant temperature above 20∞ C .

The indicator light!(184) lights up first and starts to blink after a short time, the engine is ready to
start.
The flame start system turns off automatically, if :

> the engine is not started during the starting readiness period,
> the engine is started while the indicator light!(184) lights up,
> the coolant temperature reaches 20 ∞C with the engine running.
Error recognition
The flame start control unit recognizes errors on the flame start system and indicates this fact by
rapidly blinking the indicator light (184).
The following problems are recognized as errors :

> Interruption of flame glow plug heater coil.
> Missing power supply on terminal 30.
> Defective fuse for flame start control unit
Note: Pay special attention to the batteries during the cold season.
The starting capacity is significantly reduced in cold temperatures; for example, at >
10 ∞C it is only 66% of its normal capacity. For that reason, after the engine is turned
off, the batteries should be stored in a heated room.
2.1.2 Starting the engine at ambient temperatures below >20 ∞C *

If ambient temperatures are below >20∞ C, special measures are necessary. These measures are
described in a separate chapter "6.05 PREHEATING THE CRANE WHEN WORKING IN LOW
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES".
*Optional
99
195567
100
2.2 Check the instruments after starting the engine

The following indicator lights must turn off as soon as the engine is running:
> Engine oil pressure (233)
CAUTION: If no oil pressure is shown or if the warning light (233) does not turn off, turn
the engine off immediately. The engine can be severely damaged due to
insufficient oil pressure.
> Preglow (184)
> Charge indicator light (235)
> Gear oil temperature (227)
> Steering circuit I (185)
> Steering circuit II (186)
Note: The indicator light of steering circuit II (186) turns off only when the crane is
moving at a speed of approx. 10 km/hr.
> Air pressure supply I (237)
> Air pressure supply II (239)
> Air pressure supply III (241)
Note: The indicator lights for the brake circuits turn off if a pressure of approx. 5.5 bar has
built up in the brake system. The shut off pressure is at approx. 8.5 bar.
Only when the air pressure supply III has reached approx. 5.5 bar, can the parking
brake (3) be released. Then the indictor light (201) turns off.
C A U T I O N : The engine must be turned off immediately in case of :

> fluctuation or drop in oil pressure ;
> reduction in power and RPM without a change of the engine regulation!;
> smoky exhaust fumes;
> increasing coolant temperature;
> sudden abnormal noises coming from the engine.
Do not put a full load on the engine until it has reached operating
temperature.
*Optional
101
102235
102
2.3 Turn the engine off
Prerequisite
> The parking brake (3) is applied,
> the transmission is in neutral position "N",
Note: See also paragraph "Parking the vehicle".
> Turn the ignition starter switch (23) back to the stop,
> pull the ignition starter switch (23) and store it.
2.3.1 Turn the engine off in case of danger

In case of danger, the vehicle can be turned off immediately by pressing the emergency off button* (250).
> Press the emergency off button * (250)., the vehicle is turned off immediately.
CAUTION: The emergency "off" button * (250) may only be used in absolute, true
emergency situations. The emergency "off" button * (250) may not be used as
an operational shut down, this is strictly prohibited.
Note: To be able to turn the emergency off button * (250) off again after actuation, it must
be unlocked with the ignition key.
* Optional
103
195569
104
3. Driving
3.1 Engine runs at low idle speed
Note: When switching from neutral position "N" into a travel range, the service brake
must be applied. A slight decrease in engine RPM signals, that the selected travel
range is applied.
CAUTION: When the vehicle is at a standstill, the engine must be running at low idle
speed before switching from neutral "N" travel range into travel ranges "D"
or "R".
3.1.1 Change the low idle speed with the steering column switch
If necessary, if the machine is at a standstill and the transmission in neutral position "N" , the low idle
speed can be changed with the steering column switch (7) .
Note: After starting the engine, the low idle speed will be automatically regulated,
depending on the coolant temperature.
> Steering column switch in position:
ÿ Hold $ to increase the low idle RPM in increments of approx. 50 RPMs

Tap $ to increase the low idle RPM by approx. 50 RPM
Release$ the engine runs at the obtained RPM
Ÿ Hold $ to decrease the low idle RPM in increments of approx. 50 RPMs

Tap $ to decrease the low idle RPM by approx. 50 RPM
Release$ the engine runs at the obtained RPM
÷ Tap $ to turn the low idle speed increase off
Note: The low idle speed increase is reset automatically after preselection of travel range
switch "D" or "R".
3.2 Leveling regulation

> The button to block the axles (130) must be turned off,
The function indicator light does not light up.
> Bring the crane in level position (travel height for on road travel).
Note: For description of "AXLE SUSPENSION / AXLE LOCKING SYSTEM", see chapter
3.03.
105
195570
106
3.3 Parking brake
3.3.1 Apply the parking brake

> Pull the manual brake lever (3) back until it engages,
the indicator light (201) lights up.
DANGER: It must be checked if the manual brake lever (3) has engaged properly. You
should not be able to push the manual brake lever (3) forward (without
pulling it out first). Otherwise there is a danger of accidents as the machine
may roll off by itself.
3.3.2 Release the parking brake

> Pull the manual lever (3) out all the way in lengthwise direction of the lever and push it forward. The
indicator light (201) turns off.
CAUTION: As long as the required brake release pressure (approx. 5.5 bar) is not
available in the air pressure supply III $ warning light (241) lights up $ the
parking brake is not released, even if the hand lever has been moved
forward. In this case, move the hand lever back again and fill the air
pressure supply III until the warning light (241) turns off.
3.4 Service brake

Check the brake function after starting to drive with the brake pedal (1) .
CAUTION: Check the brake function immediately after starting to drive.
Note: The indicators on the bargraphs (242, 244) must move in proportion to the pedal
stroke of the service brake.
3.5 Retarder brake

The retarder brake consists of the engine brake, the hydraulic Retarder and the Eddy current brake *.
The retarder brake is actuated with the 6>stage steering column switch (7) . 5 switch positions are
available.
When actuating the steering column switch, each shift position must be engaged momentarily, t
prevent the wheels from blocking when the road is wet.
The switch should be pulled through stage by stage, not suddenly, to prevent possible overbraking.
CAUTION: As soon as the vehicle is at a standstill and no delay is necessary, the

retarder brake must be turned off by resetting the steering column switch to
stage (0) to prevent overheating. The return shift can be made in one stroke,
without breaks between the stages.
*Optional
107
195570
108
3.5.1 Conditions for use of retarder brake
CAUTION: When using the retarder brake, utmost care must be taken!
The individual stages must be shifted one after the other under constant
observation of the travel behavior of the vehicle.
Note: The retarder brake can only be actuated when the engine is turned on. If the retarder
brake is actuated, the engine speed cannot be accelerated via the gas pedal.
The proper use of the retarder brake through foresight of the travel procedure reduces
wear of the service brake and therefore also reduces operating costs.
On long downhill stretches

On long downhill stretches, a speed should be selected which allows to retain the travel speed at a
constant level with switch stage ”, so that additional stages are available for additional braking
actions. To relieve the service brake to a great extent, the braking action should be utilized by shifting
back at the right time.
DANGER: When driving downhill, only the retarder brake may be used to slow down the
vehicle. If the braking action is not sufficient, then the vehicle must be slowed
down with the service brake and the next lower travel range must be turned
on.
Note: A simple rule applies:

Always drive downhill at the same gear as you used to drive uphill.
If the RPM permits, the gear will downshift by itself, to increase the braking action.
In snow, ice and on dirty roadways

Due to the careful use of the retarder brake, the crane can be slowed down well and safely, even if road
conditions are poor.
D A N G E R: If the tires block during the braking action, select a lower shift stage!
109
194465
110
3.6 Automatic transmission
3.6.1 General
The automatic transmission can be utilized in automatic operatoin or in manual shift operation. The
gear has 12 forward gears and 2 reverse gears. The corresponding shift conditions are shown on
indicator (223) .
3.6.1.1 Change over automatic operation / manual shift operation

When turning on the ignition, the automatic operation is automatically activated. In travel range
neutral "N" and in travel range reverse "R", only the manual travel operation is always active.
The change over from automatic operation / manual shift operation is made via button (104) and is
shown as follows:
> The indicator light on the button (104) does not light up O Automatic operation
> The indicator light on the button (104) lights up O manual shift operation
Note: The change from automatic operation into manual shift operation can only be made
in travel range forward "D" .
3.6.1.2 Start out procedure automatic operation / manual shift operation

The start out gear is automatically set by the transmission according to prior travel resistance. It can be
corrected manually upward to the 4th gear or downward to the 1st gear. To do so, it is necessary to
change into manual shift operation. Thereafter you can switch immediately back into automatic
operation .
In start out mode, the dry coupling is open if the engine regulation (2) is not actuated. Via the
transducer, the vehicle receives a driving force, which is larger the smaller the selected start out gear is.
After the brake is released, the vehicle starts to roll immediately.
DANGER: When releasing the parking brake (3), the crane can roll off. For that reason,
when releasing the parking brake (3), always apply the service brake (1) or
accelerate with the engine regulation (2) .
Prerequisite:
> The crane is at a standstill
> The transmission is in neutral position "N"
> The parking brake (3) is actuated.
Start out procedure:

> Slightly apply the service brake (1) .
> Select travel range, button R (100) for reverse or button D (102) for forward.
> If necessary, correct the start out gear.
> Release the service brake (1) .
> Actuate the engine regulation slightly.
The dry coupling closes. This is signified by a slight jerk.
> Release the parking brake (3) and actuate the engine regulation (2) as needed, the vehicle starts to
roll.
111
194465
112
3.6.1.3 Driving up or downhill

When the engine regulation (2) is returned to the 0 position on uphill or downhill slopes, due to the
traffic situation, then the gear shifts first back into the start out gear. Shortly before the vehicle comes
to a standstill in this gear, the dry coupling and the pull force or brake force is interrupted. This can
cause the vehicle to suddenly roll back or accelerate. If the engine regulation (2) is actuated again, then
this does not immediately result in pull force, since the dry coupling must be closed first.
DANGER: For that reason, on uphill slopes, the vehicle must be ehld with the service
brake (1) as soon as the dry coupling opens. On downhill slopes, when the dry
coupling opens, the braking power is reduced and for that reason, the service
brake (1) must be utilized to a higher degree.
3.6.1.4 Uphill driving with immediate incline

When driving uphill and an immediate incline occurs, the automatic transmission does not recognize
immediately, that the vehicle is in an incline. For that reason, proceed as follows:
> Press the button (104) and add manual shift operation.
> With the steering column switch (7) or button (108) shift down and select a gear which is appropriate
for the incline.
> Press the button (104) and turn the manual shift operation off and add automatic operation.
3.6.2 Selection of travel direction

Before a travel direction can be turned on, the vehicle must be brought to a standstill.
Travel direction reverse "R"

Press button (100) , the indicator light on the button lights up.
This position is used to back up the vehicle.
Neutral position "N"

Indicator light (222) lights up.
This position is used to start the engine and for low idle operation.
The neutral position is also to be used if the vehicle is unmonitored and idling .
CAUTION: If it is necessary to leave the vehicle and leave the engine idling, it must be
ensured that the parking brake is applied correctly and that the wheels are
wedged. If this precautionary measures are not taken, the vehicle can start
to move unexpectedly.
Travel direction forward "D"

This travel range is selected for general forward travel operation .
113
194465
114
3.6.3 Automatic operation

In automatic operation, the driver controls only the engine regulation or the brake. The gear shift is
handled automatically by the system depending on the travel condition and user oriented. After
entering the travel direction, the gear selects a start out gear, which is appropriate for the travel
situation.
Note: When shifting from neutral position "N" into a travel range, the service brake must
be applied first. Otherwise an acoustical warning signal sounds and a control alert
appears on the indicator unit (225) .
Indication of engine RPM (221) and transmission (223)

The indicators contain the following information:
Indicator (221)
Engine RPM in min >1
Indicator (223)
Automatic operation
not used
Placed gear
In travel range forward "D" , the indicator light (102) lights up
Note: Automatic operation is only possible in travel range "D" . When switching into
another travel range, the system switches automatically into manual shift
operation .
115
194465
116
3.6.4 Manual shift operation

In manual shift operation, the gear selection is made by the driver via the steering column switch (7) or
via buttons (105) and (108).
Note: When shifting from neutral position "N" into a travel range, the service brake must
be applied first. Otherwise an acoustical warning signal sounds and a control alert
appears on the indicator unit (225) .
In manual shift operation, Tempomat or Temposet cannot be used for driving.
Indication of engine RPM (221) and transmission (223)

The indicators contain the following information:
Indicator (221)
Engine RPM in min >1
Indicator (223)
Selected gear
Placed gear
In travel range reverse "R" , the indicator light (100) lights up

In travel range neutral "N" the indicator lights (101 + 222) light up
In travel range "D" the indicator light (102) lights up
Note: If the driver tries to shift up in the 12th forward gear or if he tries to shift down in the
1st forward gear or the 1st reverse gear, then an acoustical signal sounds and on the
indicator unit (225) appears an control alert.
If the driver attempts to shift down further than gear allowed by the transmission, an
acoustical signal sounds and on the indicator unit (225) appears a control alert.
117
194466
118
3.6.4.1 Gear selection with the steering column switch

With the steering column switch, one or serval gears can be shifted at the same time. The steering
column switch returns to its initial position after every use.
Shift up
> Move the manual lever (7) up momentarily to shift up by one gear.
> By holding the manual lever (7) up, the gears can be increased in 1/2 second intervals.
Shift down
> Move the manual lever (7) down momentarily to shift down by one gear.
> By holding the manual lever (7) down, the gears can be decreased in 1/2 second intervals.
3.6.4.2 Gear selection with button

By shifting up with button (105) or down with button (108), one or more gears can be shifted at the same
time.
Shift up
> Press the button (105) momentarily to shift up by one gear.
> By holding the button (105) down, the gears can be increased in 1/2 second intervals.
Shift down
> Press the button (108) momentarily to shift up by one gear.
> By holding the button (108) down, the gears can be decreased in 1/2 second intervals.
119
194465
120
3.6.5 Warning alerts indicator (223)
3.6.5.1 Gear error

After turning the ignition on, the gear runs through a self check. If a gear error is present, then the
error message "CH" can be shown on indicator (223) immediately or after turning the engine on.
In this case, turn the engine off and remedy the gear error.
Gear error
Placed gear
3.6.5.3 Loss of air pressure

In case of a loss of air pressure, it can happen that the gear is no longer able to shift. This is shown via
indicator (223) "AL" .
D A NG E R : It is not permissible to start to drive before the air pressure is sufficient. If the
air pressure is insufficient, the coupling will not open when stopping, and the
engine dies.
Loss of air pressure
Placed gear
121
195572
122
3.7 Important instrument check during travel
3.7.1 Steering circuit II (186)

At a travel speed of approx. 10 km/hr. the warning light (186) for the hydraulic steering circuit ¬ must
turn off.
Note: If there is a problem with the sensors, the warning lights (185, 186) blink.
CAUTION: If the warning light does not turn off, then the steering circuit ¬ is not
functioning. The crane must be brought to a standstill and the problem must
be fixed.
3.7.2 Engine oil pressure (warning light 233, bargraph 232)

The engine oil pressure is shown on bargraph from 0 to 10 bar.
C A U T IO N : If the oil pressure decreases during travel and does not increase when the
RPMs are increased, the crane must be brought to a standstill immediately
and the engine must be turned off. If the oil pressure is too low or if there is
no oil pressure at all, the engine will not be lubricated. This can cause severe
engine damage.
3.7.3 Brake circuit I, II, III (warning lights 237, 239, 241)
CAUTION: If one of these warning lights light up, the brake system is not functioning.
The crane must be brought to a standstill immediately and the problem must
be fixed.
3.7.4 Fuel reserves (indicator light 229, bargraph 228)

The fuel reserves in the tank are shown on the bargraph in percentages (%), 0 to 100%.
If the fuel reserves is (less than) e 10% (approx.60.0 liter), the yellow indicator light (229) lights up.
Note: If the indicator light (229) blinks, then there is a sensor error.
Do not let the fuel tank get empty, otherwise the fuel system must be bled. Add fuel
in time!
123
188472
124
3.7.5 Coolant temperature (warning light 231, bargraph 230)

The coolant temperature is shown on the bargraph from 30 ∞C to +120 ∞C.
If the coolant temperature rises during travel, try to lower the temperature to a permissible range
between 85 ∞C to 90 ∞C by reducing the engine load and RPM.
CAUTION: If the warning light (231) comes on during travel, bring the crane
immediately to a standstill and turn the engine off.
Increased coolant temperature can cause engine damage.
Problem in blower control

If the engine temperature gauge increases in the direction of the "red range", then there might be a
problem with the blower control.
This problem can be remedied by closing the shut off valve / ball cock 1 for a short time (emergency
control, blower "On").
CAUTION: Emergency operation for blower control may only be used for short
stretches. After completion of the emergency control, the ball cock must be
opened again all the way.
3.7.6 Gear oil temperature (warning light 227, bargraph 226)

The gear oil temperature is shown on the bargraph from 50 ∞C to +140 ∞C.
The temperature indicator on the bargraph (226) must be in the permissible range during normal travel
operation.
Note: During or after retarder operation, the gear oil temperature might jump up for a
short time.
If the warning light (227) blinks, there is a sensor error.
CAUTION: If the indicator on the bargraph reaches the red range, bring the crane to a
standstill , switch the gear to neutral position "N" and let the engine run at
approx. 1500 RPM. The oil temperature must decrease to the permissible
temperature range within a short time. If the oil temperature does not drop
into the permissible range, then the engine must be turned off.
If the warning light (227) comes on during travel, bring the crane
immediately to a standstill and turn the engine off.
125
194463
126
3.10 Tempomat
With the Tempomat, a travel speed of more than !20!km/hr. can be stored. The control of the Tempomat
is made with the steering column switch (7). If the Tempomat is active, the indicator light (220) lights
up and the set speed is shown on momentarily on indicator (223) .
Note: Use the Tempomat only if traffic conditions allow the same speed. On uphill or
downhill slopes, it is possible that the speed cannot be held. If the Tempomat is
turned on, take your foot off the accelerator.
DANGER: On slick roads, there is a DANGER OF SPINNING!

Do not turn on the Tempomat !
Prerequisite
> The automatic operation is turned on.
> The travel speed is > 20 km/hr.
> The service brake and the continous brake may not be actuated.
3.10.1 Store the tempomat speed

Tempomat is not active, the indicator light (220) does not light up.
> Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
> Move the steering column switch in direction ÿ or in direction Ÿ .
The saved speed is shown momentarily on indicator (223) .
3.10.2 Show the current Tempomat speed

Tempomat is active, the indicator light (220) lights up.
The saved speed is shown momentarily on indicator (223) .
3.10.3 Change the current Tempomat speed

> Move the steering column switch in direction ÿ ,
andwithin 10 seconds, move it again in direction ÿ.
The speed is increased by 2 km/hr.
> Hold the steering column switch in position ÿ,

The speed is continuously increased by 2 km/hr.
> Move the steering column switch in direction Ÿ ,

and within 10 seconds, move it again in direction Ÿ .
The speed is decreased by 2 km/hr.
> Hold the steering column switch in position Ÿ ,

The speed is continuously decreased by 2 km/hr.
127
194463
128
3.10.4 Turn the Tempomat off

> Move the steering column switch in direction ÷.
> Actuate the service brake or the continuous brake.
> The speed drops to below 10 km/hr.
Note: If the Tempomat is active and the engine regulation is used to accelerate for longer
than 10 seconds, then the Tempomat is turned off.
If the engine regulation is used to accelerate for less than 10 seconds, then the vehicle
is slowed down to the speed stored in the Tempomat as soon as the gas pedal is
released .
The stored travel speed is deleted when the ignition starter switch is turned back to
the!"0" position.
3.10.5 Reuse to the old Tempomat speed

If the Tempomat was turned off but the ignition starter switch was not set back to "0" , then the old
travel speed can be used again.
> Move the steering column switch in direction Ÿ ,

the travel speed is shown blinking on indicator (223) ,
and if the steering column switch is again moved in direction Ÿ with in 5 seconds,
then the indicated travel speed is used again .
129
194463
130
3.11 Temposet
With the Temposet, the travel speed can be limited from !10!km/hr. on. The control of the Temposets is
made with the steering column switch (7). If the Temposet is active, the indicator light (220) lights up
and the set travel speed is shown momentarily on indicator (223) .
Prerquisite
> The automatic operation is turned on.
> The travel speed is > 10 km/hr.
3.11.1 Save the Temposet speed

Temposet is not active, the indicator light (220) does not light up.
> Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
The stored speed is shown momentarily on indicator (223) .
3.11.2 Show the current Temposet speed

The Temposet is active, the indicator light (220) lights up.
> Push the button ◊ and move the steering column switch in direction ÿ or in direction Ÿ .
The stored speed is shown momentarily on indicator (223) .
3.11.3 Change the current Temposet speed

> Push the button ◊ and move the steering column switch in direction ÿ ,
and within 10 seconds, move it again in direction ÿ.
The speed is increased by 2 km/hr.
> Push the button ◊ and hold the steering column switch in position ÿ ,
the speed is continuously increased by 2 km/hr.
> Push the button ◊ and move the steering column switch in direction Ÿ ,
and within 10 seconds, move it again in direction Ÿ .
The speed is decreased by 2 km/hr.
> Push the button ◊ and hold the steering column switch in position Ÿ,
The speed is continuously reduced by 2 km/hr.
3.11.4 Turn the Temposet off

> Move the steering column switch for longer than 10 seconds in direction ÷.
Note: The Temposet speed is deleted if the ignition starter switch is in position "0" and the
vecicle specific speed is activated.
131
195574
132
3.12 End travel
3.12.1 Stop
> Slow down the crane until it comes to a standstill.
> The selected travel range can remain turned on .
> Secure the vehicle with the service or the parking brake to prevent it from rolling off.
3.12.2 To interrupt travel with the engine running

> Slow down the crane until it comes to a standstill.
> Acutate the travel range switch (101) and switch the automatic transmission to neutral position "N",
> Apply the parking brake (3),
the indicator light (201) must light up.
3.12.3 Turn off the vehicle with the engine running (parking)
> Slow down the crane until it comes to a standstill .
> Acutate the travel range switch (101) and switch the transmission to neutral position "N",
> Apply the parking brake (3).
the indicator light (201) must light up.
Note: After running the engine at full power or in case of increased coolant temperature
(above 95 ∞C), let the engine run with no load for 1 > 2 minutes at low idle RPM.
> If necessary, turn off the special functions (such as parking light, beacons, emergency blinkers,
auxiliary heater*);
> Turn the ignition (23) off and then pull the ignition key;
> Turn off the battery master switch (15) and pull the cam.
> Close off the driver's cab;
> Secure the transporter with wedges to prevent it from rolling off.
CAUTION: Do not let the vehicle run out in neutral "N" !

This can cause severe gear damage.
* Optional
133
194747
134
4. Shunt operation
Shunt operation is only intended for the following travel sitations :
> Slow driving (shunting) in restricted space conditions
> Slow parking in / out
> Driving with the attachment in place, see chapter 15.01
CAUTION: Shunt operation is not permitted if the vehicle is stuck !
4.1 Add shunt operation

If the shunt operation is selected, the 3rd gear is automatically placed. Gears V4, V2 and V1 or R1 and
R2 can be manually selected, if necessary.
In shunt operation, after placement of the corresponding gear, the dry coupling is closed independent of
the travel pedal position .
Prerequisite:
> The crane is at a standstill
> The gear is in neutral position "N"
> The parking brake (3) is applied.
Start out procedure:

> Slightly apply the service brake (1) .
> Select travel range, button R (100) for reverse or button D (102) for forward.
> Press the button (107) and add the shunt operation.
The transmission automatically placed the 3rd gear and the coupling closed. This is signified by a
slight jerk.
> If necessary, correct the start out gear.
The appopriate gear is placed and signified by a slight jerk.
> Release the parking brake (3) while having the service brake (1) still applied.
> Release the service brake (1) .
Depending on the travel resistance and the placed gear, the vehicle starts to move as soon as the
service brake (1) is released. The lower the gear the stronger the acceleration. In case of higher travel
resistance (loose ground and / or uphill slope) and when a higher speed is desireable, actuate the
engine regulation (2) .
> If necessary, place another gear with the steering column switch (7) or button 105 or button 108 .
Shunt operation
Selected gear
Placed gear
Note: When driving in transducer mode, heat is created which is discharged via the
transducer oil. In case of high travel resistances, such as loose ground and / or steep
inclines, the tranducer oil temperature (226) must be monitored. If necessary, the
transducer oil must be cooled down with the gear in neutral position and increased
engine RPM.
4.2 Turn the shunt operation off

> Press the button (107) and turn the shunt operation off.
135
102236
136
5. Differential locks
This vehicle is equipped with differential locks for driving off>road, on tracks and in wintery conditions.
The differential locks may only be switched on when the vehicle is stationary and in the following
sequence With the differential locks enabled a speed restriction of up to 40 km/h is active.
1. Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox

2. Longitudinal differential lock axle 2 + addition axle 4
CAUTION: The following must be observed in order to prevent damages to the driving
axles:
Only turn differential locks on and off when the vehicle is stationary!
The greatest danger regarding damages on drive parts exists when
differential locks are added while the driving gear is turning.
Drive carefully, do not start jerkily, do not drive at full throttle!
Do not drive in any curves.
Only drive on difficult terrain (e.g. sand, slush, loose or slippery subsoil etc.)
with differential locks.
5.1 Addition of longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox
Preconditions
> The crane is stationary.
> The transmission is in neutral position ™N∫.
Adding longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox

> Press button (138) + button (143).
Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox is added.
Note: If the function control on the push button (138) is flashing, the gears of the
differential are at a tooth by tooth position.
> Engage gear and carefully set off.
137
102236
138
5.2 Addition of longitudinal differential lock axle 2 and axle 4
Preconditions
> Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox is added.
Adding longitudinal differential lock axle 2 and axle 4

Longitudinal differential lock axle 2 + axle 4 is added.
Note: If the function control on the push button (140) is flashing, the gears of the
differential are at a tooth by tooth position.
> Engage gear and carefully set off.
5.3 Turning differential locks off
C A U T I O N :If addition of differential locks is no longer required to continue driving (solid

grip soil) , they must be turned off immediately. Considerable damage can be
caused to the drive axles and the entire drive train if the crane is driven on solid
subsoil with a good grip with the differential locks on.
Preconditions
Turning off longitudinal differential lock axle 2 and axle 4

Function control on button (140) goes off.
Longitudinal differential lock axle 2 + axle 4 is turned off.
Turning off longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox

Function control on button (138) goes off.
Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox is turned off.
139
195576
140
6. Independent rear axle steering * (crab walk)

The independent rear axle steering makes it possible to turn the wheels of the 7th and 8th axle in the
same direction, independent of the position of the wheels of the 1st and 2nd axle.
Note: The independent rear axle steering can only be added in released condition, function
indicator on button (137) lights up. When using the independent rear axle steering,
the maximum speed is 20 km/hr.
DANGER: When raising / lowering the 5rd and 6th axle, it must be assured that there are
no persons within the danger zone of the crane.
There is a danger of accidents.
CAUTION: The independent rear axle steering may not be used on public roads .
Before the independent rear axle steering may be put into operation, the 5rd
and 6th axles must be raised and blocked. The 5rd and 6th axle must be raised
from transport condition (12 t axle load).
After offsetting the crane or the load, the 5rd and 6th axle may only be
lowered to the ground if the transport condition (12 to axle load) has been
reestablished.
Note: After the batteries are disconnected, it is possible that the axle condition can no
longer be recognized. The two function indicators in buttons up / down blink at the
same time in 0.25second intervals. This condition can be reset by raising or lowering
the axles.
6.1 Putting it into service

> "Level" the vehicle in suspended transport condition (12 t axle load) for on road level.
See chapter 3.03, Axle suspension / axle locking system.
> Switch the axle suspension / axle locking system to "lock", button (143+130).
> Raise the 5rd and 6th axle, button (143 +131).
Note: The function indicator light on the button (131) blinks as long as the axle is not fully
raised. The function indicator light lights up when the axle is fully raised.
C A U T I O N : Despite the illuminated function indicator, the crane axles must always be
checked visually to make sure they are fully raised.
> Release the steering linkage for the 7th and 8th axle, the button (143+137) function indicator light on
the button (137) lights up.
Note: The release is only possible in neutral position "N", in 1. and 2. forward gear and in
reverse gear.
> Axles 5 and 6 can now be steered via button (117) "steering deflection to the right" and (118) "steering
deflection to the left".
141
195576
142
6.2 Taking it out of service
CAUTION: When the independent rear axle steering is no longer required, then it must be
locked again in straight forward position before driving on level ground.
Axles 5 and 6 must be lowered again.
> Bring the vehicle to a standstill, on level ground.

> Set axles 7 and 8 straight.
> Lock the independent rear axle steering, button (137), turn the steering wheel to the right / left until
the function indicator on the button (137) stops blinking.
> Lower the axles, buttons (143) + (132).
Note: The function runs automatically for approx. 20 seconds, the function indicator on the
button (132) lights up. Function "lower 5rd and 6th axle'' can be stopped via button
(131).
C A U T I O N : Always check visually if the axles are fully raised or lowered!
> Switch the axle suspension / axle locking system to "suspended", button (143+130).
The function indicator on the button (130) is off.
> Bring the vehicle to the correct height for on road travel, button (143+129).
See chapter 3.03, Axle suspension / axle locking system.
Note: After lowering and leveling the crane, the axle suspension might sag slightly.
DANGER: Make sure that the rear axle steering is locked, actuate the rear axle again by
moving the steering buttons!(117,!118) while watching the wheels of the 7th
and 8th axle, they may no longer move in / out. The rear axles must steer via
the steering wheel the same way as the front axles, check visually if this is the
case!
143
194753
144
7. Towing
7.1 General towing guidelines
DANGER: The following towing guidelines must be observed:

> During the towing procedure, the parking brake must be released, otherwise
the brake system will be damaged.
> As a rule, during towing, a speed of 20 km/hr. may not be exceeded.
> To tow the vehicle, the shunt coupling must be used.
> The vehicle may only be towed with a tow rod.
> The emergency blinker system and the headlights must be turned on.
7.2 Towing with defective travel motor and / or transmission

If the travel motor cannot be started, then the air pressure supply must be established from the towing
vehcile to the mobile crane. For the air pressure supply of the mobile crane, which is to be towed, a
coupling head is installed under the bumper. This connection for the auxiliary supply must be connected
via a hose line to the the tow truck.
DANGER: The reserve pressure of the air pressure > brake system of the mobile crane,
which is to be towed, must be at least 6 bar for towing.
Towing procedure
> Flange off the gear shaft from the transmission to the distributor gear and tie it up.
> Actuate the travel range switch (101) and shift the transmission to neutral position "N" .
DANGER: When the engine is turned off, the vehicle can only be steered from a speed of
5 bis 10 km/hr. on.
7.3 Towing with non>defective travel motor
7.3.1 In case of damage on the distributor gear

> Flange off the gear shafts from the distributor gear to the drive axles on the drive axles and tie them
up
> Shift the transmission with the travel range switch (101) to neutral position "N" and let the engine
run at low idle RPM.
7.3.2 In case of damage to the drive axles
Note: Only especially trained personnel may carry out the towing procedures if there is any
damage on the drive axles.
145
3.05 THE CRANE AT THE JOBSITE 026791>01
191258
146
1. Selecting the site

Select the site so that the supports can be extended to the support base listed on the load chart and that
the crane can be horizontally aligned.
DANGER: The SAFETY TECHNICAL NOTES in chapter 2.04 must be strictly observed,
otherwise there is a danger of accidents !
2. Changing from travel to crane operation
Prerequisites:
The crane is standing on level ground of sufficient load carrying capacity.
The engine is running.
Button (130) is turned off (in position Axle suspension suspended).
The boom is not placed in the boom receptacle.
CAUTION: In supported condition, the telescopic boom may not be placed in the boom
receptacle.
2.1 Lock the axle suspension

> Align the crane in horizontal direction via the manual leveling regulation, buttons (112, 113, 119, 120,
127, 128, 135, 136).
> Press button (130) for ∫lock axle suspension∫ + "confirmation" (143).
> Turn the engine off.

> Turn the ignition off.
3. Support the crane

On both sides of the vehicle is a support control unit (control box) with buttons to control the support
system.
The engine can be started or turned off via buttons (274) (273).
The engine RPM can be changed during the support procedure via buttons (276) and (275).
Note: The sliding arms on the left side of the vehicle can only be actuated by the support
control unit on that side.
The sliding arms on the right side of the vehicle can only be actuated by the support
CAUTION: The crane operator is obligated to set the appropriate load chart for the
corresponding support width in the LICCON overload safety system.
The vertical support cylinders must be supported properly from below and
may not be extended all the way to the stop, since the support cylinders
could be subjected to impermissibly high pressure increases as the
hydraulic oil warms up.
If the vertical support cylinders are extended all the way, retract all support
cylinders by at least 1 cm.
147
191259
148
3.1 Control elements support control unit left / right
Pos.: Pos.:
Support control unit, left Support control unit, right
250 Support cylinder right front up Support cylinder right front up 280
251 Support cylinder right front down Support cylinder right front down 281
252 Support cylinder right rear up Support cylinder right rear up 282
253 Support cylinder right rear down Support cylinder right rear down 283
254 Sliding arm left front out Sliding arm right front out 284
255 Sliding arm left front in Sliding arm right front in 285
256 Sliding arm left rear out Sliding arm right rear out 286
257 Sliding arm left rear in Sliding arm right rear in 287
258 Support cylinder left front up Support cylinder left front up 288
259 Support cylinder left front down Support cylinder left front down 289
260 Support cylinder left rear up Support cylinder left rear up 290
261 Support cylinder left rear down Support cylinder left rear down 291
262 Support force indicator right front Support force indicator right front 292
263 Support force indicator right rear Support force indicator right rear 293
264 Support force indicator left front Support force indicator left front 294
265 Support force indicator left rear Support force indicator left rear 295
266 Incline indicator Incline indicator 266
267 LED 1∞ LED 1∞ 267
268 LED 5∞ LED 5∞ 268
269 Release support control unit Release support control unit 269
270 not used not used 270
271 Automatic leveling UP Automatic leveling UP 271
272 Automatic leveling DOWN Automatic leveling DOWN 272
273 Engine OFF Engine OFF 273
274 Engine ON Engine ON 274
275 RPM lower RPM lower 275
276 RPM higher RPM higher 276
277 LED Release support control unit LED.Release support control unit 277
Note: Before the support cylinders or the sliding arms can be moved, the release support control
unit (269) must be actuated first. Activation of the support control unit is shown by the
illumination of the keys and the green LED (277) "Release support control unit" . The
release turns off if no other button is actuated within 120 seconds or if the button (269) is
pressed again. Blinking buttons and turned off green LED (277) show that the support
control unit is deactivated.
149
187743
150
3.2 Bring support plates from transport position (Fig. 1) into operating position (Fig. 2)
> Remove the spring pin ( 5) on pin (3).
> Pull the pin (3) from bore (2).
> Pull the support plate on the handle outward until the pin (4) hits the ball head of the support cylinder.
> Insert the pin (3) into the bore (1) and secure with spring pin (5).
3.3 Support plates (Fig.3)

The support plates must be supported adequately from below, depending on the ground conditions, with
stable materials, such as wood, steel or concrete plates.
Note: Observe all safety notes and permissible ground pressures (see chapter 2.04,
SAFETY TECHNICAL NOTES).
Support plate surface = 4900 cm2
DANGER: Use only suitable support materials.

The supports must be placed in the center underneath the support plates.
If this is not observed, there is a danger of accidents.
151
187741
152
3.4 Extend the sliding arms
> Release the retaining pin (point B) on the four sliding arms and remove.
> Open the control box for the left or right support control unit.
DANGER: The operator must observe the extension and retraction of the sliding arms.
When extending and retracting the sliding arms, it must be ensured that
there are no persons or objects within the danger zone.
> Extend the sliding arms to the support base noted in the load chart.
Note: reduced support base: 10.0 m x 6.25 m

wide support base: 10.0 m x 9.60 m
> Secure all four sliding arms on points "A" and "B" with pins.
DANGER: The sliding arms must be pinned to prevent a subsequent change of the
support surfaces, otherwise there is a DANGER OF ACCIDENTS !
The pins must be fully inserted on points "A" and "B" and secured (handle of
pin downward), otherwise there is a DANGER OF ACCIDENTS due to
tipping over.
It is not permitted to support in intermediate positions!
3.5 Extend the support cylinders
CAUTION: In supported condition, the telescopic boom must not be placed in the boom
receptacle.
> Extend the support cylinders from the two side support control units.
> Raise the crane until the wheels are no longer in contact with the ground.
CAUTION: If this is not observed, the axles can be damaged during crane operation.
The vertical support cylinders may not be extended all the way to "stop",
since the support cylinders could be subjected to impermissibly high
pressure increases as the hydraulic oil warms up.
If the vertical support cylinders are extended all the way, retract all support
cylinders by at least 1 cm.
DANGER: When extending and retracting the support cylinders, it must be ensured
that there are no persons or objects within the danger zone.
153
191259
154
3.6 Align the crane horizontally
Note: The maximum permissible deviation from the horizontal position of the crane is ±
0.5% (± 0.3∞ ).
DANGER: If the crane is not horizontally aligned, there is a danger of accidents.
3.6.1 Manually
> Align the crane horizontally be extending and retracting the individual support cylinders.
3.6.2 Automatically
Prerequisite:
All support cylinders are extended, the individual support cylinder may not be extended or retracted all
the way to stops.
The crane can now be automatically aligned via buttons (272) and (271).
> Press button (271) "automatically up" O Support cylinders are extended
The support height depends on the highest point of the vehicle, check the incline indicators on the
support control units.
> Press button (272) "automatically down" O Support cylinders are retracted
The support height depends on the lowest point of the vehicle, check the incline indicators on the
support control units.
Note: If the vehicle is level, all 4 support cylinders are extended or retracted at the same
time.
DANGER: Even though the crane has been automatically aligned in horizontal
direction, it still has to be checked if all support plates are in contact with the
ground.
3.6.3 Check the supports
Note: It must be checked if the extension condition and all safety regulations have
been observed, otherwise there is a danger of accidents!
DANGER: All 4 sliding arms of the outrigger support system must be extended, even
those of the opposite side of the load. If only the load>side sliding arms are
extended, then it can have dangerous results.
1. Due to the load hanging on the hook, the hoist cable and the telescopic
boom (in case of operation with auxiliary boom, it too and the guy cables)
are tensioned and distorted.
If in this situation, the load falls from the tackle cables or if the tackle or
hoist cable breaks, a sudden relief will occur. The boom will flex
backward, which can cause the crane to topple over.
2. It might become necessary, contrary to previous assumption, that the

load must be turned to the side. This can cause the crane to topple over.
3. When turning from vehicle lengthwise direction, the crane can topple
over due to the boom or the counterweight momentum.
3.7 Putting the crane into service

See chapter 4.03, STARTING UP THE CRANE.
155
191258
156
4. Changing from crane to travel operation
Prerequisites:
> The crane is supported and horizontally aligned.
> The wheels are no longer in contact with the ground.
> The axle suspension is locked.
> The telescopic sections are retracted and locked.
> The boom is not placed in the boom receptacle.
CAUTION: In supported condition, the telescopic boom may not be placed in the boom
receptacle.
> The counterweight is removed.

> The hook block is unreeved.
> The travel motor is turned off.
> The travel range switch is in neutral position "N".
> The ignition is turned off.
> The battery master switch is turned on.
4.1 Retract the support cylinders

> Open the control box on the left or right hand side of the vehicle.
> Start the engine.
> Evenly retract all support cylinders via the buttons and lower the crane until all wheels are again in
contact with the ground.
4.2 Activate the axle suspension

> Press button (130)+(143), the axle suspension is activated.
CAUTION: Turn the button (130) off only after all the wheels are in contact with the
ground.
If this is not observed, the axle suspension will be damaged due to the
sudden release of the axle blocking system.
> Retract all four support cylinders all the way.
DANGER: When extending or retracting the support cylinders, it must be ensured that
157
187742
158
4.3 Bring the support plates from operating position (fig. 2) to transport position (fig. 1)
> Remove the spring pin (5) from pin (3).
> Pull the pin (3) from bore (1).
> Push in the support plate on the handle all the way until it hits the ball head of the support cylinder.
> Insert pin (3) into the bore (2) and secure with spring pin (5).
4.4 Retract the sliding arms
> Loosen and remove the retaining pins at points "A" and "B" of the sliding arms.
> Retract the sliding arms individually and secure with the four pins at point "B".
DANGER: Only those sliding arms, which can be directly seen by the operator may be
actuated.
When extending and retracting the sliding arms, it must be ensured that
> If necessary, reduce the engine speed to low idle.

> Turn the engine off.
4.5 Place the telescopic boom all the way into the boom receptacle.
159
188870
160
5. Checks before leaving the jobsite

The following checks must be made before leaving the jobsite:
> Is the axle suspension set?

> Are the support cylinders fully retracted ?
> Are the support plates in transport position and are they secured ?
> Are the sliding arms fully retracted and pinned?
> Are the retaining pins secured ?
> Are the retaining pins in their receptacles, and are they secured to prevent them from falling out?
> Are the wedges in their retainers ?
> Are the control boxes for the left and right support control units closed?
> Is the auxiliary steering * locked again for on road travel (5. and 6. axles may no longer be raised)?
> Is it ensured that the telescopic boom (if it is transported on the vehicle) has been secured to prevent it
from running out by itself, and is it placed all the way in the receptacle bracket?
> Is the slewing platform locked?
> Are the covers on the slewing platform closed?
> Are the doors and windows on the crane operator's cab closed?
> Is the crane operator's cab turned to the rear and is it secured?
> Are the ladders in transport position and are they secured?
> Is the spare tire properly secured? *
> Is the hoist cable attached on the pin of the tow coupling and is the pin secured to prevent it from
falling out?
DANGER: Attach locks, spring pins and retaining pins in such a way that they cannot
loosen up by themselves during travel and cause damage.
If these checks are omitted, there is an increased danger of accidents!
Note: After a long time on the jobsite, before starting to drive the crane, all checks
described in chapter 3.02 BEFORE STARTING TO TRAVEL must be made.
*Optional
161
4.00 OPERATION OF THE SUPERSTRUCTURE 021677>00
162
021677>00
Chapter 4
Operation of the Superstructure
163
4.01 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 027995>00
164
4.01 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 027995>00
165
4.02 LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM 026855>00
1. General
2. LICCON Programs (overview)
3. Booting up the LICCON system after turning it on
Monitor 2
4. Control elements of the LICCON computer systems, Monitor 2
5. The "Set up" program
6. The "Operating" program
7. The "Telescoping" program
8. The "Control parameter" program
9. The "Working range limitation " * program
10. The "Outrigger support" program
11. The "Test system" program
Monitor 0
20. Control elements of the LICCON computer system, Monitor 0
21. The "Tele guying * with engine monitoring and indicators"
Note: The monitor illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The numeric values in the
individual symbol elements and charts might not match this particular crane. In addition,
many illustrations show the maximum assignment of the LICCON monitor with symbol
elements. In normal crane operation, the LICCON monitor would not show an identical
view.
The monitor illustrations show the configuration of a 84 m long telescopic boom (pivot
section + 6 telescopic sections) For the 50 m long telescopic boom, the corresponding pivot
section + 3 telescopic sections apply.
Note: The monitors (0 or 2) are marked on the upper left hand side on the monitor illustration.
* Optional
166
1. General
The LICCON computer system is a computer system to control and monitor mobile cranes. In addition
to overload safety (Loadmomentbegrenzung OLMB / Load Moment Limiter O LML) there are a
number of other programs used to control and monitor the crane movements. At this time, the LICCON
computer system includes the following programs:
Application programs
> Equipment configuration program with set up view
> Operating program with operating view
> Telescoping program with telescoping view
> Outrigger support program (Optional)
> Working range limitation program (Optional)
> Control parameter program
> Test system
> Telescopic guying
Overload safety device system (LML)

The overload safety is carried out on the micro processor unit 0 for basic component group 0. The
LICCON Computer system operates according to the principle of comparison between the actual load
and the maximum permissible load according to the load capacity chart and reeving.
Actual load
The actual load is determined by obtaining changing values:
The load of the crane is a combination of load momentum and boom momentum. It affects a force in
the boom luffing cylinder, which is measured by pressure sensors.
The boom momentum is calculated from the angle sensor information (boom angle), the length sensor
information (boom length) and the crane data (boom weights) for the adjusted operating mode.
The radius is determined on hand of the angle sensor information (boom angle), the length sensor
information (boom length), and the geometric data of the adjusted operating mode. The boom
flexation due to its own weight and the weight of the load is taken into account.
The actual load is calculated from the total load, the boom momentum and the radius.
Maximum load according to load capacity chart and reeving

The crane data as well as load capacity charts, boom weights and geometric data are stored in the
central data bank of the LICCON Computer system.
From the load capacity charts, the "maximum load according to the load capacity chart and reeving"
is constantly being determined for the entered equipment configuration, the entered reeving and the
calculated radius.
Comparison
The actual load and the "maximum load according to the load capacity chart and reeving" is
compared. When the value gets close to the given limit, a prewarning is given. If this limit is reached
or exceeded, the overload warning device is triggered and the load moment increasing crane
movements are turned off.
The integration of electric and electronic components in the chassis and the crane
superstructure is handled via Data bus transfer technology (Liebherr>System>Bus OLSB ).
167
188606
168
2. LICCON programs (overview)
The ∫Set up∫ program Monitor 2

The crane operator enters the data for the selected equipment configuration in the LICCON set up
program and receives the corresponding load capacity charts on the monitor. The equipment
configuration is entered via dialog functions or short code.
The ∫Operation∫ program Monitor 2

In the LICCON operating view, symbol elements constantly inform the operator about all important
crane data. All critical indications are also signaled via an acoustical signal. Depending on the
configuration, a number of additional indicators can be added by the crane operator as auxiliary
indicators, or will be added automatically in case of a problem.
169
188607
170
The "telescoping" program Monitor 2

The telescoping view, in a dynamic graphic view, shows the crane operator the pin condition of the
telescopic boom, the position of the individual telescopic sections in relation to each other and the
extension condition of the telescopic cylinder.
The ∫Control parameter∫ program Monitor 2

With the "Control parameter" program, the maximum speeds for slewing, hoist and luffing gear can be
preselected in stages. In addition, any winches* which are not reeved, can be deactivated.
* Optional
171
188608
172
The ∫Working range limitation ∫ * program Monitor 2

The "working range limitation " program relieves the operator by monitoring the working range in
special situations, in cases where the operator must give his total attention to the movement of loads.
The crane operator can enter the various working ranges and activate or inactivate them via an editing
program.
The "Outrigger support " program Monitor 2

The "outrigger support" program can contain two separate independent sections (optional).
The function control is carried out via a process visualization on the LICCON monitor, linked into the
surface of the support force monitoring *.
1) Support force monitor *

During operation, the support force monitor determines the current pressure on all 4 outrigger
cylinders via pressure sensors, and shows it as support force for every outrigger support. Due to the
variable programmability of the limit values, the support force monitor can also be used as a
prewarning system.
2) Sliding arm length indicator *

Via the sliding arm length indicator, the crane operator can view the extension conditions for the
various sliding arms [%].
* Optional
173
188609
174
The "Test system" program Monitor 2

With the test system, Service personnel is able to quickly localize a problem, without test instruments.
For example, problems on bus participants (Liebherr System Bus OLSB). Via comfortable dialog
functions, all complete system inputs and outputs can be monitored during crane operation, in various
views on the monitor. In addition, all registered errors (system and control errors ) are documented in
the test system.
175
188610
176
The "Tele guying * with engine monitoring and indicators" Monitor 0
* Optional
177
186221
178
3. Booting up the LICCON computer system after turning it on (= boot phase)

After the LICCON computer system is turned on, it runs through a self test.
The connections from the micro processor central units (CPUs) to the monitor are checked first. If no
error was found, the following is shown on the monitor:
O DATA LINE CHECK PASSED >> O.K. !! (fig. 1)

SYSTEM CHECK . . . . . .
If no problems were found on the connections, a system test is carried out on all micro processor central
units (CPUs). The step by step run of the self test can be viewed on the 7>Segment indicators of the
CPUs. If no error was found during the system test, the following is shown on the monitor :
O DATA LINE CHECK PASSED > > O.K. !! (fig. 2)

SYSTEM CHECK . . . . . . . PASSED > > O.K. !!
Then the general initialization view appears on the monitor for a short time :
LIEBHERR>WERK EHINGEN (fig. 3)
179
188611
180
Booting up the LICCON computer system (continuation)
If the starting procedure is completed successfully, the following appears on the monitor after successful
self test of the LICCON Computer system on:
Monitor 2 The view to preselect the operating modes (operating mode preselection view).
Note: Normally, the last used operating mode preselection group is shown on the operating
mode preselection view, which had been selected before the LICCON computer system
was turned off. Only in case of a data loss, for example due to a cold boot (after a change
of the battery or one of the CPUs, etc. ) appears the first operating mode preselection
group.
> Select the desired operating mode preselection group with the function key "F1" ( move cursor down)
or "F2" (move cursor up).
> With the "F8" or "ENTER" key, confirm the preselection.
The equipment configuration view appears.
Note: If the crane operator does not select a new operating mode preselection group within 3
seconds, then the previously selected group remains in place, and the equipment
configuration view appears. This means, if the previously selected operating mode
preselection group should remain in place, no input is necessary.
Note: The operating mode preselection view does not appear if only the 50 m or only the 84 m
long telescopic boom is programmed. After a successful starting procedure, the
equipment configuration view will appear immediately.
Monitor 0 The view for engine monitoring / indicators as well as the symbol element for the "Tele
guying * program (only if TA chart is selected or the TA>Bracket is installed).
* Optional
181
188604
182
4. The control elements in the LICCON computer system on monitor 2

The control and indicator unit for the LICCON computer systems is installed in the crane operator's
cab, in direct view of the crane operator. The LICCON monitor consists of three basic components :
display, controller and keyboard.
A Alpha numeric keyboard
P Program keys
To start the individual LICCON programs.
P0: Equipment configuration program
P1: Operating program
P2: Crane delivery program (Correction coefficients) 1)
P3: Outrigger support program
P4: Telescoping program
P5: not used
P6: Control Parameter program
P7: Working range limitation *
P8: Test system
C Input key ∫ENTER∫

To confirm changes.
D Keyed switch
> Position to the right (press) Oto bypass hoist limit switch and shut off of LML
> Center position (self retaining) ONormal operation
E Special function keys
Brightness adjustment of monitor

The brightness level of the monitor can be adjusted with this key.
> "E3" + "E1" background illumination ON /OFF
> "E3" + "E2" brightness adjustment in three stages
Note: Additional functions of special function keys depend on the program and will be
explained in detail in the description of the individual LICCON programs.
F Function keys
The function keys must always be viewed together with the function key symbol line shown on the
monitor above.
G Display (Monitor)
Shows individual program views (example : Operating view).
H SHIFT key
Key assignment on 2nd level, "Supervisory function".
I LED indicators
I1: (LED red) Monitor error
I2: (LED yellow) Power supply for monitor available.
Note: The function of the individual monitor control elements depends on the program,
which means it might differ depending on the currently executed LICCON program.
It will be explained in detail in the description of the individual LICCON programs.
* Optional
1) only accessible by Liebherr personnel
183
188612
184
5. The ∫Set up∫ program (Equipment configuration view) Monitor 2

After turning it on, and after the LICCON computer system is booted up, the "set up" program and the
equipment configuration view is automatically shown on monitor 2.
Note: The last used equipment configuration and the reeving used at that time is
automatically reset and shown.
If the LICCON is turned on for the first time, or in case of data loss (memory loss due
to cold boot), then the assigned equipment configuration view with assigned
operating mode appears in the equipment configuration view.
CAUTION: In case of cold boot, the setting for the hoist cable reeving is set to ∫0∫ !
The ∫Set up∫ program offers the crane operator the possibility to set the current operating mode, the
current equipment configuration of the crane and the reeving number of the hoist cable.
In addition, all stored load charts in the crane can be viewed with the "Set up" program.
Setting the operating mode and the equipment configuration

The operating mode and the equipment configuration can be set two ways:
1. With function keys (see also paragraph 5.3)

"F2" Setting the operating mode "Main boom" (T, TA*) M if available
"F3" Setting the operating mode "Auxiliary equipment" (TN*, TAN*, TF*, TAF*) M if
available
"F4" Setting the equipment configuration "Slewing platform counterweight " M if available
"F5" Setting the equipment configuration "Support base"
"F6" Setting the equipment configuration "Slewing range of crane superstructure"
> Confirm settings with the "ENTER" key.
2. With 4>digit short code

Enter the 4>digit short code with the alpha>numeric key on the monitor.
> Confirm settings with the "ENTER" key.
After entry, the data for the selected load capacity chart can be viewed.
Setting the hoist cable reeving

Press "F7" to set the "Hoist cable reeving"
Press "F8" to end the "set up" program and take over the entered parameters into the "Operation"
program by pressing the "O.K." key.
Note: If an equipment configuration has been confirmed at least once with the "O.K." key,
than the "set up" program can also be ended by pressing one of the program keys
("P1" > "P8"). In that case, the LICCON computer system drops all setting made in the
"set up" program and uses the previous operating condition, which had last been
confirmed with "O.K."
* Optional
185
188861
186
The equipment configuration view is divided into three areas:
5.1 General information line
5.2 Indicator area for the values of the load capacity chart
5.3 Function key bar
5.4 Other control elements
Note: The monitor illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The numeric values in
the individual symbol elements and charts might not match this particular crane.
The programmed load capacity charts for the crane apply.
Note: The monitor illustrations show the configuration for a 84 m long telescopic boom
(pivot section + 6 telescopic section), for the 50 m long telescopic boom, pivot section
+ 3 telescopic sections are valid.
187
188862
188
5.1 General information line
1) ∫Telescopic boom length ∫ symbol (the same for all operating modes)
2) Abbreviations for programmed length units (LE) and weight units (GE). Possible length units are
meters [m] and feet [ft]. Possible weight units are tons [t] and pounds [lbs].
3) Next to the word ∫CODE∫ is a 4 digit short code in parenthesis (> <). Each short code describes an
equipment configuration for the crane. The valid equipment configurations for the crane and the
corresponding short code numbers are listed in the load capacity chart manual for the crane.
4) 8>digit organization number, which depends on the operating mode (B xxx yyyy) for the entered load
capacity chart. The letter on the 1st position shows the country specific calculation base of the load
capacity chart (for example: ∫B∫ = DIN, BS 75%),.
The following number combination (xxx) describes the crane type.
for example "216" = LTM 1500 with 50 m telescopic boom
"218" = LTM 1500 with 84 m telescopic boom
The 4>digit number block (yyzz) defines the entered operating mode.
yy = Main geometry condition
zz = Equipment geometry condition
for example "0041" = Telescopic boom 84 m long with fixed lattice
jib * (21 m) installed at an angle of 20∞ to the
telescopic boom.
5) The page number of the currently shown section of the load capacity chart is separated by a point ∫.∫
from the organization number, the total number of pages of this chart is shown in parenthesis ( ).
* Optional
189
190871
190
5.2 Indicator range for load capacity chart values

The indicator range includes the following sections :
1) Telescopic boom lengths in length units (LU ) of meters ([m] or feet [ft]) in max. 7 columns per page.
They form the horizontal axle of the load capacity value field.
2) The operational mode dependent symbol element ∫radius∫ in length units (LU ) of meters ([m] or
feet [ft]), below maximum 8 lines of radius values ( 10 lines for e 4 telescopic sections). They form
the vertical axle of the load capacity value field.
3) Load capacity value field

In columns below the telescopic boom lengths and in lines to the right of the radius values are the
load capacity values, depending on the boom length and the radius.
4) Line * n * = Hoist cable reeving

The numbers in this line show how often the hoist cable must be reeved between the boom head and
the hook block, to be able to lift the maximum load according to the load chart column.
If the load capacity value in the column exceeds the load which can be lifted with the maximum
possible reeving, then an exclamation mark (∫!∫) is next to the reeving number, to show that special
equipment is necessary to lift this load.
Note: If the load capacity value in the column exceeds the load which can be lifted with the
maximum possible reeving, then an exclamation mark (∫!∫) is next to the reeving
number, to show that special equipment is necessary to lift this load.
191
190871
192
5) Line for special indicators

If a load capacity chart consists of more than 7 columns, then it cannot be shown completely due to
the size of the monitor. In this case, arrows in the 1st field (<<) or in the 7th field (>>) in this line
show that there are additional columns to the left or right, which can be viewed by pressing the
arrow keys ∫<∫ or ∫>∫.
As supporting information, the currently selected column number and the number of columns in
this chart is given (for example 4 (10) = 4th of 10 columns).
Note: Page to the left or right by 7 load chart columns (1 page) by using key combination
"SHIFT"+∫<∫ (E1) or "SHIFT"+∫>∫ (E2). The mark to select the goal of the
telescopic sections is placed in the center.
6) Extension condition of telescopic sections in percentages [%]

In the first column is the ∫Boom length∫ [%] symbol. Next to it are 6 (3 1)) lines for the extension
condition of the telescopic sections. The number in the symbol column applies to the corresponding
telescopic section (the highest number applies to the outermost telescopic section), and the value in
the boom length column shows the extension condition in percentages, which must be observed for
the corresponding boom length.
The status indicator "+" next to the extension condition in percentages means that the
corresponding telescopic section must be pinned.
The status indicator "-" next to the extension condition in percentages means that the
corresponding telescopic section can be telescoped out under load to the extension condition value
shown in percentages (according to the load capacity chart).
7) Point to final goal selection of telescopic sections via the equipment configuration view
Via the special function keys "E1" or "E2", the pointer can be moved to the right or left (see chapter
4.05 CRANE OPERATION, Automatic telescoping.
8) Line xx = Main boom angle in degrees [∞] *

In this line, the main boom angles are listed, which must be set in order to be able to lift the load
values in the corresponding load chart column.
Note: Appears only in operating modes TN, TAN. In this case, the number of lines for the
radius values is reduced to maximum 9 lines.
See also paragraph 5.2.1 Main boom interpolation.
1) 50 m Telescopic boom
193
Linear interpolation
y2
y1
x1 x x2
194
5.2.1 Load chart access procedure
General
There are two differentiations between load chart access procedures :
> Radius access O for simple boom configurations
> Linear interpolation O For operating mode "Luffing lattice jib"
Note: For complex configurations, such as "Luffing lattice jib", there is no own
load chart column for each crane condition, rather only load chart
columns for defined nominal positions. In order to be able to work in
between these nominal positions, load chart access procedures have been
developed, by which the current load carrying capacity for the current
condition can be calculated from the load chart values in the load chart
columns of neighboring nominal positions (for example through linear
interpolation).
5.2.1.1 Radius access

The radius access applies only for operating modes with main boom, without luffing lattice
jib. In this case, one accesses with the current radius into the valid chart for the set
equipment configuration and obtains the load carrying capacity value.
5.2.1.2 Linear interpolation

Linear interpolation means that in the area between 2 support points x1 and x2, the result
value y transfers linearly from the result value y1 to the result value y2.
(See graphic view on left).
The following formula applies:

(x > x1)
y = y1 + &&&&&&& ¥ (y2 > y1)
(x2 > x1)
5.2.1.3 Main boom angle interpolation
Note: The main boom angle interpolation is only available for operating modes
with main boom and luffing lattice jib.
For operating modes with main boom and luffing lattice jib, only load charts for certain
main boom angles (83∞, 75∞, 67∞) are stored in the crane. With the interpolation procedure,
load carrying capacities for the main boom angles, which lie in between, can be calculated
from these load capacity values.
The load carrying capacity value is interpoled linearly via the main boom angle. Access to
the load chart columns with different main boom angles is made at different radii, which
result when the main boom is turned with the luffing lattice jib from the current main
boom angle (for example: 75∞ ) to the main boom angles (66∞ and 82∞).
195
190872
196
5.2.1.4 Calculation example for main boom angle interpolation
Note: These calculations cannot be simply made by hand. The maximum load
carrying capacity can only be calculated with crane work planer
program.
D A N G E R: The crane operator may only lift of the main boom angles are
between the given main boom angles if he has first checked with
the crane work planer program, if the crane is even able to lift a
load at this point.
If the crane work planer program is not available, then only those
loads may be lifted in the main boom positions, which are given in
the load chart for this main boom angle.
Wanted is the current load carrying capacity (y) at a main boom angle (Tm) = 80∞ and a
luffing jib angle (WSm) = 55.7∞
Given: x = 80∞; x1 = 75∞; x2 = 83∞

Wanted: y; y1; y2
Determination of maximum load carrying capacity y2 on support point x2

intermediate angle (Em)
Em=Tm > WSm
Em=80∞ > 55.7∞
Em =24.3∞
Luffing jib angle (WSm) at main boom angle ( Tm) 82∞

WSm = Tm > Em
WSm = 83∞ > 24.3∞
WSm = 58.7∞
As a result, according to the load chart at 1. main boom angle (83∞) and a luffing jib angle
of 58.7∞, the max. load carrying capacity is 45.8 t. O y2 = 45.8 t
Determination of maximum load carrying capacity y1 on support point x1

Luffing jib angle (WSm) at main boom angle ( Tm) 75∞
WSm = Tm > Em
WSm = 75∞ > 24.3∞
WSm = 50.7∞
As a result, according to the load chart at 2. main boom angle e (75∞) and a luffing jib angle
of 50.7∞, the max. load carrying capacity is 32.5 t. O y1 = 32.5 t
x, x1, x2, y1, y2 entered into the formula :
(x > x1)
y = y1 + &&&&&&& ¥ (y2 > y1)
(x2 > x1)
(80∞ > 75∞)

y = 32.5 t + &&&&&&&&&& ¥ (45.8 t > 32.5 t)
(83∞ > 75∞)
y =40.81 t
Result: The current load carrying capacity at a main boom angle of 80∞ and a luffing jib
angle of 55.7∞ is 40.81 t.
197
188864
198
5.3 The function key bar

The function key bar contains 8 symbol elements, which correspond to the function keys underneath,
which means they either depict a function, which can be triggered with the function keys ("F1" to "F8")
or they change their image or their text contents and show a change of operating mode or equipment
configuration.
"F1" Vertical paging

Due to the size of the monitor, maximum 8 (10 1)) load chart lines can be shown at the same time.
If the chart consists of more than 8 (10 1)) lines, then the view is split to several pages. By
pressing the key, the next page of the load capacity chart is shown, and the number of the current
page in the ∫General information line ∫ is increased by 1. When the last page is reached, and "F1"
is pressed again, page 1 reappears.
"F2" Setting the operating mode "Main boom"

The various main boom operating modes (if available) can be set here. The types are described in
the symbol by abbreviation and length data.
For example "T 84" = Telescopic boom with max. length of 84 m
"SHIFT" +"F2" Previous main boom
"F3" Setting the operating mode "Auxiliary equipment"

The crane operator can select the various types of auxiliary crane equipment, if available. The
types are described in the symbol by abbreviation and angle and length data..
For example "TF " = Crane operation with fixed lattice jib
"TN" = Crane operation with luffing lattice jib
"SHIFT" +"F3" Previous auxiliary equipment condition
Note: If function keys "F2" and / or "F3" are pressed, all operating mode and
equipment configuration dependent data is deleted from the monitor and sets
the short code in the ∫General information line ∫ to ∫CODE >? ? ?<∫.
Operating mode dependent data are:

> Telescopic boom length symbol in the General information line
> Length units and weight units
> Organization number of load capacity chart
> Radius symbol
> Telescopic boom lengths
> Telescopic boom length symbol in the area of ∫extension condition of telescopic sections in
percentages [%]∫
> Extension condition of telescopic sections with status indicator in percentages
Equipment configuration dependent data are:

> Numbering for current page number and total page number of load capacity chart
> Radius values in length units
> Load chart values in weight units
199
188864
200
"F4" Setting the equipment configuration "Counterweight"

By pressing this key, the current counterweight, which must be on the crane superstructure, to
be able to reach the values in the current chart is set. By pressing the key, the following symbol
with text is shown in the counterweight symbol.
For example "90 t" = Total counterweight of 90 t
"F5" Setting the equipment configuration "Support base"

Shows the support base. The outrigger supports must be extended and pinned to the dimensions
given in the symbol element, if the crane is to be operated with the current load capacity chart.
For example "10.0 x 9.6 m" = Wide support base 10.0 x 9.6 m (=Length x width)
"F6" Setting the equipment configuration "slewing range of the crane superstructure"
> 360∞ unlimited slewing possible
> 0∞ Working range to the rear (pinned)
"F7" Setting the "Hoist cable reeving"

Press the "F7" key to set the number of hoist cable strands to reach a certain load carrying
capacity. The number of the hoist cable strands (reeving) shown in the symbol can be increased
by 1 by pressing the key, to the maximum value for the corresponding operating mode; then the
counter starts again at the minimum value for this operating mode. If the set value is within this
range when changing the operating mode (Minimum value e Actual value e Maximum value,
then it retains is validity. Otherwise it is set to the minimum value for the new operating mode.
"SHIFT" + "F7" Reeving number is reduced by 1.
Note: After a ∫cold boot∫ (for example loss of data in the memory), the indicator of the
hoist cable reeving is set to ∫0∫.
201
188864
202
"F8" Confirmation of entered equipment configuration

By pressing the ∫O.K.∫ key, the selected equipment configuration and the selected reeving (must
match actual equipment configuration of the crane) is confirmed and the parameters are
transferred to the ∫Operation∫ program.
The following must be observed:
> The setting of the equipment configuration must be completed, which means a valid short code
is shown and in the chart field are load capacity values.
> The external conditions for this equipment configuration, if stipulated, must also be met (for
example: slewing platform lock).
> The crane may not be utilized by more than 20% in the previous equipment configuration, and
the load which is suspended from the hook may not be heavier than 0.5 t.
Otherwise, change over to the ∫Operation∫ program can only be made via the program key "P1".
In this case, the new settings for the equipment configuration are not taken over.
> If the crane is equipped with a sliding arm monitor *, the sliding arms must be extended to the
support base given in the selected load capacity chart.
Note: It must be ensured that the selected equipment configuration (short code) and
the hoist cable reeving (s) have been accepted after shifting into the operation
view.
Indication of operating errors, which were caused in the "Set up" program.
Operating error, which were created in the "Set up" program are shown for approx. 5 seconds in
the symbol element above the "F8" key. If the "F8" key is pressed within 5 seconds, then the
system changes automatically to the error determination view in the test system, where the error
is documented. Operating errors are not stored.
Note: Operating errors are always on top of the error stack.
* Optional
203
188865
204

The other control elements on the LICCON indicator and control unit, which are located in the
∫set up∫ program have the following functions:
A Alpha>numeric key block

With the keys "1" to "9" of the alpha>numeric key block, direct access is provided to the short code
field in the General information line and the short code is entered.
Note: Using the alpha>numeric keys deletes all operating mode and equipment
configuration dependent data from the monitor.
The keys ∫P∫ and ∫.∫ have no function in the ∫set up ∫ program.
P Program keys
With the program keys you can select between the various programs. The settings entered in the
equipment configuration program are thrown out and the system continues to use the equipment
configuration and the reeving which had been confirmed last with "O.K.".
The currently running program cannot be recalled by pressing its program key.

"ENTER" is the input confirmation when entering the short code as well as when changing the
equipment configuration via the function keys.
"ENTER" after short code input searches the short code in all stored load capacity charts. If the
corresponding load capacity chart has been programmed into the system, then it is shown
completely (including the lettering on the symbols in the function key bar), otherwise there is an
error message in the form of question marks ∫????∫ in the 2nd part of the organization number (see
General information line) and the horn can be heard.
"ENTER" after changing the operating mode via the function keys searches for this operating mode,
in case of success it sets the 1st equipment configuration and shows the corresponding load capacity
chart and its short code. In case of an error, the short code indication remains on CODE >???<,
∫axxx????∫ is shown as the organization number and the horn can be heard.
"ENTER" after changing the equipment configuration shows that load capacity chart,if available,
with short code on the monitor. In case of an error, the short code remains on CODE>???< and the
horn can be heard.
D Keyed switch
has no function in the ∫Set up∫ program.
E Horizontal paging "E1" and "E2"

The keys "E1" and "E2" (< and >) are only functioning if it is noted in the ∫line for special
indications∫ (see paragraph 4.2).
If a load capacity chart consists of more than 7 columns, then columns 1 to 7 are always shown
during the first display of the equipment configuration.
The double arrow on the right edge of the line shows that there are additional columns in the
corresponding direction. If the cursor is moved to one of the arrows, then the next three columns of
the chart will be displayed during the next movement in this direction.
The cursor is automatically reset to the center.
H SHIFT key
has no function in the ∫Set up∫ program.
205
190781
206
6. The ∫Operation∫ program (Crane operating view)

The LICCON ∫Operation∫ program supports the crane operator by displaying relevant data for crane
operation on the monitor, in a clear view. In addition, the crane operator is alerted about upcoming
overload conditions. In case of an overload and a number of error conditions, which could endanger
crane operation, the crane is shut down.
The monitor is divided into six sections in the crane operating view:
6.1 Information about crane geometry and load
6.2 Alarm functions
6.3 Special functions
6.4 Monitored added functions
6.5 Winch indication
6.6 Function key symbol bar
Note: The monitor illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The numeric values in the
individual symbol elements and charts might not match this particular crane. The
configuration of the LICCON monitor with the symbol elements is only used to describe
the system. There will be no identical display the symbol elements.
207
188616
208
6.1 Information about crane geometry and load
1) Symbol element "Maximum load capacity" in weight unit in tons (t) or pounds [lbs]
1.1 The reeving number of the hoist cable is given as a number ∫n = <Number>∫, for which
the pulley head, which has been selected via the load chart, is reeved (has been set
previously in the equipment configuration view).
1.2 Maximum load which can be carried according to load capacity chart and reeving
The "maximum load which can be carried according to the load capacity chart and reeving"
is shown in the indicated weight unit of tons [t] or pounds [lbs].
The "maximum load which can be carried according to the load capacity chart and reeving"
depends:
> on the selected operating mode
> the selected equipment configuration (Æ Load capacity chart)
> on the radius
> on the reeving of the hoist cable.
Note: "? ? ? ?" is shown if no load capacity chart value is available, for example if
the crane is not within the range of the load capacity chart or one or more
sensor errors or defects occurred, and the radius cannot be calculated.
2) Symbol element "Current load" in weight unit in tons [t] or pounds [lbs]
2.1 Current load (actual load indication)
=Load (in weight unit in tons [t] or pounds [lbs], which is currently suspended from the
crane hook.
The calculated total load is shown, including the weight of the suspension, the load
receptacle and / or tackle.
If the function key ∫Tara∫ is pressed (see description "F7" in paragraph 6.6), then the
indication can be changed over to net load indication. In this case, the word ∫net∫ appears in
the symbol, and the description of the weight unit is next to the load symbol.
Note: "? ? ? ?" is shown if one or more sensors are missing or are defective, so that
the current load cannot be calculated.
Note: In TA operation, if one tries to guy the telescopic boom, if the current load is
too high, then the indicator blinks. At the same time, the currently
permissible load for guying or unguying will appear in the symbol element
"Maximum load carrying capacity".
* Optional
209
188616
210
3) Symbol element "Dynamic utilization bar indication"

Current load
=
Maximum load according to load chart and reeving [%]
3.1 8>digit organization number

shows the type of selected load capacity chart and the operating mode, see paragraph 5.
3.2 Short code (CODE >Number <) of the set equipment configuration, see paragraph 5.
3.3 Utilization scale, which is marked on important points by percentages (static indication).
4) Symbol element "radius" in length unit in meters [m] or feet [ft]
4.1 Radius in [m] or [ft]

= horizontal distance of load from center of gravity (on the selected load hook for the
operating mode, for example T, TN, TF) from the turning axle of the crane superstructure,
measured on the ground. The boom flexation due to its own weight and the suspended load
has been taken into consideration.
Note: "?!?!?!?" is shown if geometric data or sensor values are missing, so that the
radius cannot be calculated.
4.2 Main boom angle to the horizontal in degrees [∞]
Note: "?!?!?!?" is shown if geometric data or sensor values are missing, so that the main
boom angle to the horizontal cannot be calculated.
211
188616
212
5) Symbol element "Main boom length " in length unit of meters [m] or feet [ft]
5.1 Length of main boom in meters [m] or feet [ft]
5.2 Extension condition of individual telescopic sections in percentages [%]

from left to right, telescopic section 1 to telescopic section 6
from left to right, telescopic section 1 to telescopic section 31)
5.3 TELEMATIC special functions in operating view
Note: In the symbol element "Main boom length", the experienced crane operator can
view all necessary information in order to be able to telescope without the
telescopic boom to the desired length in the telescoping view.
5.3.1 Nominal deflection direction of master switch

5.3.2 Telescoping goal obtained
5.3.3 Error in system
6) Symbol element "Pulley head height" in length unit of meters [m] or feet [ft]
6.1 Pulley head height in length unit of [m] or [ft]

= vertical distance from ground surface of the crane to the selected pulley head axle, which
is valid for the indicated maximum load capacity.
Note: "?!?!?!?" is shown if geometric data or sensor values are missing, so that the
pulley head height cannot be calculated.
6.2 Angle of luffing lattice jib to the horizontal in degrees [∞] *
Note: "?!?!?!?" is shown if geometric data or sensor values are missing, so that the angle
of the luffing lattice jib cannot be calculated.
* Optional
213
189176
214
6.2 Alarm functions

The crane movements are monitored in their limit ranges. When these limits are reached, the crane
operator is alerted to that fact by blinking symbol elements:
2) Symbol element "Boom limitation "

The luffing range of the boom is limited upward as well as downward. If the end position, which is
assigned by the selected load capacity chart, is reached, this symbol element appears.
2.1 An arrow pointing upward show that the main boom was shut down because the upper limit has
been reached.
Note: The main boom can still be luffed down.
2.2 An arrow pointing downward show that the main boom was shut down movement because the
lower liwith has been reached,
Note: The main boom can still be luffed up.
2.3 Two arrows pointing upward (one under the other) show that the " luffing up the fly jib *"
movement was shut down because the upper limit (end of load chart ) has been reached.
Note: The fly jib can still be luffed down.
2.4 Two arrows pointing downward (one under the other) show that the " luffing down the fly jib *"
movement was shut down because the lower limit (end of load chart ) has been reached.
Note: The fly jib can still be luffed up.
2.5 Two arrows pointing upward (next to each other) show that " luffing up the fly jib *" movement
was shut down and cannot be bypassed because one of the limit switches ("fly jib, upper block",
"fly jib, upper flap" or "flap not in position") has been triggered.
2.6 Two arrows pointing downward (next to each other) show that " luffing down the fly jib *"
movement was shut down and cannot be bypassed because the limit switch ("fly jib, bottom
block") has been triggered.
*Optional
215
189176
216
2.7 Three upward directed arrows show that the ∫luffing up the fly jib∫ movement has been
turned off because the upper limit (end of load chart) has been triggered. Luffing up was
continued in ∫installation∫ mode, until the limit switch was triggered ("fly jib, upper block",
"fly jib, upper flap" or "flap not in position") and the luffing up function has been turned off
and cannot be bypassed
2.8 Three downward directed arrows show that the ∫luffing down the fly jib∫ movement has
been turned off because the lower limit (end of load chart) has been triggered. Luffing down
was continued in ∫installation∫ mode, until the limit switch was triggered ("fly jib, lower
block"and the luffing down function has been turned off and cannot be bypassed.
2.9 Two exclamation marks show that one or both of the dual limit switches (right and left) or
angle sensor (top and bottom) of the fly jib * do not report to the bus or are defective.
Note: If both limit switches are defective, then the corresponding luffing movement is
turned off (cannot be bypassed) and if the master switch is actuated, an
operating error message is given. If only one of the dual limit switches or angle
sensor is defective, then the crane can continue to operate with "normal
function". However, increased caution must be applied, since only one limit
switch is working. The error must be fixed immediately. With the exclamation
marks, a system error message is given, which shows the defective limit switch
or angle sensor.
217
189176
218
2.10 Two exclamation marks and two arrows pointing upward show, that one or both of the dual
limit switches (right and left) or angle sensor (top and bottom) of the fly jib * do not report to
the bus or are defective and that the ∫luffing up the fly jib∫ movement has been turned off
because the upper limit (end of load chart) has been triggered. If ∫luffing up the fly jib∫ is
also not possible, even if the ∫installation∫ mode is turned on, then the limit switch was
triggered ("fly jib, upper block", ∫fly jib, upper flap ∫ or ∫flap not in position∫) and the luffing
up function has been turned off and cannot be bypassed. If the master switch is actuated, it
is shown as an operating error.
function", which means the luffing down movement can still be carried out.
However, increased caution must be applied, since only one limit switch is
working. The error must be fixed immediately. With the exclamation marks, a
system error message is given, which shows the defective limit switch or angle
sensor.
2.11 Two exclamation marks and two arrows pointing downward show, that one or both of the
dual limit switches (right and left) or angle sensor (top and bottom) of the fly jib do not
report to the bus or are defective and that the ∫luffing down the fly jib∫ movement has been
turned off because the lower limit (end of load chart) has been triggered. If ∫luffing down the
fly jib∫ is also not possible, even if the ∫installation∫ mode is turned on, then the limit switch
was triggered ("fly jib, lower block") and the luffing down function has been turned off and
cannot be bypassed. If the master switch is actuated, it is shown as an operating error.
function", which means the luffing up movement can still be carried out.
However, increased caution must be applied, since only one limit switch is
working. The error must be fixed immediately. With the exclamation marks, a
system error message is given, which shows the defective limit switch or angle
sensor.
2.12 Two exclamation marks and an arrow pointing upward show that one or both of the dual
limit switches (right and left) or angle sensor (top and bottom) of the fly jib* do not report to
the bus or are defective and that the ∫luffing up the fly jib∫ movement has been turned off
and cannot be bypassed because the limit switch was triggered ("fly jib, upper block", "fly
jib, upper flap" or "flap not in position").
2.13 Two exclamation marks and an arrow pointing downward show that one or both of the dual
limit switches (right and left) or angle sensor (top and bottom) of the fly jib* do not report to
the bus or are defective and that the ∫luffing down the fly jib∫ movement has been turned off
and cannot be bypassed because the limit switch ("fly jib, lower block") was triggered.
* Optional
219
189177
220
3) or 4) Symbol elements "Hoist > top on main boom" or "Hoist > top on auxiliary boom"
General
To prevent operation of the crane without the upper hoist limit switch "Hoist > top " (HES), a
minimum hoist top limit switch configuration is constantly being monitored to ensure it is
present. If the upper hoist limit switch "Hoist > top " required for a certain operating mode is
not plugged in, and is therefore not active on the LSB Bus system, then LML>STOP is
triggered and an additional operational error message is given.
Note: In general, the following applies: If the upper hoist limit switch "Hoist > top "
(HES) is unplugged, then it is bypassed, as far as the control is concerned, and
does not shutoff any movements. For this reason, no dummy plugs are necessary
for the upper hoist limit switch. The upper hoist limit switches can all be
plugged in except HES1 on the installation folding head. If an upper hoist limit
switch is plugged in and actuated, then all relevant functions are turned off. In
addition, the upper hoist limit switch is monitored for errors as long as it is
recognized as active on the bus. If an erroneous limit switch is recognized, then
the corresponding functions are turned off just as if the erroneous limit switch
had been actuated. If one would try to carry out a function which had been
turned off by an erroneous upper hoist limit switch, as long as the master switch
is on, an operational error message is given.
3) Symbol element "Hoist > top limit switch 1∫

(Tele end section or installation folding head)
The symbol element appears if the hook block runs against the ∫upper hoist limit switch 1
(HES 1)∫ on the corresponding end section. The crane movements ∫spool up hoist winches ∫,
and ∫luff down the main boom and luffing lattice jib∫ and ∫telescope the telescopic section
out or telescope the telescopic sections in and out in all N>operating modes∫ are turned off.
Note: The ∫upper hoist limit switch 1 (HES 1)∫ must be plugged in for all "T" and "TA"
operating modes. If this is not the case, a LML STOP (paragraph 6.1)∫ is
triggered and additionally the operational error message ∫CPU 0: LML STOP:
Hoist limit switch 1 not connected in tele operation∫. In all other operating
modes, the HES1 can also be plugged in and turns off the same functions, as the
hoist limit switch which should be present.
221
189177
222
4) Symbol element "Hoist > top on auxiliary boom"
4.1 Upper hoist limit switch 2 (HES2)

(Fixed lattice jib or luffing lattice jib)
The symbol element appears if the hook block runs against the upper hoist limit switch
2 (HES 2) on the corresponding end section. The crane movements ∫spool up hoist
winches, luff down main boom and luffing lattice jib∫ and ∫telescope the telescopic
section out or telescope the telescopic sections in and out in all N>operating modes ∫ are
turned off.
Note: The ∫upper hoist limit switch 2 (HES 2)∫ must be plugged in for all ∫TF∫,
∫TAF∫, ∫TN∫ and ∫TAN∫ operating modes. If this is not the case, a LML
STOP (paragraph 6.1)∫ is triggered and additionally the operational error
message ∫CPU 0: LML STOP: Hoist limit switch 2 not connected in folding
jib operation∫. If the ∫upper hoist limit switch 3 (boom nose)∫ is plugged in,
the ∫upper hoist limit switch 2 (HES 2)∫ does not have to be plugged in, no
error message will be given.
4.2 Upper hoist limit switch 3 (HES3)

(Boom nose > telescopic boom or lattice jib)
3 (HES 3) on the boom nose. The crane movements ∫spool up hoist winches, luff down
main boom and luffing lattice jib∫ and ∫telescope the telescopic section out or telescope
the telescopic sections in and out in all N>operating modes ∫ are turned off.
Note: The ∫upper hoist limit switch 3 (HES 3)∫ must be plugged in of the boom
nose is installed on the telescopic or lattice boom. If this is not the case, and
the upper hoist limit switch 2 (HES2) is also not plugged in, a LML STOP
(paragraph 6.1)∫ is triggered and additionally the operational error message
∫CPU 0: LML STOP: Hoist limit switch 3 not connected in folding jib
operation∫. The ∫upper hoist limit switch 3 can be plugged in in all operating
modes and turns off the same functions, as the hoist limit switch which
should be present.
4.3 Hoist > top on auxiliary boom (HES 2 and HES 3 actuated)
2on the lattice jib and also against the upper hoist limit switch 3 on the boom nose. The
crane movements ∫spool up hoist winches, luff down main boom and luffing lattice jib∫
and ∫telescope the telescopic section out or telescope the telescopic sections in and out in
all N>operating modes∫ are turned off.
223
189178
224
5) Symbol element "Pre>warning"

The current load capacity chart utilization is calculated from the "current load " and the "maximum
load according to the load capacity chart and reeving".
The prewarning symbol element appears, when the current load capacity chart utilization exceeds
the preprogrammed prewarning limit (for example 90 %).
6) Symbol element "STOP"
6.1 The symbol element "STOP" appears when the current load exceeds the maximum load
according to the load capacity chart and reeving (100%).
Note: All load moment increasing crane movements are turned off.
6.2 Alternative STOP symbol element * (Working range limitation)

If a preprogrammed working range limit * is triggered, then this condition is shown by an
alternative STOP symbol element instead of the normal LML STOP symbol element.
Note: If an LML STOP is triggered at the same time, then the alternative STOP symbol
element is still shown. The LML STOP can be recognized if the utilization bar exceeds
100% or if a maximum load of 0 t is perwithted.
225
188618
226
7) Symbol element "Horn" (acoustical signal)

Any operational errors, which cause the shut down of a movement and application errors with an
error number (such as sensor errors, which occurred due to insufficient sensor signals or defective
sensors) are also shown optically (for example: E:1TMS) and are also reported by an acoustical
signal "HORN" on the monitor. "HORN" is a 0.5 second long sound, which is repeated in one second
intervals.
Operational errors are:

> Overload
> Boom outside the angle range of the load capacity chart
> Boom outside the radius range of the load capacity chart
> Extension condition of telescopic sections not according to load capacity chart
Monitored sensors are:

> Hoist limit switch
> Length sensors
> Angle sensors
> Pressure sensors
> Wind velocity sensors
> Battery voltage
"Short horn"
Error messages, which have no error number and which do not cause a crane movements shut down
by the LICCON system are also reported by an acoustical signal ∫SHORT HORN∫, in addition to the
optical indication. ∫SHORT HORN∫ is a 0.1 second long sound, which is repeated in one second
intervals.
Monitored errors are:

> maximum permissible wind velocity speed has been exceeded
(only if wind velocity sensor* is activated )
> maximum support force has been exceeded or fallen below minimum support force
(only if support force monitor * is activated)
> Crane utilization value for ∫CAUTION∫ (90%) has been reached.
Priority and "Horn off∫

The alarm "Horn" has a higher priority than the alarm ∫SHORT HORN∫, which means ∫Horn∫
surpasses "SHORT HORN".
∫Horn∫ as well as ∫SHORT HORN∫ can be turned off by the monitor via the function key "F8". By
pressing the function key "F8" again, errors which are shown optically in the symbol element
"Horn" (such as B:0EAM3, E:1TMS etc. ) can be documented in the error determination view (Test
system).
Note: However, "Horn" as well as "SHORT HORN" become active again if a new error occurs.
* Optional
227
190780
228
6.3 Special functions
1) Symbol element "Installation Operation"

1.1 Installation
The symbol element blinks if the crane control is set to "Installation" via the installation
keyed switch. Then the operating view is locked, which means no other program can be
turned on via the program keys.
1.2 Emergency operation without installation

The symbol element blinks in emergency operation, if "Installation" is not selected via the
installation keyed switch.
Note: In this case, the operating view is not locked.
1.3 Emergency operation and installation

The symbol element blinks in emergency operation, if "Installation" is selected via the
installation keyed switch.
2) Symbol elements "Rapid gear"

The speed increase can be added for the following crane movements on master switch MS1 or MS2.
The symbol element "Rapid gear" appears in the operating view.
> Hoist gear 1
> Hoist gear 2*
> Hoist gear 3*
> Telescoping
> Luffing
Note: If a crane movement has already reached its maximum speed due to its current
utilization, then no speed increase is possible by adding the rapid gear.
If the total output of all selected crane movements is greater than the available
output, then that crane movement is reduced, which requires the most power .
CAUTION: If another crane movement is added to one or more selected crane

movements, then it will have some influence on the other movements. For
that reason, we recommend that in situations, where such an influence
would have an effect on various individual crane movements (such as
telescoping with N>attachment, positioning of loads while
simultaneously selecting luffing and hoist gear), not to add the rapid gear
or to turn the rapid gear off.
229
188620
230
6.4 Monitored added functions

Via function key "F3", additional monitored added functions can be turned on. The symbol elements of
the monitored added function are assigned to a fixed place on the LICCON monitor. Since not all symbol
elements can be shown on one page, they are split to two pages. The symbol elements on page 2 can be
viewed via the function key "F4".
Page 1 1 Crane incline (fig. 1)

2 Wind velocity speed
3 Support force monitor
4 Slewing range
5 Battery voltage
Page 2 6 Telescopable load (fig. 2)
If an error occurs in one or more of these monitored functions, then this is shown in the crane
operating view as follows:
a) Monitored added functions turned off "F3"

> Error of one function on page 1 O Symbol element shown on page 1
> Error of one function on page 2 O Symbol element shown on page 2
> Error of one function on page 1 and 2 O Symbol element shown on page 1 and symbol
element above "F4" blinks
= Note error on page 2
b) Monitored added functions turned on "F3"

> no error O the optional symbol elements (Optional) are
shown, if there are some on page 2, then the
symbol element "change page" of key "F4" is
actuated = to show change over possibility.
> Error of one function on page 1 O Symbol element is already shown
> Error of one function on page 2 O Symbol element "change page" blinks = Note
error on other page
> Error of one function on page 1 and 2 O Symbol element shown on page 1. Symbol
element "change page" blinks
= Note error on other page
231
190782
232
6.4.1 Added function "Crane incline" Page 1

In this symbol element, the incline of the crane superstructure to the horizontal is shown in lengthwise
and crosswise direction. The indication is in graphic as well as in numeric form.
Graphic section
1.1 The graphic view is in the shape of a sight gauge, in which a dot (small square) represents the air
bubble. The center of the dot shows the exact incline value.
Numeric section
1.2 Incline range 1∞ or 5∞
This value depicts the resulution of the graphic view, the distance of 2 lines (lengthwise and
crosswise) of the sight gauge. It is shown in degrees [∞] and can only take on the two values "1∞" or
"5∞" .
If the crane inclines is in crosswise direction and in lengthwise direction <1∞, then the sight gauge
moves in the 1∞ range. If at least one value increases past the 1∞ range, then it switches to the 5∞
range.
Note: The range change over occurs automatically.
1.3 Incline of crane in degrees [∞] in crosswise direction

The double arrows shows the direction of incline:
Double arrow left =Crane is sloped to the left
Double arrow right = Crane is sloped to the right
1.4 Incline of crane in degrees [∞] in lengthwise direction

The arrows shows the direction of incline:
Arrow points up =Crane is sloped to the rear
Arrow points down = Crane is sloped to the front
233
188622
234
6.4.2 Added function "Wind velocity" Page 1

The wind speeds are shown depending on the unit used in the load capacity chart, in meters per second
[m/s] or feet per second [ft/s].
2.1 Symbol "Wind velocity " in meters per second [m/s] or feet per second [ft/s]
2.2 Current wind speed

2.2.1 WG 2 / 3 (Equipment: TN*, TAN*, TF*, TAF*)
2.2.2 WG 1 (Telescopic boom head)
in T>Operation in TN, TAN, TF, TAF>Operation
Wind sensor 1 current wind speed is shown by WG current wind speed is shown by WG
available 1 1
Wind sensor 1 "???" is shown by WG 1 (static) No indication

not available
Wind sensor 2 No indication current wind speed is shown by WG

available 2
Wind sensor 2 No indication "???" is shown (static) if WG 3 is not

not available available.
Note: If WG 3 is available, the

current value of WG 3 is
shown
Wind sensor 3 No indication current wind speed of WG 3 is

available shown if WG 2 is not available
Wind sensor 3 No indication "???"is shown (static) if WG 2 is not

not available available.
Note: If WG 2 is available, the

current value of WG 2 is
shown
2.3 Maximum permissible wind speed with the symbol text "max:". The value depends on the
operating mode and the equipment configuration..
Note: If access to a load chart is not possible, then the maximum value starts to blink and
an acoustical alarm ∫SHORT HORN∫ can be heard.
If the current value of the wind speed exceeds the indicated maximum value (WG 1
or WG 2/3 > max. value),, then this max.value starts to blink and an acoustical
alarm ∫SHORT HORN∫ can be heard.
The priority of WG 2 is higher than WG 3, which means if both wind sensors are
available, the value of WG 2 is shown.
CAUTION: The crane movement is not shut off!
* Optional
235
188623
236
6.4.3 Added function "Support force indication" * Page 1

During crane operation, the LICCON support force monitoring system constantly checks the current
hydraulic pressure in all 4 outrigger support cylinders and calculates it into a support force value [t] for
each support. These support forces are shown in the equipment configuration "Crane supported" either
by the crane operator, if required, or they are shown automatically in case a critical situation arises.
a) Indication of current support force

Via function key "F3", the symbol element "Support force monitor" is shown, and the support force
for each support is shown next to the crane symbol.
The symbol appears automatically with the alarm signal "SHORT HORN", if one support has
reached or exceeded the maximum force or has reached or fallen below the minimum force. The
value (s) which triggered the warning are blinking.
C A U T I O N :The crane movements are not shut off when the minimum and maximum
support forces are reached, which had been set by the crane operator!
b) Programming the maximum and minimum support forces
Note: At the factory, the same maximum and a combined minimum support force has been
programmed into the system. With the "Outrigger support" program (Support force
monitor), the crane operator can change these 5 values, depending on the situation
(see paragraph 7).
c) Independent of the programmed minimum and maximum values, the sum of the two lowest support
forces is monitored constantly, if it is less than 15% of the total support forces. If the sum falls below
this limit, then the two supports with the least forces are shown, as in paragraph a).
D A N G E R : If the two supports with the least forces are in boom direction, then there is a
danger of tipping over. In this case, the telescoping in movement is turned
off.
237
188623
238
6.4.4 Added function "Slewing range" Page 1

Two or three * information are possible:
4.1 Maximum slewing speed V: [%]
= current (selected) "maximum slewing speed" of the slewing gear at fully deflected manual
control lever, in relation to the maximum obtainable slewing speed of the slewing gear at 100%
speed preselection.
In the LICCON program "Control Parameter" (see paragraph 8), this value can be preselected in
fixed percentage stages.
D A N G E R :The preselection must be carried out according to the data given in the load
chart manual. If the slewing speed is too high, there is an increased risk of
having a serious ACCIDENT!
4.2* Current position of the crane superstructure in relation to the main working direction ∫to the rear∫
(0 [degrees]) and increases in clockwise direction to the maximum value of 180∞. The arrow in front
of the value shows the direction of deviation.
4.3 Condition via the slewing platform lock between crane superstructure and crane chassis.
4.3.1 Locked
4.3.2 Unlocked
6.4.5 Added function "Battery voltage" Page 1

5.1 Symbol Battery voltage
5.2 Current value of battery voltage shown as volt [V].

The number indication in the symbol element blinks if the operating voltage is <18 Volt or >36
Volt. The indication has an accuracy of ±1/10 V.
* Optional
239
188635
240
6.4.6 Added function "Telescopable load" Page 2

This symbol element is shown automatically if ∫Telescoping ∫ has been preselected via the preselector
switch ∫luffing / telescoping∫ and the telescopic boom is still pinned.
In the symbol element, the load is shown in the weight unit ([t] or [lbs]) as determined in the load
capacity chart, in which the selected telescopic section is still unpinned and can be telescoped.
The indicated value starts to blink and the acoustical alarm ∫SHORT HORN∫ can be heard, if the load
on the hook is larger.
If the telescopic boom is not pinned, the same value is shown in the symbol ∫Maximum load carrying
capacity∫ (1) as in the symbol element ∫Telescopable load∫ (6) and the symbol ∫Telescopable load∫ (6) no
longer appears automatically, only if function key "F3" is pressed.
Note: If the preselection switch is not on ∫Telescoping∫, the telescopable load value appears as
"0.0".
241
188625
242
6.5 Winch indication for Winch I, Winch II * and Winch III *

The meaning of the symbol elements is the same for winch I, winch II* and winch III* is identical and is
explained on one symbol.
Note: The symbol element for winch III is shown on LICCON monitor 0.
1) If the winches operate individually with the reeving set in the equipment configuration view, or if
the winch is operated in parallel operation, then the indicated value is the completed hook path (for
parallel operation: path of the pulley block) from a predetermined zero point in the indicated length
unit of meters ([m] or feet [ft]).
The numbers in front of the comma (point) are shown with maximum 3 large numbers.
The numbers after the comma (point) are shown with small numbers. (See also chapter 6.6,
description of function keys "F1" and "F2").
As a prerequisite for correct indication, the entered value must match the actual number of cable
reevings between boom head and hook block.
If the adjusted reeving does not match the reeving of the corresponding winch (for example: winch
on boom nose and selected load capacity chart for main boom), then the correct hook path can be
calculated from the indicated hook path as follows:
Indicated hook path ¥ adjusted reeving

correct hook path =
actual reeving
The hook path calculation works only if the load is suspended freely, and if the boom is not luffed up
or down during the hoisting procedure. Boom flexation and cable stretch are not taken into account.
The length indication (hook path indication) is only correct and the coil jump is only taken into
account correctly if the winch has been adjusted and if there was no CPU power interruption since
then ("Cold start"). The adjustment of the hook path indication is done by spooling the cable on / off
until the adjusting switch is triggered.
2) The arrows on the length value show the direction of the hook movement in relation to the zero
point:
Arrow up = Hook has moved upward from zero point,
Arrow down = Hook has moved downward from zero point.
3) Length unit for hook path indication : [m] or [ft]
* Optional
243
188625
244
4) Winch status indication
The following winch status symbols are available (all blinking) :
4.1 Spool down

4.2 Spool up
4.3 Spooled down Æ spool down is locked
4.4 Spooled up Æ spool up is locked
Note: For winch III (monitor 0) "spooled up" is valid or "fly jib pulley block on block" or in
operating mode TN or TAN a non>activated, i.e. unplugged or erroneous limit
switch "fly jib pulley block on block" is shown via the symbol "spooled down". In all
cased, the spool up function is shut off.
4.5 Winch is deactivated or unplugged Æ spool up and spool down is locked (via the "Control
Parameter" program)
Note: If no winch status symbol appears then the active winch is at a standstill and is
neither spooled up nor down.
5) Winch symbol (with cable end for winch status symbol)
6) Winch number with master switch number and control direction

z.B. 1:1Y
Control direction of master switch
Master switch number
Winch number
Note: "> > >" Due to incorrect setting, an assignment of

master switch and winch cannot be made!
"1: > >"
+Y
>X +X
>Y
245
188626
246
6.6 Function key symbol line

The function key symbol line contains up to 8 symbol elements, which correspond to the function keys
"F1" to "F8" below, which means they either describe a function, which can be triggered with the
corresponding key and / or change their view and their meaning when the key is pressed.
"F1" Zero point for hook path indication of winch

Press key "F1" to show the symbol "Set winch indication to zero", which means if the key is
pressed, the hook path indication of winch 2 is set in the winch symbol above to ∫000,00∫ and the
path is measured from this point on.
"F2" Zero point for hook path indication of winch

Press key "F2" to show the symbol "Set winch indication to zero", which means if the key is
pressed, the hook path indication of winch 1 is set in the winch symbol above to ∫000,00∫ and the
path is measured from this point on.
"F3" Turn monitoring symbol elements on / off

With function key "F3", all monitored added functions in the crane can be turned on / off. The
symbol element changes accordingly:
"thick frame" = Added function symbols turned off
"thin frame" = Added function symbols turned on
Note: The added function monitoring function is always turned on; only the symbol
elements can be turned off. In case a monitored limit is being exceeded, an
acoustical warning can be heard (horn) and the corresponding symbol element is
shown, even if the monitoring symbols had been turned off.
"F4" Change monitoring page

(see also paragraph 6.4 ∫Monitored added functions∫)
"F5" No function in crane operation
247
188626
248
"F6" No function in crane operation
"F7" Tare
If the function key "F7" is pressed, the actual load indication is set to "Zero". At the same time,
the word ∫net∫ appears in the symbol element of the actual load indication. This function makes
it possible to eliminate the weights of hoist cable, load carrying components, load receptacles
and tackle and to show only the weight of the load to be lifted (net load). This tare function can
be stopped 3 ways:
1. Press the "F7" key again,
2. Telescope the boom by more than 3 LU ( dm or 1/10 ft ),
3. Luff by more than ± 4 ∞
The word ∫net ∫ disappears from the symbol element for actual load indication and the gross
load value is shown again.
"F8" Horn OFF / Error diagnostics
Turn off the acoustical warning

The acoustical warning signals "Horn" and "SHORT HORN" can be turned off by pressing the
"F8" key.
Note: A new error will turn the acoustical warning system on again.
Error message in symbol element "Horn"
E:0EAM1
If a system application or operating error occurs, an error message appears in the symbol
element "Horn", such as E:0EAM1
By pressing the " F8" key twice, the acoustical warning is turned off and changes to the "Test
system", program, error determination view, where the error is documented (see chapter 7.10,
DIAGNOSTICS)
Special function Symbol element "Horn"
For crane delivery, a special program is available in the LICCON computer system. After the
crane has been delivered to the new owner, this program is locked. If an additional mark (claw)
appears in the symbol element Horn, then this means that the delivery program has not yet
been locked. In this case, contact LIEBHERR Service immediately.
C A U T I O N :To prevent error functions, access to the special program is only given to
trained LIEBHERR personnel.
249
188627
250

The other control elements on the indicator and control unit of the LICCON computer system are
assigned the following functions in the ∫Operation∫ program:
A Alpha>numeric keyboard
> Keys "0" to "9", "P"

have no function in the ∫Operation∫ program.
> Keys "SHIFT" + "."

With the key "." the so>called test view functions are turned on / off, which means all existing
symbol elements appear with an erroneous indicator value on the monitor.
Note: However, the monitored added functions must be shown on the desired page, if they
are to appear in the test view. The test view indication can be held in place by
pressing the "SHIFT" + ".", otherwise, after 10 seconds or after pressing the "." key
again, the normal operating view will reappear.
P Program keys
Use the program keys to select between the individual programs. However, the program specific
peculiarities must be noted, such as shifting from ∫Set up∫ to ∫Operation∫ by pressing 1¥ O.K.
Note: The currently running program cannot be called up again via its program key.
The programs can only be called up with their programs keys if the keyed
"Installation" switch is not in "Installation" position.
C "ENTER" Key
This key has no function in the ∫Operation∫ program.
251
188627
252
D Keyed switch
The keyed switch has two positions
> engaged in center (basic position)
> touching to the right.
In this position "touching to the right" ', any shut offs which would restrict the movement can be
bypassed.
a) Bypassing the overload safety device

If the maximum permissible load momentum is being exceeded, the LICCON overload safety
device turns off all load moment increasing crane movements. This shut off can be bypassed
with the keyed switch in position "to the right".
C A U T I O N :The overload safety device may only be bypassed if a supervisor is

present, and under utmost care. All indicators of the LICCON overload
safety device remain functioning.
D A N G E R : If the overload safety device is bypassed, there is no protection against

overloading the crane.
This increases the risk of ACCIDENTS !
b) Bypassing the upper hoist shut off

If the hook block touches the hoist limit switch weight during an upward movement, the hoist
limit switch is triggered. The crane movements 'spool up winch', 'telescope the telescopic boom
out' and 'luff down the telescopic boom' are turned off. This shut off can be bypassed by turning
the keyed switch to "right".
C A U T I O N :The hoist limit shut off function may only be bypassed if a supervisor is
present, and if a "guide" is available. The guide must be in direct contact
with the crane operator, and must monitor the distance between the
hook block and the boom head at all times. All crane movements must be
carried out with utmost care, at the least possible speed.
D A N G E R : If the upper hoist limit is bypassed, there is no protection against

overloading the cable or the crane.
This increases the risk of ACCIDENTS !

Brightness adjustment of the monitor, see paragraph 2.
H "SHIFT" key
Has no function in the operation program.
253
188629
254
7. The ∫Telescoping∫program
See chapter 4.05 "CRANE OPERATION"
7.1 Starting the program

> start with program key "P4" or
> automatically in the operating view, when the telescoping goal (A!) has been reached and by
telescoping on the master switch
7.2 Control surface of telescoping program
1) Stop further telescoping of telescoping cylinder, as the expected load capacity in unpinned
condition will be exceeded.
Note: This is a program specific view as described in paragraph 6.4.6 "Telescopable load".
2) Symbol element radius in length unit of meters [m] or feet [ft]

2.2 Main boom angle to the horizontal in [∞]
3) Stylized view of telescopic boom

3.1 Current extension condition [%] of telescopic sections 1>6 (1>31))
3.2 Current extension condition of telescoping cylinder [%]
3.3 Indication of actual load and utilization of the crane in percentages
Note: If a boom with less telescoping sections has been selected in operating mode
preselection, then only these sections are shown.
4) Symbol element for automatic telescoping mode

4.1 Preselected telescoping goal has been reached
4.2 Request: Telescope out
4.3 Request: Telescope in
4.4 Error
5) Symbol element for selected telescoping goals of telescopic sections 1>6 (1>31))
5.1 Goal selection for telescopic sections 1>6 (1>31))
5.2 Blinking arrow on selected telescoping goal
To show erroneous selection, goal has been reached already or enter a new goal.
255
188629
256
6) Symbol element Automatic operation / manual telescoping
7) Symbol elements for goal selection for telescopic sections 1 to 6

Symbol elements for goal selection for telescopic sections 1 to 31), 2)
Symbol elements for goal selection for telescopic sections 1 to 22)
8) Symbol element "Horn"
9) Function keys (84 m long telescopic boom)

"F1" Change between automatic operation and manual telescoping
"F2" Goal selection > Telescopic section 1
"F8" > Press 1x O to turn off acoustical signal
> Press 2x O errors which had been reported via symbol element "Horn" are shown
optically in the error determination view (see chapter DIAGNOSTICS).
Function keys (50 m long telescopic boom)

"F1" Change between automatic operation and manual telescoping
"F2" > F4" not used 1)
"F5" Goal selection > Telescopic section 11), 2)
"F8" > Press 1x O to turn off acoustical signal
> Press 2x O errors which had been reported via symbol element "Horn" are shown
optically in the error determination view (see chapter DIAGNOSTICS).
2) 84 m Telescopic boom with 2 or 3 telescopes and folding jib
257
188630
258
8. The ∫Control Parameter ∫ program

The "Control Parameter " program makes it possible to:
> preselect the maximum slewing speed of the slewing gear
> preselect the maximum turning speed of the winches as well as to
activate or deactivate winches 1, 2 and 3.
> preselect the maximum luffing speed of the telescopic boom
Note: During the "Control Parameter" program, the installation and bypass switches are
monitored. If one of these switches is moved during the program run, it shifts back
immediately to the "Operation" program.
C A U T I O N :Do not change the maximum speed and activate / deactivate the winches while
actuating a crane movement!
8.1 Start the program

> Start with program key "P6"
8.2 Control surface of "Control>Parameter" program

1) Header line
> LIEBHERR name
> Crane type
2) Selector (Double arrow) to select symbol elements
3) Symbol element max. slewing speed: Vmax
4) Symbol element groups cable winches

with selector (=>) for individual winches
5) Symbol element max. luffing speed; Vmax
6) Value field with selector (=>)

The percentage values describe the speed at maximum deflection of manual control lever. Always
refers to maximum obtainable speed of drive, at a speed preselection of 100%. 6 stages can be
preselected (10/20/40/60/80/100%).
7) Function keys
"F1" not used
"F2" not used
"F3" not used
"F4" Selection of winches
"F5" deactivate or activate selected cable winches
"F6" not used
"F7" Selection of percentage value for corresponding speed in value field
"F8" Shift back to "Operation" program and take over parameters
8) ENTER Key
Take over selected speed setting for the preset functions.
9) Special function keys

"E1" moves the selector (2) to select symbol elements to the left
"E2" moves the selector (2) to select symbol elements to the right
* Optional
259
188630
260
8.3 Change maximum slewing speed > swing gear

> Select symbol element "max. slewing speed (3) "with keys "E1" or "E2".
Selector (2) appears above the symbol element group.
> Select maximum slewing speed in [%] with key "F7",
Selector (=>) points to the selected percentage value.
> Confirm the selected maximum slewing speed with the "ENTER" key.
> Entry taken over.
D A N G E R : The maximum slewing speeds (according to load capacity charts) which depend
on the boom length and the operating mode, may NOT be exceeded during crane
operation with a load !
The larger the boom length, the heavier the equipment and the larger a load, the
smaller the set "maximum slewing speed" must be.
At maximumload, the manual control lever for the slewing gear may not be
moved to the stop.
8.4 Change the maximum slewing speed > winches

> Select symbol element "Winches" (4) with keys "E1" or "E2".
> Select symbol element for winch 1 or 2 with key "F4",
Selector (=>) points to the selected winch.
> Select maximum slewing speed in [%] with key "F7",
> Confirm the selected maximum slewing speed with the "ENTER" key
> Entry taken over.
8.4.1 Activate / deactivate the individual winches

To prevent inadvertent movement of a winch, which is currently not required, the individual winches
can be deactivated.
> Select symbol element group "Winches" with keys "E1" or "E2".
> Select symbol element for winch 1, 2* or 3* with key "F4",
Selector (=>) points to selected winch.
> Activate or deactivate the selected winch with key "F5".
The winch symbol in the symbol element changes as follows:
Winch symbol crossed out = Winch deactivated
Winch symbol not crossed out = Winch active
8.5 Change the maximum luffing speed

> Select symbol element "max. luffing speed (5)" with keys "E1" or "E2".
Selector (2) appears above the symbol element.
> Select maximum luffing speed in [%] with key "F7",
> Confirm the selected maximum luffing speed with the "ENTER" key.
> Entry taken over.
8.6 Shift back to crane operating view

> with function key "F8"
The previously parameters, which were confirmed with the "ENTER" key are taken over.
261
188188
262
9. The program ∫Working range limitation∫ *
Note: For detailed description of working range limitation, see separate operating manual
"Working range limitation".

> with the program key "P7"
9.2 Control surface "Working range limitation"

1) Selectable limit functions
1.1 Limit pulley head height
1.2 Limit working radius
1.3 Right stop of slewing limit
1.4 Left stop of slewing limit
1.5 Edge limitation with edge and point selection
Note: In inactive condition, the symbol elements for the limit functions are crossed out.
2) Function selector
To select the limit functions.
3) Graphic view of programmed limits.
4) Function keys
"F1" Select point 1 or 2 or adjusted edge A or B.

"F2" Select edge A or B, which is to be programmed.
"F3" The function selector is moved downward by one limit function
"F4" The limit function, which has been selected with the function selector changes its status. If
she had been active previously, then it becomes inactive when the "F4" key is pressed or vice
versa. An inactive limit function is shown by the crossed out symbol. If the function selector
points to the left or right angle limitation, then both limits are shifted.
C A U T I O N : For the edge limitation, only the preselected edge is activated, the
edge which is not shown can both be active or inactive.
"F5" All limit functions become inactive.

"F6" not used
"F7" not used
"F8" Leave program and go back to operating program.
9.3 View in operating view

If a programmed working range limitation is triggered, then this condition is shown in the operating
view by an alternative STOP symbol element on the position of the normal LML STOP symbol element
(see paragraph 6.2, Alarm functions).
* Optional
263
188631
264
10. The program ∫Outrigger support∫

The "Outrigger support" program can contain two separate sections (optional).
The functions are controlled via a process visualization on the LICCON monitor, linked into the control
surface to adjust the support force alarm limits.
Note: The monitor view shows the complete configuration of the "Outrigger support" program,
i.e. all three parts of the program. Depending on the options, individual sections of the
program are inactive and not visible on the LICCON monitor. The number values in the
symbol elements are only an example and might not match the crane.

> with program key "P3"
10.2 Configuration of program

10.2.1 Support force monitor *
10.2.2 Sliding arm length indication *
* Optional
265
188631
266
10.2.1 Support force monitor *
D A N G E R : The LICCON support force monitor is only an aid for the crane operator. It does
not prevent a possible overload of the crane. The support force monitor MAY
NOT BE USED to utilize the crane to its tipping limit.
1) Head line
> Crane type
3) Selector arrows (show active field marking)

Monitor / control (4)
Adjustment of support limit forces (5)
4) Monitoring and control field
4.1 Crane symbol with support numbers
4.2 Dimension of outrigger support defined by equipment configuration, in given unit of meters [m]
or feet [ft]
4.5 Support force values in given unit
4.6 Unit of indicated support forces in tons [t] or kilo pounds [klbs]
5) Adjustment field for support limit forces
5.1 Maximum, in unit of indicated support limit forces [t] or [klbs]
5.2 Crane symbol with support numbers
5.3 Support limit force values (maximum) in the given unit of tons [t] or kilo pounds [klbs]
5.4 Support force limit value (minimum) in the given unit of tons [t] or kilo pounds [klbs]
Note: Valid for all four supports.
6) Function key bar in monitoring / control mode (at program start)

"F1" Change over to adjustment field for support limit forces
"F8" Return to crane operating view
7) Function key bar in adjustment mode

"F1" Move cursor to next support limit force value
"F2" Move cursor to previous support limit force value
"F8" Return to monitoring and control field
* Optional
267
188632
268
10.2.1.1 Indication of current support forces

During crane operation, the support force monitor determines the current pressure on all 4 outrigger
cylinders via pressure sensors and shows it as support force in [t] or [klbs] for each support.
The support forces are shown in the equipment configuration "supported" either if selected via the
function key "F3" or automatically, in case a critical situation occurs in the operating view. The symbol
element appears together with the acoustical warning signal, if the maximum force has been reached or
exceeded on at least one support or if the minimum force has been reached or fallen below. In these
conditions, the support limit force value, which is either too high or too low is displayed in blinking
mode. However, the crane movements are not shut off if the minimum or maximum support limit forces
are reached.
At the factory, the maximum and minimum values which trigger the alarm have been preprogrammed,
depending on the crane type. The LICCON "Support force monitor" program makes it possible for the
operator to change these values, depending on the current situation.
10.2.1.2 Change the minimum and maximum support forces

Prerequisite:
The crane must be supported before operation,
the installation keyed switch may not be actuated.
Note: This programs monitors the installation keyed switch as an additional safety measure.
If the installation mode is selected, the program returns to the LICCON Operation view.
The current support force values are shown in the monitoring and control field (4).
Note: If one or more values are below the adjusted minimum or above the adjusted maximum
value, then they are displayed in blinking mode.
The programmed maximum / minimum values are shown in the adjustment field (5).
Two double arrows initially show the monitoring and control field, the program runs in monitoring
mode.
> Press function key "F1"

The two double arrows now show the adjustment field for support limit forces (5), the cursor appears on
the maximum value of support 1.
> Press function keys "F1" or "F2" to move the cursor to the next or previous maximum support limit
force value or to the minimum support limit force value (valid for all four supports).
> Change the value via the alpha>numeric keys.
> Close the input function with the ∫ENTER∫ key.
Note: Every newly entered value is checked for its validity and then is either taken over
directly or returned as an error ( too large / too small) O for example ERROR : X >>
070
> Return to monitoring and control field (4) with "F8".

> Return to crane operating view with "F8".
269
188631
270
10.2.1.3 Remarks
To ensure proper function of the LICCON support force monitoring system, the outrigger support
cylinders may not be moved to ∫bottom block ∫ nor to ∫top block ∫.
Since the crane operator is able to set the limit values himself, he can also utilize the LICCON support
force monitor as a prewarning device.
Example: For utilization under a certain support force condition, the

> maximum permissible support force = 50 t
> the desired prewarning should be given 10% earlier
as a result: programmed limit value = max. 45 t
Due to friction in various directions and transverse forces, which cannot be measured in the support
cylinders, deviations of up to ± 2% of the maximum load capacity of the crane may occur, depending on
machine model.
D A N G E R : The LICCON support force monitor is only an aid for the crane operator. It does
not prevent a possible overload of the crane. The support force monitor may not
be used to utilize the crane to its tipping limit.
271
198721
272
10.2.2 Sliding arm length display *
4. Monitoring and control field
4.1 Crane symbol
4.2 Dimension of maximum support in given unit [m] or [ft]
4.7 Sliding arm length values in percentages of maximum extension length
Note: Sliding arm length values blink in ranges which are not suitable for
support.
4.8 Percentage sign as unit for sliding arm length display
4.9 Exclamation mark ™!∫ Sliding arm length monitor is bypassed
Note: The exclamation mark ™!∫ 4.09 appears in the support view and in the
operating view when the sliding arm length monitor is bypassed.
4.10 Exclamation mark ™!∫ Sliding arm length monitor can be bypassed
Note: The exclamation mark ™!∫ 4.10 in the horn symbol appears only when the
bypass of the sliding arm length monitor is possible .
F8 Function key Press 1x : Turn acoustical signal off

Press 2x : Errors displayed optically in the ™Horn∫ symbol are
automatically shown in the error determination view
SHIFT key and F8 function key: Bypass the sliding arm length monitor
* Optional
273
188609
274
11. The ∫Test system∫ program

The test system program is a service and diagnostic tool, which makes it possible to quickly localize and
fix any problems on the crane, without having to use testing devices.
Note: Some safety relevant functions in the test system program can only be used by trained
expert service technicians, which means they are protected from unauthorized access.
LICCON in standard operation
Note: The programs and program run of the LICCON computer system is not affected, which
means the crane continues to be fully functioning and the control can be checked with
the extensive aids of the test system.
D A N G E R : In the test system, the LICCON monitor is used only for the functions of the test
system. No warning appear which note that the crane is in limit ranges, For that
reason, the crane must be operated with utmost care !
11.1 Start the test system

> Confirm the operating mode of the crane with the "F8" key.
> Call up the test system with the "i" key.
O MULTI>CPU>TEST SYSTEM > VERSION XX.XX
11.2 Main menu

After starting the LICCON test system, the main menu appears and shows basic system data. All sub>
functions can be called up via the function keys "F1" to "F8".
11.2.1 Selection of CPU or group

The cursor blinks in the upper right window to point to the selection of the desired CPU.
> By pressing the "ENTER" key, the cursor changes from "CPU" to "group" or back.
> Enter the desired group or CPU from the installed units with the number keys of the alpha>numeric
keyboard.
Note: The test system can only access installed units (groups, CPUs).
11.2.2 Function key bar main menu

"F1" SYSTEM Access inputs and outputs, AWL>Operands, system internal "Specialties".
"F2" EPROM Software of LICCON CPUs
content
"F3" UHR (CLOCK) Access protected function is used to stop or start the battery
buffered real time clock
"F4" SYSTEM> To check the complete crane function units
SPEZIAL
"F5" TEST+ Access to errors stored in error stacks
FEHLER
"F6" LSB Call up LSB>overview
"F7" FERN> Start remote diagnostics *
Diagnose
"F8" ENDE Program end, return to operating view.
==>>
* Optional
275
188605
276
20. The control elements in the LICCON computer system on monitor 0

The control and indicator unit for the LICCON computer systems is installed in the crane operator's
cab, in direct view of the crane operator. The LICCON monitor consists of three basic components :
display, controller and keyboard.
A Alpha>numeric keyboard
No function
P Program keys
not used

To confirm changes.
D Keyed switch
No function
The keyed switch may not be in switch position to the "left".
Brightness adjustment of monitor

The brightness level of the monitor can be adjusted with this key.
> "E3" + "E1" Background illumination ON / OFF
> "E3" + "E2" Brightness adjustment in three stages
F Function keys
The function keys must always be viewed together with the function key symbol line shown on the
monitor above.
G Display (Monitor)
H SHIFT key
No function
I LED indicator
I1: (LED red) Monitor error
I2: (LED yellow) Power supply for monitor available.
277
188628
278
21. The ∫Tele guying * program with engine monitoring and indicators on LICCON monitor 0
See chapter 5.05 "TELESCOPIC BOOM GUYED".

Is shown automatically after the LICCON computer system has booted up, on monitor 0.
The first two lines of the program view are for engine monitoring, the third line is reserved for
indicators.
21.2 Engine monitoring
1) Tank contents > superstructure *in [%]

Symbol element blinks if the fuel reserves are less than <11%.
2) Coolant temperature in [∞C]

If the coolant temperature is too high, the value in the symbol element blinks.
3) Coolant level too low

Symbol element appears if the coolant level is too low.
4) Engine speed lock

The symbol element appears if the engine RPM has been locked at a certain value.
5) RPM > crane engine in [min>1]
6) Tank contents > chassis in [%]

Symbol element blinks if the fuel reserves are less than <11%.
7) Engine oil pressure in [bar]

The value in the symbol element blinks if the engine oil pressure is too low.
8) Air filter contaminated

The symbol element appears if the air filter is dirty.
* Optional
279
196899
280
21.3 Operating surface Tele guying *
Note: The operating view "Tele guying " consists of 2 pages. With the function key (F8)
change between the 2 pages. Some symbols are shown on both sides, other symbols
only on one side. To obtain the required symbol, it might be necessary to change the
page with the function key (F8) .
1 Symbol > Hook path indication
2 Symbol > Tension cylinder A

2.1 Value Actual pressure (p)
2.2 Value Tension pressure (pa)
2.3 Value Release pressure (pe)
3 Symbol > Telescopic boom guyed

static Preset tension pressure (p = pa) is obtained, release for TY3>load
chart.
blinking TY> angle outside of permissible angle window. It is not changed over
to the guy chart .
4 Symbol > Tension cylinder B

4.2 Value Tension pressure (pa)
4.3 Value Release pressure (pe)
5 Symbol > Pre>tension angle Main boom

5.1 Value Degree number in [∞] of main boom to the horizontal, at which it can be
guyed .
5.1.1 Value (blinking) Luff telescopic boom up / down to the given degree number.
5.1.2 Value (static) with Pre>tension angle obtained, guy release
"!" (blinking)
5.1.3 Value (static) Telescopic boom guyed
6 Symbol > TY>bracket angle

6.1 Value Nominal angle, preset angle for the TY>brackets for guying,
telescoping, taking down and erecting
6.1.1 Value (blinking) The acutal angles do not match the corresponding nominal angle.
6.1.2 Value (static) with Guy release
"!" (blinking)
6.1.3 Value (static) Telescopic boom is guyed, the actual angles correspond to the nominal
angle .
6.2 Value Acutal angle left, actual angle in [∞] for TY bracket A
Value (blinking) Actual angle left (TY>bracket A) is outside angle tolerance
6.3 Value Acutal angle right, actual angle in [∞] for TY bracket B
Value (blinking) Actual angle right (TY>bracket B) is outside angle tolerance
* Optional
281
196899
282
7 Symbol > Latch is not open

The symbol " Latch is not open" (7) blinks as long as function key
"Close latch" (F2) is actuated and as long as the latch is still open.
As soon as the latch is no longer open, the symbol " latch is not open "
(7) is shown statically.
8 Symbol > Latch is open

The symbol "Latch open (8)" blinks as long as function key "release >
open latch " (F3 ) is actuated and the latch is not yet open .
As soon as the latch is open, the spool up function of the corresponding
winch is stopped and the symbol "Latch open (8)" is shown statically.
9 Symbol > The symbol ∫Tension cylinder auf Block∫(9) blinks as long as function
key "guying" (F4) is actuated and as long as the automatic guying
procedure runs.
As soon as one of the two limit switches report a fully extended guy
cylinder, the symbol ∫Tension cylinder on block∫(9) remains on
staticcally and the automatic guying prodecure is interrupted.
10 Symbol > The TY> brackets are fully erected, operating position.
The indicator ∫TY>bracket in operating position ∫(10) blinks as long as
function key ∫erect TY>bracket∫(F5) is actuated and the TY brackets
are not yet fully erected.
As soon as the TY brackets are fully erected, the symbol (10) remains
on statically.
11 Symbol > Winch selection

Arrow above the letters (A/B) means the winch is selected.
12 Symbol > Slow gear for winch spool out / in at installation / removal of guy rope
turned on
13 Symbol > Place down TY>bracket

Blinks as long as the function key "place down TY> bracket " (F6) is
pressed and the release for luffing down the TY>brackets is available.
14 Function key F1 > Zero for hook block indication
15 Function key F2 > Close latch, if the telescoping procedure is interrupted by a longer
break, then the latches must be closed. This prevents the winches from
spooling out due to the leak oil.
283
196899
284
16 Function key F3 > Release TY3>guying / open latch

If the function key is actuated with open latch (Symbol 8), the pressure
is excerted on retract tension cylinder.
17 Function key F4 > Spool winch up

(only selected winches are driven)
18 Function key F5 > Spool winch out

(only selected winches are driven )
19 Function key F6 > Winch preselection, winch activated or deactivated

The winches are activated or deactivated via the button "Winch
preselection (19)". An activated winch is shown in the winch symbol
(11) with an arrow over the letters "A" or "B" .
By toggeln, the "Winch A" can be set individually , "Winch B"
individually, "Winch A" and "B" together and "Winch A" and "B"
locked.
20 Function key F7 > Slow gear winch movement for installation or removal
21 Function key F8 > Mode

Change over from page 1 to 2 or 2 to 1 in Monitor
22 Function key F4 > Tension TY3> guying / close latch

Turn on the automatic guying procedure.
The automatic guying procedure can be stopped again by pressing one
of the buttons F1>F8 of the TY>Monitor. In addition, the procedure is
stopped by not actuating the seat limit switch .
23 Function key F5 > Erect TY>bracket
24 Function key F6 > Place down TY>bracket
30 Symbol > Pre>tension angle luffing jib

Note: Appears only in TY3N> operation instead of Pos. 5
30.1 Value Degree number in [∞] of main boom to the horizontal, when it can be
guyed .
30.2 Value Degree number in [∞] of luffing jib to the horizontal, when it can be
guyed
30.2.1 Value (blinking) Angle of luffing jib outside of tolerance
30.2.2 Value (static) with Pre>tension angle obtained, guy release
"!" (blinking)
285
4.03 STARTING UP THE CRANE 024430>02
286
1. Checks before start up

Before start up, the following checks must be made :
Note : For detailed description of the below listed check, see chapter 7.05, ∫MAINTENANCE
GUIDELINES, CRANE SUPERSTRUCTURE∫.
Check the oil level and filter

> On the crane engine
> On the hydraulic tank for the crane hydraulic
> Filter on the hydraulic tank
Check the fuel level

On the LICCON monitor 0, the tank contents (superstructure and chassis*) is shown in percentages (%)
in the form of numbers.
C A U T I O N :Do not wait until the fuel tank is empty before refueling, or the fuel system must
be bled.
Check the coolant level

The coolant reservoir must be filled until the coolant runs over on the filler neck.
D A N G E R : Check and add coolant only at a coolant temperature of less than < 50∞C. There
is a DANGER OF SERIOUS SKIN BURNS AND SCALDING!!
Check the central lubrication system

It must be assured that the grease container is always filled with grease, according to the lubrication
chart.
Note: See chapter 7.05, MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES, CRANE SUPERSTRUCTURE"
Check the general crane condition

Before starting up the crane, the operator must ensure that the following conditions are met:
> The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned on level ground of sufficient load carrying
capacity.
> The gear on the slewing ring must be clean and greased.
> The air intake for oil coolant and radiator is clear and unobstructed.
> The side covers are closed and locked.
> There are no persons or objects within the danger zone of the crane.
> The cable and rope drums as well as the limit switches are free of ice and snow.
> There are no loose parts on the crane superstructure and the telescopic boom.
D A N G E R : Before the boom is erected, the operator must ensure that there are no loose
parts on the main boom or the auxiliary boom such as pins, spring retainers or
ice.
If this is not observed, there is a DANGER OF ACCIDENTS due to falling items!
287
188806
288
2. Work station > crane operator's cab
2.1 Ladder
> When driving on a public toad, the ladder must be secured in transport position (1).
> During crane operation, the ladder must be secured in working position (2).
C A U T I O N :If the ladder is hung on the platform during crane operation, it will collide with
crane components.
> To enter the crane operator's cab, hang the ladder on the platform (3).
D A N G E R : The ladder must be hung and secured properly in all positions. Otherwise there
is an increased danger of accidents.
2.2 Swing the crane operator's cab in / out
C A U T I O N :When turning the crane, the crane operator's cab may not be swung out by more
than maximum 38∞ from the working position. If this is not observed, when
turning the superstructure, the crane operator's cab, which is swung out to the
side, can collide with the centering pin (4) for the ballast on the vehicle frame.
2.2.1 Swing the crane operator's cab from transport to working position
During transport, the crane operator's cab is swung behind the slewing platform and is mechanically
secured.
> Open the mechanical lock (312).
> Swing out the crane operator's cab by pressing the button (394).
2.2.2 Swing the crane operator's cab from working to transport position
> Set the crane operator's cab into horizontal position by pressing the button (395).
> Swing in the crane operator's cab by pressing the button (394).
> Mechanically lock the crane operator's cab to the slewing platform (312).
D A N G E R : The crane operator's cab must be swung behind the slewing platform and must
be mechanically secured when driving on a public road. Otherwise the crane
operator's cab might swing out by itself, which can cause a serious accident.
2.3 Adjust the crane operator's cab

The crane operator's cab can be tilted upward hydraulically by approx. 20∞ to increase the crane
operator 's field of vision.
D A N G E R : After completion of the job, the crane operator was assigned to do, the crane
operator's cab must be returned to horizontal position, otherwise the crane
operator cannot safely leave the cab.
2.3.1 "Tilt " the crane operator's cab "upward"

> Hold down the button (395) "on the bottom" until the desired field of visibility is reached.
Note: When the crane operator's cab is tilted, the crane door moves backward to the stop very
rapidly, due to its own weight. For that reason, always hold the door by the handle and
open it slowly.
2.3.2 Set the crane operator's cab to horizontal position

> Hold down the button (395) "on the top " until the horizontal position is reached.
289
187549
290
2.3 Crane operator's seat
2.3.1 Adjust the seat

The pneumatically suspended crane operator's seat can be adjusted to any body size.
> Adjust the seat surface incline (302)
> Adjust the backrest incline (306)
> Release for horizontal seat adjustment (305)
> Adjustment of lower back support in the upper area of the backrest (304)
> Adjustment of lower back support in the lower area of the backrest (303)
2.3.2 Seat heater *

> The crane operator' seat can be heated by turning on the switch (349).
2.4 Heater / ventilation

The crane operator's cab can be heated or ventilated, depending on the desired temperature.
The control elements for the heater / ventilation are below the crane operator's seat.
For detailed description, see chapter 6.01, HEATER.
Heat
> Switch the change over switch (308) to air circulation.
> Turn on the blower by turning the knob (309).
> Regulate the temperature with the rotary regulator (310).
Ventilation
> Switch the change over switch (308) to fresh air.
> Turn on the blower by turning the knob (309).
2.5 Air conditioning system *

For detailed descritpion, refer to the Operation Manual for the air conditioning system.
2.6 Sun and heat protection

The front windshield and the roof window are equipped with a heat deflecting sun shade.
* Optional
291
187549
292
2.7 Windshield wiper / windshield washer system
2.7.1 Windshield wiper

Actuate the windshield wipers on the front window and the roof window via the 2>stage switch
(1st stage > intermittent, 2nd stage > wipe).
Windshield wiper on front window > switch (360) or roof window, switch (358).
2.7.2 Windshield wiper / windshield washer system

The windshield wipers on the front window as well as on the roof window can be enhanced with a
windshield washer system.
Note: Before begin of the cold season, the reservoir for the windshield cleaning fluid must be
filled with commercially available antifreeze.
Windshield wiper / windshield washer system for front window, button (359) or roof window, button
(357).
2.8 Front window

The front window can be opened by simply pushing against it from the inside, a pair of nitrogen
cylinders aids in the hoist movement.
If the window is to be opened only partially, then it can be held at any angle by holding it with the
installed perforated belt.
D A N G E R : Be careful with your hands when closing the front window to prevent injury.
2.9 Horn
Before starting to work, check the horn (386/396) for proper function.
C A U T I O N :The horn may only be used in danger situations, to retain its warning
effectiveness!
2.10 Lights
The working floodlight is turned on via switch (354).
The beacon is turned on via switch (348). *
The moveable working floodlight on the boom head / boom pivot section can be turned on via switch
(352) and can be adjusted via button (351). *
The winch / slewing platform illumination can be turned on via switch (356). *
* Optional
293
187551
294
3. Start the crane engine
Prerequisite
> the gear is in neutral position "N"
3.1 Start the superstructure engine

> Turn the ignition starter switch (414) to position "1".
The indicator light !(413) blinks, the engine is ready to start.
CAUTION: The engine may only be started if :

> the charge indicator light (412) lights up.
> the indicator light for the flame start system (413) blinks.
Note: If the engine does not start after max. 10 seconds, wait for one minute. Do not crank
the starter more than 3 times for 10 seconds, with a one minute break in between.
* Optional
295
187551
296
3.2 Start the superstructure engine with the flame start system
To improve the cold start procedure and the warm up phase, the engine is equipped with a flame start
system. It turns on automatically at a coolant temperature of e 20 ∞C.
The flame start system does not turn on if the coolant temperature is above 20 ∞C.

The indicator light !(413) lights up first and then starts to blink after a short time,
the engine is ready to start.
The flame start system turns off automatically if :

> the engine is not started during the starting readiness period,
> the engine is started while the indicator light!(413) is on,
> the coolant temperature of 20 ∞C is reached and the engine is running.
Error recognition
The flame start control unit recognizes errors on the flame start system and shows that there is an error
by rapidly blinking the indicator light (413).
Recognized errors are:

> interruption of flame glow plug heater coils.
> missing power supply on terminal 30.
> Defective fuse for flame start control unit.
Note: Pay special attention to the batteries during the cold season.
The starting capacity is greatly reduced in cold temperatures; for example, at >10 ∞C it
is only 66% of its normal capacity. For that reason, after the engine is turned off, the
batteries should be stored in a heated room.
3.3 Starting procedure of the superstructure engine at ambient temperatures below >20 ∞C *
At ambient temperatures below >20 ∞C, special measures are required. They are described in detail for
each customer in the separate chapter "6.05 PREHEATING THE CRANE WHEN OPERATING IN
297
188807
298
3.4 The engine is running

As soon as a stable voltage is available, the electric crane control and the LICCON COMPUTER
SYSTEM turns on automatically. The micro processor system runs through a self test; after a few
seconds, the equipment configuration view appears on Monitor 2 and the view for engine monitoring /
indicators as well as symbol elements for the "Tele guying" * program appear on Monitor 0.
3.4.1 Check the instruments

When the engine is running, the battery charge indicator light (412) must run off:
The number indicator for engine oil pressure in symbol element "Engine oil pressure" (7) on the
LICCON Monitor 0 may not blink.
The following symbol elements must be checked when the crane engine is running, on Monitor 0 :
> Air filter (8)
> Tank contents (1 and 6 *)
> Coolant level (3)
> Coolant temperature (2)
> Supply voltage (LICCON Monitor 2, Operating view)
C A U T I O N :If the number indicator for engine oil pressure in the symbol element "Engine oil
pressure" still blinks after approx. 10 seconds, or if the indicator starts to blink
during crane operation, then the engine oil pressure is too low. Turn the engine
off immediately and find the cause! If this is not observed, the engine can be
damaged due to insufficient oil pressure.
If the number indicator for the coolant temperatures in the symbol element
"coolant temperature" blinks during operation, then it is too high. Turn the
engine off immediately, increased coolant temperature can damage the engine.
Do not put a full engine load on the engine until it is at operating temperature!
The battery master switch may not be turned off as long as the engine is
running, since the engine would come to a standstill without control.
3.4.2 Retain the engine RPM

The foot pedal for engine regulation (377) can be locked down in any position. This relieves the crane
operator, if the crane is to work for a longer period of time at the same constant engine RPM.
Retain the engine RPM

> Press down the foot pedal for the engine regulation (377) until the desired engine RPMs are reached.
Engine RPMs [min >1] are shown in symbol element (5).
> Push button (397) on the master switch 1, the foot pedal is retained in this position.
Symbol element for "RPM retention" (4) appears on monitor 0.
Release the foot pedal

> Press button (397) to release the retention of the engine RPM and the foot pedal.
Note: In locked position, the engine RPMs can be increased at any time by pressing the foot
pedal. However, to reduce the engine RPM the foot pedal must be relieved.
* Optional
299
188611
300
4. LICCON Computer system after engine start
4.1 Boot up phase

The LICCON computer system runs through a self test immediately after turning it on.
Note: See chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM.
If the starting procedure has been successfully completed, the operating mode preselection view appears
on Monitor 2.
Note: The operating mode preselection view does not appear if only the 50 m or only the
84 m long telescopic boom is programmed. After successful starting procedure, the
equipment configuration view will appear immediately.
Note: Normally, that operating mode preselection group is set on the operating mode
preselection view, which had been selected before the LICCON computer system
had been turned off. Only in case of a data loss in the memory, for example due to a
cold boot (due to change of battery or a CPU, etc.), the first operating mode
preselection group is shown.
> Select the desired operating mode preselection group with the function key "F1" (move cursor down) or
"F2" (move cursor up).
> With "F8" or "ENTER" confirm the preselection.
The equipment configuration view will appear on the LICCON monitor 2.
Note: If no operating mode preselection group is selected within 3 seconds, then the
previous operating mode preselection group remains, and the equipment
configuration is shown, without further entry. This means, if the previously set
operating mode preselection group is to remain, no entry is necessary.
The view for engine monitoring / indicators as well as the symbol element for the "Teleguying" *
program appears on monitor 0.
Note: If a master switch (manual control lever) is moved from the zero position during the
boot up phase of the computer system, then the boot up phase is interrupted. An
error message appears on the monitor. To delete this error message, the engine and
the ignition must be turned of and the crane engine must be restarted.
* Optional
301
188873
302
4.2 Set the operating condition (Monitor 2), with the crane engine at a standstill
Initial condition:
The crane engine is turned off.
4.2.1 Start the crane engine

> Turn the ignition starter switch to stage 2.
Note: After the LICCON computer system is turned on, it runs through a self test. If the
starting procedure has been completed successfully, the operating mode preselection
view appears for a short time on monitor 2. (For detailed description of boot phase, see
paragraph 4.1)
4.2.2 Make the operating mode preselection
Note: The operating mode preselection view does not appear if only the 50 m or only the 84 m
long telescopic boom is programmed. After successful starting procedure, the equipment
configuration view will appear immediately.
> Select the desired operating mode preselection group, which meets the current crane equipment
configuration, with the function key "F1" (move cursor down) or "F2" (move cursor up).
> Press function key "F8" or "ENTER" to confirm the preselection.

The equipment configuration view will appear with the selection operating mode preselection group.
Note: If the equipment configuration from the same operating mode preselection group was
set before the LICCON system had been turned off, then this same equipment
configuration view appears, which means, the previously set equipment configuration
and the previous reeving is reset automatically.
4.2.3 Set the operating mode and equipment configuration

If the previously set operating mode or the previous equipment configuration is to be changed, it can be
made two ways:
1. Set with function keys:

> Press function key "F2" until the desired main geometry condition is selected.
> Press function key "F3" until the desired equipment condition is selected.
> Press function key "F4" until the desired slewing platform weight is selected.
> Press function key "F5" until the desired support base is selected.
> Press function key "F6" until the desired slewing range of the crane superstructure is selected.
> Press the "ENTER" key.
2. Set with short code:

> Enter the 3>digit short code with the numeric keys on the alpha numeric key board (A) on the
monitor.
Note: After that, the data of the selected load chart can be viewed. For detailed description of
the "SET UP" program, see chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM.
> Check the set load chart.

> Check the set reeving.
303
188612
304
4.2.3 Set the reeving number

> Set the reeving number of the hoist cable by pressing the function key "F7" until the desired reeving is
selected.
4.2.4 Take over settings and check

> Press function key "F8" (OK), if the set equipment configuration and the reeving has been checked.
The "SET UP" program is ended and the set parameter s will be taken over into the new
"OPERATION" program, when it starts.
> Check if the correct short code and the correct reeving are actually set in the Operating view.
Note: For detailed description of the "SET UP" program, see chapter 4.02, LICCON
COMPUTER SYSTEM.
305
188612
306
4.3 Set the operating condition (monitor 2), with the crane engine running
Initial condition:
The crane engine is running,
the LICCON computer system is in the operating view.
New operating condition is part of the selected operating mode preselection group, but operating mode,
equipment configuration or reeving must be changed.
Note: If the new operating condition is part of another operating mode preselection group,
then the crane engine must be turned off and the LICCON computer system must be
rebooted (see initial condition, crane engine at a standstill, paragraph 4.2)
4.3.1 Change operating mode and equipment configuration

> Press program key "P0" to start the "SET UP" program.
> Set the operating mode and equipment configuration with function keys or short code
Then the data of the selected load chart can be viewed.
4.3.2 Change the reeving

> Set the reeving number of the hoist cable by pressing the function key "F7" until the desired reeving is
selected.

> Press function key "F8" (OK), if the set equipment configuration and the reeving has been checked.
The "SETUP" program is ended and the set parameter s will be taken over into the new
"OPERATION" program, when it starts.
Note: For detailed description of the "SETUP" program, see chapter 4.02, LICCON
COMPUTER SYSTEM.
307
188873
308
4.4 Set the previous operating condition (monitor 2), with the crane engine at a standstill
Initial condition:
The crane engine is turned off.
4.4.1 Start the crane engine

> Turn the ignition starter switch to stage 2.
Note: After the LICCON computer system is turned on, it runs through a self test. If the
starting procedure has been completed successfully, the operating mode preselection
view appears for a short time on monitor 2. (For detailed description of boot phase, see
paragraph 4.1)
4.4.2 Make the operating mode preselection

> Check the selected operating mode preselection group.
Note: If no operating mode preselection group is selected within 3 seconds, then the previously
set operating mode preselection group remains, and the equipment configuration is
shown automatically.
4.4.3 Set the operating mode and equipment configuration

> Check the set reeving.

> Press function key "F8" (OK).
The "SET UP" program is ended and the set parameter s will be taken over into the new "OPERATION"
program, when it starts.
Note: For detailed description of the "SET UP" program, see chapter 4.02, LICCON
COMPUTER SYSTEM.
309
188630
310
4.5 Set the control parameters (monitor 2)

The "Control Parameter " program offers the possibility to:
> preselect the maximum slewing speed of the slewing gear
> preselect the maximum turning speed of the winches as well as
to activate or deactivate winches 1, 2* and 3*.
> preselect the maximum luffing speed of the telescopic boom.
Symbol elements
1) Header line
2) Selector to select the symbol elements
3) Symbol element max. slewing speed
4) Symbol element group cable winches
5) Symbol element max. luffing speed
6) Value field with selector
Function keys
"F4" Select the winches
"F5" deactivate or activate the cable winches
"F7" Select the percentage value for the corresponding speed
"F8" Return to Operation program
"ENTER" Take over the selected speed settings
Special function keys

" < ", " > " Move selector to the left or right
DANGER: The maximum slewing speeds (according to load charts), which depend on
boom length and operating mode may not be exceeded during crane
operation with a load!
The greater the boom length, the heavier the equipment and the larger the
load is the smaller the set "maximum slewing speed" must be.
At maximum load, the manual control lever for the slewing gear may not be
deflected to the stop.
The maximum speeds as well as activation / deactivation of winches may not

be made while a crane movement is carried out.
Note: For detailed description to set the Control Parameters, see chapter 4.02,
LICCONCOMPUTER SYSTEM.
* Optional
311
4.04 SAFETY DEVICES 024456>04
188886
312
1. General
The crane operator is obligated to check the function of the safety devices before every crane operation.
DANGER: Danger of accidents due to defective warning and safety devices!

Crane operation with defective warning and safety devices can cause fatal
accidents!
> Make sure that all warning and safety devices are functioning.
> Make sure that the overload safety device is functioning.
1.1 Check the overload safety

With fully telescoped in and horizontally aligned telescopic boom without a load and load tackle, the
LICCON must show approx. the following:
> Load 0 t
> Telescopic boom length 10.2 m
> Telescopic boom angle 0∞
2. Leveling instruments
To ensure crane operating safety, the crane must be in horizontal position, on level ground of sufficient
load carrying capacity.
Note: The maximum permissible deviation from the horizontal position of the cranes is ±
0.5% (± 0.3∞ ).
DANGER: If the crane is not horizontally aligned, then there is an increased risk of
ACCIDENTS !
2.2 Superstructure
The horizontal alignment of the crane superstructure (crane incline) is shown in the crane operating
view of the LICCON computer systems graphic as well as numeric, in the form of a symbol element
"crane incline".
2.1 Chassis
On both sides of the vehicle is a outrigger support control unit with buttons to operate the support
system as well as the electronic incline indicator.
*Optional
313
3. LICCON Computer system

The LICCON computer system is a system to control and monitor mobile cranes. In addition to the
overload safety system (Load moment limiter OLMB) there are a number of applications programs,
which can control and monitor the crane movements. See chapter 4.02.
3.1 Overload safety device

The sensors relevant for the overload safety are:
> Length sensor
> Angle sensor
> Pressure sensor
> Inductive sensor > telescopic boom pinning
The electronic overload safety device shuts all load moment increasing crane movements off in case
the permissible load moment is exceeded. In that case, only load moment reducing movements may be
carried out.
CAUTION: The presence of an overload safety device does not relieve the crane operator
from his obligation and care.
> Before lifting a load, determine the weight and the center of gravity and
decide with the load chart, if the crane is able to handle this task.
The overload safety cannot register all possible operating conditions, which can occur.
DANGER: Due to incorrect operation of the crane, the overload safety does not become
effective or the shut off is not carried out quickly enough. In these cases,
accidents are possible, despite an installed overload safety system!
The overload safety registers, but :

> does not turn off, for example the wind speed
> does not monitor, for example the incline of the crane
> does not monitor, for example the slewing angle of the slewing platform
The overload safety does not register:

> unhooking of the load or the load tackle
> excessive delay forces
> loads falling in the cable
> diagonal pull
> driving the crane on a roadway with excessive ground slope
> a roadway giving away
DANGER: Danger of toppling over or destroying the crane!

> The overload safety is a safety device according to EN13000. It may not be
used as an operational shut off device for crane movements of any type.
> Before starting to work, the overload safety must be set to match the current
equipment configuration of the crane according to the load chart to be able
to fulfill its protective function .
> The overload safety must be reset after after equipment change and / or
boom configuration to the current equipment condition and/or the current
boom configuration.
> The crane operator must be careful and operate the machine properly,
despite a functioning overload safety device.
314
3.1.1 Failure of the overload safety device

Crane operation with the LICCON is technically possible.
DANGER: If the LICCON is no longer functioning due to an error of the LICCON

monitor, the CPU or the power supply unit, then, in extreme cases, the crane
can be operated in emergency operation under utmost caution.
> In this case, the crane operator carries the full responsibility.
> The crane operator may not utilize the emergency operation if he does not
fully know all connected monitoring tasks and dangers.
3.1.2 Procedure in case of a problem

As a matter of principle, all, even the conditions of the load chart which are not monitored by the LMB
must be strictly adhered to:
> the exact weight of the load including the load tackle must be known
> the boom condition and the boom geometry must be known and match the given values in the
corresponding load chart
> boom length and radius must be measured manually
> it must be ensured that the telescopic boom is pinned.
In case of failure of the LICCON monitor:

Replace the LICCON monitor with a functioning LICCON monitor.
In case of failure of the CPU:

Replace the CPU with a functioning spare CPU .
In case of failure of the power supply unit:

Replace the power supply unit with a functioning spare power supply unit.
In case of failure of one or more sensors, work can continue manually, if the ,missing values™ are
manually monitored and if they match the load chart in use.
3.1.3 End load lift

If the problem cannot be remedied with these measures, then we recommend :
> consult the next Liebherr service department or Liebherr>Werk Ehingen before continuation of the
load lift
If this is not possible, the load lift can be ended with utmost caution, as follows:
> all values, which are required for the exact determination of the equipment configuration and the
corresponding load chart must be measured or manually determined .
DANGER: Danger of accident due to overloading the crane!

> The weight of the load with hook and tackle must be known!
315
188882
316
3.2 Control release

When working in a seated position, the control release for crane operation is provided by the actuated
seat contact switch (301).
If the crane operator works in a standing position, then he must hold one of the two buttons (381 / 391)
down. When working in a seated position, the two buttons are bypassed by the seat contact switch (301).
Note: This safety installation is installed to prevent inadvertent crane movements by

touching the master switch (manual control lever) when entering or exiting the cab.
3.3 Emergency "OFF" button
If the emergency off button (415) is pressed, the engine and the electric crane control are turned off.
Each movement can be stopped immediately,
D A N G E R : The EMERGENCY "OFF" button may only be used in true emergency

situations. The EMERGENCY "OFF" button may not be used for normal crane
shut down!
317
188882
318
3.4 Button "Luff up at overload"

In case of overload, the "luff up" crane movement is also turned off, even though this is a load moment
reducing crane movement, with freely susspended load.
f the button (383) is held down and the manual control lever "MS1" (390) is deflected in "luff up " (Y- )
direction, then this crane movement can be carried out anyway.
DANGER: It is prohibited to lift a load via the hoist gear, if it has triggered the load
moment limiter, by luffing up the boom.
This causes OVERLOAD and can cause the crane to TIP OVER.
The bypass in the limit range may only be done if the LICCON overload
safety device has reported no overload, with freely suspended load.
In addition, bypassing the LICCON overload safety device at radii of e3.5 m
IS PROHIBITED!
3.5 Bypasss button LICCON

The bypass keyed button (D) on the LICCON monitor has two positions :
> Operating position (self retaining) : crane is in normal operation
> Position to the right (touching): Hoist limit switch and shut off of LMB are bypassed
3.5.1 Bypass of overload safety

If the maximum permissible load momentum is being exceeded, the LICCON overload safety shuts off
all load moment increasing crane movements. This shut off can be bypassed with the bypass keyed
button (D) in position "right touching" .
DANGER: Increased danger of accidents due to bypass of overload safety!

If the overload safety is bypassed, there is no additional protection against
crane overload!
Due to incorrect operation, the crane can topple over or the boom can break
off!
Personnel can be killed!
All displays of the LICCON overload safety remain functioning.
> The bypass of the overload safety is only permissible for assembly purposes
or in emergency cases.
> The bypass keyed button (D) may only be actuated by persons who know the
effects of their deeds regarding the bypass of the overload safety!
> The bypass of the overload safety may only be made in the presence of crane
supervisory personnel and under extreme caution!
> Crane operation with bypassed overload safety is prohibited!
319
188882
320
3.5.2 Bypass of hoist top shut off

If the hook block touches the hoist limit switch weight during the upward movement, then the hoist
limit switch is triggered. The crane movements "spool up winches ", "luff down telescopic boom" and
"telescoping out" are shut off . The shut off can also be bypassed with the bypass keyed button (D) in
position "right touching" .
DANGER: Increased danger of accidents due to bypass of overload safety!

If the hoist top shut off is bypassed, there is the danger that the hook block is
pulled against the pulley head if lifting is continued or when the boom is
luffed down. This will damage the pulleys, which can result in dropping the
load !
> The bypass of the hoist top shut off may only be made in the presence of
crane supervisory personnel and with the aid of a guide. The guide must be
in direct contact with the crane operator and must constantly monitor the
distance between the hook block and the boom head.
> All crane movements must be carried out with extreme caution and at the
least possible speed.
3.5.3 Actuate the bypass button LICCON

> Turn the bypass keyed button (D) to the right and hold.
Result:
> The LICCON overload safety is inactive.
> The assembly symbol in the LICCON monitor blinks.
> An acoustical signal sounds.
> The red beacon on the crane cab lights up.
> If the bypass keyed button (D) is to be turned off,

do no longer actuate the bypass keyed button (D) .
Result:
> The LICCON overload safety is active.
> The assembly symbol in the LICCON monitor turns off.
> The acoustical signal is off.
> The red beacon on the crane cab turns off.
321
188882
322
3.6 Installation button with self>retention

With the installation button (424) with self retention, movement restrictive shut off functions for
installation procedures (such as installation / removal of boom, counterweight) can be bypassed.
3.6.1 Turn on the Installation operating mode

> Press the installation button (424) down for a short time O Self>retention.
Note: The operating mode Installation with self>retention is shown by:

> Symbol element Installation" (1) on LICCON monitor 2
> the indicator light in the button (425)
> the acoustical signal (buzzer)
> a red beacon which is mounted on the crane operator's cab.
D A N G E R : The hoist limit switch and shut off of the LML are bypassed.
3.6.2 Turn off the Installation operating mode

> Push the button (425) to delete self>retention and to return to normal crane operation or
> trigger the seat contact switch.
C A U T I O N: Parts of the safety devices are bypassed via the Installation button. It is only
needed and use is only permitted for installation procedure (such as installation
/ removal of the boom, counterweight).
D A N G E R : During crane operation it is not permissible to actuate the Installation button!

The installation button may only be actuated by persons, who know how to
operate the crane and who are aware of the effects of a bypass!
The Installation button must be pulled after installation tasks are completed
and must be handed over to an authorized person for safe keeping! If the load
moment limiter is bypassed during crane operation, there is a danger of
accidents!
323
188882
324
3.7 Hoist limit switch " Hoist top"

The hoist limit switch is installed to prevent the hook block from running onto the boom head. The hoist
limit switch must be checked before every crane operation by triggering the hoist limit switch weight
with the hook block to ensure it is functioning properly. If the hoist limit switch is actuated, the symbol
element (2) appears in the operating view. The crane movements ªlift´,
ªLuff down´ and ªtelescope out´ or telescope out and in must be turned off in all N> operating modes.
D A N G E R : The hoist limit switch may only be bypassed during crane operation if a guide is
available to monitor the distance between the hook block and the boom head.
The guide must be in direct contact with the crane operator.
The hoist movements must be carried out with utmost care and the least
possible speed.
Bypassing the hoist limit switch is only permitted in emergency situations, and
only by authorized personnel! The hoist limit switch may not be used as an
operational shut off function. If this is not observed, crane components can be
destroyed or the crane can topple over!
3.8 Limit switch > spool winch up or out

The cam limit switch, which is installed in the winch shifts the crane movement ∫down∫ off, if at least 3
safety coils are on the cable drum.
In addition, the spool up movement is stopped when the winch is full.
D A N G E R : If the hoist cable is spooled up in installation, it must be ensured that the cable
end stays in front of the winch and is not spooled up over the winch. If the cable
end is pulled over the winch for another turn, the shut off function is no longer
assured if there are less than 3 safety coils on the drum.
The cam limit switch must be reset. In addition, a new hoist cable must be
placed, the cam limit switch must be reset so that it shuts off if there are still 3
coils on the drum.
If this is not observed, the cable mounting can be pulled out, which can cause
the load to fall off!
325
188882
326
3.10 Slewing platform lock

In crane operation ∫only to the rear∫, the crane superstructure must be mechanically locked to the
crane chassis.
> Actuate the switch (384), the symbol "slewing platform locked" (4) appears in the operating view.
Note: The LICCON overlaod safety system is only released if the crane superstructure is
properly locked to the crane chassis.
3.11 Wind warning system

The wind warning is given via Operating view of the LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM. If the current
wind speed value increases above the indicated maximum value, then the " wind warning symbol " (3)
starts to blink and the acoustical alarm ªSHORT HORN´ can be heard, but the crane movements are
not shut off.
D A N G E R : The crane movements are NOT shut off if the permissible wind speed is
exceeded. Crane operation must cease and the boom must be laid down.
If this is not observed, there is a great DANGER OF ACCIDENTS !
C A U T I O N :In case of auxiliary boom operation, the removable wind sensor must always be
installed and connected (functioning), otherwise the LICCON overload safety
system reports a problem.
3.12 Indication of winch turning direction and hook path

In the symbol element "winch indication" (5) in the crane operating view of the LICCON computer
system is shown, that the winch is turning and is spooled up and out,even if no hook movement can be
seen, due to multiple reeving or slow speed.
C A U T I O N :When spooling out the cable, it must be ensured that no slack cable forms on the
winch (check winch visually).
Slack cable can cause cable damage.
* Optional
327
188885
328
4. Limit switch > luffing lattice jib

In TN *, TAN * operation, the limit switches monitor the steepest or lowest position of the luffing lattice
jib (fly jib). When one of these positions is reached, the symbol element "limit switch > luffing lattice jib,
top or bottom" appears in the operating view (LICCON>Monitor 2). See chapter 4.02, LICCON
COMPUTER SYSTEM; section 6.2, Alarm functions.
D A N G E R : The limit switches may not be used as operational shut off functions. If this is
not observed and there is a problem, crane components can be destroyed or the
crane can topple over.
4.1 Mechanical relapse retainer of luffing lattice jib

In case of a failure of the limit switch "luffing lattice jib > top", the mechanical retainer prevents the
luffing jib from "folding backward".
5. Hydraulic safety valves

Pressure limiting valves to protect the system in case of broken pipes and hoses and shut off valves in
luffing cylinder, telescoping cylinder and in support cylinders.
6. Shut off diagrams

See electric wiring plan > crane control.
*Optional
329
4.05 CRANE OPERATION 024962>01
188877
330
1. Prerequisites for crane operation

> The crane is supported according to the data given in the load capacity chart and is horizontally
aligned.
> The crane operator's cab is in working position.
> The ladder on the crane operator's cab is in working position.
> The counterweight is installed according to the data given in the load capacity chart and is secured.
> The crane engine is running.
> The hook block is properly reeved, according to the reeving plan.
> All safety devices are set, according to the data given in the load capacity chart.
> There are no persons or objects within the danger zone.
C A U T I O N :Always move the master switch (manual control levers) slowly and sensitively.
This action spares the crane and reduces the possibility of accidents.
D A N G E R : Before moving the crane, make sure that no obstacles are within the working
range of the crane and that there are no persons in the danger zone.
Give a warning signal (horn) before initiating a crane movement!
2. LICCON Computer system
Prerequisite:
The crane engine is running.
As soon as the batteries are charged by the alternator and a stable current is available, the electric
crane control and the LICCON overload safety device are turned on automatically. The LICCON
computer system runs through a self test. If no error was found, then, after a few seconds, the view
"equipment configuration preselection view" appears on monitor 2. Monitor 0 shows the view for engine
monitoring, indicators as well as the "Tele guying" *.
See chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM.
3. Release of crane control

In order to prevent inadvertent crane movements when entering and leaving the cab by inadvertently
moving the master switch, the crane control is shut off by a seat contact switch (301) as soon as the
crane operator gets up from his seat.
Note: If the crane operator must work while standing, then the seat contact switch can be
bypassed with one of the two buttons (381 or 391) on the corresponding master switch
(380 or 390).
* Optional
331
188877
332
4. Crane movement "Luffing"
4.1 Telescopic boom
Prerequisite:
Preselection switch (382) must be in position "luffing the telescopic boom".
Deflect the master switch 1 (390) in direction X- = to luff up the boom

Deflect the master switch 1 (390) in direction X+ = to luff down the boom.
Note: The speed of the crane movement can be controlled via the deflection of the master
switch 1 and via the foot pedal for the engine regulation (377).
4.1.1 Preselection of maximum luffing speed > telescopic boom

In the "Control Parameter" program (Monitor 2), it is possible to preselect the maximum luffing speed of
the telescopic boom.
Note: See chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM; section 8, "Control Parameter"
program.
C A U T I O N :The maximum luffing speed may not be changed as long as a crane movement is
actuated.
4.2 Fly jib control of luffing lattice jib * (TN)
4.2.1 Fly jib control with master switch 1 (MS1X)

> Set the preselection switch (382) to fly jib control of luffing lattice jib.
Deflect the master switch 1 (390) in direction X- = to luff up the lattice jib
Deflect the master switch 1 (390) in direction X+ = to luff down the lattice jib.
4.2.2 Fly jib control with master switch 2 (MS2Y)

> Preselector switch (389) actuated towards the rear.
Deflect the master switch 2 (380) in direction Y- = to luff up the lattice jib
Deflect the master switch 2 (380) in direction Y+ = to luff down the lattice jib
Note: At the function assignment of the master switch, as described in 4.2.2, the telescopic
boom and the lattice jib can be luffed up or down simultaneously.
switch 1 and via the foot pedal for the engine regulation (377).
D A N G E R : It is strictly prohibited to lift a load, which > when trying to lift it via the hoist
gear > has triggered the LICCON overload safety system, by luffing up the boom.
This causes overload and can cause the crane to topple over!
A bypass in the limit range may only be made if the LICCON overload safety
system reports no overload with freely suspended load.
In addition, bypassing the LICCON overload safety device at radii of <3.5m is

prohibited.
* Optional
333
188877
334
5. Control of crane movement "up / down"
C A U T I O N :When spooling the hoist cable up or out, it must be ensured that no slack cable
forms on the winch (check the winch visually). Slack cable can damage the
cable.
5.1 Hoist gear 1 > Winch 1 (main hoist gear)

Deflect the master switch 1 (390) in direction Y + = for hoist down
Deflect the master switch 1 (390) in direction Y > = for hoist up
switch 1 and via the foot pedal for the engine regulation (377). In the symbol element
"Winch" in the operating view (Monitor 2) is shown that the winch turns, even though
no hook movement can be seen due to multiple reeving or slow speed.
Note: For large loads in steep position of the telescopic boom it is necessary to reeve in the
cable of winch 2 * or winch 3 * due to the required cable length.
5.2 Hoist gear 2 > Winch 2 * (auxiliary hoist gear)
Prerequisite:
Preselection switch (385) moved to the front.

switch 2 and via the foot pedal for the engine regulation (377). In the symbol element
"Winch" in the operating view (Monitor 2) is shown that the winch turns, even though
no hook movement can be seen due to multiple reeving or slow speed.
C A U T I O N :If winch III is installed and it is not used when operating winch II (TN, TAN),
then the pulley blocks must be locked.
* Optional
335
188877
336
5.3 Hoist gear 3 > Winch 3 * (control winch for luffing lattice jib)
Prerequisites:
Preselection switch (385) moved to the rear.

switch 2and via the foot pedal for the engine regulation (377). In the symbol element
"Winch" LICCON>Monitor 0 is shown that the winch turns, even though no hook
movement can be seen due to multiple reeving or slow speed.
CAUTION: For operation of control winch as hoist gear on main boom, the cable must
be unreeved from the pulley blocks.
5.4 Preselection of maximum slewing speed of winches as well as deactivating / activating the
various winches
In the "Control Parameter" program (Monitor 2), it is possible to preselect the maximum slewing speed
of the various winches, or to deactivate / activate the various winches.
Note: See chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM; section 8. "Control Parameter"
program.
C A U T I O N :The maximum slewing speed may not be changed and the winches may not be
activated or deactivated as long as a crane movement is actuated.
* Optional
337
191270
338
5.5 Use cable of winch 3 as hoist cable
Prerequisite
> The pulley block on the NA bracket ¬ is removed, see chapter 5.04.
> Operating mode TN is set on the LICCON.
> The preselector switch (385) is actuated at the rear .
5.5.1 Retract the upper pulley (2)

> Deflect the master switch 2 (380) in direction Y> until the limit switch (S44) shuts off winch 3.
> Pin the upper pulley (2) with pin (3) on both sides and secure.
> Unplug the limit switch plug (X244A) .
> Turn the engine off and restart.
5.5.2 Unreeve the hoist cable

> Disengage the cable on the cable lock .
> Set operating mode T on the LICCON .
> Remove the cable protection rods (5), 4 each.
Note: The cable protection rods (5) must be removed, so that the cable does not get stuck.
> Deflect the master switch 2 (380) in direction Y> and carefully spool up the cable.
CAUTION: When spooling the cable up, make sure that the cable does not get stuck
anywhere.
5.5.3 Remove the pulley block (1)

> Attach the pulley block on the auxiliary crane.
> Release the connections to the central lubrication system on both sides.
> Release and unpin the pin (4) on both sides.
> Remove the retaining plate (6) on both sides, 6 screws each.
> Unpoin the axle (7) and lift the pulley block (1) down with the auxiliary crane and place down.
5.5.4 Install the pulley block

If winch 3 is used again as a control winch, then thepulley block must be reinstalled. Install in reverse
order. When installing the axle (7), observe the position of the lube bores. Insert the limit switch plug
(X244A), establish the connection to the central lubrication system, start the engine and set operating
mode TN.
DANGER: When the pulley block is reeved again, the limit switch plug (X244A) must be
plugged in and activated, since this is the only limit switch between the upper
and the lower pulley block.
339
188877
340
6. Control of crane movement "Slewing"

Before initiating a slewing movement, the slewing platform must be unpinned. Pull the pin for the
slewing platform lock with button (384). The crane operator's cab may not be swung out to more than
maximum 38∞ from its working position. See also chapter 4.03, STARTING UP THE CRANE;
paragraph 2.2.
C A U T I O N :If this is not observed, the swung out crane operator's cab can collide with the
centering pin for the ballast on the vehicle frame when the superstructure is
turned.
D A N G E R : Before initiating the "slewing" crane movement, the crane operator must make
sure that there are no persons or obstacles within the slewing range. In addition,
he must sound the warning signal (horn). If this is not observed, there is a
DANGER OF ACCIDENTS !
Deflect the master switch 2 (380) in direction X+ = to turn right

Deflect the master switch 2 (380) in direction X- = to turn left
Note: The speed of the crane movement is controlled via the deflection of the master switch 2
and the engine regulation (377).
D A N G E R : When turning with a load, the slewing movement must be initiated extremely
sensitively or slowed down.
If the slewing movement is not initiated or slowed down smoothly, the load
could start to swing. A swinging load can cause the boom to break off or to
topple the crane over.
6.1 Preselection of the slewing speed

The maximum slewing speeds are given in the load charts in percentages.
C A U T I O N :These values, which depend on the boom length and the operating mode, may
not be exceeded during crane operation.!
Note: The maximum slewing speeds can be set and changed in the "Control Parameter"
program. See chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM; section 8, "Control
Parameter" program.
C A U T I O N :The maximum slewing speed may not be changed as long as a crane movement
is actuated.
The following applies:

Longer boom
Larger load } slower speed
341
188877
342
6.2 Coasting slewing gear

The slewing gear can set to coasting with the foot button (374). This simplifies the positioning of the
boom over the load, which is to be lifted. When doing so, the master switch 2 (380) may not be deflected.
DANGER: If the crane superstructure turns inadvertently (for example due to wind)
when the slewing gear is set to coasting, proceed as follows:
> Do not release the foot button (374)!
If the foot button is released immediately, the crane superstructure stops
suddenly. This can cause the load to swing and can damage the crane.
> Deflect the master switch 2 in the slewing direction, then release the foot
button. Now the slewing movement can be slowed down by slowly moving
the master switch back.
6.3 Slewing gear block

An additional foot pedal is installed in the crane to block the slewing gear (375), which affects about
50% of the maximum braking action. If the crane is turned against the wind in case of strong side winds
and long boom systems, then the crane superstructure turns into the opposite direction due to leakage
in the hydraulic motor. This can be prevented if the foot pedal for the slewing gear block (375) is pressed
down and the master switch 2 is deflected into the desired turning direction (}MS2X). By slowly
releasing the foot pedal (375), the superstructure will then turn into the desired direction.
The slewing gear block may only be used at minimum turning speeds, i.e. master switch 2 almost in zero
position and only in the following situations:
1. Starting out with strong side winds

Actuate the foot pedal for the slewing gear block (375) and deflect the master switch 2 into the
desired turning direction. Slowly release the foot pedal (375) until the crane superstructure turns to
the desired direction.
2. Stopping the slewing movement in case of strong side winds

With the master switch 2, slow down the crane to minimum speed. Carefully press down the foot
pedal for the slewing gear block (375) until the crane comes to a standstill.
CAUTION: The slewing gear block may never be used as an additional slewing brake. If
this is not observed, the slewing brake will be destroyed. This in turn can
damage the slewing gear or the slewing ring.
DANGER: If the slewing movement of the crane is slowed down by moving the master
switch into zero position and by simultaneously applying the foot brake, the
crane can be overloaded. This can cause a serious accident!
343
7. Control of crane movement ∫Telescoping∫
Move the foot pedal to the front = To telescope the telescopic boom out
Move the foot pedal to the rear = To telescope the telescopic boom in
7.1 LICCON > Telescoping control system "TELEMATIC"

The automatic LICCON telescoping control system "TELEMATIC" basically consists of the following:
> the dual acting telescoping cylinder
> the hydraulically actuated tong pins
> the hydraulically actuated boom pins to interlock the telscopic sections
> the electric / electronic control sensor system.
Note: The tong and boom pinning systems are mechanically coupled, which means a telescopic
section in the upper belt can only be unpinned if the tong in this telescopic sections is
locked at the same time.
In the LICCON Telescoping view, the crane operator can see the pin condition of the telescopic boom,
the positions of the individual telescopic sections in relation to each other and the extension condition of
the telescoping cylinder in a dynamic full graphic view.
The crane operator can telescope the telescopic boom very easily with the automatic telescoping
procedure, since he does not have to be concerned about pinning and unpinning the telescopic cylinders
or the telescopic sections. The LICCON telescopic control makes it possible to telescope very easily, the
system must only be given the desired telescoping goal.
The LICCON telescoping control system decides in which sequence the individual telescopic sections
are moved, to obtain the desired end condition. After entering the desired telescoping goal, all
telescoping movements as well as the locking and unlocking procedures are carried out fully
automatically.
The following movements and procedures are taken over and are carried out by the system :
> Locking / unlocking of telescoping cylinder.
> Pinning / unpinning of telescopic sections.
> The sequence of the telescoping telescopic sections, to reach the desired final goal.
The automatic control is only carried out as long as the foot pedal is deflected.
It is used to determine the direction and the speed of the telescoping movement. This allows the crane
operator to retain control over the crane.
The speed and the direction of the cylinder movement is preset by the LICCON computer system.
If the telescopic boom is extended, and telescopic sections which are presently not reachable must be
retracted, then it has to be telescoped in first until the last movable telescopic section is reached. In this
case, to extend the telescopic boom (∫telescope out™), it has to be telescoped in first.
344
The LICCON computer system always shows in which direction must be telescoped next. The foot pedal
must also be deflected according to this preset direction to retain the relation between the direction of
the foot pedal and the telescopic sections.
Note: When moving the telescoping cylinder, the direction of the foot pedal and the
direction of the cylinder movement are not in direct relation to each other.
It is possible, as noted in the described procedure, to be able to automatically move to a telescoping goal
without information via the Operating view. It is not necessary to constantly keep an eye on the
monitor.
If the direction must be changed with the foot pedal, then the telescopic boom stops if the previous pedal
direction is retained. This means, the foot pedal must be deflected in the other direction. If nothing
moves even in the other direction, then this means that the telescoping goal is reached.
This condition is shown optically in the Operating View. After approx. 3 to 5 seconds, the system
changes over to the telescoping view, if the foot pedal is still deflected.
Note: The telescoping system permits manual as well as automatic telescoping.
345
188878
346
7.2 Automatic telescoping

The current equipment configuration must be entered and confirmed by using the short code or via the
function keys.
7.2.1 Selection of the desired telescoping goal

There are two possibilities to select the desired telescoping goal.
> Goal selection via the equipment configuration view O paragraph 7.2.1.1
> Goal selection via the telescoping view O paragraph 7.3.1.2
7.2.1.1 Goal selection via the equipment configuration view
> Move the mark (1) via the arrow key (4) to the left or right to the column, which corresponds to the
desired telescopic boom length.
As supporting information, the currently selected column number (3) and the number of columns in
this chart are given (for example 4 (20) = 4th of 20 columns).
Note: The status indicator (±) on the left next to the percentage value of the extension
condition means:
+ the corresponding telescopic section must be pinned
- the corresponding telescopic section can be telescoped to the percentage value of the
extension condition under load (according to the load chart).
The double arrow (2) on the left and / or right edge of this line shows that there are additional columns
in the corresponding direction.
If the mark (1) is moved to the edge with the arrows, then > at the next movement in this direction > the
next column (s ) will be shown.
The mark (1) is set to the next column,which is centered, if possible.
> By pressing the function key "F8" (O.K), the selection becomes active.
The selected column with extension conditions is outlined in bold.
Note: A change of the telescoping goal is only possible if the foot pedal is in zero position and the
switch for unpinning is in neutral > center position..
If no mark appears in the equipment configuration view, then a boom configuration has
been selected or actuated which is not supported by charts in the telescoping view!
The mark is automatically reset to the first defined boom position by pressing the arrow
key.
347
188879
348
7.2.1.2 Goal selection via the telescoping view

The "Telescoping" program can be called up by pressing the program key "P4".
> The selection of the telescoping goal can be made by pressing the function key several times (such as
"F3"=T1=0%, 46%, 92% or 100%), which is assigned to the corresponding telescopic section. Every
time the key is pressed, the intended extension condition for the corresponding telescopic section
changes to the next percentage value, which has a pin hole..
Note: After all pin holes have been shown, the indication starts again at 0%. It is not
possible to select an unpinned telescopic length as the telescoping goal (from column
28 on).
Contrary to the equipment configuration view, the indicated telescopic length becomes active as a
goal without further confirmation, as soon as the function key is pressed. A confirmation is not
needed, since the assigned function keys have not further task.
The direction arrow in the automatic symbol immediately after a telescoping goal is changed can be
interpreted as the return.
Note: If a blinking symbol element appears with a crossed out telescopic boom in the first
line of the telescoping view then
> telescopic sections cannot be unpinned
> the unpinned load carrying capacity has been exceeded
> or no load chart is available.
349
188629
350
7.2.1.2.1 The relevant sections of the telescoping view
1) Discontinuation of further telescoping procedure regarding telescoping cylinder, because

expected load value in unpinned condition will exceed permissible values.
Note: This is a program specific view of the same contents as described in paragraph
6.4.6 "Telescopable load".
2) Symbol element "Radius" with length units in [m] or [ft]

2.2 Main boom angle to horizontal in [∞]
3) Stylized view of the telescopic boom with basic body and piston rod, cylinder with pin device and
telescopic sections 1 to 6 (1 > 3 1)) with their pins,
3.1 Current extension condition of telescopic sections 1>6 (1 > 3 1)) [%]
3.2 Current extension condition of telescopic cylinder [%]
3.3 Actual load indication and utilization of the crane in percentages
4) Symbol element for automatic telescoping mode

4.1 Preselected telescoping goal is reached
4.2 Telescope out
4.3 Telescope in
4.4 Error
5) Symbol element for selected telescoping goals for telescopic sections 1>6 (1 > 3 1))
5.1 Goal selection for telescopic sections 1>6 (1 > 3 1))
5.2 Blinking marks (arrow) adjusted telescoping goal as a warning for erroneous control, the
goal is already reached or as a note that a new goal should be entered.
6) Symbol element Automatic operation / manual telescoping
7) Symbol element for goal selection for telescopic sections 1 to 6 (1 > 3 1))
8) Symbol element "Horn"
9) Function keys
"F1" To change over between automatic operation and manual telescoping
Note: You can only change over between automatic and manual operation if the foot pedal
is in zero position and the switch for unpinning is in neutral position. When manual
telescoping is selected, the symbol element "Automatic telescoping" (4) turns off.
Instead of the selected telescoping goals "dashes" ( > ) will appear.
"F2" Goal selection Telescopic section 1

"F5" Goal selection Telescopic section 4 (1 1))
"F8" > Press 1x O to turn the acoustical signal off
> Press 2x O optically shown errors in the symbol element "Horn" are automatically
shown in the error determination view (see Diagnostics chapter ).
351
188879
352
7.2.1.3 Telescoping to the selected goal

If the desired telescoping goal is set in the equipment configuration view or in the telescoping view, then
the direction in which the foot pedal (376) must be deflected is shown in in the operating view and in the
telescoping view.
Arrow in automatic symbol, upward = Telescope out
Arrow in automatic symbol, downward = Telescope in
> The foot pedal (376) must be deflected accordingly.
Note: If the foot pedal (376) is deflected in the direction other than the given direction,
then the telescopic section stops. T he initial direction remains visible as error
criteria.
If the selected telescoping goal has been reached, then the telescopic boom stops, regardless of the
deflection of the foot pedal, and the marks (5.2) on the selected telescoping goal start to blink, which
means the goal has been reached.
C A U T I O N :All telescopic sections must be connected positively with each other. Press
down the foot pedal until the arrow in symbol element (4.1 or 4.2) turns off and
the symbol "A!" (4.1), "Telescopic goal is reached" appears.
7.2.1.4 Breaking off the telescoping procedure

The telescoping procedure can be stopped or discontinued at any time.
The pins, the telescoping cylinder and the telescopic sections stop as they were when the foot pedal (376)
has still been moved.
It is possible to continue by changing over to manual operation (function key"F1").
If desired, the telescoping goal can be changed and telescoped to automatically.
353
188880
354
7.2.1.5 TELEMATIC Special functions in the operating view

The LICCON operating view is the indication generally used by the crane operator to control the crane.
It shows the complete information necessary for crane operation. The automatic mode in the LICCON
telescoping system is set up in such a way that the experienced crane operator is able to move the
telescopic boom to a new length even without the telescoping view, i.e. only with the Operating view.
To do that, he receives > as in the automatic symbol in the telescoping view > the direction information to
move the telescopic boom as an arrow in the symbol element "Telescopic boom length". After the new
telescopic boom length has been selected, for example in the equipment configuration view and has been
confirmed with "F8" ( O.K.), the direction arrow appears in the symbol element "Telescopic boom
length" of the operating view to note the movement direction of the telescopic section or the cylinder.
The foot pedal is to be deflected accordingly.
As soon as the new telescoping goal is reached, the indication changes to ∫A!™ > (5.3.3) > Automatic mode,
telescoping goal obtained!
Note: Deflect the foot pedal for another 3 seconds until the telescopic section is seated on the
pin. Question marks in the symbol >,??™ > (5.3.3) > point to an error in the system (length
sensor defective or tele status dumped).
If the crane operator tries to telescope on (in operating view mode) if the telescopic goal "A!" has already
been reached, then the system shifts automatically from operating view to telescoping view and, if the
foot pedal is still deflected, the marks on the selected telescoping goal blink => Telescoping pointless,
set new goal! This function notifies even the inexperienced crane operator about the function of the
automatic telescopic system.
355
190478
356
7.3 Manual telescoping

for example: telescoping under load
The manual telescoping mode must be selected as described in the telescoping view, since the system
always works in automatic mode when it is turned on.
Pinning and unpinning of telescoping cylinder or telescoping must be done manually. A reduction of the
telescoping speed can be made via the manual control lever.
The indicator lights in the cab and the mark in the telescoping view 5.2) show in which telescopic
section the pin device for the telescoping cylinder is.
The distance to the telescoping pin hole can be seen in the telescoping view, with 1% accuracy.
This mode is considered an exceptional mode, since any desired extension condition can be reached
quickly and easily via the automatic mode.
Note: Manual telescoping can be recommended when you want to telescope under load, since
in manual operation, the telescopic section, which is to be telescoped out, can be moved
at any time immediately after deflecting the foot pedal (376).
> Run against the telescopic end position in automatic operation.
> Before pinning the telescopic section in the end position, change over to manual operation, press the
function key "F1" on the LICCON monitor.
> Unpin the telescopic section manually, by moving the switch (393) to the front.
Note: Unpin the telescopic section manually, otherwise the telescopic pin is engaged and the
telescoping speed is reduced.
C A U T I O N :The pinned telescopic section must always sit on the tele pin (=non>positive
connection). This prevents that the force is initiated via the telescoping cylinder
and prevents damage to the telescoping cylinder.
357
4.06 CABLE REEVING 027917>01
106742
358
1. General
1.1 Wire ropes / cables and cable end connections

We differntiate between torsion free and non>torsion free cables. The wire cables in use and the cable
end connections are selected depnding on their application. For important notes regarding the
individual cable types and cable end connections, see chapter 8.04.
CAUTION: The correct selection and use of wire cables and cable end connection are
the deciding prerequisite for the proper and accident free crane operation .
D A N GE R : Non>torsion free cables may never be used with a twistable cable end
connection!
No twist catcher / swivel may be installed!
If this is not observed, it can result in serious personnel or property damage !
2. Reeving and unreeving the hook block
2.1 Reeving
Prerequisite:
The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned,
The engine is running,
Another person (guide) is available to guide the hoist cable.
2.1.1 Installation procedure

> Set the required hook block under the pulley head of the telescopic boom.
> On the hook block (19), remove the spring retainers on both cable retaining bars (18) and pull both
cable retaining bars out.
> On the pulley head, remove the spring retainers on the cable retaining bars (14 and 15) and pull the
cable retaining bars out,
> Guide the hoist cable over the telescopic boom to the pulley head.
Note: While the guide guides the hoist cable to the pulley head, the crane operator must
operate the winch. This procedure must be carried out in such a way, that no slack cable
forms on the cable drum.
D A N G E R : This procedure must be performed from a secure place. It is unavoidable that

the cable is guided from the telescopic boom to the pulley head, use utmost care
when walking on the telescopic boom. There is a danger of having a serious
accident due to erroneous operation or slipping on the telescopic boom.
> Place the hoist cable over the cable pulley (13) and reeve between the pulley head and the hook block,
according to the reeving plan for the corresponding load chart.
> Reinsert the cable retaining bars (14 and 15 ) and secure with spring retainers.
* Optional
359
106742
360
2.1.2 Attach the hoist cable in the cable lock (Fig. 1, 2, 3)

> On the cable lock (1), remove the spring clip (2) and pull out the pin (3).
> Pin the cable lock, depending on the reeving, either on the pulley head or on the hook block and secure
with spring clip.
Note: The pin (3) must always be inserted from " the inside to the outside" and must be
secured on the outside, to prevent the hoist cable from scraping on the pin (3) or on the
spring clip (2) (Fig. 3).
> On the cable lock (1), push in the retaining pin (6), swing the lever (5) ∫down∫ and hold it in this
position to move the locking lever (4) down.
C A U T I O N :The retaining mechanism (4, 5 and 6) on the cable lock must be freely movable.
> Hang the end of the cable with the fitting (8) into the cable lock and strongly pull the cable
∫downward∫ (in direction of the arrow) until the cable fitting (8) is placed on the cone (7).
C A U T I O N :The cable fitting (8) must touch the cone (7) in the cable lock, the lever (5) must be
locked by the retaining pin (6).
2.2 Unreeve the hook block (Fig. 1, 2, 3)

> Lower the hook block and place it on the ground.
C A U T I O N :Make sure the hook block is safely positioned.

If this is not observed, there is a danger of injury should the hook block tip over
during unreeving.
2.2.1 Disengage the hoist cable

> On the cable lock (1), push in the retaining pin (6), move the lever (5) ∫down∫ and hold it in this
position, as this moves the locking lever (4) to the side and releases the cable fitting (8).
> Push the hoist cable ∫up∫ and disengage the fitting (8).
> Slowly spool back the hoist cable.
D A N G E R : Make sure that nobody is in the area around the hook block. The cable can lash
out like a whip when it is spooled back. A guide must make sure that no slack
cable forms on the winch.
> Attach the hoist cable with a cable lock to the front tow coupling and tighten it slightly or spool up the
hoist cable without the cable lock completely on the winch.
C A U T I O N :Spool the hoist cable up only to the point so that approx. 2 m remain.
Do not pull the cable end over and under the winch!
361
106127
362
2.3 Attaching the hoist limit switch weight
The hoist limit switch weight (30) consists of 2 parts, which are pushed into each other:
> the weight (35)
> the carrier section (36)
Loosen and open the screw retainer (32).
DANGER: The hoist limit switch can fall down!

If the hoist limit switch weight is incorrectly installed, components can fall down!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
> Do not replace the snap hook (33) with other parts, such as a shackle or similar!
> When attaching or detaching the hoist limit switch weight (30) make sure that the weight (35) and the
carrier section (36) do not fall down!
> Make sure that the curvature (R) of the carrier section (36) points to the hoist rope (34)!
> Make sure that the stubs (31) of the carrier section (36) touch on the weight (35)!
> Make sure that the screw retainer (32) may be turned downward, point (K)!
The attachment of the hoist limit switch weight (30) depends on the position of the rope fixed point.
Rope fixed point on the pulley head:

> In the event of multiple hoist rope reeving, the hoist limit switch weight (30) must always be laid around
the ™stationary rope strand∫, in other words around the rope strand that leads directly to the cable lock.
Rope fixed point on hook block:

> The hoist limit switch weight (30) is laid around the outer strand which shows the least diagonal pull, i.e.
the one with the smallest angle between the hanging hoist limit switch weight and the hoist rope.
Note: The chain (37) must be attached in full length during crane operation and may not be
shortened.
> Push the weight (35) with one hand on the hoist rope (34) and hold.
> With the other hand, guide the carrier part (36) behind the hoist rope (34) and under the weight (35). The
curvature (R) of the carrier section (36) must point to the hoist rope (34).
> Push the weight (35) on the carrier section (36).
> Hang the hoist limit switch weight (30) with the carrier section (36) in the snap hook (33).
The snap hook (33) must be secured with the screw retainer (32).
> Close the screw retainer (32) on the snap hook (33).
Enter the number of reeves into the safe load moment indicator or recheck it.
DANGER: The crane operator must make sure that the reeving process has been done
properly and that the safe load indicator has been set correctly.
Incorrect reeving or entering an incorrect number of reeves can lead to serious
accidents.
363
106743
364
3. Attach and remove the load hook *
3.1 Installation procedure:

> Place the load hook under the pulley head of the telescopic boom,
> On the pulley head, remove the spring clips on the cable retaining bars (14 and 15) and pull out the
cable retaining bars,
> guide the hoist cable over the telescopic boom to the pulley head.
Note: While the guide guides the hoist cable to the pulley head, the crane operator must
operate the winch. This procedure must be carried out in such a way, that no slack
cable forms on the cable drum.
DANGER: This procedure must be performed from a secure place. It is unavoidable

that the cable is guided from the telescopic boom to the pulley head, use
utmost care when walking on the telescopic boom. There is a danger of
having a serious accident due to erroneous operation or slipping on the
telescopic boom.
> Place the hoist cable over the upper cable pulley (13),
> Reinsert the cable retaining bars (14 and 15 ) and secure with spring clips.
> Pin the cable lock (1) on the fixed point of the load hook (26) and secure with spring clip.
3.1.1 Attach the hoist cable in the cable lock (Fig. 9)

> On the cable lock (1), push in the retaining pin (6), swing the lever (5) to the side and hold it in this
position to move the locking lever (4) to the side.
CAUTION: The retaining mechanism (4, 5 and 6) on the cable lock must be freely
movable.
> Hang the end of the cable with the fitting (8) into the cable lock and strongly pull the cable in direction
of the arrow until the cable fitting (8) is placed on the cone (7).
CAUTION: The cable fitting (8) must touch the cone (7) in the cable lock, the lever (5)
must be locked by the retaining pin (6).
> Attach the hoist limit switch weight (30), as described at the beginning of this chapter.
3.1.2 Visual inspection

Is the screw retainer (32) closed all the way?
> Enter the reeving in the equipment configuration program of the LICCON Computer systems and
recheck.
DANGER: The crane operator must make sure again that the reeving procedure has
been carried out correctly and that the overload safety device is properly
set.
Improper reeving or incorrect input can cause accidents!
*Optional
365
106743
366
3.2 Remove the load hook

> Place the load hook (26) on the ground,
> Remove the hoist limit switch weight (30), as described at the beginning of this chapter.
3.2.1 Disengage the hoist cable on the cable lock (fig. 8)

> On the cable lock (1), push in the retaining pin (6), move the lever (5) to the side and hold it in this
position, as this moves the locking lever (4) to the side and releases the cable fitting (8).
> Push the hoist cable in direction of the load hook and disengage the fitting (8).
> Slowly spool back the hoist cable.
DANGER: Make sure that nobody is in the area around the hook block. The cable can
lash out like a whip when it is spooled back. A guide must make sure that no
slack cable forms on the winch.
> Attach the hoist cable with a cable lock to the front tow coupling and tighten it slightly to secure the
telescopic boom to prevent it from running out by itself.
Note: If the hoist cable is not attached to the front tow coupling, then the hoist cable
(without cable lock) must be spooled up onto the winch completely.
CAUTION: Spool the hoist cable up only to the point so that approx. 2 m remain.
Do not pull the cable end over and under the winch!
* Optional
367
110523
368
4. Reeving plans
4.1 Reeving for T>operation with one pulley T

CAUTION: The adjustable rear pulley (1) must be moved laterally prior to reeving in
such a way that the cable angle to the reeving pulley (2) is minimal in the
pulley head. Then grab the adjustable rear pulley (1) with both hands
and move it toward the reeving pulley (2) in such a way that rear pulley
and reeving pulley are aligned. If not, there is a risk of accident.
Note: Fig. 2 For cable reevings "Cable fixed point in center of pulley head", the cable
reeving can be made via a change over section (3) . The change over section must
be placed and secured with the spring pin (4) .
CAUTION: As a rule, the change over section (3) must be secured with the retaining
chain (30).
The installation of the change over section is made on the left side "I" or on the
right side "II", depending on the reeving.
CAUTION: When installing the TN/TF adapter, the change over section must be
removed. The cable fixed point in the center of the pulley head may not
be used, otherwise the cross bar of the TN/TF adapter hits the cable lock.
If the hoist cable is not reeved with the aid of the auxiliary cable, then the
auxiliary cable may NOT be routed over the change over section (3). The
last reeving must be made by hand, if necessary. If this is not observed,
the auxiliary cable will be damaged.
4.1.1 Reeving "normal"

3.1.1.1 1>roller hook block / load hook
3.1.1.2 3>roller hook block
4.1.2 Reeving "American"

4.2 Reeving for TN>operation * TN

3.2.1 Reeving plan N > Lattice jib control
3.2.2 Hoist cable guide for TN> operation
3.2.3 Reeving for TN> operation
4.3 Reeving for TF>operation * TF

(see reeving for TN> operation)
* Optional
369
190820
370
4.1.1 Reeving "normal" T

Reeving "normal"
Reeving: 1>way Cable fixed point on hook block or on fixed point load hook.
Reeving: 2>way Cable fixed point in center on pulley head.

> without change over section
> via change over section
Reeving: 3>way Cable fixed point on hook block .
* Optional
371
190821
372
4.1.1.2 3>roller hook block T

Reeving "normal"


373
190822
374

Reeving "normal"
Reeving: 8>way Cable fixed point on the hook block.


375
190823
376
7>roller hook block T

Reeving "normal"

Reeving: 13>way Cable fixed point on the hook block
377
190824
378

Reeving "normal"
Reeving: 18>way Cable fixed point on side of pulley head.
379
190825
380
4.1.2 Reeving "American" T

Reeving "American"


381
190826
382

Reeving "American"
Reeving: 16>way Cable fixed point in center of pulley head.

Reeving: 18>way Cable fixed point in center of pulley head.

383
190827
384
11>roller hook block T

Reeving "American"
Reeving: 20>way Cable fixed point in center of pulley head

Reeving: 22>way Cable fixed point in center of pulley head

385
190828
386

Reeving "American"
387
388
4.2.1 Reeving plan N > Lattice jib control TN

1 = "Upper pulley block"
2 = "Lower pulley block"
W III = Winch III
190476
389
4.2.2 Hoist cable routing for TN> operation TN

3 = N> end section
4 = NA> bracket II
W I (II) = Winch I (II)
190477
390
4.2.3 Reeving for TN> operation TN

3 = N> end section
4 = NA> bracket II
W I (II) = Winch I (II)
107990
391
Reeving for TN> operation (continuation) TN
107991
392
Reeving for TN> operation (continuation) TN
107992
393
4.07 COUNTERWEIGHT 024470>06
188478
394
1. Counterweight
The counterweight plates are marked with their own weight.
DANGER: The installed counterweight must match the data given in the load capacity
chart!
If this is not observed, a serious ACCIDENT may occur!
1.1 The following combinations are possible :
Counterweight Combination Individual weight
0t >>>>>>>>> >>>>>>>>>
30 t 1 ¥ base plate (1) 15 t

1 ¥ plate (2) 15 t
45 t 1 ¥ base plate (1) 15 t

2 ¥ plate (2) 30 t
60 t 1 ¥ base plate (1) 15 t

3 ¥ plate (2) 45 t
75 t 1 ¥ base plate (1) 15 t

4 ¥ plate (2) 60 t
90 t 1 ¥ base plate (1) 15 t

5 ¥ plate (2) 75 t
105 t 1 ¥ base plate (1) 15 t

6 ¥ plate (2) 90 t
Note: Added ballast 60 t, see paragraph 5.01.
C A U T I ON : For all counterweight conditions listed above, the counterweight frame must
be installed on the slewing platform.
(Exception : 0 t counterweight)
395
188973
396
2. Counterweight frame
The counterweight frame is part of the slewing platform and is not part of the counterweight.
If a winch or both winches W II+III are not installed, then replacement ballasts E II or E III must be
installed.
Note: For weights, equipment and suspension points, see charts 1 > 4.
The 3.5 t and 2.2 t ballast plates are always installed on the counterweight frame.
Fig. 1 Counterweight frame with winch II and III
Suspensions A > A2
Chart 1
Individual weight
Component
kg
Reeving winch 102.00
Winch II 2350.00
Cable for winch II 1960.00
Pulley block TN 1270.00
Counterweight frame 3300.00

Welding constr.
Frame ballast 3500.00
Winch III 2520.00
Cable for winch III 3320.00
Added ballast 2200.00
Total weight 20522.00
397
189107
398
2.1 Fig. 2 Counterweight frame with winch II and added ballast III
Suspensions A > A1
Chart 2
Individual weight
Component
kg
Winch II 2350.00
Cable for winch II 1960.00

Welding constr.
Replacementballast E III 3540.00

instead of winch III
399
189109
400
2.2 Fig. 3 Counterweight frame with replacement ballast II and winch III
Suspension A > A3
Chart 3
Individual weight
Component
kg
Replacement ballast E II 2365.00

instead of winch II
Pulley block TN 1270.00

Welding constr.
Winch III 2520.00
Cable for winch III 3320.00
401
189108
402
2.3 Components for replacement ballast II and III
1 Replacement ballast II or III

2 Pin a 50¥250 mm
3 Pin a 50¥230 mm
4 Washer 50
5 Cotter pin 10
6 Spring retainer 6 mm
7 Pin a 80¥300 mm
8 Washer 80
Abb. 4 Counterweight frame with replacement ballast II and III
Suspensions A > A3
Chart 4
Individual weight
Component
kg
Replacement ballast E II 2365.00

instead of winch II

Welding constr.
Replacement ballast E III 3540.00

instead of winch III
403
188974
404
3. Installation with own crane
3.1 Installation
Prerequisites:
> The telescopic boom must be installed.
> If the boom head or telescopic sections were removed, then the installation head must be installed for
the ballast installation / removal, see chapter 5.13.
> The crane must be properly supported and horizontally aligned.
> The transport vehicle with the counterweight plates and the counterweight frame must be positioned
close to the supported crane.
C A U T I O N : When turning the superstructure by 360∞, the crane cab must be turned to the
front in operating position, otherwise there is a danger of collision with the
centering rings (Z) on the vehicle frame.
3.1.1 Installation procedure

Start the crane engine
Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the load chart to > 0 t > counterweight.
4. Stack the counterweight plates on the vehicle frame

Attach the base plate (1) to the supplied tackle cables and place them with your own crane on the
receptacles on the chassis frame.
Note: The placement position is affixed by the centering rings (Z) and the stops (A).
The base plate (1) must always be placed on the chassis frame as the first plate,
since it is the carrier plate for the remaining plates.
Hang the counterweight plates (2) on the supplied tackle cables and stack them on the base plate (1),
according to the load chart.
C A U T IO N : Two plates (max.) may be lifted at the same time with the supplied 4 tackle
cables (max. load carrying capacity approx. 30 t ).
When turning the slewing platform, the crane operator's cab must be in
operating position and the telescopic boom must be in steep position,
otherwise there is a danger that the luffing cylinder collides with the placed
ballast plates.
405
192663
406
4.1 Establish the hydraulic connections

Establish the hydraulic connections from the chassis frame to the ballasting cylinders (5). Connect the
hydraulic hoses with the quick couplings (SK) to the base plate (1).
Note: Pay attention to the connection numbers on the hydraulic hoses.
D = Slewing ring
Connect and release the hydraulic lines with quick couplings
D AN G E R: When connecting or releasing hydraulic lines with quick couplings, it must be

ensured that the coupling procedure is carried out correctly.
Prerequisite for correct coupling connection is:
> The pressure must be released from the hydraulic system before connecting
or releasing the couplings (turn the engine off, wait for approx. 5 minutes).
> Interconnect the coupling sections (sleeve and plug) and connect them with
the hand nut.
> Tighten the nut past the O>ring until you can feel a firm stop.
> The couplings may only be tightened by hand > without tools (or couplings
will be damaged).
Improperly connected couplings can cause loss of pressure or sudden
leakage and therefore can cause accidents!
4.2 Control of ballasting cylinders

The ballasting cylinders can be controlled from the crane operator's cab or from a remote control
panel, (X).
Note: When using the remote control panel, it is possible to stop a movement of an
individual ballast cylinder when extending or retracting it.
Note: The switch (406) for manual pressure supply must be in position 0 (center), otherwise
ballasting is not possible.
Crane operator's cab

Push the button (363) on top to ∫EXTEND∫ the ballasting cylinders
Push the button (363) on the bottom to ∫RETRACT∫ the ballasting cylinders
Remote control panel

A = Button > ∫EXTEND∫ the ballasting cylinders
B = Button > ∫RETRACT∫ the ballasting cylinders
C = Button, stop ballasting cylinder L (left)
D= Button, stop ballasting cylinder R (right)
407
192664
408
5. Install the counterweight frame
Attach the counterweight frame (3) with the supplied tackle cables to the corresponding brackets (A.
A1.A2.A3) and lower it into the mounting brackets (4) of the ballasting cylinders (5).
Note: For weights, equipment and suspensions, see paragraph 2.
Pin the counterweight frame to the ballasting cylinders.

Insert pin (6) and secure with retaining bar.
D A N G E R: It must be ensured that the retaining bracket is locked.

It is prohibited to turn the slewing platform if the counterweight frame has been
placed on the plates but is not yet fully raised with the ballasting cylinders.
If this is not observed, there is the danger of collision!
Unpin the pin (7).
409
189198
410
5.01 Install additional ballast 30 t / 60 t
If a 135 t or 165 t counterweight is needed, added plates (1) must be placed on both sides onto the
counterweight and bolted in place.
Counterweight 165 t = 105 t + 4¥15 t added ballast

Counterweight 135 t = 105 t + 2¥15 t added ballast
The following counterweight combinations are additionally possible:

Counterweight 105 t = 75 t + 2¥15 t auxiliary ballast
Components
1 4 ¥ Added plate 15 t
2 2 ¥ Tension screw, long, for 60 t
3 2 ¥ Centering section
4 2 ¥ Tensioning tube
5 2 ¥ Tension screw, short, for 30 t
D A N G E R: The added plates must be secured on both sides, otherwise there is a danger
of accidents.
For the 60 t added ballast, use the long tension screw (2), for the 30 t ballast,
use the short tension screw (5).
411
188976
412
5.1 Lift the counterweight frame (3)

Press the button on the remote control panel or the switch in the crane operator's cab and slowly extend
the ballasting cylinders (5) all the way.
D A N G E R: The counterweight frame must be brought to the uppermost position by fully

extending the ballasting cylinders, to avoid a collision between the slewing
platform and the raised counterweight frame.
The counterweight frame (3) is pushed upward.

The counterweight plates remain on the vehicle frame.
5.1.1 Slew the slewing platform to the counterweight frame

Slew the slewing platform in length axis to the rear to the counterweight frame until the centering pin
(8) and the receptacle bore holes (9) align > check visually!
Lock slewing platform to the chassis.
Slew the cab into transport position to be able to watch the ballasting procedure.
Note: The position of the slewing platform is shown by a marker on the side of the slewing
ring.
D A N G E R: A guide must ensure that the slewing platform does not collide with the raised
counterweight frame when it is turned.
Make sure that there are no persons or objects within the slewing range !
413
188978
414
5.3 Lower the counterweight frame (3) into the receptacles (9) on the slewing platform
Press the button on the remote control or the switch in the crane operator's cab and slowly lower the
counterweight frame and enter the centering pins (8) into the receptacle bore holes (9) on the slewing
platform.
CAUTION: It must be ensured that the centering pins (8) f r e e l y enter into the receptacle
bore holes (9) !
Lower the counterweight frame (3) until it touches on the bottom on the centerings (Z).
When the counterweight frame (3) is placed on top in the slewing platform, and touches the centerings,
then it must be pinned between the counterweight frame and the slewing platform.
Manually insert the locking pins (10) on both sides and secure by swinging in the flaps (11).
CAUTION: It must be ensured that the locking pins (10) are secured on both sides with
the flaps!
5.4 Pull up the counterweight plates

Retract the ballasting cylinders (5) by actuating the button on the remote control panel or in the crane
operator's cab and pull up the counterweight plates until they are placed evenly on the counterweight
frame (3).
CAUTION: The counterweight frame must be pinned and secured with the slewing
platform, before the counterweight plates are lifted from the vehicle frame !
Pin the plates with the counterweight frame, insert pins (7).
Disconnect the hydraulic connections (SK) on the base plate (1).
5.5 Electrical and hydraulic connections

Establish the electrical connections from the slewing platform to winches 2 and 3, as well as to the
auxiliary winch. Insert the cable plug on the socket into the counterweight frame.
Establish the hydraulic connections from the crane hydraulic to winches 2 and 3 as well as to the
auxiliary winch > quick couplings.
Note: The quick couplings (SK) cannot be interchanged due to different sleeves and
sockets. The corresponding hydraulic hoses are marked with numbers.
D AN G E R: When connecting or releasing hydraulic lines with quick couplings, it must

be ensured that the coupling procedure is carried out correctly.
> The pressure must be released from the hydraulic system before
connecting or releasing the couplings (turn the engine off, wait for approx.
5 minutes).
the hand nut.
will be damaged).
leakage and therefore can cause accidents!
415
189110
416
6. Removal
Prerequisite:
> The crane must be properly supported and horizontally aligned.
> The transport vehicle to take on the counterweight and the counterweight frame is positioned next to
the supported crane.
Removal procedure
Start the crane engine.
Set the LICCON system to > 0 t > counterweight, according to the load chart.
Swing the slewing platform in length axle to the rear. and lock it to the chassis.
Turn the crane engine off and wait for about 5 minutes.
Release the hydraulic and electrical connections to the winch II or III.
Establish the hydraulic connections from the vehicle frame to the ballaasting cylinders on the base
plate (1) (quick couplings,SK ) > see installation description, paragraph 4.1.
Unpin the ballasting cylinders, remove pin (7).
6.1 Lower the counterweight

Actuate the button on the remote control panel or in the crane operator's cab and slowly lower the
counterweight by extending the ballasting cylinders (4) until it is placed on the vehicle frame.
D A N G E R: Before lowering the counterweight, the crane operator must make sure that
her are no persons or obstacles within the danger zone.
Release the locking pin (10) by swinging away the flaps (11) and manually unpin the pin (10) on both
sides.
6.2 Lift the counterweight frame (3)

the ballasting cylinders (5) all the way.
The counterweight frame (3) is pushed upward.

The counterweight remains on the vehicle frame.
417
188980
418
6.3 Lift the counterweight frame

the ballasting cylinders all the way and carefully push up the winch frame until the centering pins (8)
are out of the receptacle bore holes (9).
D A N G E R: Before the centering pins are lifted out, check if both pins are in the bore
holes without touching the side, see drawing.
Raise the counterweight frame until the ballasting cylinders are fully extended. Carefully turn the
slewing platform away.
D AN G E R: A guide must ensure that the slewing platform does not collide with the
raised winch frame when it is turned.
Make sure that there are no persons or objects within the slewing range.
419
192665
420
6.3.1 Lower the counterweight frame

Press the button on the remote control or the switch in the crane operator's cab and slowly lower the
counterweight frame until it touches, if all counterweight plates are installed. Do not unpin the pins (6)
until the counterweight frame hangs on the tackle cables.
D A NG E R: There is a danger of tipping over if fewer counterweight plates are installed

and the pins (6) are unpinned. The pins (6) may only be unpinned if the
counterweight frame is suspended from the tackle cables.
Relieve the hydraulic system pressure (turn the engine off and wait approx. 5 minutes).
Release the hydraulic connections from the base plate.
421
192666
422
6.4 Lift the counterweight frame and added ballast plates with your own crane from the chassis
frame
6.4.1 Remove the added ballast

Release the bolts on the added plates. Lift off the added ballast plates with the supplied tackle cables.
6.4.2 Remove the counterweight frame

Attach the counterweight frame with the supplied tackle cables to the corresponding brackets (A,
A1,A2,A3).
Turn the retaining bar and unpin the pin (6) .
Lift the counterweight frame and swing it to the transport vehicle.
Note: For weights, equipment and suspension, see paragraph 2.
6.4.3 Lift off the counterweight plates

Attach the counterweight plates with the supplied tackle cables and lift them off with your own crane.
CAUTION: Two plates (max.) may be lifted at the same time with the supplied 4 tackle
cables (max. load carrying capacity approx. 30 t ).
When turning the slewing platform, the crane operator's cab must be in
operating position and the telescopic boom must be in steep position,
otherwise there is a danger that the luffing cylinder collides with the placed
ballast plates.
423
4.08 WORKING WITH A LOAD 026079>04
424
4.08 WORKING WITH A LOAD 026079>04
425
4.12 TWO>HOOK OPERATIONS 027552>00
426
4.12 TWO>HOOK OPERATIONS 027552>00
427
5.00 EQUIPMENT 021678>00
428
021678>00
Chapter 5
Equipment
429
5.01 SAFETY TECHNICAL NOTES 027311>00
430
5.01 SAFETY TECHNICAL NOTES 027311>00
431
5.02 ERECTION AND TAKE DOWN CHARTS T / TY3 026818>00
1. General
The weight of the hook block, which is required to lift the maximum load at the corresponding boom
combination has been taken into account as the hook block weight .
D A N G E R : The reeved in hook block may not be larger than is necessary to lift the
maximum load noted in the load chart.
It must be taken down / erected according to the dat in the chart .
If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded or tip over .
2. Erection and take down chart for T>operation

Erection possibilities at T>operation with different counterweights
2.1 Telescopic boom 50
Support base Support base

wide reduced
10 m¥9,6 m 10 m¥6,25 m
Operating
Ballast to the rear to the side to the rear to the side
mode
T 135 t all lengths all lengths all lengths all lengths
T 45 t all lengths all lengths all lengths to T>36,9
T 30 t all lengths to T>42,1 all lengths to T>31,7
T 15 t to T>42,1 to T>36,9 to T>42,1 to T>21,3
T 0t to T>21,3 T>16,1 to T>21,3 no
432
2.2 Telescopic boom 84 m
Support base Support base

wide reduced
10 m¥9,6 m 10 m¥6,25 m
Operating
Ballast to the rear to the side to the rear to the side
mode
T 135 t to T>62,9 to T>62,9 to T>62,9 to T>62,9
T 105 t to T>62,9 to T>62,9 to T>62,9 to T>42,1
T 90 t to T>62,9 to T>52,5 to T>62,9 to T>36,9
T 75 t to T>42,1 to T>42,1 to T>42,1 to T>26,5
T 60 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9 to T>36,9 to T>26,5
T 45 t to T>36,9 to T>31,7 to T>36,9 to T>26,5
T 30 t to T>26,5 to T>26,5 to T>26,5 T>16,1
T 15 t to T>26,5 to T>21,3 to T>26,5 T>16,1
T 0t T>16,1 T>16,1 T>16,1 no
433
3. Erection and take down chart for TY3>operation

Erection possibilities in TY3 > operation with different counterweights
Support base
wide
10 m¥9,6 m
Operating
Ballast to the rear to the side
mode
TY3 165 t all lengths all lengths
TY3 45 t all lengths to T>42,1
TY3 30 t to T>42,1 to T>36,9
434
Support base
wide
10 m¥9,6 m
Operating
Ballast to the rear to the side
mode
TY3 165 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9
TY3 135 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9
TY3 105 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9
TY3 90 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9
TY3 75 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9
TY3 60 t to T>36,9 to T>36,9
TY3 45 t to T>31,7 to T>31,7
TY3 30 t T>16,1 T>16,1
435
5.03 FIXED LATTICE JIB > TF 027351>01
188080
436
1. Description
The fixed lattice jib > TF > can be operated in the following working lengths on the 50 m and 84 m long
telescopic boom.
It can be installed either as a straight extension 0∞ or at an angle of 20∞ or 40∞ to the telescopic boom.
1.1 Working lengths on the 50 m long telescopic boom Fig. 1
50 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
50 m 14 m > 63 m 14 m > 63 m 14 m >56 m
1.2 Components of lattice jib

The following lattice sections are available:
TF + TN > lattice sections

Description System Length (m) Weight (t)
G1 TN/TF > Adapter 2.25 1.86

G2 TF > Adapter 2.50 1.60
G3 NA > Intermediate section 2115.10 7.00 1.40
G5 NI > Reducer 3.50 0.80
G6 NI > Intermediate section 1812.10 7.00 1.40
G8 N > end section 130t 8.00 2.70
G9 N > installation unit 13.70 11.30
G10 Tele extension 14.00 4.20
437
188081
438
84 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
78.6 m 14 m > 42 m 14 m > 42 m 14 m > 35 m
68.1 m 14 m > 56 m 14 m > 42 m 14 m > 35 m
439
188082
440
84 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
57.7 m 14 m > 56 m 14 m > 42 m 14 m > 35 m
47.3 m 14 m > 56 m 14 m > 42 m 14 m > 35 m
441
188083
442
2. Combination of lattice jib
The following lattice jib lengths can be assembled:
Total length: 63 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 + G3 + G4 + G5 + G6 + G7 + G8
Total length: 56 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 + G3 + G4 + G5 + G7 + G8
Total length: 49 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 + G4 + G5 + G7 + G8
Total length: 42 m
Total length: 35 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 + G4 + G5 + G8
Total length: 28 m
Total length: 21 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 +G5 + G8
Total length: 14 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 +G5 + G8
Note: For two 7 m long intermediate sections, a 14 m long intermediate section can be
installed.
D A N G E R: It is not permissible to install another combination of lattice sections and guy

rods, as noted in the operation manual or in assembly drawings!
During the installation of the lattice jib it must be assured that the correct
intermediate sections are installed, as described.
If this is not observed, there is the danger of accidents!
443
110491
444
3. Installation
D A N G E R: Risk of falling!
During assembly and disassembly, personnel must be secured with
appropriate antifall guards to prevent them from falling. If this is not
observed, personnel could fall and suffer life>threatening injuries.
> All assembly work from a height of 2 m must be carried out using suitable
aids (lifting platforms, scaffolding, ladders, auxiliary crane etc.)! The height
above which assembly/disassembly work must be carried out with aids
depends on national regulations. The national regulations must be adhered
to!
> If work cannot be carried out on the ground or using such aids, then
assembly personnel must be secured with suitable personal protective
equipment (such as catch belts) to protect against falling! A description of
the fastening points for personal protection equipment is given in chapter
2.06.
Prerequisites:
> The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned.
> The counterweight is installed on the slewing platform according to the load chart.
> The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in.
> The telescopic boom is luffed down all the way to the rear or to the side.
> The LICCON overload safety system is set according to the data given in the load charts.
> The keyed button ∫installation∫ is actuated, the indicator light ∫installation∫ lights up.
> The installation symbol on the LICCON indicator blinks.
445
110491
446
3.1 Installation of the fixed lattice jib ∫0∞∫
C A U T I O N : With fixed lattice jib "0∞" with short telescopic boom (50 m and smaller) , the load
may not be moved with hoist gear 2 and hoist gear 3.
If this is not observed, the counterpulley of the change over pulley on the TF
adapter will be damaged.
Set the ∫LICCON∫ overload safety system according to the load chart.
Tun on the installation keyed switch, the indicator light ∫installation∫ in the button lights up.
DANGER: The LICCON overload safety system is no longer effective, the limit switch hoist
∫top∫ is bypassed!
Hang the TN/TF adapter (G1) onto the auxiliary crane and pin on the telescopic boom head with pin
pulling device (1) and secure.
Note: Lever (1.1) for upper pin

Lever (1.2) for lower pin
The hydraulic connection (2¥quick couplings, Sk) from the telescopic boom pivot section
to the pin pulling device (1) must be established.
C A U T I O N : When the TN/TF adapter is pinned, the hydraulic connections (2¥Sk) must be
disconnected.
Make sure that the pulley block (6) is secured with the retaining chain (20).
D A N G E R: If the pulley block (6) is not secured with the retaining chain (20), then the pulley
block (6) can swing out uncontolled and kill personnel!
If the retaining chain (20) is removed with the TF>adapter (G2) being pinned with
the TN/TF>adapter (G1), then the pulley block (6) swing through if any
components fail and kill personnel!
Pin the TF> adapter (G2) on the TN/TF> adapter (G1): Insert the double cone pins (2) from the outside to the
inside and secure with spring retainers (3).
Unpin the pulley block (6) on transport position: Release pins (22) and unpin.
Swing the pulley block (6) up until the retaining chain (20) is tensioned.
Remove the retaining chain (20) and swing the pulley block (6) into operating position (B).
Pin the pulley block (6) in operating position (B): Insert pin (8) and secure with spring retainer (9).
Assemble the fixed lattice jib to the required length, pin and secure.
DANGER: Insert both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
Pin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
The lower collar pins on the lattice sections must be pinned from the inside to the
outside.
All pins must be secured. Otherwise there is a danger of accidents due to falling
crane sections.
The guy rods, which are installed on the intermediate sections must be removed
for TF operation!
447
188441
448
3.1 Installation of the fixed lattice jib ∫0∞∫, continuation

Lift the assembled lattice jib with the auxiliary crane and attach on the TF adapter (G2). Insert the pin (4)
from the inside to the outside and secure with spring retainer (5).
Pull the hoist cable over the change over pulley (7) to the cable pulley in the end section.
Note: Fold the counter pulley (10) to the side and place the hoist cable. Close the counter pulley
again, insert the pin (11) and secure with spring clip (12).
3.2 Set the lattice jib at an angle of 20∞ or 40∞
The lattice jib is installed on the pulley head of the telescopic boom and the end section is laying on the
ground.
0∞
Insert pin (14) into pin hole (A) and secure with spring retainer (13).
20∞
Insert pin (14) into pin hole (B) and secure with spring retainer (13).
40∞
Unpin the pin (14), insert into the transport retainer and secure with spring retainer (13).
D AN G E R : The end section of the lattice jib must lay on the ground, only then may be pin
(14) be unpinned!
If this is not observed, there is a DANGER OF ACCIDENTS as the lattice jib will
suddenly fold down!
During the unpinning procedure, nobody may remain under the lattice jib, this
is strictly prohibited!
Luff up the boom until the slot on the bracket (16) touches the pin (14) in bore hole (B) for 20 ∞ or the stop
pin (15) for 40 ∞ position.
Note: The lattice jib remains in 20∞ or 40∞ position during crane operation due to its own
weight.
449
191271
450
3.3 Electrical connections

Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X18) in the TF adapter to the connector box (>
X17) on the telescopic boom head. Plug in the cable plug (W510A) into the socket (>X510A) on the
connector box (>X17).
Establish the electrical connection from the cable drum (>N5) to the connector box (>X18A) in the TF
adapter. Plug in the cable plug (>X512A) on the connector box (>X18A).
Install the airplane warning light and the wind velocity sensor on the end section.
Insert the cable plug for the airplane warning light (2) and the wind velocity sensor (3) on the connector
box (>X19).
Establish the electrical connection (W513) from the connector box (>X19) to the cable drum (>N5).
C A U T I O N : The hoist limit switch on the telescopic boom head must always be connected to
the LICCON System Bus .
> Remove the hoist limit switch weight on the telescopic boom head.
> Pull the hoist limit switch cable (20) and attach with shackle (21) on the fixed
point (22) .
3.4 Function check

Prerequisites:
> All electrical connections are established.
> The engine is running.
> The actuator levers on the limit switches have been checked for easy movement and have been
lubricated with grease.
> TF > operating mode is set.
Wind velocity sensor (2)

Check the wind velocity sensor for easy movement and function.
C A U T I O N : In TF operation, the removable wind velocity sensor must always be installed

and connected (functioning), otherwise the ∫LICCON∫ system reports a
problem. The function must be checked every time the sensor is installed again.
Airplane warning light (3)

Turn on the airplane warning light, check visually for function.
Hoist limit switch

Manually actuate the hoist limit switch (S15), the symbol ∫Hoist top∫ must appear on the LICCON
monitor.
The crane movements "lift", "luff down" and "telescope out" must turn off.
Note: When replacing or changing the hoist limit switch (HES), the HES must have the
correct bus address and the correct software version, to be recognized again by the Bus
System (LSB).
HES 1 Tele head Bus address 28

HES 2 Lattice jib Bus address 27
HES 3 Lattice jib Bus adress 26
451
452
4. Erection
Erection / take down procedure

As a rule, the boom combinations must be erected or taken down with fully retracted telescopic boom
(T16.1 m).
D A N G E R: The telescopic boom must be retracted all the way. If this is not observed, the
crane will be overloaded or topple over.
Prerequisites:
> The counterweight is installed on the slewing platform, according to the load chart.
> The lattice jib is assembled according to the load chart and the operating manual.
> All limit switches are correctly installed and fully functioning.
> All pin connections are secured.
> The hoist cable has been correctly placed into the cable pulleys and secured with cable retaining pins to
prevent it from jumping out.
> The guy rods are removed from the intermediate sections.
> There are no loose parts on the telescopic boom and the lattice jib.
> In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum, airplane
warning light, wind velocity sensor, etc.) are free of ice and snow.
DANGER: Incorrectly installed or non>functioning limit switches as well as falling parts

(pins, spring retainers, ice, etc.) can cause accidents!
The weight of the hook block that has been taken into account is the hook block weight that is required to
lift the maximum load for the corresponding boom combination.
D A N G E R: It is not permitted to reeve in a larger hook block than is required to lift the
maximum load as noted in the load chart.
If this is not observed, the crane can be overloaded or topple over.
453
4.1 Erection and take down charts
Support base,
TF operation
wide
T > 50 m
10 m¥9.6 m
to the rear to the side

Operating
Ballast
mode
T>m F>m T>m F>m
TF 135 t > 45 t 16.1 14 to 63 16,1 14 to 63
TF 30 t 16.1 14 to 63 16,1 14 to 56
TF 15 t 1.,1 14 to 63 * 16,1 14 to 42
D A N G E R: * For the 15 t ballast, when erecting and taking down the F>63 m fixed jib , the
load hook up to a T> boom angle of 25 ∞, must remain on the ground.
The fixed jib F>63 m may only be erected with a 600 kg load hook!
Support base,
TAF operation
wide
T > 50 m
10 m¥9,6 m

Operating
Ballast
mode
T>m F>m T>m F>m
TAF 165 t > 45 t 16.1 14 to 63* 16.1 14 to 63
D A N G E R: * The fixed jib F>63 m may only be erected with a 600 kg load hook !
Hook block
Fixed jib
(m) Number of
Weight (kg)
pulleys
F>14 3 1800
F>21 3 1800
F>28 3 1800
F>35 3 1800
F>42 3 1800
F>49 1 1230
F>56 1 1230
F>63 0 600
454
4.1.1 Erection and take down charts
TF operation Support base, wide

T > 84 m 10 m¥9,6 m

Operating
Ballast
mode T>m F>m T>m F>m
TF 135 t > 30 t 16.1 14 to 56 * 16.1 14 to 56 *
TF 30 t 16.1 14 to 56 * 16.1 14 to 42
D A N G E R: * For the 15 t ballast, when erecting and taking down the F>56 m fixed jib , the
load hook up to a T> boom angle of 25 ∞, must remain on the ground.
The fixed jib F>56 m may only be erected with a 600 kg load hook!
TAF operation Support base, wide

T > 84 m 10 m¥9,6 m

Operating
Ballast
mode T>m F>m T>m F>m
TAF 165 t > 45 t 16.1 14 to 56 * 16.1 14 to 56 *
D A N G E R: * The fixed jib F>56 m may only be erected with a 600 kg load hook !
Hook block
Fixed jib
(m) Number of
Weight (kg)
pulleys
F>14 3 1800
F>21 3 1800
F>28 3 1800
F>35 1 1230
F>42 1 1230
F>49 0 600
F>56 0 600
455
4.2 Erection procedure
Prerequisite:
Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the data given in the load charts and the equipment
configuration (see chapter 4.02, 4.03).
Actuate the installation keyed button (424), the indicator light (425) ∫installation∫ lights up.
The installation symbol on the LICCON indicator blinks.
The telescopic boom is telescoped in all the way.
Adjust in the EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION VIEW of the LICCON (see chapter 4.02)
Enter the (4>digit) code number, according to the required load chart, and confirm by pressing the
ENTER key.
Enter the actual reeving.
Check the actual equipment configuration of the crane with the entered data to ensure it matches.
Press the function key >F8> ∫o.k.∫, the OPERATING VIEW will appear.
D A NG E R : Compare and check the LICCON settings with the actual equipment
configuration! If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded or topple
over!
> Turn on automatic or manual telescoping on the monitor ( telescoping view).

> Enter the telescoping goal via the equipment configuration view or the telescoping view.
For description, refer to chapter 4.05, LICCON Automatic telescoping system (TELEMATIK)
Indicators in the OPERATING VIEW during the erection procedure

The following alarm functions are activated (blink) during the erection procedure,until the operating
position is reached:
> ∫STOP∫
> ∫HORN∫ + Acoustical signal
Note: The lowest operating position is reached when the indicators turn off and a load value
(in tons > t >) appears in the symbol ∫MAX. LAST∫ instead of the question marks (???).
Turn off the installation keyed button (424) by pressing the button (425).
The installation symbol on the LICCON indicator turns off.
D A N G E R: After the lowest operating position is reached, the installation keyed button
must be turned off immediately.
The installation keyed button bypasses the safety devices!
The radii given in the load chart may not be exceeded nor fallen below, even
without a load on the hook!
If this is not observed, the crane can topple over!
456
4.3 Erection
Actuate the manual control lever and luff up the telescopic boom with installed lattice jib until the end
section lifts off the ground.
Reeve in the hoist cable between the pulley head on the end section and the hook block and secure on the
fixed point > see chapter 4.06, Reeving plans.
Attach the hoist limit switch weight.

Luff up the telescopic boom into the steepest telescopic boom position.
Telescope the telescopic boom out.
If the symbol ''Telescopic boom crossed out'' appears in the telescoping view, then the telescoping
procedure cannot be carried out, which means the conditions for the ''unpinning'' release are not met.
The symbol only appears if telescoping is actuated and the pins cannot be released.
The symbol signals that the telescopic boom is not yet luffed up into a range, where the release for
unpinning can be given.
For that reason, continue to luff up the telescopic boom until the symbol (B) no longer appears in the
telescoping view and "unpinning clear" is given when actuating a telescoping movement.
5. Crane operation > TF
CAUTION: Observe all notes in chapter 4.05 ∫ CRANE OPERATION ∫ and chapter 4.08
∫WORKING WITH A LOAD ∫ !
Prerequisites:
> Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the data given in the load chart.
> Turn the installation keyed button off by pressing the button.
The installation symbol on the LICCON indicator is off.
D A N G E R: Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during operation.
If the crane operator leaves the crane operator's cab, even if only for a short
time, then he is obligated to check all operating mode settings and to reset them,
if necessary, before starting to work again.
Adjustments / checks
Check the function of the overload safety system by triggering the operating positions ∫on the top∫ and ∫on
the bottom∫.
Check the function of the hoist limit switch ∫top∫ by running against the hoist limit switch weight.
457
188446
458
6. Take down procedure

Set the telescopic boom to 83∞ and telescope it in all the way.
DANGER: Telescoping in and out with installed lattice jib is only permitted with the
telescopic boom in the steepest boom position.
Otherwise there is a danger of accidents!
6.1 Take down procedure

Actuate the manual control lever and luff down the telescopic boom with installed lattice jib to the lowest
operating position.
Note: When the lowest operating position is reached, the luffing down movement is shut off.
The load indication turns off in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ and question marks (???)
appear.
At the same time, the following alarm functions are activated (blink) in the OPERATING VIEW:
> ∫STOP∫
> ∫HORN∫ + acoustical signal
C A U T I O N : When luffing down, the hoist winch must be spooled out at the same time to
prevent the hook block from colliding with the end section of the lattice jib.
Actuate the installation keyed button, the indicator light ∫installation∫ lights up. The installation
symbol on the LICCON indicator blinks.
DANGER: The overload safety system is no longer effective.

The limit switch hoist ∫top∫ is bypassed.
Actuate the manual control lever and luff down the telescopic boom until the hook block touches the
ground.
Remove the hoist limit switch weight.
Unreeve the hook block.
DANGER: When unreeving the hoist cable, make sure that there are no persons within the
danger zone.
Spool back the hoist cable to the telescopic boom head.
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the end section of the lattice jib is laying on the ground.
459
191271
460
7. Removal
Electrical connections
Unplug the cable plug of the airplane warning light (2) and the wind velocity sensor (3) on the connector
box (>X19).
Disconnect the electrical connection between the cable drum (N5) and the connector box (>X19). Unplug
the cable plug on the cable drum.
Unplug the cable of the cable drum on the connector box (>X18A) in the TF adapter, spool it up and secure
the cable drum to prevent it from spooling out inadvertently.
Unplug the cable plug (X510A) on the connector box (>X17).
461
110492
462
7.1 Disassembly of the lattice jib (0∞ position)
The end section of the lattice jib is laying on the ground.

Hang the lattice jib with the auxiliary crane to the NA> Intermediate section. Remove the spring
retainer on the lower and upper pin (Y,Z), unpin the pin between the NA> Intermediate section and TF
adapter.
Place down the lattice jib.
DANGER: The lattice jib must be hung on the auxiliary crane before unpinning and after
unpinning, it must be placed down with the auxiliary crane.
Unpin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
Make sure that no persons are under the lattice jib during the unpinning
procedure. This is strictly prohibited.
There is a danger of accidents!
Unpin the pulley block (6): Release pins (8) and unpin.
Swing the pulley block (6) in transport position:
Pin the pulley block (6) in transport position: Insert pin (22) and secure with spring retainer (23).
Secure the pulley block (6) with retaining chain (20).
Hang the TF adapter (G2) on the auxiliary crane and unpin on the TN/TF adapter (G1).
Hang the adapter (G1) on the auxiliary crane and unpin on the telescopic boom head with the pin pulling
device and place down.
463
188447
464
7.2 Disassembly of the lattice jib (20∞ / 40∞ position)
The end section of the lattice jib is laying on the ground.

Swing the pulley block (6) with the auxiliary crane from operating to transport position, remove pin (8)
and spring retainer (9).
C A U T I O N : In 20∞ / 40∞ position of the fixed lattice jib, continue to luff down the telescopic
boom until the pins of the control brackets are touching the slotted hole and
therefore the lowest position (0∞) is reached.
Now it can be pinned in this position (0∞). If it is pinned in 0∞ position, then it can be removed as described
in paragraph 7.1.
Of it is not pinned, hang the auxiliary crane to the NA> Intermediate section. Remove the spring
retainer on the lower pin (Z), unpin the lower pin (Z) from the outside to the inside. Lower the TF
adapter and the lattice jib until it lays on the ground.
DANGER: The lattice jib must be hung on the auxiliary crane before unpinning the lwoer
pin (Z), otherwise the lattice jib and the TF adapter (G2) fold down.
Unpin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
Make sure that no persons are under the lattice jib during the unpinning
procedure. This is strictly prohibited.
Unpin the lattice jib on the NA> Intermediate section and TF adapter (G2) on top.
Pull up the TF adapter (G2) with the auxiliary crane, pin in 0∞ position with pin (14) and secure with
spring retainer (13).
Remove the tackle cable of the auxiliary crane and attach again on the TF adapter (G2) (balance).
Unpin the TF adapter (G2) on the TN/TF adapter (G1).
Hang the TN/TF adapter (G1) on the auxiliary crane and unpin on the telescopic boom head with the pin
pulling device and place down the TN/TF adapter (G1).
Note: The hydraulic connection ( 2¥quick couplings) for the pin pulling device must be
established.
465
5.04 LUFFING LATTICE JIB > TN 027353>03
190387
466
1. Description
The luffing lattice jib> TN > can be operated in the following working lengths on the 50 m and 84 m
long telescopic boom.
50 m N
16.1 m > 47.3 m 21 m > 91 m
84 m N
16.1 m > 47.3 m 21 m > 91 m
57.7 m 21 m > 84 m
68.1 m 21 m > 70 m
78.6 m 21 m > 56 m
C A U T I O N: At a telescopic boom length of T>78.6 m, a folded down installation / removal of

the lattice jib is not possible.
2. Combination of luffing lattice jib
TN > lattice sections

G1 TN/TF > Adapter 2. 25 1. 86

G3 NA > Intermediate section 2115.10 7. 00 1. 40
G4 NA > Intermediate section 2115.10 14. 00 2. 60
G5 NI > Reducer 3. 50 0. 80
G6 NI > Intermediate section 1812.10 7. 00 1. 40
G7 NI > Intermediate section 1812.10 14. 00 2. 50
G8 N > End section 130t 8. 00 2. 70
G9 N > Installation unit 13. 70 11. 30
467
190388
468
2.1 Components for luffing lattice jib
Pos. Description Length Qty.

1 Guy rod 6,705 m 2
2 Connector bracket 0,295 m 7
3 Guy rod 6,850 m 2
4 Guy rod 6,560 m 2
5 Swing 3,205 m 1
6 Guy rod 6,385 m 4
9 Guy rod 1,105 m 1
10 Spring retainer a 6 mm 24
11 Pin for guy rods a 54 x 235 mm 14
12 Guy rod 6,175 m 2
14 Guy rod 6,360 m 2
17 Pin a 65 x 101 mm 16
18 Ring retainer 55¥3 mm 16
19 Pin a 65 x 150 mm 4
20 Connector bracket 0. 300 m 2
21 Guy rod 6.700 m 2
22 Guy rod 2.700 m 1
23 Pin for guy rods a 55 x 170 mm 6
24 Set up cart 1
25 Washer a 80 x 2 40
Note: The guy rods (21. 22) and the connector brackets (20) are required if the lattice jib is
to be installed while folded down.
If the telescopic boom is fully telescoped in, the guy rods (21, 22) and connector
brackets (20) are installed, the lattice jib cannot be luffed up.
469
190389
470
188867
471
N > Lattice jib lengths
Combination of N > Lattice jib lengths 21 m to 91 m.
Note: Two 7 m long intermediate sections can be replaced by one 14 m long intermediate section.
For N > lengths of 21 m, 28 m and 35 m, compensation rods must be installed:
N 21 m > Compensation rods, Pos. 2 and 8
Pos. 2 and 9
N > lattice sections

G1 TN/TF > Adapter 2.25 1.86

G8 N > End section 130t 8.00 2.70
G9 N > Installation unit 13.70 11.30
472
190390
473
190391
474
190392
475
188468
476
3. Installation
observed, personnel could fall and suffer life>threatening injuries
to!
2.06.
Prerequisites:
> The keyed button ∫installation∫ is actuated, the indicator light ∫installation∫ lights up.
3.1 Component overview, Installation unit

G1 TN/TF adapter
1 N>pivot section
2 Fold in head
3 NA>bracket I
4 NA>bracket II
5 NA>bracket III
6 N>relapse retainer, mechanical
7 Guy rods $ lattice jib, 2,01 m
10 Connector bracket, 0,42 m
11 Retaining rope
12 Pin a60mm
13 Safety spring 4,5 mm
14 Hollow axle
15 Retaining ring
16 Relapse cylinder
17 Assembly support
18 Double cone pin a90mm
19 Safety spring 6 mm
477
188467
478
3.2 Installation of installation unit
1st possibility
TN/TF adapter ( G1) is already pinned on the telescopic boom head, see chapter 5.03, TF.
Take on the N>installation unit with the auxiliary crane on the tackle points (A>A) on the N> pivot
section (1).
Note: The total weight of installation unit is approx. 11.3 t.
Pin and secure the N>assembly unit on the TN/TF>adapter (G1). Insert the double cone pins (18) from the
outside to the inside and secure with spring retainers (19).
2nd possibility
The TN/TF>adapter ( G1) is first pinned and secured on the N>assembly unit. Insert the double cone pins
(18) from the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainers (19).
Take on the N>installation unit with the auxiliary crane on the tackle points (B>A) on the N> pivot section
(1).
Note: The total weight of installation unit is approx. 13.1 t.
DANGER: The retaining cables (11) must remain in place until the pulley block is installed,
the NA > brackets I and II are erected and the guy rods from the NA >bracket II
are pinned on the brackets on the pivot section and the pivot section is held by
them!
Otherwise the pivot section folds downward.
479
188473
480
3.3 Reeving plan > pulley block
The reeved in "lower" and "upper" pulley blocks are stored in transport position above winch II.
Note: If the pulley blocks are not reeved, then they must be reeved according to the reeving
plan (Fig.1).
Reeving plan > N> pulley

The cable of winch III must be reeved between the upper and lower pulley block, according to fig. 1.
1 "Upper" pulley block

2 "Lower" pulley block
3 Cable fixed point
4 Cable lock
III Winch III
481
194054
482
3.4 Pull the pulley block to the installation unit
Prerequisite:
> The lower and the upper pulley blocks are reeved and are in place above winch II (fig. 2).
Note: The "upper" pulley block (1) is pulled with the aid of the hoist cable (2) to the guy rod
(10) on the NA> bracket II.
The hoist cable (2) is pulled with the auxiliary cable (3) of the installation winch (4) to
the NA> bracket II and back to the pulley block.
Fig. 1: Reeve in the auxiliary cable (3) and get the hoist cable (2)
Guide the auxiliary cable (3) from the installation winch (4) over the pulley (5) on the jib of the NA >
bracket II and the right change over pulleys (6,7) and under pulley (8) to the hoist cable (2) of winch I or
winch II
Note: The auxiliary cable must be guided over the right, change over large pulley (7)
Connect the hoist cable (2) with the auxiliary cable (3).
Spool up the installation winch (4) and at the same time, spool out the hoist cable.
DANGER: Make sure that there are no persons within the danger zone during the
installation procedure.
Fig. 2: Reeve in the hoist cable and get the pulley block
Pull the hoist cable (2) with the auxiliary cable under the change over pulley (8), over the right, large
pulley (7) to the small change over pulley (6) and guide from there to the change over cable pulley (5)
then pull to the rear to the pulley block (1) .
Note: The hoist cable must be guided over the right, large change over pulley (7) because of
the cable deflection.
D A N GE R : The transport retaining pins (18) between winch 3 and the pulley block must
be unpinned before starting the TN > installation.
Affix the hoist cable on the cable lock (9) on the pulley block.
Unpin the pin (17) between the "upper" and "lower" pulley block (X) and insert into "receptacle" (Y).
Pull the pulley block (1) to the front to the NA bracket II by spooling up the winch I and at the same time
spooling out winch I / II (arrow).
Therefore set TN/TAN>mode

> winch III = MS1y and
> winch II = MS2y or
> winch I = MS1y
C A U T I O N : Watch the cable routing! Make sure that no slack cable forms!
DANGER: The NA bracket II is pulled by the cable until the guy rods between the NA>
bracket I and II are stretched out.
Make sure that there are no persons within the danger zone during the
Before pinning the pulley block (1) with the guy rods (10), lower the NA bracket II again on the support
rods (B) by releasing the cable pull of winch 1.
Secure the guy rods (10) on the brackets (12) with pin (13) and secure with spring retainer (14).
Disengage the hoist cable on the cable lock (9) on the pulley block.
483
193779
484
Fig. 3:
Install pulley block on long guy rods (for folded down installation)
Note: To be able to pin the pulley block without restriction on the long guy rods, the guy rod
(A) must be attached with a loop (B) and a pulley (C), as shown in fig. 3.
Remove the retaining cables (11)
Pull up the NA> bracket I + II with winch III.

Pin the guy rods (9) from the NA> bracket I (3) on bracket (Z) on the pivot section (1) > hollow rod (14) >
with pin (21) and secure with spring retainer (19).
Tension the guy rods by spooling up winch III and relieve the retaining cables (11).
Unpin the retaining cable (11) on the pivot section (1).
D A NG E R : The pivot section is pretensioned by the relapse cylinder, for that reason, the
retaining cables must be relieved and may not be unpinned by force!
Otherwise the pivot section folds down.
Lower the pivot section (1) by spooling out winch III until it lays on the ground.
Support the N> pivot section (1) from below.
DANGER: Before unpinning the retaining cables (11) it must be ensured that the N> pivot
section (1) hangs on the guy rods from the NA> bracket I.
The retaining cable must be relieved and may not be unpinned by force!
Otherwise the pivot section folds down.
Make sure that there are no persons under the installation unit during the
pinning and unpinning procedure.
C A U T I O N : Before raising with hanging down, folded down lattice jib, it must be ensured
that the cross brackets (12) between NA> bracket I and II, are unpinned and
remounted.
C A U T I O N : When installing / removing the retaining ropes, the pivot section may not be
pulled up too far, otherwise there is a danger of collision (W) between the cross
pipe of the N>pivot section (1) and the triangular traverse of the fold>in head (2).
485
188470
486
4. Install the lattice jib

Pull the NA>bracket I + II up a little with winch III so that the lattice jib can be pinned on the pivot
section.
Assemble the lattice jib to the required length, pin on the pivot section "on top" with pin (22) and secure
with spring retainer (19).
D A N G E R: All "lower" pins must be inserted from the inside to the outside and secure with
spring retainers.
When removing or installing the lattice sections, they must be supported from
below with suitable, stable materials.
Pin the guy rod (9) from the NA> bracket I (3) on bracket (Z) on the pivot section (1) > hollow rod (14) >
with pin (21) and secure with spring retainer (19).
Pull up the pivot section with winch III and pin the lattice jib on the pivot section "on the bottom" with
pin (23) and secure with spring retainer (19).
D A N G E R: The end section (G8) may not be raised, it must remain on the ground.
If this is not observed, damage can occur.
Make sure that there are no persons under the lattice jib during the pinning and
unpinning procedure.
Install the guy rods from the NA> bracket I (3) to the N> end section (G8)
Assemble the guy rods, from the NA> bracket I to the N> end section, according to the lattice jib length,
pin and secure.
Note: The guy rods are placed and attached on the intermediate sections for transport. The
transport retainers must be released for installation.
The guy rods must be installed and secured according to the installation drawings in
this chapter. Compare the numbers on the installation drawing with the numbers on
the guy rod.
D A N G E R: All pins (24) of the guy rods must be inserted on the left, as viewed from the cab.
If this is not observed, the hoist cable (H) will scrape on the pins or the retainers.
The guy rods must be checked regularly, see chapter ∫ Inspection and
maintenance of the guy rods∫.
Unpin the guy rod (9) on bracket (Z) on the pivot section (1) > hollow rod (14) >.
D A N G E R: Before unpinning the guy rod (9), the lattice jib must be pinned and secured ∫on
the bottom∫ with pin (23).
Otherwise there is a danger of accidents, as the lattice jib will suddenly fold
down.
Pin and secure the guy rods from the end section on the connector bracket (10) with pin (24).
Actuate the winch III and tension the guy rods between the NA> bracket I (3) and the end section.
Install the set up cart on the N> end section.
Note: The tire pressure for the set up cart = 7 bar.
487
188474
488
4.1 Flying lattice jib installation
Laying version, telescopic boom fully luffed down.

If space is severely limited at the job site for the installation of the lattice jib, or is restricted due to
nearby buildings, etc. then it is possible to install the lattice jib up to a max.35 m length in flying mode.
Prerequisite:
> The guy rod (9) from the NA> bracket I (3) is pinned on bracket (Z) on the pivot section (1) > hollow rod
(14) > with pin (21) and is secured with spring retainer (19).
Installation
For a flying installation, the lattice sections can be pinned and secured piece by piece or the completely
assembled lattice jib can be pinned and secured on the pivot section (1).
Insert pin (22) ∫on top∫ and pin (23) "on the bottom" and secure.
D A N G E R: The maximum permissible lattice jib length for flying installation is 35 m.

If this is not observed, there is the danger of accidents!
All "lower" pins on the lattice sections must be inserted from the inside to the
outside and must be secured with spring retainers.
Weight of lattice sections :

G8 N > End section 130t 8.00 2.70
Pin and secure the guy rods from the end section to the connector bracket (10) with pin (24) and secure.
Attach the auxiliary crane (A) to the end section and raise it a little.
D A N G E R: The lattice jib must be held with an auxiliary crane (A) before unpinning the guy
rod (9) on bracket (Z).
Unpin the guy rod (9) on bracket (Z) on the pivot section (1) > hollow rod (14) >.
D A N G E R: Before unpinning the guy rod (9), the lattice jib must be pinned and secured ∫on
the bottom∫ with pin (23).
Otherwise there is a danger of accidents, as the lattice jib will suddenly fold
down.
Actuate the winch III and tension the guy rods between the NA> bracket I (3) and the end section.
C A U T I O N : Do not remove the auxiliary crane until the lattice jib is held by the guy rods.
489
188475
490
4.2 Installation of the NA > bracket III
Prerequisite:
> The NA> bracket III is pinned on the NA>II.
> The installation pulley is installed on the NA> bracket III.
Installation
C A U T I O N : Before the NA>frame III is unpinned from the NA>frame II it must be ensured
that the rope of the manual winch is tensioned.
Unpin the NA> bracket III from the NA> bracket II.
Erect the NA> bracket II.
Lower the NA> bracket III with the hand winch until it lays on the receptacle on the fold in head.
DANGER: During operation with NA>frame III, the assembly block may not be pinned on
the NA>frame III.
Unpin the installation pulley on the NA> bracket III and pin on the NA> bracket II.
Plug in the electrical cable for the right and left switch on connector box >X 18 in the pivot section.
Check the switch to ensure that the NA> bracket III is in the correct relative position to the NA>
bracket!II.
Note: When the NA> bracket III is in position, i.e. the switches are actuated, then the limit
switches "lattice jib bottom" are bypassed.
Removal
Unplug the electrical cable for the right and left switch on the connector box >X 18 in the pivot section.
Unpin the installation pulley on the NA> bracket II and pin again on the NA>bracket III.
Pull the NA> bracket III with the hand winch to the NA> bracket II and pin.
DANGER: The NA> bracket III must be lowered and raised via the hand winch, to ensure
that the NA> bracket III cannot fall down inadvertently.
491
188476
492
4.3 Installation of the hoist cables

Guide the auxiliary cable (3) of the installation winch (4) over the cable pulley on the telescopic boom
head and the auxiliary change over pulleys (1, 5) in the TN/TF> adapter to the cable pulley (2) in the end
section.
From there, pull it over the change over pulleys on the NA >bracket II (6) to the hoist cable (7) of the hoist
winch.
Connect the auxiliary cable (3) with the hoist cable (7).
Spool up the auxiliary cable (3) and at the same time, spool out the hoist cable (7).
Note: Pull out the hoist cable approx 5 > 10 m, depending on the required reeving, past the
pulley head of the lattice jib to be able to reeve the hook block later.
Attach the hoist cable on the pulley head of the lattice jib.
C A U T I O N : Watch the cable routing. Make sure no slack cable forms!

When pulling in the hoist cable, make sure that there is nobody in the danger
zone. There is a danger of life and death should the cable break!
When reeving the hoist cable it must be ensured that the cable runs inside of the
frame formed by the added guying.
If this is not observed, the hoist cable will scrape on the added guying after
erection.
DANGER: If the hoist cable is not attached on the boom head, there is the danger that the
cable falls onto the crane vehicle, due to its own weight when the jib is erected.
493
191272
494
4.4 Electrical connections
Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X18) in the N > pivot section (1) to the
connector box (>X17) on the telescopic boom head. Plug in the cable plug (W510) into the socket (>X510)
on the connector box (>X17).
Establish the electrical connection from the cable drum in the end section (G8) to the connector box (>
X18) in the N> pivot section (1). Plug in the cable plug (>X512) on the connector box (>X18).
Install the airplane warning light and the wind velocity sensor on the end section (G8).
Insert the cable plug for the airplane warning light (2) and the wind velocity sensor (3) on the connector
box (>X19).
Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X19) to the cable drum (>N5) in the end
section (G8).
Note: Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X19) to the cable drum only
when the cable is spooled out from the cable drum to the connector box (>X18).
C A U T I O N : The hoist limit switch on the telescopic boom head must always be connected to
the LICCON System Bus.
> Remove the hoist limit switch weight for the telescopic boom head.
> Pull the hoist limit switch cable (20) and attach with shackle (21) on the cable
fixed point (22) .
connector box (>X18)

>S27 W560D mechanical relapse retainer, initiator, flap left in position
>S27A W560E mechanical relapse retainer, initiator, flap right in position
>S29 W560F mechanical relapse retainer, initiator in flap left
>S29A W560G mechanical relapse retainer, initiator in flap right
>S26 W560H hydraulic relapse retainer, initiator, block left
>S26A W560I hydraulic relapse retainer, initiator, block right
>S28 W562 NA> bracket III, left
>S28A W562A NA> bracket III, right
>S34 W563 Luffing jib, bottom, left
>S34A W563A Luffing jib, bottom, right
>B72 A W612 Pull test bracket A
>B72 B W612 Pull test bracket B
>B55 W613 Angle sensor 180∞
>B22 W614 Pressure sensor > relapse cylinder
495
191272
496
4.5 Function check

Prerequisites:
> All electrical connections are established.
> TN > mode is set
Wind velocity sensor

Check the wind velocity sensor for easy movement and function.
C A U T I O N : In TN operation, the removable wind velocity sensor must always be installed

and connected (functioning), otherwise the ∫LICCON∫ system reports a
problem. The function must be checked every time the sensor is installed again.
Airplane warning light

Limit switch
C A U T I O N : The limit switch functions must be checked individually before operating the
crane.
The manual checking procedure is described below.
The function of the individual limit switch initiators must be determined in the
test system > See chapter 7.10 Diagnostics, paragraph 3.
Hoist limit switch

Manually actuate the hoist limit switch, the symbol ∫Hoist top∫ must appear on the LICCON monitor.
The hoist winch must turn off in upward movement.
Note: When replacing or changing the hoist limit switch (HES), the HES must have the
correct bus address and the correct software version, to be recognized again by the Bus
System (LSB).
HES1 Tele head Bus address 28

HES2 Lattice jib Bus address 27
HES3 Boom nose Bus address 27
Limit switch > lattice jib, ∫steepest ∫ position, relapse cylinder

The N> control winch movement ∫spool up∫ must turn off.
The symbol on the LICCON monitor must appear.
Note: The shift point of the limit switch on the relapse cylinder must be checked before
erection, see chapter 8.12, Check the safety controls on the relapse cylinders.
Limit switch > lattice jib, ∫flattest ∫ position, relapse cylinder

Cover the limit switch initiators, ∫flattest∫ position, with NA>bracket III not installed, individually with
a metal plate.
The N> control winch movement ∫spool out∫ must turn off.
Limit switch flap in position and lattice jib, ∫steepest ∫ position, mechanical relapse support
Cover the limit switch initiators individually with a metal plate.
The N> control winch movement ∫spool up∫ must turn off.
497
498
5. Erection / take down procedure
The boom combinations must be erected or taken down according to the erection and take down chart.
D A N G E R: The erection and take down procedure must be made according to the data in
the erection and take down chart.
If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded and can topple over!
Prerequisites:
> The counterweight is installed on the slewing platform, according to the load charts and raising charts.
> The hoist cable has been correctly placed into the cable pulleys and secured with cable retaining pins to
> In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum, airplane

*pins, spring retainers, ice, etc.) can cause accidents!
Before erection, the pendulum of the mechanical relapse cylinder must be
checked for easy movement over the complete swing range of the pendulum. If
this is not observed, the mechanical relapse support does not engage in steep
lattice jib position.
There is a danger of accidents, as the lattice jib may tip backward!
499
500
5.1 Erection and take down chart > TN
5.1.1 Erection possibilities for TN > operation with different counterweights
Telescopic boom T 50 m
TN> erect flying (stretch position)
T>16,1 (0/0/0)
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
T16.1 (0/0/0) N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N84 N21 to N77 N21 to N70 N21 to N63 N21 to N49 N21 to N42
TN>erect flying (stretch position)
T>16,1 (0/0/0/0/0/0)
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
T16.1 N21 to N84 N21 to N84 N21 to N77 N21 to N77 N21 to N70 N21 to N63 N21 to N49 N21 to N35
(0/0/0/0/0/0)
Note: For description of erection procedure in stretch position (flying), see paragraph 5.2.3
The erection and take down procedure must be made according to the data in
the erection and take down chart.
501
Erection possibilities for TN > operation with different counterweights
Erect with NA bracket III, TN> operation;
T>16.1 (0/0/0) erect to 83∞,
telescope out (lattice jib rolls or hangs), pin,
Pull up lattice jib
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
(0>46/46/0)
(0>92/0>46/46)
(0>92/0>92/92)
Note: For description of erection procedure in folded down position, see paragraph 5.2.2
Erect without NA bracket III, TN> operation;
T>16.1 (0/0/0) erect until intermediate angle 97∞ (jib rolls) is reached,
Pull lattice jib steeply,
luff up tele to 83∞, then telescope out
!
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
T16,1 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N77 N21 to N63 N21 to N49
(0/0/0)
T26,5 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 > > >
(46/46/0)
502
Erect with NA bracket III, TN> operation;
T>16.1 (0/0/0/0/0/0) erect to 83∞,
Pull up lattice jib
Counterweight 165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
(0/0/0/0/0/0)
(0>46/46/0/0/0/0)
(0>92/0>
46/46/0/0/0)
(0>92/0>
92/92/0/0/0)
(0>92/0>92/0>
92/0>46/46/0)
(0>92/0>92/0>
92/0>92/0>46/46)
(0>92/0>92/0>
92/0>92/0>92/92)
Erect without NA bracket III, TN> operation;
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
(0/0/0/0/0/0)
T26.5 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 > > >
(46/46/0/0/0/0)
503
189287
504
Prerequisite:
> Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the data given in the load charts and the
equipment configuration (see chapter 4.02, 4.03).
> Actuate the installation keyed button (424), the indicator light (425) ∫installation∫ lights up.
Adjust in the EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION VIEW of the LICCON (see chapter 4.02)
Enter the 4>digit code number according to the corresponding load chart and confirm with the ENTER
key.
Enter the current reeving.
Check the current equipment configuration of the crane with the entered data to ensure they match.
Press the function key >F8> ∫o.k.∫.the OPERATING VIEW appears.
DANGER: Check and compare the LICCON settings with the actual equipment
configuration.
If this is not observed, the crane be overloaded or can topple over!

The following alarm functions are activated (blink) during the erection procedure, until the operating
> ∫STOP∫
> ∫HORN∫ + Acoustical signal
Note: The lowest operating position is reached when the indicators turn off and a load value
(in tons > t >) appears in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ instead of the question marks (???).
Turn off the installation keyed button by pressing the button.

DANGER: After the lowest operating position is reached, the installation keyed button
505
188479
506
5.2.1 Erection procedure in folded down position > WITHOUT NA bracket III
Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the data given in the load charts.
Attach the hoist cable on the end section.
C A U T I O N : If the hoist cable is not attached, there is the danger that the cable falls to the
rear during erection, due to its own weight.
Do not turn during the erection.
Erection
Switch (382) must be set to telescopic boom luffing. Actuate switch (382) on back side.
Actuate the manual control lever MS1x and luff up the telescopic boom.
At the same time, spool out winch III (=hoisting gear 2) to hold the lattice jib with the end section on the
ground.
Note: Switch (385) must be set to winch III (=hoisting gear 2), Actuate switch on back side.
DANGER: The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its complete weight.
Lower the lattice jib control in such a way, that the guy rods always hang
through slightly.
Make sure that no slack cable forms on the control winch!
If this is not observed, the crane can be overloaded or topple over!
Carry out this procedure until the telescopic boom and the lattice jib form an angle of approx. 97∞ (Fig. 2).
Remove the set up cart at the N> end section.
Loosen the hoist cable at the end section and reeve in between the pulley head on the end section and the
hook block and secure on the fixed point > see reeving plans.
Attach the hoist limit switch weight on the cable, which leads to the fixed point.
Luff up the lattice jib to an angle of 10 ∞, between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib (Fig. 3).
Then luff up the telescopic boom into the steepest telescopic boom position 83∞ (Fig. 4).
C A U T I O N: When erecting, spool out the hoist winch at the same time to prevent a collision
between the hook block and the end section of the lattice jib.
Luff up the lattice jib to operating position.
Note: The operating position is reached is reached when the blinking indicators turn off and a
load value (in tons > t >) appears in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ instead of the question
marks (???).
Telescope the telescopic boom out.
507
188480
508
5.2.2 Erection procedure in folded down position > WITH NA bracket III
Attach the hoist cable on the end section.
C A U T I O N : If the hoist cable is not attached, there is the danger that the cable falls to the
rear during erection, due to its own weight.
Do not turn during the erection.
Erection
At the same time, spool out W III (=hoisting gear 2) to hold the jib with the end section on the ground.
through slightly.
Carry out this procedure until the steepest telescopic boom position 83∞ is reached > Fig. 2
Telescope the telescopic boom out, the lattice jib rolls or hangs > Fig. 3.
A > Lattice jib hangs vertical > the telescopic boom is longer than the lattice jib
B > N> head is on the ground > the lattice jib is longer than the telescopic boom
C A U T I O N: Before raising with hanging down, folded down lattice jib, it must be ensured
that the cross brackets (12) between NA> bracket I and II, are unpinned and
remounted.
D A N G E R: The data given in the erection charts must be strictly observed!

Telescope the telescopic boom out until the lattice jib lifts off (A) or luff up the lattice jib (B).
Remove the set up cart at the N> end section.
Loosen the hoist cable at the end section and reeve in between the pulley head on the end section and the
hook block and secure on the fixed point > see reeving plans.
Luff up the lattice jib to operating position > Fig. 4.
marks (???).
509
188481
510
5.2.3 Erection procedure in stretched position

Raising and lowering charts must be observed.
DANGER: The data given in the erection charts must be strictly observed!
Erection
At the same time, spool out winch III (=hoisting gear 2) until an angle of 10 ∞ is reached between the
lattice jib and the telescopic boom, > Fig. 2.
Luff up the telescopic boom and at the same time, lower the lattice jib until an angle of 97∞ is reached
between the lattice jib and the telescopic boom > Fig. 3.
Actuate the manual control lever and luff up the telescopic boom until the end section lifts of the ground.
Reeve in the hoist cable between pulley head and hook block and secure on the fixed point.
Luff up the lattice jib until an angle of 10∞ is reached between lattice jib and telescopic boom> Fig. 4.
Luff up the telescopic boom with installed lattice jib to operating position.
marks (????).
DANGER: After the lowest operating position is reached, the installation keyed button
Continue to luff up the telescopic boom with installed lattice jib to steepest position of 83∞.
511
188970
512
6. Crane operation > TN
C A U T I O N : Observe all notes in chapter 4.05 ∫ CRANE OPERATION ∫ and chapter 4.08
∫WORKING WITH A LOAD ∫ !
Prerequisites:
> Turn the installation keyed button off by pressing the button.
Check the function of the overload safety system by triggering the operating positions ∫on the top∫ and
∫on the bottom∫.
Note: To be able to utilize the complete luffing range at T>78.6 (92/92/92/92/92/92), the guy rod
extension (12 m) must be installed.
If the guy rod extension (12 m) at T>78.6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) is not installed, then the
rope for the control of the luffing lattice jib may be too short.
6.1 TN>operation with installed TA> bracket

If the TA > bracket is installed in TN> operation, then it must be laying on the telescopic boom. The guy
rods are in their intended receptacles.
The hoist cable must be routed over the TA> bracket.
D A N G E R: TN> operation with raised TA > bracket without utilization of the telescopic
guying is prohibited (Fig.).
The great weight of the telescopic guying would reduce the measured force in
the luffing cylinder and therefore show a lower load.
As a result, the crane can be overloaded.
513
190397
514
6.2 Telescoping procedure
Telescope in or out to the telescopic boom length given on the load chart.
D A N G E R: Telescoping in and out with installed lattice jib is only permitted with the
telescopic boom in steepest position of 83∞.
The lattice jib must be at an angle to the horizontal, for which the LICCON
control gives the telescoping release > see charts below
Telescoping out and in with suspended load is prohibited!
N> angle window to telescope the telescopic boom TN / TAN out
N > Lengths N>21 N>28 N>35 N>42 N>49 N>56 N>63 N>70 N>77 N>84 N>91
N> angle window 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 30∞> 50∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞>
for telescoping T>84 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
m
N> angle window 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 30∞> 30∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞ >
for telescoping T>50 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
m
N> angle window for total T> length e 92 %
N>angle window for 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 30∞> 40∞> 40∞> 40∞> 40∞> 40∞> 40∞> 40∞>
telescoping T>84 m 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
telescoping T>50 m 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
515
188525
516
7.1 Take down in folded down position > WITHOUT > NA> bracket III
Set the telescopic boom to 83∞ and telescope it in all the way > Fig. 1.
control gives the telescoping release.
If the telescopic boom is in 68∞ operating position, then it must first be luffed up
to 83∞, steepest position.
The data given in the erection and take down charts must be strictly observed!
Take down procedure

Actuate the manual control lever MS1x and luff down the lattice jib to the lowest operating position.
appear.
> ∫STOP∫
Actuate the installation keyed button (424), the indicator light (425) ∫installation∫ lights up. The
installation symbol on the LICCON indicator blinks.

Continue to luff down the lattice jib until an angle of approx. 97∞ is reached between the telescopic boom
and the lattice jib > Fig. 1.
Actuate the manual control lever MS1x and luff down the telescopic boom until the hook block touches
the ground.
danger zone.
Install the set up cart on the N> end section > Fig. 2.
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom, the lattice jib rolls on the ground.
Actuate the lattice jib control winch III = hoistinggear 2) to prevent slack cable from forming on winch
III. Switch (385) must be set to winch III. Actuate switch (385) on back side.
through slightly.
517
188526
518
7.2 Take down in folded down position > WITH > NA> bracket III
Prerequisites:
The NA > bracket III must be installed and in operating porisiotn.
The additionally required guy rods between the NA> bracket II and the pulley block must be installed.
Take down procedure

Set the telescopic boom to 83∞ and telescope it in all the way > Fig. 1.
Take down procedure

Switch (382) must be set to jib luffing. Actuate switch (382) on front side.
Actuate the manual control lever and luff down the lattice jib to the lowest operating position.
appear.
> ∫STOP∫
Actuate the installation keyed button (424), the indicator light (425) ∫installation∫ lights up. The
installation symbol on the LICCON indicator blinks.

Continue to luff down the lattice jib until the hook block touches the ground.
danger zone.
Install the set up cart on the N> end section > Fig. 2.
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom, the lattice jib rolls on the ground.
Actuate the lattice jib control (winch III=hoisting gear) to prevent slack cable from forming on winch III.
Switch (385) must be set to winch III. Actuate switch (385) on back side.
through slightly.
519
188527
520
7.3 Take down in stretched position

Telescope the telescopic boom all the way in to the telescopic boom length given on the erection / take
down chart.
Take down procedure

Luff the lattice jib to an angle of approx. 10∞>40∞ to the telescopic boom > Fig. 2.
Switch (382) must be set to telescopic boom luffing Actuate switch (382) on back side.
Actuate the manual control lever MS1x and luff down the telescopic boom with stretched lattice jib to the
lowest operating position.
The load indication turns off in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ and question marks (????)
appear.
> ∫STOP∫
When luffing down, the angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib is
reduced. To retain the given angle, the lattice jib control winch must be spooled
out accordingly.
Actuate the installation keyed button, the indicator light ∫installation∫ lights up. The installation

Continue to luff down the lattice jib until the hook block touches the ground.
danger zone.
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the end section of the lattice jib lays on the ground.
521
188528
522
8. Removal
to!
2.06.
Lower the NA> bracket I and II to the front until the guy rods from the end section lay on the lattice jib.
Note: The guy rods are placed for transport on the intermediate sections and are secured with
transport retainers.
Unpin the guy rods from the end section on the connector bracket (10). Remove the spring retainer (19)
and pin (24).
Pin the guy rod (9) from NA> bracket I (3) on bracket (Z) on the pivot section (1) > hollow rod (14) > with
pin (21) and secure with spring retainer (22).
Pull up the NA> bracket I and II again until the guy rods (7, 8, 9) are stretched between the NA> bracket I
and the pivot section (G1) (Fig.1).
DANGER: The end section (G8) may not be raised, it must remain on the ground.
If this is not observed, it can be severely damaged.
Unpin the pivot section (1) ∫on the bottom∫. Release the pin (23) and unpin.
DANGER: Before unpinning, it must be ensured that the pivot section (1) is pinned on the
hollow rod (14) with pin (21) and that it is held by guy rods (7, 8, 9 ).
Nobody may remain under the lattice jib during the pinning and unpinning
procedure of the lattice sections.
There is a danger of accidents, as the lattice jib may fold down.
Lower the pivot section (1) until it touches the ground.

Unpin the pivot section (1) ∫on top∫. Release the pin and unpin.
Remove the lattice sections and guy rods and secure the guy rods on the lattice sections.
523
188969
524
Install the retaining cables (11)
Pull up the NA> bracket I and II until the guy rods (7, 8, 9) are stretched between the NA> bracket I and
the pivot section.
Continue to pull the NA> bracket I and II with winch III against the relapse cylinder, until the retaining
cables (11) can be installed.
C A U T I O N : When pulling up, it must be ensured that nothing is damaged on the fold in head
> check visually!
Pin the retaining cables (11) on the pivot section (1) and fold in head and secure.
DANGER: The retaining cables (11) must be pinned on the pivot section and the fold in
head.
Otherwise there is a danger of accidents as the fold in head with the NA >
bracket I I+II can fold away when unpinning on the adapter.
Nobody may remain under the installation unit during the pinning and
525
188529
526
8.1 Remove the pulley block
Note: Pull the hoist cable (2) from winch I or IIwith the auxiliary cable (3) of the installation
winch (4) to the pulley block.
The "upper" pulley block (1) is routed with the aid of the hoist cables (2) until it rests on
winch II.
Fig. 1, Reeve in the auxiliary cable (3) and get the hoist cable (2)
Guide the auxiliary cable (3) from the installation winch (4) over the pulley (5) on the jib of the NA >
bracket II and the auxiliary change over pulleys (6,7,8) to the hoist cable (2) of winch I or II.
Connect the hoist cable (2) with the auxiliary cable (3).
Spool up the installation winch (4) and at the same time, spool out the hoist cable.
Fig. 2, Reeve in the hoist cable and connect with the pulley block
Pull the hoist cable (2) with the auxiliary cable under the auxiliary change over pulley (8) between the
change over pulley (7,6) and from below over the pulley (5) back to the pulley block (1).
Affix the hoist cable on the cable lock (9) on the pulley block.
Unpin the "upper" pulley block on the guy rod.
Affix the hoist cable from winch I on the pulley block.

Pull the pulley block (1) by spooling up winch III (MS1x) and spooling out winch I (MS1Y) at the same
time to the receptacle on the "lower pulley block".
Switch (382), N> luffing, must be pressed "on the front".
Before entering into the receptacle of the "lower" pulley block, turn off the spooling up function of winch
III. To be able to continue, proceed as follows:
> Turn the TN > operating mode off.
> turn on a T> operating mode (according to the installed counterweight).
> Unplug the electrical connection to the lattice jib.
time into the "lower pulley block".
Affix the hoist cable from winch II on the pulley block.

time to the receptacle on the "lower pulley block".
Switch (385),winch 2, must be pressed "on the rear".
Note: For prerequisites for continued entry into the receptacle of the "lower" pulley block > see
above.
After the shut off, the manual control lever MS2y for both winches II and III is needed, for that reason,
switch the switch (385) alternately:
> Press the switch on the rear = spool up winch III
> Press the switch on the front = spool out winch II
Pull the pulley block (1) by spooling up winch III and spooling out winch II into the "lower pulley block".
DANGER: The NA bracket II can be pulled up if the cable pull from winch III is too large.
This can be prevented by spooling out winch I.
Make sure that there are no persons within the danger zone during the
C A U T I O N : Watch the cable routing! Make sure that no slack cable forms!
Bring the pulley block to transport position and secure.

Loosen the hoist cable on the cable lock (Z) on the pulley block and spool back to the telescopic boom head.
527
188467
528
8.2 Removal of installation unit

Attach the NA> bracket II to the auxiliary crane, pull it up a little and set the guy rod into the glide rail.
Lower the NA> bracket II with the auxiliary crane onto the NA> bracket I.
C A U T I O N : Set the vertically hanging support rod into the glide rail so that it can glide up
sideways into the receptacle.
Then the NA > bracket II may be lowered.
Take on the installation unit with the auxiliary crane on the tackle points on the pivot section (1).
Note: The total weight of the installation unit is approx. 11,3 t.

The total weight of the installation unit is approx. 13.1 t with the TN/TF> adapter.
DANGER: Unpin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
Unpin the installation unit on the TN/TF> adapter or the telescopic boom head.
529
5.05 TELESCOPIC BOOM > GUYED > TY3 026817>02
102450
530
1. Component overview TY3> guying
Pos. Description Weight Length Qty.
1 TY3>guying. with: 13,3 t 10900 mm 1

> TY>brackets
> Erection cylinder
> Control cylinder
> TY> winches including guy ropes
> Guy rods
2 TY>brackets
3 Control cylinder TY>bracket
4 Erection cylinder TY>bracket 2
5 TY> guy winch 2
6 Guy rope 2
7 Bracket guy rope 2
8 Guy rod 36 kg 2000 mm 2
10 Guy rod 48 kg 2900 mm 4
12 Cross bracket 2
CAUTION: If the guy rods were removed, then they must be reinstalled in the correct
arrangement. If this is not observed, the rods will not place into the rod
receptacles on the telescopic boom when placing the TY>bracket down.
If they need to be changed, the guy rods may only be replaced in pairs
(length tolerances).
DANGER: All pins must be secured with cotter pin, retaining pin or folding pin.
531
102451
532
2. Guy point
2.1 50 m Telescopic boom

For the telescopic boom lengths, as valid according to the load charts, in operating mode T3Y (50m
telescopic boom), the guy point is located on the pulley head of the telescopic boom.

For the telescopic boom lengths, as valid according to the load charts, in operating mode T6Y (84m
telescopic boom), the guy point is located on the pulley head of the telescopic boom .
* Optional
533
196899
534
3. Control elements TY3>guying
Note: The operating view "Tele guying" consists of 2 pages. Use the function key (F8) to
change between the 2 pages. Some symbols are shown on both pages, other symbols
only on one page. To obtain the required symbol, it might be necessary to change the
page with the function key (F8) .
1 Symbol > Hook path display
2 Symbol > Tension cylinder A

2.2 Value Guy pressure(pa)
2.3 Value Relief pressure (pe)
3 Symbol > Telescopic boom, guyed

static Given guy pressure(p = pa) is reached, release for TY3>load chart.
blinking TY>angle outside permissible angle window. System will not change to
the guyed chart.
4 Symbol > Tension cylinderB

4.1 Value Actual pressure(p)
4.2 Value Guy pressure(pa)
4.3 Value Relief pressure (pe)
5 Symbol > Pretension angle > main boom

5.1 Value Degree number in [∞] of main boom to the horizontal, where it can be
guyed.
5.1.1 Value (blinking) Luff telescopic boom up or down to the given degree number .
5.1.2 Value (static) with Pretension angle reached, guy release
"!" (blinking)
5.1.3 Value (static) Telescopic boom, guyed
6 Symbol > TY> bracket angle

6.1 Value Nominal angle, given angle for TY>brackets for guying, telescoping,
take down and erection
6.1.1 Value (blinking) The actual angles do not correspond to the respective nominal angle.
6.1.2 Value (static) with Guy release
"!" (blinking)
6.1.3 Value (static) Telescopic boom is guyed, the actual angles correspond to the nominal
angle.
6.2 Value Actual angle left, actual angle in [∞] for TY>bracket A
Value (blinking) Actual angle left (TY>bracket A) is outside the angle tolerance
6.3 Value Actual angle right, actual angle in [∞] for TY>bracket B
Value (blinking) Actual angle right (TY>bracket B) is outside the angle tolerance
535
196899
536
7 Symbol > Latch is not open

The symbol " Latch is not open" (7) blinks as long as the function key
"Close latch " (F2) is actuated and as long as the latch is still open .
As soon as the latch is no longer open, the symbol " Latch is not open"
(7) is shown statically.
8 Symbol > Latch open

The symbol "Latch open (8)" blinks as long as the function key
"Release / open latch " (F3 ) is actuated and the latch is not yet open.
As soon as the latch is open, the spool up function of the corresponding
winch is stopped and the symbol "Latch open (8)" is shown statically.
9 Symbol > The symbol ∫Tension cylinder on block∫(9) blinks as long as the
function key "Guy" (F4) is actuated and as long as the automatic
guying procedure is running.
As soon as one of the two limit switches reports a fully extended
tension cylinder, the symbol ∫Tension cylinder on block∫(9) remains
static and the automatic guying procedure is aborted.
10 Symbol > TY>brackets are fully erected, operating position

The display ∫TY>bracket in operating position∫(10) blinks as long as
the function key ∫Erect TY>bracket ∫(F5) is actuated and the TY>
brackets are not yet fully erected.
As soon as the TY>brackets are fully erected, the symbol (10) remains
on statically.
11 Symbol > Winch selection

Arrow above the letters (A/B) means the winch is selected.
12 Symbol > Slow gear turned on to spool the winch up or out for assembly /
disassembly of guy ropes
13 Symbol > Place TY>bracket down

Blinks as long as the function key "Place TY>bracket down" (F6) is
pressed and the release for luffing the TY>bracket down is given.
14 Function key F1 > Zeroing of hook path display
15 Function key F2 > Close latch , if the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer
period of time,the latches must be closed. This prevents that the
winches spool out via the leak oil.
537
196899
538
16 Function key F3 > Release TY3> guying / open latch

If the function key is actuated when the latch is open (Symbol 8), then
pressure is given to retract the tension cylinder.
17 Function key F4 > Spool up winch

(only selected winches are moved)
18 Function key F5 > Spool out winch

(only selected winches are moved)
19 Function key F6 > Winch preselection, winch activated or deactivated

The winches are activated or deactivated via the key "Winch
preselection (19)". An activated winch is shown in the winch symbol
(11) with an arrow above the letter "A" or "B" .
Through toggle movement, "winch A" can be set individually, "winch
B" individually, "winch A" and "B" together and "winch A" and "B"
locked.
20 Function key F7 > Slow gear for winch movement for assembly or disassembly
21 Function key F8 > Mode

Change over from page 1 to 2 or 2 to 1 in monitor
22 Function key F4 > Tension TY3> guying / close latch

Turn on automatic guy procedure.
The automatic guy procedure can be stopped again by pressing one of
the buttons F1>F8 of the TY>monitor again.
In addition, the procedure can be stopped by not actuating the seat
limit switch .
23 Function key F5 > Erect TY>bracket
24 Function key F6 > Take down TY>bracket
30 Symbol > Pretension angle Luffing jib

Note: Appears only in TY3N>operation, instead of Pos. 5
30.1 Value Degree number in [∞] of main boom to the horizontal, where it can be
guyed.
30.2 Value Degree number in [∞] of luffing jib to the horizontal, where it can be
guyed.
30.2.1 Value (blinking) Angle of luffing jib is outside of tolerance
30.2.2 Value (static) with Pretension angle reached, guy release
"!" (blinking)
539
192552
540
3.2 Instrument panel , right
417 Switch > TY3>guying: Fold TY>brackets out /in

Position II (right) Fold TY>brackets out
Position 0 (center) OFF
Position I (left) Fold TY>brackets in
CAUTION: The button (417)may not be actuated if the TY>

bracket is placed on the telescopic boom.
Otherwise damage can result to the TY>
brackets, the guy rods or the rod receptacles.
The button (417) may only be actuated if the TY>
brackets are fully erected and not guyed
(latches open) .
418 Button > TY3>guying: Lock TY>bracket left (A)
419 Button > TY3>guying: Lock TY>bracket right (B)
541
105837
542
4. Assembly TY3>guying
4.1 Components for the assembly
Pos. Description
20 Assembly rod
21 Pin
22 Spring retainer
23 Pin
24 Spring retainer
25 Turn buckle
26 Pin
27 Spring retainer
28 Assembly chain
29 Turn buckle
30 Pin
31 Spring retainer
32 Pin
33 Spring retainer
34 Transport bracket
35 Chain
36 Pin
37 Spring retainer
38 Pin
39 Washer
40 Spring retainer
41 Pin
42 Washer with rope and folding pin
43 Pin
44 Spring retainer
45 Centering piece
46 Spring retainer
543
105837
544
4.2 Assembly procedure
4.2.1 Hang the TY>brackets onto the auxiliary crane
Prerequisistes > crane:

> The telescopic boom is luffed down to the horizontal.
> The hook block is unreeved, the hoist cable is spooled back to winch 1.
DANGER: Danger of falling!

For assembly and disassembly, the assembly personnel must be secured with
suitable aids to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, the assembly
personnel can fall down and be fatally injured.
> Normally all assembly work from a height of 2 m on must be carried out with
suitable aids (lifting platforms, scaffolding, ladders, auxiliary crane,etc. )!
The height in which assembly / disassembly work must be carried out with
aids depends on the national regulations. The national regulations must be
strictly adhered to!
> If work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the
assembly personnel must be secured with personal protective devices (for
example safety belts) to prevent them from falling!
Note: Total weight of TY3>guying is approx. 13,3 t.
To be able to install the TY>brackets properly, 4 eyehooks are installed as tackle points on the TY>
brackets. If the TY>brackets are hung on these tackle points, then the TY>brackets are slightly top
heavy, which simplifies assembly.
CAUTION: The spacer rod (20) between the TY>brackets must be installed for assembly of
the TY>brackets on the telescopic boom .
> Hang the TY>brackets on the tackle points with the auxiliary crane and lift carefully.
The chains on the erection cylinders of the TY>brackets tighten up, the erection cylinders are now in
the correct installation position.
545
105837
546
4.2.2 Install the TY>brackets onto the telescopic boom
> Carefully lower the TY>bracket onto the telescopic boom so that it can be pinned on both sides in point
(A) .
> Pin the TY>bracket in point (A) with pin (23) from the outside on both sides and secure with spring
retainer (24) .
> Lower the TY>bracket with the auxiliary crane completely, the erection cylinders of the TY>bracket
glide on the polyamide rails to the pin pÂoint (B) on the telescopic boom.
CAUTION: The centering pins (45) on the TY>brackets must be entered into the
receptacles on the telescopic boom.
When placing the TY>bracket down, check for correct rod placement > check
visually!
> Pin both erection cylinders with pin (43) in point (B) and secure with spring retainer (44) .
> Disengage both assembly chains (28) on the erection cylinder and pin the turn buckle (25) on both
sides in operating position (26) and (27) and secure.
> Disengage both turn buckles (29) on the transport bracket of the rod retainer.
Release pin (30) and (31) and unpin.
Pin both turn buckles (29) again on the TY>bracket with pin (30) and secure with spring retainer (31) .
> Release pin (32) on the transport brackets (34) on both sides (33) and unpin. Pin the transport brackets
over the lower guy rods (32) and secure (33).
CAUTION: If the transport brackets (34)are not pinned over the lower guy rods when
placing the TY>brackets down, then the hydraulic pipes on the luffing
cylinders can be damaged by the hanging transport brackets .
> Pin the guy rods with the cross brackets on both sides from the inside (38), secure with washer (39) and
spring retainer (40) .
C A U T I O N: The guy rods must be pinned on both sides with cross brackets before the
chain (35) may be removed!
> Release the chain (35) on the guy rods on both sides (37) and unpin (36).
> Release pin (21) on the spacer tube (20) (22) and unpin . Swing the spacer tube (20) in operating
position, pin (21) and secure (22).
547
105837
548
Install the TY>brackets onto the telescopic boom , continuation
> Establish the hydraulic connections from the crane hydraulic to the TY brackets with quick couplings.
Note: Hydraulic connections which belong together are marked.
DANGER: When connecting hydraulic lines with quick couplings, it must be ensured
that the coupling procedure is carried out correctly.
> Prerequisites for a correct coupling connection are:
> Release the pressure in the hydraulic system before connecting or loosening
the connections (turn the engine off, wait for 5 minutes) .
> Connect the coupling sections (sleeve and plug) and screw together with
hand nut.
> Turn the hand nut past the o>ring until you can feel a stop.
> Couplings may be tightened only by hand > without tools, as they could
damage the couplings.
leakage and accidents.
> Establish the electrical connections to the TY>brackets , plug in plug 451 C from the TY > bracket on
the telescopic boom .
DANGER: Before starting operation with the TY3>guying, the assembly procedure must
be checked again to ensure that it has been carried out properly.
549
196856
550
5. Erect TY>brackets
Prerequisite:
To be able to erect the TY>brackets :
> The telescopic boom may not be guyed.
> It may not be telescoped.
> The TY>brackets must be folded in fully (0∞>Position) .
CAUTION: It is prohibited to angle the TY>brackets toward the outside, before the TY>
brackets are fully erected and the guy rods are tensioned.
The transport retainers (turnbuckles, brackets, assembly chains) must be

released before erection.
> Actuate the function key (F5) until the TY>brackets are fully erected.
Result:
> The symbol (10) appears blinking until the TY>brackets are fully erected.
> When the operating position is reached (TY>brackets are fully erected), the symbol (10) lights up
statically.
5.1 Swing the console upward
CAUTION: After erecting the TY>bracket, the left rear console (50) must be swung
upward and secured. If this is not observed, there is a danger of injury when
accessing the slewing platform.
> Release the pin (52) from bore (51) and unpin.
> Swing the console (50) upward until it can be pinned at bore (53) .
> Insert pin (52) into bore (53) and secure.
551
102452
552
6. Install the guy ropes
Prerequisite:
> The TY>brackets are fully erected.
> The telescopic boom is fully luffed down.
6.1 Preparations
Note: In order to be able to spool the guy winches, the latch must be opened. The following
conditions must be met:
> The actual pressure(p) in the tension cylinder must be less or the same as the relief
pressure (pe) . The actual pressure (p) and the relief pressure (pe) is shown in
symbols (2 and 4) .
> If the actual pressure (p) is larger than the relief pressure (pe) of the corresponding
cylinder, then the corresponding "actual pressure display" (p) blinks when the
function key (F3) is actuated .
In addition, the operating error "Button > latch is actuated with excessive pressure
in the tension cylinder A/B" is issued.
> Press function key (F3) and open the latches .

Result:
> When opening the latches, the guy winches make a short spool up movement.
> The symbol (8) blinks until the latches open and the tension cylinders are retracted.
> With open latches, the symbol (8) lights up statically and the spool up movement of the corresponding
winch is stopped.
> Release the brackets (7) for the guy ropes at point (B) .
Loosen the spring retainers (46).
DANGER: When the brackets (7) for the guy ropes are released, then they can disengage
when the TY brackets fold out and swing out at high speed. Make sure that
there are no persons or objects within this area.
> Move the button (417) to the right and fold out the TY>brackets to approx. 3∞ .
Note: Then the guy ropes can be released and guided forward to the guy point on the pulley
head.
> Press function key (F6) and activate the corresponding winch to spool out.
> Press function key (F5), spool out both guy ropes and pull forward by hand.
553
102452
554
6.2 Pin the guy ropes

To be able to spool the winches more precisely when attaching the guy ropes on the tension points, the
speed can be reduced. If only 1 winch is moved instead of 2 winches, the speed of this winch doubles,
since the same amount of oil is available for only one winch.
> Press function key (F7) and reduce the speed.

Result:
> The symbol (12) is shown.
When the speed reduction is to be turned off again :

> Press function key (F7) again
Result:
> The symbol (12) turns off.
> Pin the brackets (7) on both sides on the tension point (C) with pin (47) and secure with washers and
folding pins .
Note: After the guy ropes have been installed on the tension points, the guy ropes must be
pulled tightly on both sides. It must be ensured that the guy ropes do not get stuck
anywhere. In case of problems,the TY>bracket angle can be set to 13∞ .
> Pull the guy ropes tight.
555
196871
556
7. Telescope the telescopic boom
Prerequisite:
The symbol (10) is shown on the monitor.
> The latches are open, the TY>brackets are not tensioned.
Note: If it is tried to telescope, even though the latches nor not open or the TY>brackets are
not fully erected, then the corresponding operating errors are issued.
> Luff the telescopic boom up to the pretension angles given in the following charts.
CAUTION: It is only possible to telescope the telescopic boom when the TY>brackets are
positioned at an angle of 10∞ to 16∞ .
> Press the button (417) and fold the TY>brackets out to an angle of 13∞ .
> Telescope the telescopic boom to the corresponding length.

Result:
> Hereby the guy winches spool out by themselves against a relief valve, so that the rope remains
tensioned.
> As long as it is "telescoped out" or "telescoped in" , the two guy winches are actuated in direction "lift /
spool up" , even when moving the telescopic cylinder and when releasing the telescopic pinning.
> During the telescoping procedure, the function keys F2, F5 and F6 are locked.
If the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer period of time while the engine is running, then
the latches must be closed. This prevents that the winches spool out via the leak oil.
> If necessary:
Press function key (F2) and close the latches.
Result:
> The symbol (7) appears blinking until both latches are closed .
> When both latches are closed, the symbol (7) lights up statically.
557
102453
558
8. Pretension angle
8.1 General
DANGER: The telescopic boom may only be guyed by observing the pretension angles
and the hook block weights given in the charts .
It is prohibited to place the latch in other boom positions, otherwise it is
possible to overload the telescopic boom or the tele guying .
If the given values are exceeded, the hook block weights and the pretension
angles are not observed, then there is a danger of overloading the crane.
8.2 TY3 Operation, 50 m Telescopic boom
Telescopic boom length

Pretension TY>bracket
[m] Hook block
angle angle
(Extension condition of the weight
a b
telescopes) [t]
[∞] [∞]
[%]
T > 31.7 (46/46/46) 40∞ 15∞ 3,7 t
T > 31.7 (0/92/46) 46∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 36.9 (92/92/0) 58∞ 15∞ 3,7 t
T > 36.9 (92/46/46) 58∞ 15∞ 3,7 t
T > 36.9 (0/92/92) 58∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 42.1 (92/92/46) 62∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 47.3 (92/92/92) 58∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 50.0 (100/100/100) 54∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
559

[m] Hook block
angle angle
a b
telescopes) [t]
[∞] [∞]
[%]
T > 31.7 (46/46/46/0/0/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,7 t
T > 31.7 (0/0/0/92/46/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 31.7 (0/0/0/0/92/46) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 31.7 (0/92/46/0/0/0) 32∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 36.9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) 33∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 36.9 (0/92/92/0/0/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 36.9 (0/0/92/46/46/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 36.9 (0/0/0/92/46/46) 33∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 36.9 (0/0/0/0/92/92) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 42.1 (92/92/46/0/0/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 42.1 (0/0/92/92/46/0) 33∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 42.1 (0/0/0/92/92/46) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 47.3 (0/92/92/46/46/0) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 47.3 (0/0/92/92/46/46) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 47.3 (0/0/0/92/92/92) 30∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 52.5 (46/92/92/46/46/0) 40∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 52.5 (0/92/92/92/46/0) 35∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 52.5 (0/0/92/92/92/46) 35∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
560

[m] Hook block
angle angle
a b
telescopes) [t]
[∞] [∞]
[%]
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0) 35∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 57.7 (0/92/92/92/46/46) 39∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 57.7 (0/0/92/92/92/92) 35∞ 15∞ 3,5 t
T > 62.9 (92/92/92/92/46/0) 45∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
T > 62.9 (0/92/92/92/92/46) 45∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
T > 68.1 (92/92/92/92/46/46) 45∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
T > 68.1 (0/92/92/92/92/92) 45∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
T > 73.4 (92/92/92/92/92/46) 50∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
T > 78.6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) 50∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
T > 84.0 (100/100/100/100/100/100) 65∞ 15∞ 2,6 t
561
102454
562
9. Fold the TY>brackets out and in
Prerequisite:
> The latches are open, the TY>brackets are not guyed.
> The telescopic boom is telescoped to the corresponding length .
CAUTION: It is prohibited to fold the TY>brackets out and in before they are fully erected
and the guy rods are tensioned.
A change of the angle position of the TY>brackets under load is prohibited !
When folding the TY > brackets out and in, the latches of the guy winches must
be opened in any case, since the cable length between boom head and the TY>
brackets changes.
When folding the TY>brackets out, make sure that no slack cable forms. It
might be necessary to spool up the guy winches during the swing out
procedure of the TY>brackets .
When the telescopic boom is guyed, then the TY>bracket angle can no longer
be changed .
Note: When leaving the given angle of the TY > brackets during operation, then the system
automatically changes to the non>guyed chart. If the crane is then in the overload
range, overload is shown by the LICCON computer system .
9.1 Fold the TY>brackets out to operating position

The tolerance of the TY>bracket angle during the guy procedure is ±1,0∞.
> Move the button (417) to the right until both TY>brackets are folded out to the corresponding TY>
bracket angle.
9.2 Fold the TY>brackets in

> Move the button (417) to the left until the TY brackets are folded in.
Problem remedy
The symbol "Actual angle left" (6.2) or the symbol "Actual angle right (6.3) blinks.
The angle tolerances for the TY>brackets are too high.
> Press button (418) and lock the TY>bracket left (A)
or press button (419) and lock the TY>bracket right (B) .
> Press button (417) and fold the corresponding TY>bracket out or in.
563
196879
564
10. Tension the TY>brackets
CAUTION: When the telescopic boom is guyed, the TY>bracket angle can no longer be
changed.
Prerequisites for release for tensioning the TY>brackets:

> The TY>brackets are folded out to the corresponding TY>bracket angle.
> The seat contact switch is actuated.
> The telescopic boom is telescoped out to the corresponding length and all telescoping sections are
pinned.
> The "actual load " shown in the LICCON operating view must be smaller (<) than the permissible
hook block weight.
If this is not the case, when pressing the function key (F4), the "actual load display " in the operating
view blinks and the maximum permissible load for guying is shown in the symbol "Max load" . This is
the permissible hook weight. In addition, when the function key (F4) is pressed, the operating error
"Button > guy telescopic boom is actuated without release LMB, angle, load, BA" is issued .
> The telescopic boom is luffed up to the corresponding pretension angle. That the pretension angle has
been reached is shown by the appearance of an exclamation mark in front of the blinking pretension
angle.
If the pretension angle is not yet reached, then , when the function key (F4) is pressed, the operating
error "Button > guy tele is actuated without release LMB, angle, load, BA" is issued.

If this is not the case, when pressing the function key (F4), the operating error "Button > guy tele and
TY bracket not in position" is issued.
> The latches are open, the telescopic boom is not guyed.
If this is not the case, when pressing the function key (F4), the operating error "Button > guy tele
actuated with closed latch" is issued.
> The limit switches may not report extended TY>tension cylinders.
As soon as one of the two limit switches reports a fully extended tension cylinder, the symbol (9)
remains on statically and the tension procedure cannot be initiated .
If this is not the case, when pressing the function key (F4), the operating error "Button > guy tele
actuated with tension cylinder on block" is issued.
565
196874
566
10.1 Tension TY>brackets

The guy procedure can be stopped by pressing one of the function keys F1 to F8. In addition, the
conditions for the release of the tension procedure must be given for the complete tension procedure, if
this is not the case, the tension procedure is also aborted.
If all required conditions are met, the tension procedure runs automatically, duration is approx. 2
minutes.
> Press function key (F4) and start the tension procedure.
Result:
1. The TY>bracket is luffed up for approx. 3 seconds to ensure that the TY>bracket has not moved from
its nominal position due to the cooled off hydraulic oil .
2. As long as the tension procedure runs and the tension pressure has not yet been reached, the symbol
(9) blinks.
3. Then the guy winch is switched for 5 seconds to spool up to pretension the guy rope .
4. Then the latch is closed.
5. Then the tension cylinder extends until the given guy pressure is reached in both tension cylinders.
6. When the tension procedure is over, the symbol (3) appears statically.
Note: If the stroke of the tension cylinder is not sufficient the symbol (9) appears static and the
tension procedure is interrupted.
Not press the function key (F3) (for sequence, see "open latch "). Then the winches must
be spooled up by pressing the function key (F4 ) until the guying is pretensioned to the
point where the winches no longer turn due to excessive pressure.
The tension procedure can now be repeated.
567
107560
568
11. Crane operation
Prerequisite:
> The LICCON overload safety is set according to the data in the load chart.
> The TY>brackets are guyed.
C A U T I O N : The TY3>guying changes automatically into the assembly or disassembly

operation as soon as the TY2>Guying is released or the TY>brackets are
swung. In assembly or disassembly operation, the TY3>guying is no longer
effective and therefore can no longer increase the load carrying capacity.
11.1 Telescoping out / in in operating mode TY3

See section Telescoping the telescopic boom.
CAUTION: After every change of boom length, guying must be repeated.

If the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer period of time,then the
latches must be closed. This prevents the winches from spooling out due to
leak oil .
Problem remedy
It is not possible to open the latches in untensioned condition.
> Luff the telescopic boom up or down to the pretension angle to relieve it.
> The latches can be opened.
11.2 Crane operation in operating mode T and TF with installed TY3>guying
CAUTION: Crane operation with telescopic boom and installed TY3>guying (telescopic
boom is not tensioned) is only permitted if the guy ropes are unloaded. This is
to be ensured by spooling the corresponding guy winch out before taking on a
load or by luffing down the telescopic boom.
Load reductions!
In crane operation with TY>bracket in transport position (for example luffing

up the telescopic boom for ballasting),the guy rods must be secured.
W A R N I N G : Danger of fatal accidents due falling load!

If the following instructions are not observed, the hoist rope can be torn and
the load can fall down!
Personnel can be killed by the falling load!
This could result in high property damage!
> T>operation and TF>operation with a tele length of 50 m and 84 m, telescopic
boom length of less than T>31.7 m, erected TY guying and a rope strand pull
of more than 4 t is prohibited!
> To avoid damage to the hoist rope, it is preferential to place the TY guying on
the tele pivot section!
569
196875
570
12. Disassembly of TY3>guying
Prerequisite:
> The telescopic boom is luffed down to the horizontal.
> The hook block is unreeved, the hoist cable is spooled back to the winch .

12.1 Releasing the telescopic boom
Prerequisite:
> The TY>brackets are tensioned.
> The seat contact switch is actuated.
> Set down the load.

> Press function key (F3) until the latches are open.
Result:
1. As long as the release procedure is running and the latch is opened, the symbol (8) blinks.
2. As soon as the latch is open, the symbol (8) is shown statically.
571
102452
572
12.2 Remove the guy ropes
Prerequisite:
> The TY>brackets are not tensioned, the latches are open.
> The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in, and fully luffed down.
> The TY>brackets are erected.
> Move the button (417) to the left and fold the TY>brackets in to approx. 3∞ .
> Relieve the guy ropes.
DANGER: Danger of accidents when unpinning the brackets!

When unpinning the brackets (7), they can move out to the side
uncontrollably.
> Hold the brackets (7) when unpinning!
> Unpin the brackets (7) for the guy ropes on the tension point (C) .
Release and unpin the pin (47) .
> Guide the guy ropes to the rear.
> Press the function key (F6) and activate the corresponding winch.
> Press the function key (F4 ) and spool up the guy ropes.
To be able to spool up the winches more precisely when spooling up the guy ropes, the speed can be
reduced. If only 1 winch is moved instead of 2 winches, the speed of this winch doubles, since the same
amount of oil is available for only one winch.
> Press function key (F7) and reduce the speed.
Result:
> The symbol (12) is shown.
When the speed reduction is to be turned off again :

> Press function key (F7) again.
Result:
> The symbol (12) turns off.
> Move the button (417) to the left and fold the TY>brackets in all the way.
> Secure the brackets (7) for the guy ropes at point (B) with spring retainers (46) .
> Tension the guy ropes in transport position .
> Press function key (F2) and close the latches .

Result:
> The symbol (7) appears blinking until both latches are closed.
When both latches are closed, the symbol (7) lights up statically.
573
196877
574
12.3 Swing the console down
CAUTION: Before lowering the TY>brackets, the left rear console for the rod placement
must be swung down again and secured.
> Release pin (52) from bore (53) and unpin .

> Swing console (50) down until it can be pinned at bore (51) .
> Insert pin (52) into bore (51) and secure.
12.4 Place the TY>brackets down
Prerequisite:
> The telescopic boom is not tensioned.
> The guy ropes have been removed on the telescopic boom head.
> Both TY>brackets are fully folded in , (0∞>Position).
> The console (50) is swung down and pinned.
D A N G E R: Before lowering the TY>brackets, the crane operator must ensure that there
are no persons underneath the TY>brackets.
There is a danger of crushing!
CAUTION: When placing the TY> brackets down, make sure the rod placement is correct.
Check visually!
The transport brackets (34) may not hang down!

Otherwise the hydraulic pipes of the luffing cylinders can be damaged.
The centering pieces (45) must be entered into the receptacles on the
telescopic boom on both sides.
> Press the function key (F6) until the TY>brackets are fully placed down.
Result:
> The symbol (13) appears blinking until the TY>brackets have been placed down all the way.
575
105837
576
12.5 Disassembly procedure
CAUTION: The guy rods must be secured with turn buckles and brackets for transport
before lifting them with the auxiliary crane .
Note: Total weight TY3>Guying approx. 13,3 t.
> Hang the TY>bracket on the tackle points on the auxiliary crane .
> Swing the spacer rod (20) from operating to transport position, pin (21) and secure (22).
> Unpin the guy rods on both sides from the cross brackets.
> Secure the guy rods on both sides with the chain (35) on the TY bracket (36, 37).
> Secure the guy rods on both sides with turn buckle (29) (30, 31).
> Fold both transport brackets (34) up and secure (32, 33).
> Install turn buckle (25) with assembly chain (28) on the erection cylinders on both sides and secure (26,
27).
> Release both pins (43) of the erection cylinders in point (B) (44) and unpin.
Before connecting or releasing hydraulic lines, the engine must be turned off .
The hydraulic lines which belong together are marked.
> Release the electrical connection for the TY>bracket and secure in the receptacle.
> Release the hydraulic connection for the TY>bracket and secure in the receptacle .
> Release both pins (23) in point (A) (24) and unpin.
> Lift the TY > bracket with the auxiliary crane all the way and remove.
577
5.06 TELESCOPIC BOOM, GUYED > TY3N 026819>00
192764
578
1. TY3N > attachment set up

For the TY3N > boom combination the telescopic boom guying is also put into operation, in comparison to
the TN > operation.
Installation
Prerequisites:
> The crane is properly supported and aligned.
> T he telescopic boom is fully telescoped in and locked.

1.1 Installation procedure
Note: The installation and erection of the TY >bracket must be made as described in
chapter 5.05.
Install the guy cables, see chapter 5.05.
The assembly and installation of the luffing lattice jib must be made as described in
chapter 5.04.
Guy points for guy ropes on pulley head telescopic boom, see paragraph 2.
1.2 Installation of cross bar on TN/TF adapter

> Pin the cross bar (1) with pin (52) on TN/TF adapter (2) in point A on both sides and secure (51).
> Pin the brackets of the guy ropes in point B on both sides (42) and secure with washer and hinge pin
(41) .
Note: For installation / removal of guy ropes, see chapter 5.05, TELESCOPIC BOOM GUYED
TY.
579
102455
580
2. Install or remove the guy cables

To install or remove the guy ropes, see chapter 5.05.
2.1 Guy points 50 m Telescopic boom for TY3N> operation
Cross bar on TN/TF>adapter (TAY)
Note: For installation of cross bar on TN/TF>adapter , see paragraph 1.2.
2.2 Guy points 84 m Telescopic boom for TY3N> operation
Cross bar on TN/TF adapter (TAY)
Note: For installation of cross bar, see paragraph 1.2.
581
582
DANGER: The erection procedure must be carried out according to the data given in
the chart.
If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded or topple over.
Prerequisites:
> The hoist cable has been correctly placed into the cable pulleys and secured with cable retaining pins
to prevent it from jumping out.
> In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum,
airplane warning light, wind velocity sensor, etc.) are free of ice and snow.
D A N G E R: Incorrectly installed or non>functioning limit switches as well as falling

parts *pins, spring retainers, ice, etc.) can cause accidents!
Before erection, the pendulum of the mechanical relapse cylinder must be
checked for easy movement over the complete swing range of the pendulum.
If this is not observed, the mechanical relapse support does not engage in
steep lattice jib position.
There is a danger of accidents, as the lattice jib may tip backward!
Erection / take down
Note: The TY3N > attachment must be erected / taken down according to chapter 5.04,
∫luffing lattice jib > TN∫ and chapter 5.05, ∫Telescopic boom > TY guyed∫.
CAUTION: The installation of the luffing jib unit (TY3N, TY3VN) must be completed
before the TY> bracket may be set up. If this is not observed, the cables of the
pulley block will run over the TY hoist cable change>over bracket. Danger of
slack cable formation!
CAUTION: Before erecting the boom combination, it must be fully telescoped in and
locked.
The telescopic boom guying must be relieved during the erection / take down
procedure!
583
584
4. Erection and take down chart > TY3N
Erection possibilities in TY3N > operation with different counterweights
4.1 Telescopic boom T 50 m
TY3N> flying erection (stretched position)

T>16.1 (0/0/0)
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
TY3N> flying erection (stretched position)

T>16.1 (0/0/0/0/0/0)
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
(0/0/0/0/0/0)
Note: For description of erection procedure in stretched position (flying), see chapter 5.04,
paragraph 5.2.3.
C A U T I O N: In TY3N> operation, the latch must be opened before erecting the boom
system from the installation position .
Because of the stress on the boom due to the installation of the lattice jib,the
tele guying is pretensioned when luffing up the telescopic boom. Then the
latch can no longer be opened. The boom must be luffed down again to
relieve the tele guying.
When the boom is in its initial position again, the latch can be opened.
The following applies: If the latch cannot be opened in guyed condition, then
the crane must be returned to the condition it was in when the latch was
closed.
The weight of the hook block that has been taken into account is the hook block weight that is required
to lift the maximum load for the corresponding boom combination.
The erection and take down procedure must be made according to the data
in the erection and take down chart.
585
Erect with NA bracket III, TY3N> operation;

T>16.1 (0/0/0) erect to 83∞,
Pull up lattice jib
Tension boom
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
(0>92/0>46/46)
T42,1 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N91 N21 to N84 N21 to N77 N21 to N70
(0>92 /0>92/46)
(0>92/0>92/92)
Note: For description of erection procedure in folded down position, see chapter 5.04,
paragraph 5.2.2.
Erect without NA bracket III, TN/TY3N> operation;

luff up tele to 83∞, then telescope out,
D A N G E R: Erection and telescoping in operating conditions with 165 t counterweight is

only possible in TY3N > operation with boom position to the rear, or telescoping
into operating condition with 135 t and then continued ballasting!
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
(0/0/0)
(46/46/0)
paragraph 5.2.1.
586
4.5 Telescopic boom T 84 m,

Erect with NA bracket III, TY3N> operation;
T>16.1 (0/0/0/0/0/0) erect to 83∞,
Pull up lattice jib
tension boom
Counterweight 165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
(0/0/0/0/0/0)
(0>92/0>
46/46/0/0/0)
(0>92/0>
92/92/0/0/0)
(0>92/0>92/0>
92/0>46/46/0)
(0>92/0>92/0>
92/0>92/0>46/46)
(0>92/0>92/0>
92/0>92/0>92/92)
paragraph 5.2.2.

Erect without NA bracket III, TN/TY3N> operation;
T>16.1 (0/0/0/0/0/0) erect until intermediate angle 97∞ (jib rolls) is reached,
D A N G E R: Erection and telescoping in operating conditions with 165 t counterweight is

only possible in TYN > operation with boom position to the rear, or telescoping
into operating condition with 135 t and then continued ballasting!
It is not possible to fold down all the way at maximum telescopic boom length (T>
78.6) since the control cable is not long enough!
Counter>
165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t 30 t
weight
(0/0/0/0/0/0)
(46/46/0/0/0/0)
Note: For description of erection procedure in folded down position, see chapter 5.04, paragraph
5.2.1.
587
102455
588
5. Telescoping procedure
Telescope in or out to the telescopic boom length given on the load chart.
The lattice jib must be between at an angle to the horizontal where the LICCON
control gives the telescoping release > see charts below.
Telescoping out and in with suspended load is prohibited!
5.1 N> angle window to telescope the telescopic boom TN/TY3N out
telescoping T>84 m 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
N>angle window for 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 0∞>73∞ 30∞> 30∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞> 58∞ >
telescoping T>50 m 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
5.2 N> angle window for total T >Length e 92 %
telescoping T>84 m 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
telescoping T>50 m 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
589
102455
590
6. Pretension angle and hook block weights

Luff the telescopic boom up to the required pretension angle a .
Telescope the telescopic boom out to the required extension condition.
Luff the luffing jib to the required pretension angle d .
Fold out the TY> brackets to 42∞ .
DANGER: The telescopic boom may only be guyed by keeping to the given pretension
angle and the hook block weights given in the chart.
It is prohibited to guy / tension in any other boom positions or any other
pretension angles or to place the latch, otherwise it is possible to overload the
telescopic boom or the tele guying.
TY>
Pretension Pretension
Boom length bracket Hook block
angle angle
[m] angle weight
(Extnesion condition telescoping
Telescopic
sections )
boom
[%]
a d
b [t]
[∞] [∞]
[∞]
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 3,5

T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>4+N>28 to N>56 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>4+N>63 to N>91 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 3,5
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>28 bis N>49 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6

T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>56 bis N>84 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>91 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 0,7
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>4+N>21 to N>49 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6

T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>4+N>56 to N>84 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>4+N>91 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 0,7
Note: The guying position is independent of the extension condition of the telescopic boom
and the lattice jib length.
CAUTION: If the given values are being exceeded or if the hook block weights and
pretension angles are not adhered to, then there is the danger of overloading
the crane .
591
102455
592
6.2 84 m Telescopic boom (T36,9 to 57,7 m)
TY>
Pretension Pretension Hook
bracket
Boom length angle angle block
angle
[m] weight
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections ) Telescopic Luffing jib
[%] boom
a d
b
[∞] [∞] [t]
[∞]
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 20∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 25∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 40∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 45∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>49 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>56 bis N>91 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 20∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 25∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 45∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>49 83∞ 42∞ 60∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>56 bis N>84 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>91 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>21 bis N>28 83∞ 42∞ 40∞ 2,6
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 45∞ 2,6
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 50∞ 1,4
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>49 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 1,4
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>56 bis N>70 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>77 bis N>84 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
the crane.
593
102455
594
84 m Telescopic boom (68,1 > 78,6 m)
TY>
Pretensio Pretension
Boom length bracket Hook
n angle angle
[m] angle block
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections ) weight
Telescopi Luffing jib
[%]
c boom
a d
b [t]
[∞] [∞]
[∞]
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 25∞ 2,6
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 30∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 50∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>49 bis N>56 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>63 bis N>70 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>4+N>21 bis N> 35 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 1.4
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>4+N>49 bis N>56 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
the crane.
595
596
7. Crane operation > TY3N
CAUTION: Notes in chapter 4.05 ∫ CRANE OPERATION ∫ and chapter 4.08 ∫WORKING
WITH A LOAD∫ must be observed!
Prerequisites:
> The LICCON system is set according to the data in the load chart.
> The installation keyed switch is turned off via the button.
D AN G E R : Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during operation.
After guying the telescopic boom, the radius may be changed according to the load chart.
CAUTION: When lifting the load, it must be ensured that it is lifted off slowly.
7.1 Telescope in / out with installed guying

Telescoping in / out is only possible with open latch, the indicator light "Latch open" (8) lights up.
To open the latch, press button "release / latch open (F3 / 16)".
Note: To initiate the procedure, the following conditions must be met:

> No load on the hook
> pressure in tension cylinder smaller or the same as the tension pressure
Telescope the telescopic boom in or out to the desired extension condition, lock the telescopic section and
repeat the guying procedure, as described.
CAUTION: After every change in boom length, the guying procedure must be repeated.
If the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer period of time, the
latches must be closed to prevent the winches from spooling out, due to
leakoil.
Guying is only possible for the given extension conditions of the telescopic
sections ( see equipment view or chart > boom lengths).
The given extension conditions, as well as the hook block weights must be
adhered to.
597
598
8. Removal
Telescope the telescopic boom all the way in.

Place down the boom combination according to the erection and take down charts > see paragraph 4.
Note: For take down procedure, see chapter 5.04, Luffing lattice jib > TN.
Remove the lattice jib, control pulley on the lattice mast control and the installation unit > see Chapter
5.04, Luffing lattice jib > TN.
Place down the guy cables, TY bracket and remove the TY > bracket, see chapter 5.05.
D A N G E R: The safety notes in chapter 5.04 must be strictly observed, otherwise there is a
danger of accident!
599
5.07 FIXED LATTICE JIB, T > GUYED > TY3F 026820>00
102456
600
1. Description
For the TY3F>boom combination, the telescopic boom is also guyed, in comparison to the TF > operation.
The fixed lattice jib,T > guyed > TY3F, can be operated in the following working lengths (paragraph
1.1/1.2) on the 50 m and 84 m guyed telescopic boom.
It can be installed as a straight extension 0∞ or at an angle of 20∞ or 40∞ to the telescopic boom.
Note: The guy point is always on the cross bar on the TN/TF> adapter.
601
102456
602
1.1 Working lengths for guyed 50 m long telescopic boom
50 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
47,3 m (92/92/92) +A>2,2 + F>6 to F>63 F>6 to F>63 F>6 to F>56
1.2 Working lengths for guyed 84 m long telescopic boom
84 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0) +A>2,2 + F>6 to F>56 F>6 to F>42 F>6 to F>35
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0) +A>2,2 + F>6 to F>56 F>6 to F>42 F>6 to F>35
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46) +A>2,2 + F>6 to F>56 F>6 to F>42 F>6 to F>35
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>2,2 + F>6 to F>42 F>6 to F>42 F>6 to F>35
603
192764
604
2. Installation
Installation of the fixed lattice jib 0∞ / 20∞ or 40∞
Note: The installation and erection of the TY> bracket must be carried out as described in
chapter 5.05, Telescopic boom guyed > TY.
The assembly and installation of the lattice jib must be carried out as described in
chapter 5.03 Fixed lattice jib > TF.
The lattice jib must be set at an angle of 20∞ or 40∞ as described in chapter 5.03 Fixed
lattice jib > TF.
The electrical connections and the function check must be carried out as described in
chapter 5.03 Fixed lattice jib > TF.
CA U T I O N : When guying on the TN/TF adapter, the cross bar must be used as guy point.
D A N G E R: Danger of falling!
D A N G E R: For the assembly and disassembly work:

> support the lattice sections with suitable, stable materials.
> make sure that no one is underneath the lattice jib during the pinning and
unpinning procedure of the lattice sections.
2.1 Guy point

Cross bar (1) on TN/TFadapter (2)
Installation of cross bar on TN/TF adapter

> Pin the cross bar (1) with pin (52) on TN/TF adapter (2) in point A on both sides and secure (51).
> Pin the brackets of the guy ropes in point B on both sides (42) and secure with washer and hinge pin
(41) .
Note: For installation / removal of guy ropes, see chapter 5.05, TELESCOPIC BOOM GUYED
TY
605
606
3. Erection

The boom combinations must be erected or taken down with fully retracted telescopic boom (T16.1 m).
D A N G E R: The telescopic boom must be fully retracted. If this is not observed, the crane
will be overloaded and can topple over.
Prerequisites:
> The TY> bracket is installed and erected.
> The TY > guying is installed.
> The lattice jib is assembled according to the load chart and the Operation Manual.
> All limit switches are properly installed and fully functioning.
> The hoist cable has been properly placed into the cable pulleys and has been secured with cable
retaining pins to prevent it from jumping out.
> In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and all components (limit switches, cable drum, airplane

Note: Erect / take down the TY3F attachment as outlined in chapter 5.03, Fixed lattice jib >
TF and chapter 5.05, Telescopic boom > TY guyed.
A C H T U N G: On TY3F> operation, the latch must be opened before erecting the boom system
from the installation position.
Because of the stress on the boom due to the installation of the lattice jib,the tele
guying is pretensioned when luffing up the telescopic boom. Then the latch can
no longer be opened. The boom must be luffed down again to relieve the tele
guying.
When the boom is in its initial position again, the latch can be opened.
The following applies: If the latch cannot be opened in guyed condition, then the
crane must be returned to the condition it was in when the latch was closed.
607
608
4. Crane operation > TY3F
C A U T I O N : Observe all notes in

chapter 4.05 ∫ CRANE OPERATION ∫
chapter 4.02 " LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM" and
chapter 4.08 ∫WORKING WITH A LOAD ∫.
Prerequisites:
> The installation keyed button is turned off.
Telescoping in / out with installed guying

Telescoping in / out is only possible if the latch is open, indicator "open latch" lights up > see chapter 5.05.
Telescope the telescopic boom in or out to the desired extension condition, lock the telescopic section and
repeat the guying procedure, as described.
C A U T I O N : After every change in boom length, the guying procedure must be repeated.
If the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer period of time, the
latches must be closed to prevent the winches from spooling out, due to leakoil.
Guying is only possible for the given extension conditions of the telescopic
sections ( see equipment view or chart > boom lengths).
The given extension conditions, as well as the hook block weights must be
adhered to.
609
102456
610

Fold out the TY> brackets to 10∞ .
angle and the hook block weights angle given in the chart.
It is prohibited to guy / tension in any other boom positions or any other
pretension angles or to place the latch, otherwise it is possible to overload the
telescopic boom or the tele guying.

Chart is valid for TY3F 0∞ / 20∞ / 40∞
TY>
Boom length Pretension Hook block
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
Telescopic
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections ) boom
[%] a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>6 72∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>14 72∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>21 72∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>28 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>35 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>42 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>49 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>56 74∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>63* 74∞ * 10∞ * 0,6 *
Note: * not applicable for F > 40∞
the crane.
611
102456
612
TY>
Boom length Angle Pretension Hook block
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections) Telescopic>
[%] Fixed boom
Lattice Jib a
b
[∞] [∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>6 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>6 20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>14 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>21 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>28 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>35 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>42 0∞/20∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>49 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>56 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>6 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>14 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>21 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>28 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>35 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>42 0∞/20∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>49 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>56 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>6 0∞/20∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>6 40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>14 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>21 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>28 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>35 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>42 0∞/20∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>49 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
T >68,1 (92 /92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>56 0∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
613
TY>
Boom length Angle Pretension
bracket Hook block
[m] angle
angle weight
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections) Telescopic>
[%] Fixed boom
Lattice Jib a
b [t]
[∞] [∞]
[∞]
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>6 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>14 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>21 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>28 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>35 0∞/20∞/40∞ 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>42 0∞/20∞ 77∞ 10∞ 0,6
the crane.
614
6. Take down
> Set the telescopic boom to 83∞ .

> Open the latch .
> Fold the TY brackets to an angle of 13∞ .
> Telescope the telescopic boom all the way in.
Note: Telescoping out and in is only possible in the permissible angle range (10∞ > 16∞)
of the TY> brackets.
D A N G E R: Telescoping in and out with installed lattice jib is only permissible at steepest
telescopic boom position. Otherwise there is a danger of accidents!
Note: Carry out the take down procedure as described in chapter 5.03, Fixed lattice jib > TF.
Removal
Note: Set the lattice jib from the 20∞ or 40∞ position to the 0∞ position and remove the lattice jib
as outlined in chapter 5.03, Fixed lattice jib > TF.
Release the tele guy cables, place down and remove the TA> brackets as outlined in
chapter 5.05, Telescopic boom guyed > TY.
615
5.08 14 M EXTENSION TELESCOPIC BOOM 50 M > TVF, TVY3F, TVN,TVY3N 026850>00
192783
616
5.08 14 M EXTENSION TELESCOPIC BOOM 50 M > TVF, TVY3F, TVN, TVY3N 026850>00
1. Description
The lattice jib can be operated in the following working lengths on the 50 m long telescopic boom
with 14 m extension.
TVF Telescopic boom + 14 m extension + fixed lattice jib

TVY3F Telescopic boom + 14 m extension + guying + fixed lattice jib
TVN Telescopic boom + 14 m extension + luffing lattice jib
TVY3N Telescopic boom + 14 m extension + guying + luffing lattice jib
V = 14 m extension
G 1 = TN/TF > adapter
G 2 = TF > adapter
1.1 Working lengths for TVF > operation Fig. 1
T>50 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
T>16.1 0/0/0 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
T>42.1 92/92/46 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
T>47.3 92/92/92 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
T>50.0 100/100/100 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
617
102579
618
1.2 Working lengths for TVY3F > operation
T>50 m 0∞ 20∞ 40∞
T>16.1 0/0/0 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
T>42.1 92/92/46 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
T>47.3 92/92/92 F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m > 49 m F 14 m >49 m
Note: Guying at the cross bar on 14 m extension.
619
189827
620
1.3 Working lengths for TVN > operation Fig. 3
T>50 m 83∞ 75∞ 67∞
T>16.1 0/0/0 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84m N 21 m > 84m
T>26.5 46/46/0 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84m N 21 m > 84m
T>36.9 92/92/0 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84m N 21 m > 77 m
T>47.3 92/92/92 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 70 m N 21 m > 49 m
621
102580
622
1.4 Working lengths for TVY3N > operation Fig. 4
T>50 m 83∞ 75∞ 67∞
T>26.5 46/46/0 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84m N 21 m > 84m
T>36.9 92/92/92 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84m N 21 m > 84 m
T>42,1 92 / 92 / 46 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 77 m
T>47.3 92/92/92 N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 84 m N 21 m > 77 m
Note: Guying at the cross bar on TN/TF>adapter (G 1)
2. Installation

D A N G E R: For assembly and disassembly work:

> The lattice sections must be supported from below with suitable, stable
material.
> Do not allow anybody to stand under the lattice jib during the pinning and
Prerequisites:
> The telescopic boom is telescoped in all the way.
> The telescopic boom is luffed down to the rear or to the side.
> The LICCON overload safety system is set according to the data in the load chart.
> The keyed switch ∫Installation∫ is actuated, the indicator light ∫Installation∫ lights up.
> An auxiliary crane as well as an installation scaffolding /working platform is available.
623
102581
624
2.1 Installation notes
TVF Differing from the TF> installation, the 14 m extension (V) is installed between the TF/TN>
adapter (G1) and the TF> adapter (G2).
TVY3F Differing from the TF> installation, the 14 m extension (V) is installed between the TF/TN>
adapter (G1) and the TF>adapter (G2).
Guying at the cross bar on 14 m extension.
TVN Differing from the TN> installation, the 14 m extension (V) is installed between the TF/TN>
adapter (G1) and the N> installation unit (1).
TVY3N Differing from the TN> installation, the 14 m extension (V) is installed between the TF/TN>
adapter (G1) and the N> installation unit (1).
Guying at the cross bar on TN/TF>adapter (G 1)
C A U T I O N :The installation of the luffing jib unit (TYN, TYV3N) must be completed before
the TY> bracket may be set up. If this is not observed, the cables of the pulley
block will run over the TY hoist cable change>over bracket. Danger of slack
cable formation!
2.1.1 Installation of cross bar on TN/TF adapter

> Pin the cross bar (1) with pin (52) on both sides and secure (51).
> Pin the brackets of the guy ropes on both sides (42) and secure with washer and hinge pin (41) .
Note: For installation / removal of guy ropes, see chapter 5.05, TELESCOPIC BOOM GUYED TY.
625
D A N G E R: It must be erected or taken down according to the data given in the chart.
If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded or tip over.
Prerequisites:
> The counterweight is installed on the slewing platform according to the erection chart / load chart.
> The telescopic boom is telescoped in all the way.
> The lattice jib is installed according to the load chart and the operating manual.
> All limit switches are correctly installed and are fully functioning.
> The hoist cable is placed correctly into the cable pulleys and is secured with the cable retaining pins to
> There are no persons within the danger zone.
> In winter: Is the telescopic boom and the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum,
airplane warning light, wind speed sensor, etc.) free of ice and snow?
D A N G E R: Incorrectly mounted or non>functioning limit switches as well as falling parts

(pins, spring clips, ice, etc.) can cause accidents!
Before erecting the boom, the pendulum of the mechanical relapse retainer must
be checked for easy movement over the complete swing range of the pendulum.
If this is not observed, the mechanical relapse retainer does not engage in steep
lattice jib position.
There is a danger of having a serious accident if the lattice jib tips backward!
Special programming with reduced base in TN > operation
TVN >operation: (50 m) with reduced base 60t or. 75t ballast.
D A N G E R: For these operating modes, the boom position "to the rear" must be set to an
accuracy of +/> 10∞ during erection and take down.
This boom position is not monitored!
626
TVF> operation
TVF>Operation Support base

T > 50 m wide
10.0 m¥9.6 m
Counter>
Operating to the rear to the side
weight
mode
t T>m F>m T>m F>m
TVF 135 > 45 16,1 14 to 49 * 16,1 14 to 49 *

TVF 30 16,1 14 to 49 * 16,1 14 to 35
TVF 15 16,1 14 to 49 * 16,1 14 to 28
TVY3F>Operation
TY3F>Operation Support base

T > 50 m wide
10.0 m¥9.6 m
Counter>
Operating to the rear to the side
weight
mode
t T>m F>m T>m F>m
TVYF 165 > 45 16,1 14 to 49 * 16,1 14 to 49 *
D A N G E R: * When erecting or taking down the fixed jib F>49 m, the single pulley hook
block must remain on the ground to a T> boom angle of 25 ∞.
The fixed jib F>49 m may only be erected with a single pulley, 1230 kg hook
block !
Note: Maximum possible hook blocks to erect the fixed jib on the 50 m boom.
Fixed jib Hook block
(m) No. of pulleys Weight (kg)
F>14 3 1800
F>21 3 1800
F>28 3 1800
F>35 1 1230
F>42 1 1230
F>49 1 1230
627
189864
628
3.2 Erecting possibilities for TVN / TVY3N > operation with different counterweights
Abb. 1
Telescopic boom T 50 m + extension
Erect with NA> bracket III, TVN / TVY3N> operation;
T>16,1 (0/0/0) Erect to 83∞, pull lattice jib steep and telescope out, or
T>16,1 (0/0/0) erect to 83∞, telescope out (lattice jib rolls or hangs), pin and then pull lattice jib up.
Counterweight 165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t
T16,1 N21 to N84 N21 to N84 N21 to N84 N21 to N84 N21 to N84 N21 to N84 N21 to N42
(0/0/0)
+A>18
(0>46/46/0)
+A>18
(0>92/0>92/0)
+A>18
(0>92/0>92/92)
+A>18
Note: For description of erection procedure in folded down position, see paragraph ???
A>18 = TN/TF adapter (4 m) + extension (14 m)
Fig. 2
Telescopic boom T 50 m + extension
Erect without NA> bracket III, TVN / TVY3N> operation;
T>16,1 (0/0/0) erect until intermediate angle 97∞ (lattice jib rolls) is reached, pull up lattice jib steeply,
Luff up the tele to 83∞, then telescope out.
Counterweight 165 t 135 t 105 t 90 t 75 t 60 t 45 t
T16.1 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 N21 to N28 >>
(0/0/0)
+A>18
Note: For description of erection procedure in folded down position, see paragraph ???
629
189287
630
4. Erection procedure
Prerequisites:
> Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the data in the load chart and the equipment
configuration ( see chapter 4.02, 4.03).
> Actuate the installation keyed button, the indicator light ∫Installation∫ lights up.
Set EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION VIEW of LICCON (see chapter 4.02)

Enter the code number ( 4> digit) according to the required load chart and confirm by pressing the
ENTER key.
Enter the actual reeving.
Check the actual equipment configuration with the entered data to make sure it is the same.
Press the function key >F8> ∫o.k.∫, the OPERATING VIEW appears.
DANGER: Check and compare the LICCON settings with the actual equipment
configuration.
If this is not observed, the crane is overloaded or can topple over!

The following alarm functions are activated (blink) during the erection procedure until the operating
> ∫STOP∫
Note: The lowest operating position is reached when the indicators turn off and a load entry > t
> appears in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ instead of question marks (???.?).
Turn off the installation keyed button by pressing the button.

D A N G E R: After reaching the lowest operating position, the installation keyed button must
be turned off immediately.
The radii given in the load chart may not be fallen below nor exceeded, even
If this is not observed, the crane can tip over!
631
4.1 Erection procedure TVF, TVY3F

Note: The erection procedure must be carried out as described in chapter 5.03, Fixed Lattice
jib>TF, paragraph 4.3!
102582
632
4.2 Erection procedure TVN, TVY3N in folded position > W I T H O U T > NA>Bracket III
Note: The erection procedure must be carried out as described in chapter 5.04, Luffing lattice
jib>TN, paragraph 5.2.1!
189828
633
4.3 Erection procedure TVN/TVY3N in folded position > W I T H > NA>bracket III
T>16,1 (0/0/0) erect to 83∞, pull up lattice jib steeply and telescope out.
189853
634
4.3.1 Erection procedure TVN/TVY3N in folded position > W I T H > NA> bracket III
T>16,1 (0/0/0) erect to 83∞, telescope out (lattice jib rolls or hangs), pin and then pull up lattice jib.
189829
635
190006
636
5. Crane operation
CAUTION: Observe all notes in chapter 4.05 ∫ CRANE OPERATION ∫ and chapter 4.08
∫WORKING WITH A LOAD ∫.
Prerequisites:
> The LICCON overload safety device is set according to the data given in the load chart.
> The installation keyed button is turned off by pressing the button.
DANGER: Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during the operation.
If the crane operator leaves the cab, even if only for a short time, then he is
obligated, before starting to work again, to check the operating mode
settings and to reset them, if necessary.
Settings / checks
Check the function of the overload safety device by triggering the operating positions ∫on top∫ and
∫bottom∫.
Check the function of the hoist limit switch ∫on top∫ by running against the hoist limit switch weight.
5.1 TVN> Operation with installed TA> bracket

If the TA> bracket is installed in TVN> operation, then it must lay on the telescopic boom. The guy rods
are in their intended receptacles.
The hoist cable must be guided over the TY> bracket.
DANGER: TVN> operation with raised TY>bracket without utilization of the telescopic
guying is prohibited (fig.).
The large weight of the telescopic guying would reduce the measured force
in the luffing cylinder and as a result, would show a smaller load, which in
turn can cause the crane to be overloaded.
5.2 Telescoping procedure

Telescope out or in to the telescopic boom length given on the load chart.
CAUTION: In case of strong side winds, the telescopic boom with installed luffing jib
must be turned into the wind. Otherwise, the telescopic sections will be
twisted!
DANGER: Telescoping out and it with installed lattice jib is only permitted at steepest
position of the telescopic boom, at 83∞.
The lattice jib must be at an angle to the horizontal, where the LICCON
control gives the telescoping release > see charts below.
Telescoping in and out with suspended load is strictly prohibited!
5.3 N> angle window to telescope the telescopic boom TVN / TVY3N out
N > Lengths N>21 N>28 N>35 N>42 N>49 N>56 N>63 N>70 N>77 N>84
N>angle window 0∞> 0∞> 0∞> 30∞> 50∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞> 63∞>
when 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞ 73∞
telescoping
T>50 m
637

Luff up and telescope the telescopic boom to the angles given in the following charts.
angle and the hook block weights given in the chart.
It is strictly prohibited to guy in other boom positions or at other guy angles
or to place the latch, as this could overload the telescopic boom or the tele
guying.
6.1 Pretension angle and hook block weights for pretensioning in TVY3N 50 m operation
TY>
Telescopic boom length bracket
angle angle block
[m] angle
weight
Telescopic luffing
(Extension condition of telescoping
boom lattice jib
[%]
a d
b
[∞] [∞] [t]
[∞]
T>26,5 (46/46/0) +A>18+N>21 and N>28 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6

T>26,5 (46/46/0) +A>18+N>35 to N>77 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>26,5 (46/46/0) +A>18+N>84 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 0,6
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>18+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 2,6

T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>18+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>18+N>35 to N>70 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>18+N>77 to N>84 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 0,6
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>18+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 2,6

T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>18+N>28 to N>63 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>18+N>70 to N>84 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 0,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>18+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>18+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4

T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>18+N>35 to N>63 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>18+N>70 to N>84 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 0,6
638
6.2 Pretension angle and hook block weights for pretensioning in TVY3F 50 m operation
TY>
Pretension Hook
Telescopic boom length bracket
angle block
[m] angle
weight
Telescopic
(Extension condition of telescoping
boom
[%]
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T>16,1 (0/0/0) +A>16,2+F>14 bis F>21 55∞ 10∞ 2,6

T>16,1 (0/0/0) +A>16,2+F>28 bis F>35 55∞ 10∞ 1,4
T>16,1 (0/0/0) +A>16,2+F>42 65∞ 10∞ 1,4
T>16,1 (0/0/0) +A>16,2+F>49 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>16,2+F>14 bis F>21 60∞ 10∞ 2,6
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>16,2+F>28 60∞ 10∞ 1,4

T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>16,2+F>35 und F>42 65∞ 10∞ 1,4
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>16,2+F>49 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>16,2+F>14 bis F>21 65∞ 10∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92)+A>16,2+F>28 bis F>35 65∞ 10∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92)+A>16,2+F>42 70∞ 10∞ 1,4

T>47,3 (92/92/92)+A>16,2+F>49 74∞ 10∞ 0,6
639
Set the telescopic boom to 83∞ and telescope it in all the way.
D A N G E R: Telescoping in and out with installed lattice jib is only permitted in steepest
telescopic boom position.
Otherwise there is a danger of accidents!
Take down notes
TVF, TVY3F Carry out the take down procedure as described in chapter 5.03, Fixed lattice jib > TF.
TVN, TVY3N Carry out the take down procedure as described in chapter 5.04, Luffing lattice jib >
TN.
640
7.1 Take down procedure TVF, TVY3F
102582
641
7.2 Take down in folded position > W I T H O U T > NA bracket III
190007
642
7.3 Take down in folded position > W I T H > NA> bracket III
190008
643
7.4 Take down in folded position > W I T H > NA> bracket III
190009
644
8. Removal
Note: Set the lattice jib from the 20∞ or 40∞ position to the 0∞ position and carry out the
disassembly / removal of the lattice jib as described in chapter 5.03, Fixed lattice jib >
TF.
Release the tele guy ropes, can carry out the take down and removal procedure of the TA
>bracket as described in chapter 5.05, Telescopic boom guyed > TY.
Remove the lattice jib and N>installation unit according to chapter 5.04, Luffing
lattice jib > TN.
D A N G E R: For assembly and disassembly work:

> The lattice sections must be supported from below with suitable, stable
material.
> Do not allow anybody to stand under the lattice jib during the pinning and
645
5.09 HYDRAULICALLY ADJUSTABLE LATTICE JIB > TNZF 027354>00
193918
646
1. Description
The hydraulically adjustable lattice jib > TNZF > can be operated in the following working lengths on
50 m and 84 m telescopic boom .
The hydraulically adjustable lattice jib > TNZF can be steplessly adjusted between 0∞ und 40∞ with two
hydraulic cylinders in the TF > adapter. The hydraulic adjustment of the lattice jib is also possible under
load.
DANGER: The data in the load charts must be observed.

If this is not done, there is a danger of accidents!
1.1 Working lengths on the 50 m telescopic boom
0∞ 20 ∞ 40 ∞
50 m 6 m > 63 m 6 m > 63 m 6 m > 56 m
84 m 6 m > 56 m 6 m > 42 m 6 m > 35 m
The working length von 6 m is a combination of the TF > adapter and the special auxiliary boom * .
1.2 Components of lattice jib

TF + TN > lattice sections
G1 TN/TF > Adapter 2,25 1,86
G2 TF > Adapter (hydr. adjustable) 2,50 2,25
G3 NA > Intermediate section 2115.10 7,00 1,40
G4 NA > Intermediate section 2115.10 14,00 2,60
G5 NI > Reducer section 3,50 0,80
G6 NI > Intermediate section 1812.10 7,00 1,40
G7 NI > Intermediate section 1812.10 14,00 2,50
G8 N > End section 130t 8,00 2,70
G9 N > installation unit 13,70 11,30
G10 Tele extension 14,00 4,20
Special auxiliary boom * 3,50 1,32
* Optional
647
193919
648
2. Assembly of lattice jib
The following lattice jib length can be assembled:
Total length: 63 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 + G3 + G4 + G5 + G6 + G7 + G8
Total length: 56 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 + G3 + G4 + G5 + G7 + G8
Total length: 49 m
Total length: 42 m
Total length: 35 m
Total length: 28 m
Total length: 21 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 + G3 +G5 + G8
Total length: 14 m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2 +G5 + G8
Total length: 6m
Lattice sections: G1 + G2+special auxiliary boom *
Note: One 14 m long intermediate sections can be installed instead of two 7 m intermediate
sections.
DANGER: It is not permitted to assemble the lattice sections and guy rods in any other
way than noted in the Operation Manual or the installation drawings!
When installing the lattice jib, it must be ensured that the intermediate
sections are installed according to their description .
If this is not observed, there is a danger of causing a serious accident!
* Optional
649
105014
650
3. Installation
DANGER: Risk of falling!

to!
2.06.
Prerequisites:
> The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned .
> The keyed button ∫Installation∫ is actuated, the indicator light ∫Installation∫ lights up.
> Das installation symbol on the LICCON indicator blinks.
3.1 Installation of the lattice jib
3.1.1 Installation TN / TF > Adapter (G 1)

> Set the ∫LICCON∫ overload safety system according to the load chart.
> Turn the installation keyed button on, the indicator light ∫Installation∫ in the button lights up.
DANGER: The LICCON overload safety system is no longer effective.

> Hang the TN / TF > adapter (G1) onto the auxiliary boom and pin and secure on the telescopic boom
head with pin pulling device (1) .
Note: Lever (1.1) for upper pin

Lever (1.2) for lower pin
The hydraulic connection (2¥quick couplings, Sk) from the telescopic boom pivot
section to the pin pulling device (1) must be established.
DANGER: When the TN / TF > adapter ispinned, then the hydraulic connections (2¥Sk)
between the pin pulling device and the telescopic boom pivot section must be
released.
651
105014
652
3.1.2 Installation TF adapter (G 2)
CAUTION: For lattice jibs with short telescopic boom ( 50 m and smaller), the load may
not be driven with the hoist gear 2 and hoist gear 3.
If this is not observed, the counterpulley (10) of the change over pulley (7) on
the TF adapter can be damaged.
D A N G E R: Pin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
> Hang the TF > adapter (G2) onto the auxiliary crane and pin on the TN / TF > adapter (G1) with double
cone pins (2) and secure with spring retainers (3).
> Set the pulley bracket (6) with the auxiliary crane from transport (A) > to operating position (B) . Pin
the pulley bracket with pin (8) and secure with spring retainer (9) .
> Pull the hydraulichoses from the hose drum on thepivot section of the telescopic booms to the pull
relief on the pulley head. Attach the hoses on the pull relief von the pulley head.
> Establish the hydraulic connection (2 ¥ quick couplings , Sk) from the hoses on the pulley head to the
control cylinders (13) in the TF adapter (G2).
Note: The corresponding quick couplings are marked.
DANGER: When connecting the hydraulic hoses with the hydraulic cylinders on the
TF adapter, make sure that the hoses are not squeezed or ripped off in the
control range.
If this is not observed, there is a danger of accidents, as the lattice jib will
suddenly fold "down" !
3.1.3 Installation of the lattice sections / lattice jib or special auxiliary boom *
> Lift the lattice sectiosn individually or as a completely assembled lattice jib with the auxiliary crane
and install on the TF adapter (G2) .
> Pin the lattice sections on the TF adapter (G2) with pins (4) and secure with spring retainers (5) .
> Insert the pins (4) from the inside to the outside, then secure with spring retainer (5) .
DANGER: Insert both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
Pin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
The lower collar pins on the lattice sections must be pinned from the inside to
the outside.
All pins must be secured. Otherwise there is a danger of falling crane sections.
The guy rods installed on the intermediate sections must be removed for
TNZF operation!
Note: The control cylinders (13) on the TF adapter must be fully retracted when installing
the lattice jib (0∞ position / "stretched out").
* Optional
653
193592
654
3.2 Electrical connections lattice jib (fig. 1)

> Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X18) in the TF adapter to the connector
box (>X17) on the telescopic boom head. Insert the cable plug (W510A) into socket (>X510) on the
connector box (>X17) .
> Establish the electrical connection from the cable drum (>N5) to the connector box (>X18) in the TF
adapter . Insert the cable plug (>X512A) on the connector box (>X18) .
> Install the airplane warning light (3) and the wind speed sensor (2) on the end section.
> Insert the cable plug for the airplane warning light (3) and the wind speed sensor (2) on the connector
box (>X19) .
> Establish the electrical connection (W513) from the connector box (>X19) to the cable drum (>N5) .
CAUTION: The hoist limit switch on the telescopic boom head must always be connected
on the LICCON System Bus .
point (22) .
3.2.1 Electrical connetions > special auxiliary boom * (fig. 2)

> Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X18F) in the TF adapter to the connector
box (>X17) on the telescopic boom head. Insert the cable plug (W510F) into the socket (>X510) on the
connector box (>X17) .
> Establish the electrical connection from the connector box (>X18F) in the TF adapter to the connector
box (>X19) in the special auxiliary boom head section (WL513).
> Install the airplane warning light (3) and the wind speed sensor (2) on the end section .
> Insert the cable plug for the airplane warning light (3) and the wind speed sensor (2) on the connector
box (>X19) .
CAUTION: The hoist limit switch on the telescopic boom head must always be connected
on the LICCON System Bus .
point (22) .
* Optional
655
656
3.3 Function check
Prerequisite:
> All electrical connections have been established.
> The control devices on the limit switches have been checked for easy movement and have been
lubricated.
> The TNZF operating mode is set and has been confirmed.
Wind speed sensor

Check the movement and function of the wind speed sensor.
CAUTION: In TNZF operation, the removable wind speed sensor must always be
installed and connected (functioning), otherwise the ∫LICCON∫ overload
safety system reports a problem. The function must be checked after every
new installation.
Airplane warning light

Hoist limit switch

Manually actuate the hoist limit switch (S15) , the symbol ∫Hoist top∫ must appear on the LICCON
monitor .
The crane movements "lift", " luff down" and "telescoping out " must turn off.
Note: When replacing or changing a hoist limit switch (HES) , the HES must have the
correct bus address as well as the correct software version to be able to be recognized
again by the bus system (LSB) .
HES 1 Tele head Bus address 28

657
4. Erection and take down chart for 50 m / 84 m boom
Support base
TNZF operation
wide
T > 50 m
10 m¥9,6 m
to the rear To theside

Operating
Ballast
mode
T>m F>m T>m F>m
TNZF 135 t > 45 t 16,1 6 to 63 16,1 6 to 63
TNZF 30 t 16,1 6 to 63 16,1 6 to 56
TNZF 15 t 16,1 6 to 63 (*) 16,1 6 to 42
DANGER: (*) For erection and take down with the 15 t ballast, the lattice jib F>63 m, the
load hook up to a T>boom of angle of 25 ∞ must remain on the ground.
The lattice jib F > 63 m may only be erected with a 600 kg load hook!
Support base
TNZF operation
wide
T > 84 m
10 m¥9,6 m
to the rear To theside

Operating
Ballast
mode
T>m F>m T>m F>m
TNZF 135 t > 30 t 16,1 6 to 56 (*) 16,1 6 to 56 (*)
TNZF 30 t 16,1 6 to 56 (*) 16,1 6 to 42
DANGER: (*) For erection and take down with the 15 t ballast, the lattice jib F>56 m, the
load hook up to a T>boom of angle of 25 ∞ must remain on the ground.
The lattice jib F > 56 m may only be erected with a 600 kg load hook!
658
4.1 Erection
Erection / take down

As a rule, the boom combinations must be erected or taken down with fully retracted telescopic boom
(T16,1 m) .
DANGER: The telescopic boom must be retracted all the way. If this is not observed, the
crane will be overloaded or tip over!
Prerequisite:
> The counterweight is installed according to the load chart on the slewing platform.
> The lattice jib is assembled according to the load chart and the instructions given in the Operating
Manual.
> The hydraulic connections to the control cylindes are established.
> The hoist cable has been placed correctly into the cable pulleys and has been secured with cable
retaining pins to prevent it from juping out.
> The guy rods have been removed on the intermediate sections.
> In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum,
airplane warning light , windspeed sensor,etc. ) are free of ice and snow.

As the hook block weight, the weight of the hook block has been taken into account, which is required to
lift the maximum load for the corresponding boom combination .
DANGER: No larger hook block may be reeved than is necessary to lift the maximum
load given in the load chart.
If this is not observed, the crane will be overload or tip over!
659
Prerequisite:
> Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the data in the load chart and the equipment
configuration (see chapter 4.02, 4.03).
> Actuate the installation keyed button, the indicator light ∫Installation∫ lights up.
Inputs on the EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION VIEW of the LICCON (see chapter 4.02)
> Enter the (4>digit) code number according to the required load chart, and confirm with ENTER .
> Enter the actual reeving.
> Check the actual equipment configuration of the crane with the entered data to ensure they match.
> Press the function key >F8> ∫o.k.∫ , the OPERATING VIEW will appear.
DANGER: Compare and check the LICCON settings with the actual equipment
configuration.
If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded or tip over!
> Turn on automatic or manual telescoping on the monitor (telescoping view) .

> Enter the telescoping goal via the set up view or telescoping view.
> For description, see chapter 4.05,
Paragraph : LICCON automatic telescoping system (TELEMATIK)
Indications in the OPERATING VIEW during the erection procedure

The following alarm functions are activated (blink) during the erection mode until the operating
> ∫STOP∫
> ∫HORN∫+Acoustical signal
Note: The lowest operating position is reached if the indicators turn off and a load value in
tons >t > appears in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ instead of the question marks ("? ? ? ?")
> Turn off the installation keyed button by pressing the button.
> The installation symbol on the LICCON indicator turns off.
DANGER: The installation keyed button must be turned off immediately after reaching
the lowest operating position.
660
4.3 Erection
Actuate the master switch MS1 and telesope all the way in, luff up the telescopic boom until the lattice
jib end section lifts off the ground.
Reeve in the hoist cable between the pulley head on the end section and the hook block and secure on the
fixed point > see chapter 4.06, Reeving plans.
As the hook block weight, the weight of the hook block has been taken into account, which is required to
lift the maximum load for the corresponding boom combination .
DANGER: No larger hook block may be reeved than is necessary to lift the maximum
load given in the load chart.
If this is not observed, the crane will be overload or tip over!
> Attach the hoist limit switch weight.

> Luff up the telescopic boom into the steepest telescopic boom position.
> Telescope the telescopic boom out.
> If the symbol "telescopic boom crossed out" appears in the telescoping view, then it cannot be
telescoped, which means the conditions for the "unpinning" release are not met.
> The symbol only appears if one tries to telescope and it cannot unpinned.
> The symbol signals that the telescopic boom is not yet luffed up into a range, in which the release for
unpinning can occur.
> For that reason, continue to luff up the telescopic boom until the "unpinning clear" is issued when
actuating a telescoping movement, i.e. the symbol does no longer appear in the telescoping view.
5. Crane operation > TNZF
CAUTION: Make sure to observe all notes in chapter 4.05 ∫ CRANE OPERATION ∫ and
chapter 4.08 ∫WORKING WITH A LOAD ∫ .
Prerequisites:
> The LICCON overload safety device is set according to the data in the load chart .
> The installation keyed button is turned off. The installation symbol on the LICCON indictor turns off.
> The installation symbol on the LICCON indicator is off.
DANGER: Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during operation.
time, then he is obligated to check all operating mode settings and to reset
them, if necessary, before starting to work again .
> Check the function of the overload system by running against the ∫top∫ and ∫bottom∫ operating
positions.
> Check the function of the hoist limit switch ∫on top∫ by running against the hoist limit switch weight.
Note: Cable reeving for TNZF operation, see chapter 4.06 // Reeving TF operation
661
193573
662
6. Adjusting the lattice jib or special auxiliary boom *

The adjustment range of the lattice jib is between 0 ∞ and 40 ∞ to the telescopic boom.
DANGER: The load charts for the hydraulically adjustable lattice jib are only valid for
angles 0∞, 20∞ and 40∞ (fig. 1 > 3).
For the angles between 0 and 20∞ or between 20 and 40∞ , the maximum load
carrying capacity m u s t be determined through hyperbolic interpolation,
see paragraph 10.
The hydraulic adjustment of the lattice jib is made via button (401), from the crane operator's cab (fig.
4).
Button 401 (fig. 4)

Lattice jib / Speical auxiliary boom, luff down / up
(see chapter 4.01 // Controls and instruments )
Position II = (right) luff down
Position 0 = (center) OFF
Position I = (left) luff up
Prerequisite:
> All pin connections on the lattice jib are secured.
> The hydraulic connections to the control cylinders (13) in the TF adapter (G2) are established.
> The electrical connections are established.
> The crane engine is running (chapter 4.03)
> The operating mode TNZF is set and confirmed on the LICCON.
Adjustment procedure:
> Move the button (401) to position II .
> The control cylinders (13) slowly extend. The lattice jib is luffed down (fig. 2 // fig. 3).
> Move the button to position 0 . The luffing up or down movement is shut off.
> Move the button to position I .
> The control cylinders (13) slowly retract. The lattice jib is luffed up (fig. 3 // fig. 2).
Note: The adjustment of the lattice jib can be made with load.
DANGER: The data in the erection and take down charts as well as the data in the load
charts must be observed. If this is not observed, there is a danger of accidents!
6.1 Angle indication for the lattice jib

The angle indication in the LICCON operating view (fig. 5), for the lattice jib (TNZF) , which was luffed
via the control cylinders in the TF adapter is shown as a relative angle between the angle on the
telescopic boom pulley head and the jib pivot section angle.
Angle indication in the LICCON operating view (fig. 5)

S = Jib pivot section angle
T = Telescopic boom angle
* Optional
663
193920
664
7. Take down
Set the telescopic boom with the master switch MS 1 (fig. 3 // 390) to 83∞ and telescope it in all the way
(fig. 1).
Luff up the lattice jib with button (401 // fig. 4) to 0∞ (fig. 1).
DANGER: Telescoping out and in with installed lattice jib is only permitted at steepest
telescopic boom position.
7.1 Take down procedure

> Actuate the master switch MS1 and luff down the telescopic boom with installed lattice jib to the
lowest operating position.
DANGER: When luffing down the telescopic boom, make sure that no one is under, next
to or near the telescopic boom .
The load indication in the symbol ∫MAX. LOAD∫ turns off and question marks (???)
appear .
At the same time, the following alarm functiosn are activate (blink) in the LICCON Operating view:
> ∫STOP∫
> ∫HORN∫ + Accoustical signal
CAUTION: When luffing down, the hoist winch must be spooled out at the same tim to
prevent the hook block from colliding with the end section of the lattice jib .
> Actuate the installation keyed button, the indicator light ∫Installation∫ lights up. The installation

> Actuate the master switch MS1 and luff the telescopic boom down until the hook block touches the
ground.
> Remove the hosit limit switch weight.
> Unreeve the hook block.
DANGER: When unreeving the hoist cable, make sure that no one is in the danger zone!
> Spool back the hoist cable to the telescopic boom head.
> Luff down the telescopic boom until the end section of the lattice jib is just above the ground (fig. 2).
CAUTION: The end section of the lattice jib may not lay on the ground.
If this is not observed, the end section can be damged!
665
193592
666
8. Removal of electrical connections
8.1 Electrical connections of the lattice jib (fig. 1)

> Unplug the cable plug of the airplane warning light (3) and the wind speed sensor (2) on the connector
box (>X19) .
> Disconnect the electrical connection between the cable drum (N5) and the connector box (>X19) .
> Unplug the cable plug on the cable drum.
> Unplug the cable of the cable drum on the connector box (>X18) in the TF adapter, spoolup and secure
the cable drum to prevent it from spooling out inadvertently.
> Unplug the cable plug (X510A) on the connector box (>X17) .
8.2 Electrical connections of the special auxiliary boom * (fig. 2)

> Unplug the cable plug of the airplane warning light (3) and the wind speed sensor (2) on the connector
box (>X19) .
> Disconnect the electrical connection between the connector box (>X19) and the connector box (>X18) in
the TF adapter (WL 513).
> Unplug the cable plug (X510A) on the connector box (>X17) .
* Optional
667
193591
668
9. Removal of lattice jib or special auxiliary boom *
CAUTION: Before removing the lattice jib or the special auxiliary boom, it must be
ensured that all electrical connections have been disconnected properly.
If this is not observed, the cables, plugs or connector boxes can be damaged!
> Swing the pulley bracket (6) with the auxiliary crane from operating position (B) into transport
position (A). To do so, remove the pin (8) and the spring retainer (9) (fig. 1 // fig. 4).
> Carefully luff down the lattice jib with the control cylinders (13) in the TF adapter (button 401 // fig. 5)
to the placement (X) on the ground (fig. 2).
DANGER: When luffing down the lattice jib, it must be ensured that no one is under or
next to the lattice jib .
> Release and unpin the "lower" pins (4) on the TF adapter (fig. 2).
> Lower the lattice jib with the TF adapter to the placement (Y) on the ground (fig. 3)
> Release and unpin the "upper" pins (4) on the TF adapter (fig. 3).
> Disconnect the hydraulic connections (quick couplings, Sk) to the control cylinders (13) .
DANGER: Relieve the hydraulic pressure in the hydraulic system before loosening the
hydraulic lines (the engine must be turned off > then wait for approx. 5
minutes . )
> After the lattice jib is removed, retract the control cylinders (13) all the way (Position 0∞).
D A N G E R: Unpin horizontally>mounted double cone pins from outside to inside!
> Hang the TF adapter (G2) on the auxiliary crane and unpin on the TN / TF adapter (G1) . To do so,
remove the spring retainers (3) and unpin the pin (2) (see Installation of TF > Adapter 3.1.2).
> Hang the TN /TFadapter on the auxiliary crane and unpin the pin on the telescopic boom head with
the pin pulling device (1) and place down (see Installation of TN / TF > Adapter 3.1.1).
* Optional
669
Hyperbolic Interpolation
P1
P*
P2
Radius 1
Radius *
Radius 2
(Radius 2 > Radius *) ¥ Radius 1 ¥ P 1 +(Radius * > Radius 1) ¥ Radius 2 ¥ P 2

P*=
(Radius 2 > Radius 1) ¥ Radius *
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
670
10. Hyperbolic Interpolation

The hydraulically adjustable lattice jib can be used to work steplessly between 0∞ and 40∞ .
There are three fixed angles (0∞, 20∞ and 40∞), these angle positions are available as load charts. To
interpole between the three fixed angles, the hyperbolic model has been chosen (for formula, see left
page).
Example: T47,3 +A>2.2+F>63,0
Note: Radius [m]=reach [m] > 1,20 [m]
with:Radius1 = 32,61m (at 0∞)

Radius2 = 52,29m (at 20∞)
Radius* (current radius) = 42,87m
Load carrying capacity1 (P1) = 8,0t (at 0∞)

Load carrying capacity 2 (P2) = 3,2t (at 20∞)
total: P* (current load carrying capacity)
(52,29m > 42,87m) ¥ 32,61m ¥ 8,0t +(42,87m > 32,61m) ¥ 52,29m ¥ 3,2t
P*=
(52,29m > 32,61m) ¥42,87m
P * = 5,0t
671
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
195253
672
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
1. General
Boom nose operation has been designed for quick hoist movements via the boom nose, whereby the hook
block remains reeved on the main boom.
Note: No extra charts are programmed for operation with boom nose. The corresponding load
charts are valid, however, the load carrying capacity must be reduced by the weight of
the boom nose as well as the tackle, which is used to take on and attach the load.
C A U T I O N :The hoist limit switch on the boom nose must be connected and fully
functioning.
Boom nose on telescopic boom head (12 t) (Fig. 1)
Reeving maximum: 1>way
Individual weight: approx. 133 kg
Boom nose on N> end section (12 t) (Fig. 2)
Note: For installation / removal, see section 3; Boom nose (12t) on N>end section
673
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
195255
674
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
Boom nose (maximum 48 t) on N>end section (N) and on special auxiliary boom (S) (Fig. 3)
D A N G E R : For operating mode with boom nose (max. 48 t) no separate load charts are
available, and therefore no LML programming.
(LMB=Load Moment Limiter)
The loads for operating modes without boom nose are valid, minus the weight of
the boom nose (600 kg) as well as a limitation of maximum 48 t.
For boom nose operation, the loads shown on the LICCON computer system
(LML) are higher than the actual load on the hook, due to the fact that the
geometry and the individual weight of the boom nose are not taken into
consideration in the LML.
In addition, the operation with luffing jib and boom nose (from N>51 to including
N>91) is limited.
The utilization may only be 90% according to the LML indicator.
If these points are not taken into consideration, there is an increased risk of
having a serious accident!
Note: For installation / removal, siehe Abschnitt 4; boom nose 48t on N>end section (N) and
special auxiliary boom (S).
675
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
189169
676
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
2. Boom nose (12t) on telescopic boom head
2.1 Components of boom nose (Fig. 3)
Pos:
1 Boom nose
2 Hoist limit switch with hoist limit switch weight
3 Retaining pin
4 Spring retainer
5 Cable retaining bar
6 Spring retainer
7 Pin
8 Spring retainer
2.2 Installation of boom nose on telescopic boom head (Fig. 3)

> Attach boom nose with suitable tackle to auxiliary crane.
> On the retaining pin (7), remove the spring retainer (8).
Note: The boom nose weighs approx. 133 kg.
> Align the boom nose until the boom nose can be pinned on the telescopic boom head (A) with swing
pin!(7).
> Pin the boom nose with the swing pin (7) on the telescopic boom head and secure with spring
retainer!(8).
2.3 Swing boom nose from transport position (I) into operation position (II) (Fig. 4)
> Remove the spring retainer (4) on the pin (3).
> Support the boom nose (1) and pull the pin (3).
> Swing the boom nose downward.
CAUTION: Danger of crushing injury, when the boom nose folds downward.
> Pin the pin (3) in working position and secure with spring retainer (4).
2.3.1 Hoist cable reeving (Fig. 4)
Note: Reeving maximum: 1>way
D A N G E R : All installation procedures must be carried out from a safe place. Utmost care
must be taken when stepping and walking on the telescopic boom !
There is a serious DANGER of having an ACCIDENT due to erroneous control
of crane functions and slipping on the telescopic boom.
> Remove the spring retainers and pull the cable retaining bar on the telescopic boom head (9) and on
the boom nose (5).
> Guide the hoist cable from hoist gear 2 * over the second pulley * on the telescopic boom head and over
the cable pulley of the boom nose.
> Insert both cable retaining bars on the telescopic boom head (9) and on the boom nose and secure with
spring retainers.
> Attach the load hook and hoist limit switch weight, as described in chapter 4.06 CABLE REEVING.
* Optional
677
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
191266
678
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
2.3.2 Hoist limit switch

> Establish the electrical connection for the hoist limit switch (HES) to the connector socket on the
telescopic boom head >X17, see fig. 6 to 7.
> Install the wind speed sensor.
> Establish the electrical connection for the wind speed sensor to the hoist limit switch (HES), see fig. 7
to 7.
> Install the airplane warning light * and make electrical connection.
Note: See also chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM; paragraph 6.2, Alarm functions.
2.3.2.1 One hook operation
Via telescopic boom head (Fig. 6)

> Winch 1 via pulley head telescopic boom.
> Only HES >S25 active.
Note: Lock winch 2 *.
2.3.2.2 Two hook operation (Fig. 7)

> Hoist gear 1 via pulley head telescopic boom.
> Hoist gear 2* via 2nd pulley* telescopic boom head and pulley head boom nose.
Note: HES >S25 and >S40 active.
2.3.2.3 Function check

> Check all electrical connections from hoist limit switch, wind speed sensor*, airplane warning light*.
> Check hoist limit switch for easy movement.
To do so, manually actuate the hoist limit switch, symbol element "Hoist top" for main boom or
auxiliary boom on the LICCON monitor must appear. The hoist winch must turn off in upward
movement.
> Check the function of the wind speed sensor* on the symbol element "Wind speed sensor" on the
LICCON monitor.
> Check the function of the airplane warning light *.
* Optional
679
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
189169
680
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
2.4 Swing the boom nose from operating position (II) to transport position (I) (Fig. 4)
> On the boom nose (1), remove the load hook, as described in chapter 4.06 CABLE REEVING.
> Remove the hoist limit switch weight (2) with chain.
> Remove the cable retaining bar on the boom nose and on the telescopic boom head.
> Carefully spool up the hoist cable from the boom nose onto the winch.
Note: Spool up the hoist cable only to the point where approx. 2 m remain. Do not pull the
end of the cable under the winch.
> Lock the spooled up winch via the LICCON "Control>Parameter" program.
> Insert the cable retaining bar on the telescopic boom head and on the boom nose and secure with spring
retainer.
> Unplug the hoist limit switch for the boom nose on terminal bar >X17and secure with cap.
> If necessary, plug in the hoist limit switch for the telescopic boom head on terminal bar >X17.
CAUTION: When operating the crane without boom nose, the hoist limit switch must be
connected on the telescopic boom head. Check it to ensure it is fully
functioning.
> On the pin (3), remove the spring retainer (4).

> Pull the pin.
C A U T IO N : The swing pin (7) may not be unpinned.
> Swing the boom nose upward, until the pin (3) can be inserted in transport position.
> Insert the pin and secure with spring retainer (4).
2.5 Remove the boom nose from the boom head

> Attach the boom nose with suitable tackle to the auxiliary crane.
Note: The weight of the boom nose is approx. 133 kg.
> Unpin the pin (7) after removing the spring retainer (8).
> Place the boom nose down.
> Pin the pin on the boom nose and secure with spring retainer.
681
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
189171
682
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
3. Boom nose (12t) on N> end section

This features has been designed for quick hoist movements in N>operation, whereby the hook block
remains reeved on the N > head.
3.1 Components of boom nose on N> end section (Fig. 8)
Pos.:
1 Boom nose
2 Pin
3 Spring retainer
3.2 Installation of boom nose on N> end section (Fig. 8)
Prerequisite:
The N > head is laying on the ground.
> Attach the boom nose (1) to the auxiliary crane and pin on N>end section "on top" (A) and secure. Use
pin (2) and spring retainer (3).
> Place the boom nose on the ground, remove the auxiliary crane.
> Raise the N>end section with the auxiliary crane and pin boom nose on N>end section "on the bottom"
(B) and secure. Use pin (2) and spring retainer (3).
> Continue to raise the N>end section with installed boom nose with the auxiliary crane and set the set
up cart under the boom nose jib.
> Place the boom nose on the set up cart.
683
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
189199
684
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
3.2.1 Hoist cable routing for boom nose (12t) on N>end section
3 = Cable pulley N> end section

4 = Cable pulley NA> bracket II
5 = Cable pulley boom nose
WII= Winch II
685
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
191267
686
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
3.2.1 Hoist limit switch

> Establish the electrical connection for the hoist limit switch (HES) to the connector socket on the
terminal bar >X19 on the boom head of the luffing jib, see fig. 9 to 12.
> Attach the hoist limit switch weight with chain (2) as outlined in chapter 4.06 CABLE REEVING.
> Install the wind speed sensor.
> Establish the electrical connection for the wind speed sensor to the hoist limit switch (HES), see fig. 10
to 12.
> Install the airplane warning light * and connect on terminal bar >X19.
Note: See also chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM; paragraph Alarm functions.
3.2.1.1 One hook operation
Via boom head > luffing jib (Fig. 10)

> Only HES >S15 active.
Note: Remove hoist limit switch weight and chain on HES >S16.
3.2.1.2 Two hook operation via pulley head luffing jib and pulley head boom nose (Fig. 12)
Note: HES >S15 and >S16 active.
3.2.1.3 Function check

> Check all electrical connections from hoist limit switch, wind speed sensor*, airplane warning light*.
> Check hoist limit switch for easy movement.
To do so, manually actuate the hoist limit switch, symbol element "Hoist top" for main boom or
auxiliary boom on the LICCON monitor must appear. The hoist winch must turn off in upward
movement.
> Check the function of the wind speed sensor* on the symbol element "Wind speed sensor" on the
LICCON monitor.
> Check the function of the airplane warning light *.
687
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
195278
688
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
4. Boom nose (48t) on N > end section and on special auxiliary boom
4.1 Installation
Components
Pos.:
1 Boom nose
2 Pin
3 Spring retainer
> Attach the boom nose (1) on the auxiliary crane and pin and secure on special auxiliary boom "on
top". Use pin (2) and spring retainer (3) .
> Lower the auxiliary crane and pin and secure boom nose on the special auxiliary boom "on the
bottom". Use pins (2) and spring retainer (3) .
Note: The weight of the boom nose (1) is approx. 600kg

The folding pulley (4) may only be used for hanging installation. To do so, they must be
pinned and secured on both sides with the boom nose. The folding pulley (4) is installed so
that the hoist cable on the boom does not get entangled with teh hoist cable on the boom
nose.
4.2 Establish the electrical connection to the boom nose/special auxiliary boom
> see chapter special auxiliary boom (S) *
4.3 Hoist cable routing for boom nose on special auxiliary boom
> see chapter special auxiliary boom (S) *
* Optional
689
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
690
5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t 024570>04
5 Erection
5.1 Erection with boom nose on N>end section

> Continue to erect the telescopic boom with luffing jib.
C A U T I O N :Monitor the hoist cable of the hook block on the N>end section during the
erection procedure, to make sure that it does not get stuck on the boom nose.
Note: Erect the boom as outlined in chapter 5.04, LUFFING LATTICE JIB > TN.
5.2 Erection with boom nose on special auxiliary boom
Note: See erection chart in the chapter special auxiliary boom (S) *
6. Operation with boom nose on N>end section and on special auxiliary boom
> Set the LICCON overload safety system according to the load chart.
C A U T I O N :No extra charts are programmed for N>operation and for the special auxiliary
boom with installed boom nose, because the cable pulley for the boom nose and
the cable pulleys on the N>end section are close together.
The TN> or TYSNZF > charts are valid, however, the load carrying capacity must
be reduced by the weight of the boom nose as well as the tackle, which is used to
take on and attach the load.
D A N G E R : The hoist limit switch must be connected to the boom nose.

The load may not be raised off the ground by luffing up the boom. It must be
raised off the ground via the hoist gear!
7. Removal
Remove the boom nose in reverse order.
* Optional
691
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
193708
692
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
1. Installation winch 3 with pulley block
Components:
Pos. Description
1 Slewing platform
2 Counterweight frame
3 Winch 3
4 Lower pulley
5 Upper pulley
6 Pin
7 Stop cushion
8 Placement bracket
9 Pin
10 Tackle
11 Pin
12 Spring retainer
The pulley block (fig. 3) consists of:

> lower pulley (4)
> upper pulley (5)
Prerequisite:
> The counterweight frame (2) is installed on the slewing platform (1) and is pinned (fig. 1).
> A transport vehicle with winch 3 and pulley block is positioned next to the supported crane.
> The pulley block (fig. 3) is pinned on winch 3 with pin (9) and secured (fig. 1).
> The upper pulley (5) is secured to the lower pulley (4) in transport position with pin (6) (fig. 3).
> With the winch unit in transport position (fig. 1), the lower pulley (4) is pinned to winch 3 (3) on the
pin points (T) (fig. 3 // fig. 4), with pins (11) and secured with spring retainers (12) .
1.1 Installation procedure

> Attach the tackle (10) to the winch unit (fig. 1) .
> Lift the winch unit (3) with the auxiliary crane from the transport vehicle.
> Insert thewinch unit (3) into the counterweight frame (2) until the pin bores align.
D A N GE R: When inserting the winch unit into the counterweight frame (2), it must be
ensured that there are no persons within the danger zone.
> Pin the winch unit on the counterweight frame (2) at (X) and (Y) on both sides and secure with spring
retainers (fig. 1).
693
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
193710
694
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
> The stop cushion (7) must touch the placement bracket (8) of the counterweight frame (fig. 6).
D A N G E R: The winch unit may only be detached from the auxiliary crane after it has
been ensured that the winch 3 has been pinned and secured properly on the
counterweight frame (2) (fig. 5).
> Remove the tackle (10) from the winch unit .
1.2 Connect the supply lines

> Establish the electrical connection for winch 3 ,
> establish the supply lines for the central lubrication system,
> establish the hydraulic connections.
Note: Due to the different diameters of the hydraulic lines, the lines cannot be mixed up
and connected wrong.
Connect or release the hydraulic lines
DANGER: When working on the hydraulic system, make sure to observe utmost
cleanliness to prevent any dirt infiltration into the hydraulic system .
When connecting or releasing hydraulic lines with quick couplings, it must be

ensured that the coupling procedure is carried out correctly.

> The pressure must be released from the hydraulic system before connecting
or releasing the couplings (turn the engine off, wait for approx. 5 minutes).
the hand nut.
will be damaged).
Improperly connected couplings can cause loss of pressure or sudden leaka>

ge and therefore can cause ACCIDENTS!
1.3 Unpin the transport retaining pins of the pulley block

Before the luffing lattice jib > TN can be installed on the job site, the pins (11) must be unpinned from
the transport position (T) of the pulley block.
D A N G E R: Before installation of the luffing lattice jib > TN, the pins (11) m u s t be
unpinned , from the transport position (T) (fig. 5).
If this is not observed, there is an increased danger of accidents!
695
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
193709
696
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
2. Position the pulley block for crane operation with winch 1
Description
Before crane operation with winch 1, and winch 3 is installed but not needed, the position of the pulley
block must be changed before starting to work.
The pulley block must be brought from transport position (fig. 7) into the intermediate position (fig. 8)
and pinned there with pin (11) .
This is necessary to prevent damage to the hoist cable or the crane.
CAUTION: Before crane operation with winch 1, the pulley block must be pinned and
secured in intermediate position (Z) (fig. 9) (fig. 8).
If this is not observed, the hoist cable or crane can be damaged!
Procedure
> Release the pin (11) in transport position (T) . To do so, remove the spring retainers (12) (fig. 10) and
unpin the pins (11) on the pin point (T) of the winch frame (3) (fig. 7 // fig. 9)on both sides.
D A N G E R: It must be ensured that the pins (11) are unpinned on winch 3 on both sides.
> Attach the tackle to the pulley block.

> Pull the pulley block with the auxiliary crane slowly up (arrow) (fig. 7), until the bore holes (Z) of the
pulley block (fig. 3) and the bore holes (Z) of the winch 3 (3) (fig. 9) align.
> Watch for slack cable formation.
> Pin the pulley block with pin (11) to winch 3 (fig. 8).
> Secure the pin (11) with spring retainer (12) .
> The pulley block angle is 35∞ (fig. 8).
D A N G E R: It must be ensured that the pins (11) are pinned and secured on both sides on
winch 3 .
> Remove the tackle from the pulley block.
Note: If the pulley block is pinned and securd in intermediate position (Z) (fig. 8), then the
winch 1 can be operated within the framework of the applications described in the
Operating Manual.
697
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
193711
698
5.11 WINCH 3 025497>00
3. Position the pulley block for crane operation with winch 2
Description
Before carrying out crane operation with winch 2, for example in TF > operation where winch 3 is not
needed, the pulley block must be brought from transport position (fig. 11) or intermediate position (fig.
8) with the auxiliary crane upward into the pin position (U) (fig. 12) and pinned there with pin (11) .
Without this measure, it is not permissible to work with winch 2 .
D A N G E R: It is prohibited to work with winch 2 as long as the pulley block is still in

transport position (T) or in intermediate position (Z) .
CAUTION: Before crane operation with winch 2, the pulley block must be pinned and
secured in pin position (U) (fig. 13) (fig. 12).
If this is not observed, the hoist cable or the crane can be damaged!
Procedure
> Attach the tackle to the pulley block.
> Slowly bring the tackle with the auxiliary crane to "tension" .
D A N G E R: Tension the tackle to the point where the pulley block does not fall "down"
when unpinning.
CAUTION: If the tackle is tensioned too much, the crane can be damaged!
> Release the pin (11) . To do so, remove the spring retainers (12) and unpin the pins (11) on the pin
point (T) or (Z) the winch frame (3) (fig. 13) on both sides.
D A N G E R: It must be ensured that the pins (11) are unpinned on both sides on winch 3 .
> Pull the pulley block with the auxiliay crane slowly up (arrow) (fig. 11) until the bore holes (T) of the
pulley block (fig. 3) and the bore holes (U) of the winch 3 (fig. 13) align.
> Watch for slack cable formation.
> Pin the pulley block with pin (11) to winch 3 (fig. 12).
> Secure the pin (11) with spring retainer (12) . The pulley block angle is approx. 107.4∞ (fig. 12).
D A N G E R: It must be ensured that the pins (11) are pinned and secured on both sides on
winch 3 .
> Remove the tackle from the pulley block.
Note: If the pulley block is pinned and securd in the pin position (U) 107.4∞ (fig. 12) , then
the winch 2 can be operated within the framework of the applications described in
the Operating Manual.
699
5.12 LUFFING LATTICE JIB,T > GUYED > TY3SN 026851>00
194735
700
5.12 LUFFING LATTICE JIB, T > GUYED > TY3SN 026851>00
1. TY3SN attachment
For the TYSN boom combination , the telescopic boom is guyed with a 6.5 m spacer, compared to the
TY3N operation.
On the TN/TF adapter (1), a 6.5 m wide spacer (2) is installed instead of the narrow traverse .
2. Installation
Prerequisite:
> The crane is properlz supported and aligned.
> The TY guy brackets are installed and erected.
> The telescopic boom is horizontally luffed down, telescoped in, locked and turned to the side,
according to the data in the erection charts.
Note: Installation and erection of TY brackets, see Chapter 5.05.
2.1 Installation of spacers on TN/TF adapter
Set down the TN/TF adapter (1) on the ground in front of the telescopic boom head.
Attach the auxiliary crane to the eyehooks on the spacer .
Note: Weight of TN/TF adapter 2000kg

Weight of spacer 930kg
Pull up the spacer (2) and pin and secure on the TN/TF adapter (1) .
Pin the spacer (2) with pin (3) on the TN/TF adapter (1) on both sides and secure with the hinge pin (4) .
CAUTION: The pins (3) must be inserted from the inside to the outside and secured with
hinge pins (4) !
701
194736
702
2.2 Connect the TN/TF adapter and spacer
Connect the TN/TF adapter (1) and spacer (2) with a rigging belt (5) .
Attach the tackle chains (7) on eyehooks (A and B) .
Note: The chains are in the crane toolbox.

Note the length of the chains. The center of gravity must be such that the lower
connection can be pinned first when the unit is lifted to the telescopic boom head.
Start the crane engine.

Spool out guy rope from the corresponding guy winch. Pin the bracket (8) of the guy rope (6) on both
sides on the spacer with pin (9) and secure with washer (10) and hinge pin (11) .
Note: For control of the guy winches during installation, sse chapter 5.05 "TELESCOPIC
BOOM GUYED >TY3".
703
194737
704
2.3 TN/TF Adapter
Pull up the unit connected with the rigging belt (5) , TN/TF adapter (1) and spacer (2) , and pin and
secure with the pin pulling device first on the bottom (T1) and then on the top (T2) on both sides on the
telescopic boom head (T).
Note: The weight of the unit is approx. 3000kg.

For description of pinning with pin pulling device, see Chapter 5.3, FIXED LATTICE
JIB > TF.
When the TN/TF adapter (1) is pinned and secured on the telescopic boom head, remove the tackle
chains (7) and the rigging belt (5) .
3.0 Installation of the luffing lattice jib
3.1 Install the N>installation unit.
C A U T I O N :After installation, the installation rails must be folded down onto the NA>
bracket II .
3.2 For installation / removal and assembly of the N>lattice jib,

see Chapter 5,04, LUFFING LATTICE JIB > TN
3.3 Erection / take down of TYSN attachment

see Chapter 5,04, LUFFING LATTICE JIB > TN

see Chapter 5.06, LUFFING LATTICE JIB, T > GUYED > TY3N
3.5 For telescoping procedure,

N> angle window to telescope out
Crane operation
see Chapter 5.06, LUFFING LATTICE JIB, T > GUYED > TY3N
705
706
4.1 50 mTelescopic boom
TY>
Pretension Pretension Hook block
bracket
Boom length angle angle weight
angle
[m]
Telescopic Luffing jib
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections) boom
[%] a d
b
[∞] [∞] [t]
[∞]
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 3,5

T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>4+N>28 bis N>56 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/92/0) +A>4+N>63 bis N>91 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 3,5
T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>28 bis N>56 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6

T>42,1 (92/92/46) +A>4+N>63 bis N>91 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>4+N>21 bis N>49 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 2,6

T>47,3 (92/92/92) +A>4+N>56 bis N>91 83∞ 42∞ 67∞ 1,4
the crane .
707
4.2 84 mTelescopic boom (T36,9 bis 57,7 m)
TY>
bracket
angle angle block
angle
Boom length weight
[m] Telescopic Luffing jib
boom
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections ) a d
b
[∞] [∞] [t]
[∞]
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 20∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 25∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 40∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 45∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>49 bis N>56 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 2,6
T>36,9 (92/46/46/0/0/0) +A>4+N>63 bis N>91 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 20∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 25∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 45∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>49 83∞ 42∞ 60 ∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>56 83∞ 42∞ 60 ∞ 2,6
T>47,3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>4+N>63 bis N>91 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>21 bis N>28 83∞ 42∞ 40∞ 2,6
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 45∞ 2,6
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 50∞ 2,6
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>49 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 1,4
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>56 bis N>77 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>57,7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>4+N>84 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
the crane .
708
84 mTelescopic boom (68,1 > 78,6 m)
TY>
Pretensio Pretension Hook
bracket
Boom length n angle angle block
angle
[m] weight
(Extnesion condition telescoping sections) Teles Luffing jib
[%] copic
boom
a d
b
[∞] [∞] [t]
[∞]
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>21 83∞ 42∞ 25∞ 2,6
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>28 83∞ 42∞ 30∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>35 83∞ 42∞ 50∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>49 bis N>63 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>4+N>70 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>4+N>21 bis N> 35 83∞ 42∞ 55∞ 1,4
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>4+N>42 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 1,4
T>78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92) +A>4+N>49 bis N>56 83∞ 42∞ 65∞ 0,6
the crane .
709
5.13 DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY TELESCOPIC BOOM WITH TRANSPORT DEVICE 026773>02
108031
710
5.13 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY TELESCOPIC BOOM WITH TRANSPORT DEVICE 026773>02
1. General
For countries where an axle load of max. 12 t is permitted, the telescopes 4 > 6 of the
84 m telescopic boom * must be transported separately.

appropriate aids to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed,
assembly personnel could fall and suffer life>threatening or fatal injuries!
> All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (lifting platforms,
scaffolding, pedestal ladders, auxiliary crane, etc.)!
the attachment points for personal protection equipment is given in chapter
2.06.
Do not walk on the telescopic boom!
Ensure there are no people or objects in the danger zone around the crane or
transport device during assembly/disassembly!
Risk of accident if improperly assembled/disassembled!
1.1 Attachment points
DANGER: Risk of accident if the telescopes fall down!

If the telescopes are not properly attached on the auxiliary crane before
assembly / disassembly, then the telescopes can fall down!
If this is not observed during assembly/disassembly, there is a risk of
accident!
1.1.1 Attachment points Telescoping section 3 to 6 and telescoping section 4 to 6***, illustration 1
and 2
Note: If telescoping sections 4 to 6 are attached, the dimensions marked with *** apply.
The telescoping expansion can be disassembled / assembled with the following attachment equipment:
> Carrying belts (1)
> Cross beam (3)
Note: The cross beam is an optional equipment and is not part of the scope of delivery.
Attachment points for use with carrying belts (1), see illustration 1.
Attachment points for use with cross beam, see illustration 2.
The load in the cross beam can be turned with the chain pulls (2) without having to
set down the load.
* Optional
711
108032
712
1.1.2 Attachment points Telescoping section 3, illustration 3 and 4

The telescoping expansion can be disassembled / assembled with the following attachment equipment:
> Carrying belts (1)
> Cross beam (3)
Note: The cross beam is an optional equipment and is not part of the scope of delivery.
Attachment points for use with carrying belts (1), see illustration 3.
Attachment points for use with cross beam, see illustration 4.
The load in the cross beam can be turned with the chain pulls (2) without having to
set down the load.
713
102222
714
2. Disassembly
In the following section, the disassembly of telescopic sections 4 to 6 with boom position "to the rear" is
describe4d.
Prerequisites:
> The crane is supported with "support base wide" and is horizontally aligned.
> The TY guying has been removed.
> The counterweight frame and the counterweight are installed and secured according to the data in the
load chart.
> The telescopic boom is luffed down in 0∞ position and all telescopes are telescoped in.
> The boom nose* is removed.
> The hook block is reeved out and the hoist cable is spooled up.
> The telescopic boom cylinder is retracted and pinned in telescopic section 3.
CAUTION: Make sure that during the assembly / disassembly no diagonal pull is made
on the auxiliary cranes!
2.1 Counterweight
DANGER: Danger of accidents if the crane topples over!

The telescopic sections 4 to 6 may only be assembled or disassembled with
installed counterweight frame and a counterweight of 15 t in boom position
"to the rear" .
Note: Assemble / disassemble the counterweight, see chapter 4.07.
2.2.1 Unplug the supply cable W551 on the terminal box >X17
> Unplug plug >X551 (36).
> Install the cap.
> Remove the retaining rope (37) on the retainer (38) .
> Guide the cable W551 back to the telescopic boom collar and roll up on the cable drum.
> Install the retaining rope (37) on the cable guide (39) .
* Optional
715
108034
716
2.2.2 Unpin telescopic section 3 from telescopic section 4
> Telescope telescope 4 out to 100 %.
Note: The locking pin (40) must be set before disassembly so that the locking pin (40) is
accessible and can be unpinned.
To do so, manually extend the telescopic section 3 to approx. 33 % until the locking
pin (40) is accessible.
For manual telescoping, see chapter 4.05.
> Hang telescope 4 properly on the auxiliary crane, see section "Attachment points".
> Lightly tighten the hoist rope.
717
108033
718
2.2.3 Remove the bearing shoes on telescopic section 3

The telescopic section parts must be relieved among each other so that all bearing shoes can be removed
easily. The bearing shoes may not be removed by force, this can damage the bearing shoes.
1. Remove the upper bearing shoes

> Remove the retaining clip and swing the retaining plate upward.
> Relieve the telescoping sections in such a way that all bearing shoes can be easily removed.
> Remove the bearing shoes.
2. Remove the side bearing shoes

> Remove the retaining clip and push the retaining plate upward.
> Remove bearing shoe (50), bearing shoe (51), bearing shoe (52) and bearing shoe (53).
Note: To disassemble the side bearing shoes, the superstructure might have to be turned to the
left or right .
3. Remove the lower bearing shoes

> Remove the retaining clip and swing the retaining plate to the side.
> Remove the bearing shoe (54) and bearing shoe (55) .
Note: To remove the lower bearing shoes, the telescopic boom must be luffed down.
719
108035
720
2.2.4 Unlocking the telescope 3 from telescope 4
CAUTION: The locking pins (40) of telescope 3 may not be turned down too far during
the mechanical release. If this is not observed, the tong can be seriously
damaged!
Note: The crank and the emergency unlocking screw are part of the on>board tools.
Release the pinning between telescope 3 and telescope 4 manually with the aid of the crank.
> Turn the emergency unlocking screw (41) with the crank into the locking pin (40) and turn the locking
pin downward only as far as necessary.
> Remove the crank.
2.2.5 Retract telescopic section 3

> Fully retract and pin telescopic section 3.
Note: When retracting the telescopic sections 3, interrupt the telescoping procedure as
soon as the rear bearing shoes of telescopic section 4 are visible. Ensure that the
rear bearing shoes of telescopic section 4 are cleared by luffing up or down or
turning the superstructure.
2.2.6 Place telescopic sections down and secure
DANGER: The telescopic sections must be laid down properly on the transport device
before starting to travel and must be secured properly with the rigging belts
(4) .
> Place telescopic section 4 with telescopic section 5 and telescopic section 6 onto the transport device
and secure with rigging belts (4) .
2.2.7 Remove the counterweight

> Set the counterweight frame and counterweight plates on the chassis.
> Remove the counterweight frame and the counterweight plates with the auxiliary crane and set on the
transport vehicle.
2.2.8 Ready to drive the crane

See chapter 3.04, DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS.
DANGER: Before driving the crane it must be ensured hat the telescopic sections are
secured to prevent them from slipping out when the crane is slowed down or
when the crane is driving downhill. If this is not observed, there is a danger
of accidents .
721
102398
722
3. Assembly
In the following section is a description of the assembly of the telescopic sections 4 to 6 with boom
position "to the rear".

appropriate aids to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed,
assembly personnel could fall and suffer life>threatening or fatal injuries!
> All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (lifting
platforms, scaffolding, pedestal ladders, auxiliary crane, etc.)!
equipment (such as catch belts) to protect against falling! A description
of the attachment points for personal protection equipment is given in
chapter 2.06.
Do not walk on the telescopic boom!
Ensure there are no people or objects in the danger zone around the
crane or transport device during assembly/disassembly!
Risk of accident if improperly assembled/disassembled!
Prerequisites:
> The crane is supported with "support base wide" and is horizontally aligned.
> The TY guying has been removed.
> The telescopic boom is luffed down in 0∞ position and all telescopes are telescoped in.
> The telescoping cylinder is retracted and pinned in telescopic section 3.
> The boom nose* is removed.
> Locking pin (40) is completely turned downward.
> The telescopic section 4 with telescopic section 5 and telescopic section 6 is properly hung on two
auxiliary cranes.
CAUTION: Make sure that during assembly / disassembly there is no diagonal pull on
the auxiliary cranes !
3.1 Install the counterweight
DANGER: Danger of accidents if the crane topples over!

The telescopic sections 4 to 6 may only be assembled or disassembled with
installed counterweight frame and a counterweight of 15 t in boom position
"to the rear" .
> Set the counterweight plates and counterweight frame with the auxiliary crane on the crane chassis .
> Install the counterweight plates and counterweight frame on the slewing platform .
Note: For installation / removal of counterweight, see also chapter 4.07
* Optional
723
102225
724
3.2 Install telescopic sections

> Telescope the telescopic section 3 out to 33 % .
3.2.1 Pin telescopic section 3 with telescopic section 4
CAUTION: When telescoping in telescopic section 3 in telescopic section 4, make sure

that the rear bearing shoes of telescopic section 4 are not damaged.
Note: Telescopic section 3 must be manually extended approx. 33%, so that the locking pin
(40) is accessible.
> Carefully guide telescopic section 4 into telescopic section 3 with the auxiliary cranes.
DANGER: Telescopic section 3 and telescopic section 4 must be pinned and secured
with the locking pin (40) !
If this is not observed, there is a danger of accidents !
Note: The crank and the emergency unlocking screw are part of the on>board tools.
> Pin telescope 4 with telescope 4: Turn the emergency unlocking screw (41) with the crank out of the
locking pin (40) and turn the locking pin (40) all the way up.
> Remove the crank.
DANGER: Unlocked telescoping sections!

Make sure that the locking pin has an overhang on the locking bore of at
least 11 mm!
Check if the telescopes are secured to prevent them from slipping out by
themselves, even after strong braking actions!
725
108036
726
3.2.2 Insert the bearing shoes

By luffing up / down, turning the superstructure, the boom sections must be relieved toward each other
so that all bearing shoes can be inserted easily. The bearing shoes may not be installed by force, this can
cause damage to the bearing shoes .
1. Lower bearing shoes

> Relieve the telescoping sections in such a way that the bearing shoes can be easily assembled.
Insert bearing shoe (54) and bearing shoe (55) and secure retaining plate with retaining clip.
2. Side bearing shoes

> Relieve the telescoping section in such a way that the bearing shoes can be easily assembled.
Insert bearing shoe (50), bearing shoe (51), bearing shoe (52) and bearing shoe (53) and secure
with a retaining plate and retaining pin.
3. Upper bearing shoe

> Relieve the telescoping section in such a way that the bearing shoes can be easily assembled.
Insert bearing shoe (48) and bearing shoe (49) and secure with retaining plate and retaining
clip.
3.2.3 Plug in cable W551

> Remove the mounting cable (37) on the cable guide (39) .
> Guide cable W551 from the telescopic boom collar to the telescopic boom head.
> Install the mounting cable (37) on the retainer (39) .
> Insert plug >X551 (36) on connector bushing on terminal box >X17.
3.2.4 Ready to drive the crane

See chapter 3.04, DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS.
DANGER: Before starting to drive it must be ensured that the telescopic sections are
secured to prevent them from slipping out when slowing down the crane or
when driving downhill. If this is not observed, there is a danger of accidents!
> Remove the auxiliary cranes

> Telescope all telescopic sections in or out into the desired extension condition according to the load
chart.
727
LUFFING CYLINDER ON THE CRANE SUPERSTRUCTURE 028158>00
728
LUFFING CYLINDER ON THE CRANE SUPERSTRUCTURE 028158>00
729
LUFFING CYLINDER ON THE TELESCOPIC BOOM 028159>00
730
LUFFING CYLINDER ON THE TELESCOPIC BOOM 028159>00
731
5.17 REMOVAL / INSTALLATION OF SLIDING ARMS 025117>01
197269
732
Description
To reduce axle loads to facilitate transport, and for easier access for maintenance and repairs, the sliding arms
can be removed and reinstalled (optional). To do so, the crane must be freestanding on tires, and an auxiliary
crane must be available.
The sliding arms are removed and reinstalled completely with support and extension cylinder.
Note : Removal / installation of sliding arms requires two persons.
CAUTION: The sequence described for removal / installation of the sliding arms must be
adhered to.
DANGER: Removal / installation of sliding arms must be made with an auxiliary crane, it may
not be carried out by using the crane from which the sliding arms are being
removed.
If this is not assured, it can cause a serious accident!
Description of components
1 Glide section
2 Pin connection > Pull cable
3 Hose connection > support cylinder
4 Plug connection > Sliding arm monitor *
5 Eye bolt
6 Hose connection > extension cylinder
7 Extension hoses
8 Pin connection > extension cylinder with sliding arm box
9 Lock nut
10 Stop nut
* Optional
733
197269
734
Removal
Prerequisite:
> The sliding arms and the support cylinders are fully retracted.
> The covers on the sliding arm boxes on both sides of the vehicle are removed.
1. Loosen both screws on the sliding section (1) by about 2 turns to make it easier to move the sliding arms.
2. Uncouple the push out mechanism (pull cable) by loosening the pin connection (2) on the underside of the
sliding arm box.
Note: The pull cable may not be changed.
3. Loosen the hose connections (3) to the support cylinder via the quick connector couplings and screw on
dust caps.
4. Loosen the plug connection for the sliding arm monitor * (4).
5. Move out the sliding arms I and II completely.
C A U T I O N : When extending or moving the sliding arms out, make sure that the cable
mechanism mount is released from the mounting brackets without tilting.
6. Insert an eye bolt (5) into the sliding arm II at the center of gravity and tighten.
7. Insert the hook of the auxiliary crane into the eye bolt (5) and tighten the crane cable.
Note : The weight of one sliding arm is approx. 2,1 tons.
8. On the opposite side of the vehicle, uncouple the hose connections (6) to the piston rod of the extension
cylinder and connect the extension hoses (7).
Note : The two hoses are equipped with two different sized couplings, they cannot be
interchanged.
9. Loosen the pin connection of the extension cylinder (8) on the sliding arm box.
10. Fully retract the extension cylinder.
C A U T I O N : When retracting the extension cylinder, make sure that the extension hoses are
movable over the complete retraction path.
11. Uncouple the extension hoses (7) and screw on the dust caps.
12. Screw in the lock nut (9) until it touches the stop nut (10) .
Counter the lock nut (9) on the stop nut (10) .
13. With the auxiliary crane, lift the complete sliding arm slightly until it can be easily moved in its guide
and move the sliding arm straight from the sliding arm box without tilting it or placing it on edge.
14. After removal, pin the sliding arms I and II to each other on pin point "B".
15. Uncouple the extension hoses (7) from the extension cylinder and screw on the dust caps.
* Optiomal
735
197269
736
Installation
Prerequisite:
> The covers on the sliding arm boxes on both sides of the vehicle are removed.
> The sliding arm which needs to be installed is suspended on the auxiliary crane next to the sliding arm box
and is freely movable.
1. Connect the extension hoses (7) to the extension cylinder and guide the clear ends through the sliding
arm box.
2. Release the pull cable for the sliding arm I : release the lock nut (9) on the stop nut (10) .
Note : The stop nut (10) is used at installation as a stop, to avoid readjustment of the pull cable.
The stop nut (10) may not be removed. The stop nut (10) must touch the opposite side.
3. Bring the sliding arm with the auxiliary crane to the correct height and push it into the sliding arm box
are far as possible.
Note : When pushing the sliding arms in, the extension hoses must be guided manually, to
prevent them from becoming stuck or kinked in the sliding arm box.
4. Connect the extension hoses (7) to the crane chassis.
Note : The two hoses are equipped with two different sized couplings, they cannot be interchanged.
5. Unpin the sliding arms I and II on pin point "B".
6. Extend the extension cylinder of the sliding arm until the pin connection (8) can be installed.
7. Mechanically pin (8) and secure the extension cylinder with the sliding arm box.
8. Uncouple the extension hoses (7) and connect the hose connections of the extension cylinder (6) to the
vehicle.
Note : The two hoses are equipped with two different sized couplings, they cannot be
interchanged.
9. Relieve the sliding arm with the auxiliary crane and unhook.
10. Remove the eye bolt (5) from the sliding arm.
C AU T I O N : The eye bolt must be removed before retracting the sliding arm, otherwise it can
damage the arm.
11. Retract the sliding arm.
C A U T I O N : When retracting or moving the sliding arms in, make sure that the cable
mechanism mount enters into the mounting brackets without tilting.
12. Connect and secure the extension mechanism (pull cable) with the pin connection (2) to the sliding arm
box.
13. Plug in the plug connection for the sliding arm monitor * (4).
14. Connect the hose connections (3) for the support cylinder.
15. Adjust both glide sections (1) to their previous measurement.
* Optional
737
5.18 FIXED LATTICE JIB WITH ECCENTRIC > TY3EF / TY3ENZF 026852>00
197743
738
1. General
In TY2EF / TY2ENZF > operation, contrary to the TF > operation, the telescopic boom is guyed with a
TY2>guying and an eccentric .
For operation with the eccentric, also refer to the following chapters:
> 5.03 Fixed lattice jib > TF
> 5.09 Hydraulic adjustable lattice jib > TNZF
> 5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed > TY3
1.1 Component overview
Position Description Weight
1 Support >
2 Retainer >
3 Eccentric 0,8 t
4 Hose drum for hydraulic >
5 TN/TF>Adapter without hose drum 2,0 t
6 TN/TF>Adapter with hose drum 2,3 t
Note: In addition to the weight of the eccentric, the weight of the TN/TF>adapter must also
be added when the TN/TF>adapter is attached.
1.2 Tackle points
Description Abbreviation
TN/TF>adapter TNTF
Eccentric Exz
Hose drum for hydraulic hydr
The eccentric (3) must be attached (hung) as follows:

> If only the eccentric (3) is attached, fig. 1
> If the eccentric (3) and the TN/TF>adapter (5) in TY3EF>operation is attached, fig. 2
> If the eccentric (3) und the TN/TF>Adapter (6) in TY3ENZF>operation is attached, fig. 3
Note: To be able to equalize the weight of the hose drum (4) in TY3ENZF>operation, the
eccentric (3) must be attached on the left side on tackle point 2 and on the right side
on tackle point 1 .
739
197744
740
2. Installation

Prerequisites:
> The TY>brackets are installed and erected.
> The TN/TF>adapter is properly installed on the telescopic boom or the TN/TF>adapter is placed on the
ground.
2.1 Install the eccentric

The eccentric (3) can be installed on the TN/TF>adapters (6) if:
> the TNTF>adapter (6) is installed on the telescopic boom
> the TN/TF>adapter (6) is placed on the ground.
The installation procedure of the eccentric (3) on the TN/TF>adapter (6) and on the TN/TF>adapter (5) is
always the same.
> Release and unpin the pins (7) on point (A) on both sides.
DANGER: Danger of accidents due to uncontrolled oscillating of the support (1)!

As soon as the pins (7) are unpinned on point (A) , the support (1) can swing
out uncontrollably when the eccentric (3) is raised.
For the description of tackle points, see paragraph 1.2 "tackle points".
> Attach an auxiliary crane on the tackle points .
> Lift the eccentric (3) with the auxiliary crane and guide into the pin points on the TN/TF>adapter (6) .
> Pin the eccentric (3) with the TN/TF adapter (6) : Insert the pins (7) on all four pin points and secure
with spring retainers.
When the eccentric (3) was installed on the TN/TF>adapter (6) laying on the ground, then the TN/TF>
adapter (6) must be installed with installed eccentric (3) on the telescopic boom .
For the description of tackle points, see paragraph 1.2 "Tackle points".
> Attach an auxiliary crane on the tackle points .
> Lift the eccentric (3) and the TN/TF>adapter (6) with the auxiliary crane and guide into the pin points
on the telescopic boom .
> Pin the TN/TF adapter (6) with the telescopic boom : See chapter 5.03.
741
197745
742
2.2. Install guy ropes on the eccentric
Prerequisite:
> The TY3>guying is properly installed.
> The TN/TF>adapter is installed on the telescopic boom or placed on the ground.
> The TY> brackets are fully erected.
> The telescopic boom is fully luffed down.
For the control of the guy winches, see chapter 5.05.

> Spool out both guy ropes and gull them to the front with the auxiliary crane.
> Pin the brackets (8) on both sides on the guy points of the eccentric (3) with pins (9) and secure with
folding pins.
Note: After the guy ropes are installed on the guy points, the guy ropes must be pulled
tightly on both sides. When doing so, make sure that the guy ropes don't get stuck
anywhere.
> Pull the guy ropes tightly.
2.3 Install the fixed lattice jib

For the installation of the mechanically adjustable fixed lattice jib, see chapter 5.03.
For the installation of the hydraulically adjustable fixed lattice jib, see chapter 5.09.
2.4 Reeve in the hoist cable

> Remove the counter pulleys (12) : release and unpin the pins (11) on both sides.
> Place the hoist cable into the cable guide pulley (12) .
> Install the counter pulleys (12) : insert and secure the pins (11) on both sides.
> Reeve in the hoist cable as described in chapter 5.03.
743
2.4.1 Minimum reeving
DANGER: If the following minimum reeving is not maintained, the fixed lattice jib may
be pulled back by the hoist cable and cause personal injuries or property
damages!
> Maintain minimum reeving!
TYEF>operation
Angle F>6 m F>14 m F>21 F>28
0∞ 2 2 1 1
20∞ 2 1 1 1
40∞ 1 1 1 1
TYENZF>operation
Angle F>6 m F>14 m F>21 F>28
0∞ 4 3 2 2
20∞ 4 3 2 2
40∞ 4 3 2 2
2.5 Erection / take down

The boom combinations must be erected or taken down with fully retracted telescopic boom.
DANGER: The telescopic boom must be fully retracted.

If this is not observed, the crane will be overloaded and can topple over.
Prerequisites:
> The TY3>guying is installed.
> The lattice jib is assembled according to the load chart and the Operation Manual.
> All limit switches are properly installed and fully functioning.
> The hoist cable has been properly placed into the cable pulleys and has been secured with cable
retaining pins to prevent it from jumping out.
> In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and all components (limit switches, cable drum, airplane
warning light, wind speed sensor, etc.) are free of ice and snow.

744
Note: The erection / take down in TY3EF / TY3ENZF>operation must be made according to chapter 5.03,
chapter 5.09 and chapter 5.05.
CAUTION: In TY3EF / TY3ENZF> operation, before erecting the boom system from the
installation position, the latch must be opened first.
Due to the stress on the boom due to the installation of a lattice jib, the tele
guying is pretensioned when luffing up the boom. Then the latch cannot be
opened any more. The boom must be luffed down again to relieve the
teleguying.
When the boom is back in its initial position, the latch can be opened.
The following applies: If it is not possible the open the latch when not
guyed, then the crane must be returned to the
condition where the latch was closed.
2.6 Erection and take down charts TY3EF / TY3ENZF> operation
Support base
wide
10 m¥9,6 m

Operating mode Counterweight
[m] [m] [m] [m]
TY3EF 165 t > 60 t T>16,1 F>6 to F>56 T>16,1 F>6 to F>56

TY3ENZF
TY3EF 45 t T>16,1 F>6 to F>56 T>16,1 F>6 to F>49

TY3ENZF
745
102583
746
2.7 Telescoping
Prerequisite:
> The installation keyed switch (424) is turned off by pressing the button (425) .
The symbol "Installation" (3) is no longer visible on the LICCON .
> The TY> brackets are folded out to an angle of 13∞ .
2.7.1 Telescoping procedure

> Luff up the telescopic boom to the required pretension angle a .
> Telescope the telescopic boom out to the required extension condition.
See chapter 5.05.
CAUTION: After every change of boom length, it must be reguyed.

If the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer period of time, then
the latches must be closed. This prevents the winches from spooling out due
to leak oil.
2.8 Guying procedure

> Fold out both TY>brackets to 42∞ .
> Tension the TY>brackets
See chapter 5.05.
2.9 Pretension angle and hook block weights
DANGER: The telescopic boom may only be guyed if the pretension angles and the hook
block weights given in the charts are observed.
It is prohibited to guy in other boom positions or other pretension angles or to
place the latch, otherwise the telescopic boom or the teleguying can be
overloaded.
If the given values are exceeded or the hook block weights and the pretension
angle are not observed, there is a danger of overloading the crane.
747
2.10 Pretension angle for TY3EF>operation > 50 m
2.10.1 Pretension angle for 0∞ lattice jib angle , TY3EF>operation > 50 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
(Extension condition of telescoping sections) Telescopic
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>6 55∞ 42∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>14 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>28 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>35 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>42 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>49 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>56 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>63 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
748
2.10.2 Pretension angle for 20∞ lattice jib angle, TY3EF>Operation > 50 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>6 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>14 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>28 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>35 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>42 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>49 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>56 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>63 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
749
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>6 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>14 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>28 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>35 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>42 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>49 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>56 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
750
2.11.1 Pretension angle for 0∞ lattice jib angle, TY3ENZF>operation > 50 m
Note: Lattice jib angle 0∞ for TY3ENZF>operation!

The pretension of the lattice jib for TY3ENZF>operation must always be made at 0∞
lattice jib angle !
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>6 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>14 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>28 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>35 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>42 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>49 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>56 65∞ 42∞ 0,7
751
2.12 Pretension angle for TY3EF>Operation > 84 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>49 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>56 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
2.12.1 Pretension angle for 0∞ lattice jib angle, TY3EF> operation > 84 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>49 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>56 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
752
2.12.1 Pretension angle for 0∞ lattice jib angle, TY3EF>operation > 84 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>49 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>56 77∞ 42∞ 0,7
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
753
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
754
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
755
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
756
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>6 58∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
757
2.13 Pretension angle for TY3ENZF> operation > 84 m
Note: Lattice jib angle 0∞ for TY3ENZF> operation!

The pretension of the lattice jib for TY3ENZF>operation must always be made at 0∞
lattice jib angle !
2.13.1 Pretension angle for 0∞ lattice jib angle , TY3ENZF> operation > 84 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>49 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92/0/0/0) +A>2,2+F>56 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
2.13.1 Pretension angle for 0∞ lattice jib angle, TY3ENZF> operation > 84 m
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>49 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92 /92 /92/46/46/0) +A>2,2+F>56 75∞ 42∞ 0,7
758
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 2,6
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>49 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 68.9 (92 /92 /92/92/46/46) +A>2,2+F>56 77∞ 42∞ 0,7
TY>
bracket
[m] angle weight
angle
[%] boom
a
b
[∞] [t]
[∞]
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>6 57∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>14 62∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>21 65∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>28 67∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>35 70∞ 42∞ 1,4
T > 78.3 (92 /92 /92/92/92/92) +A>2,2+F>42 75∞ 42∞ 1,4
759
102584
760
3. Crane operation
Prerequisite:
> The telescopic boom is telescoped out to the required extension condition.
> The TY>brackets are guyed to 42∞ .
> Start crane operation .
Note: To luff the hydraulically adjustable fixed lattice jib , see chapter 5.09.
761
102584
762
4. Removal

Prerequisites:
4.1 Release the tension of the TY>brackets

> Set the telescopic boom to 83∞ .
> Release the TY> brackets.
See chapter 5.05.
> Swing the TY> brackets to an angle of 13∞ .
> Telescope the telescopic boom fully in.
4.2 Place down the fixed lattice jib

See chapter 5.03 and chapter 5.09, paragraph "Place down".
4.2.1 Erection and take down charts TY3EF / TY3ENZF> operation
Support base
wide
10 m¥9,6 m

Operating mode Counterweight
[m] [m] [m] [m]
TY3EF 165 t > 60 t T>16,1 F>6 to F>56 T>16,1 F>6 to F>56

TY3ENZF
TY3EF 45 t T>16,1 F>6 to F>56 T>16,1 F>6 to F>49

TY3ENZF
763
197745
764
4.3 Unreeve the hoist cable

Make sure that the fixed lattice jib is placed down.
> Unreeve the hoist cable as described in chapter 5.03.

> Remove the counterpulleys (12) : release and unpin the pin (11) on both sides.
> Remove the hoist cable from the cable guide pulley (10) .
> Install the counterpulleys (12) : pin and secure the pin (11) on both sides.
4.4 Remove the fixed lattice jib

For the removal of the mechanically adjustable fixed lattice jib, see chapter 5.03.
For the removal of the hydraulically adjustable fixed lattice jib, see chapter 5.09.
4.5 Remove the guy ropes on the eccentric

> Attach the auxiliary crane on brackets (8) .
> Tension the tackle cables tightly to secure the brackets (8) and prevent them from falling down.
> Unpin the brackets (8) on the guy points of the eccentric (3) : release and unpin the pin (9)
> Spool up the guy ropes and pin the brackets on the TY>brackets.
See chapter 5.05.
765
197744
766
4.6 Remove the eccentric

Make sure that the guy ropes on the eccentric (3) are removed.
The eccentric (3) can be removed on the TN/TF>adapter (6) if:

> the TNTF>adapter (6) is installed on the telescopic boom
> the TN/TF>adapter (6) is placed on the ground.
The removal procedure of the eccentric (3) on the TN/TF>adapter (6) and on the TN/TF>adapter (5) is
always the same.
For the description of tackle points, see paragraph 1.2 "Tackle points".
> Attach the auxiliary crane on the tackle points.
> Tension the tackle cables tightly to secure the eccentric (3) from falling down.
> Release and unpin the pin s (7) on the support (1) on both sides.
> Pull up the eccentric and fold in the support (1) until it can be pinned with the retainer (2) .
> Pin the support (1) with the retainer (2) on both sides: pin and secure the pin (7) on both sides.
> Release and unpin the pin (7) on the retainer (2) on both sides.
> Place the eccentric (3) on the transport vehicle.
767
5.20 INSTALLATION HEAD 024476>03
188981
768
1. General
The installation head can be pinned onto the telescopic section II of the 50 m or 84 m long telescopic
boom or onto the telescopic section III of the 84 m long telescopic boom, as long as the boom head is not
being transported with the crane. The installation head can be folded to the side and has a maximum
load carrying capacity of 85 t. For the installation /removal of the installation head on the telescopic
boom, the installation head must be attached with appropriate tackle on points 24 on an auxiliary
crane. The installation head by itself weighs approx. 1037 kg.
C A U T I O N :The installation head may only be used with maximum 7>sheaves. The
corresponding equipment configuration for the installation head must be
entered into the LICCON computer system (TM II or TM III). The installation
head may only be operated with the separately programmed load chart. The
hoist limit switch must be connected and must be functioning.
1.1 Components of the installation head (Fig. 1)
Pos.:
1 Installation head
2 Folding bracket
3 Mounting bracket
4 Pulley holder, swinging

5 Cable pulley
7 Spring pin
8 Pin
9 Spring retainer
10 Folding pulley
11 Cable pulleys
13 Spring pin
14 Tube
15 Spring pin
16 Pin 30 x 185 mm (5 each)

18 Pin 40 x 185 mm (5 each)

20 Cable winch with cable
21 Terminal box>X17B
22 Hoist limit switch
23 Tackle cable
24 Tackle brackets for the installation / removal of the installation head with auxiliary crane
25 Tackle point > tackle cable
* Optional
769
188982
770
2. Swing the installation head into working position
Prerequisite:
The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in.
(place telescope with locking pin on 0% bores)
Installation head is installed on the side of the telescopic boom pivot section.
Luff down the telescopic boom into 0∞ position.
D A N G E R : Make sure that there are no persons or objects within the swing range. There is
a danger of accidents!
2.1 Install the installation head on telescopic section II (Fig. 2 to 2.5)

> Attach the tackle cable on the tackle point (25).
> Swing the folding bracket (2) at "A" by 110∞.
> Insert pin (16) at "C" on top and bottom and secure with spring retainer (17).
> Remove the pin (16) at "H" and "G" on top and bottom.
D A N G E R :The pins (16) at position H and G may not be unpinned until the pins (16) are
properly inserted and secured at "C" on top and bottom. During the unpinning
procedure, the installation head must be held with the tackle cable to prevent it
from swinging out by itself. There is a danger of accidents!
> Swing the installation head (1) and folding bracket (2) at "C" with the aid of the tackle cable by 90∞.
> Insert pin (18) at "B" on top and bottom and secure with spring retainer (19).
> Swing the installation head with the aid of the tackle cable at "A" by 180∞.
> Insert pin (18) at "F" and secure with spring retainer (19).
> Remove the tackle cable.
Note: In operating condition, the installation head must lay all the way on the plates (26).
2.1.1 Electrical connections (Fig. 2.6)

> Insert plug >X551 (cable W551) on the terminal box >X17B.
> Attach the retaining cable from cable W551 on the cable port on tele II.
> In addition, the wind speed sensor and the beacon can be plugged in the terminal box.
C A U T I O N :The hoist limit switch and the lights on the left and right of the boom head must
be connected and functioning.
* Optional
771
188983
772
2.2 Install the installation head on telescopic section III

> Unpin the locking pin (27) on the folding bracket (2).
> Swing the folding bracket (2) at "A" by 110∞.
> Insert pin (18) at "B" on top and bottom and secure with spring retainer (19).
> Remove the pin (16) at "H" and "G" on top and bottom.
D A N G E R :The pins (16) at position H and G may not be unpinned until the pins (18) are
properly inserted and secured at "B" on top and bottom. During the unpinning
procedure, the installation head must be held with the tackle cable to prevent it
from swinging out by itself. There is a danger of accidents!
> Swing the folding bracket (2) and the installation head (1) with the aid of the tackle cable at "B" by 90∞.
> Swing the installation head with the aid of the tackle cable at "A" by 180∞.
> Insert pin (18) at "E" and secure with spring retainer (19).
Note: In operating condition, the installation head must lay all the way on the plates (26).
2.2.1 Electrical connections

> Insert plug >X551 (cable W551) on the terminal box >X17B.
> Attach the retaining cable from cable W551 on the cable port on tele III.
> In addition, the wind speed sensor and the beacon can be plugged in the terminal box.
C A U T I O N :The hoist limit switch and the lights on the left and right of the boom head must
be connected and functioning.
* Optional
773
188984
774
2.3 Crane operation
2.3.1 Hoist cable reeving (Fig. 4)
Note: Maximum reeving: 7>ways
> Remove the cable retaining bar (6) on the installation head on top and on the folding pulley (12) on the
bottom.
> Guide the hoist cable from the hoist gear over the upper cable pulley (5) and over cable pulleys (11) on
the folding pulley (10).
> Reeve in the hoist cable on the hook block.
> Secure the hoist cable with the cable lock on the fixed point of the hook block.
> Attach the hoist limit switch weight.
> Insert the cable retaining bars (6 and 12) on the pulley head and at "R" and secure with spring
retainer.
Note: For cable reeving, see chapter 4.06, CABLE REEVING.
2.3.2 Crane operation with installation head in working position

Enter the corresponding equipment configuration into the equipment configuration program of the
LICCON computer system and confirm.
TM II = Installation head installed on telescopic section II
TM III = Installation head installed on telescopic section III
Note: For LICCON computer system, see chapter 4.02 LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM.
C A U T I O N :The installation head may only be operated with the separately programmed
load charts. The hoist limit switch must always be connected and functioning
properly.
2.3.3 Crane operation with installation head folded to the side (Fig. 5)
For crane operation without installation head (installation head is folded onto the side of the boom pivot
section), the position of the folding bracket (2) must be as shown in Fig. 5. The folding bracket (2) must
be secured with pin (27).
C A U T I O N :Reduction of load carrying capacity due to the weight of the installation head!
2.3.4 TA> crane operation with installation head folded to the side (Fig. 5.1)
The position of the swingable pulley holder (4) with installed TA > bracket must be turned by 90∞ and
secured with pins (8).
C A U T I O N :Reduction of load carrying capacity due to the weight of the installation head!
* Optional
775
188985
776
3. Fold installation head to the side of the pivot section of the telescopic boom
Prerequisite;
The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in.
(place telescope with locking pin on 0% bores)
Installation head is in working position, installed on telescopic section II or III.
The telescopic boom is luffed down into 0∞ position.
DANGER: Make sure that there are no persons or objects within the swing range and
the folding range of the installation head. During the swing procedure, the
installation head must be held tightly with tackle cables, to prevent it from
swinging out by itself. There is a danger of accidents!
3.1 From telescopic section II (Fig. 6 to 6.5)

> Unpin pin (18) at ''F''.
> Swing the installation head (1) with the tackle cable at ''A'' by 180∞.
> Remove the pin (18) at "B" on top and bottom.
DANGER: The pins (18) at ''B'' may only be unpinned if the pins (16) are properly
inserted and secured at "C" on top and bottom. There is a danger of
accidents!
> Swing the installation head (1) and folding bracket (2) at "C" with the aid of the tackle cable by 90∞.
> Insert pin (16) at "H" and ''G'' on top and bottom and secure with spring retainer (17).
> Unpin pin (16) at "C" on top and bottom.
GEFAHR: The pins (16) at "C" may only be unpinned if the pins (16) are properly
inserted and secured at "H" and "G" on top and bottom. There is a danger of
accidents!
> Swing the folding bracket at "A" by110∞.

> Lock the folding pulley with pin (27) and secure.

> Unplug the plug >X551 (cable W551) on the terminal box >X17B.
> Unplug the plug for the wind speed sensor and the beacon.
* Optional
777
188986
778
3.2 From telescopic section III (Fig. 7 to 7.5)

> Unpin pin (18) at ''E''.
> Swing the installation head (1) with the tackle cable by 180∞.
> Swing the installation head (1) and folding bracket (2) with the aid of the tackle cable by 90∞
> Insert pin (16) at "H" and ''G'' on top and bottom and secure with spring retainer (17).
> Unpin pin (18) at "B" on top and bottom.
D A N G E R :The pins (18) at ''B'' may only be unpinned if the pins (16) are properly inserted
and secured at "H" and "G" on top and bottom. There is a danger of accidents!
> Swing the folding bracket at "A" by110∞.

> Lock the folding pulley with pin (27) and secure.

> Unplug the plug >X551 (cable W551) on the terminal box >X17B.
Unplug the plug for the wind speed sensor and the beacon.
779
189586
780
3.3 On road travel with installation head (Fig. 8, 9)

The 5>roller folding pulley must be folded upward when driving on a public road, with the aid of the
cable winch (20).
> Attach the cable with the auxiliary cable winch on the cable retaining bar (12).
> Remove the retaining bar for the folding pulley at "O".
> Swing the folding pulley with cable winch (20) upward.
> Insert the retaining bar at "P" and secure with spring retainer (15).
> Remove the cable with the auxiliary cable winch on the cable retaining bar (12) and roll up on the
cable winch.
> Change the cable retaining bar (12) from position "R" to position "S" and secure.
CAUTION: The lights on the left and right of the installation head must be functioning!
Note: For travel conditions of crane, see chapter 3.04, DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS.
3.3.1 Attach the hook block when driving with installation head (Fig. 10)
If the hook block is attached to the front bumper (26), then the hook block must be lowered enough as
not to obstruct the driver's field of vision. To prevent the hook block from swinging when driving into
curves, the hook must be secured with tackle ropes (27). The tackle ropes (27) are in the tool box.
781
5.28 WIND SPEED CHARTS 027869>00
782
5.28 WIND SPEED CHARTS 027869>00
783
5.56 HYDRAULICALLY ADJUSTABLE LATTICE JIB ,T > GUYED > TY3NZF 026861>00
102604
784
5.56 HYDRAULICALLY ADJUSTABLE LATTICE JIB , T > GUYED > TY3NZF 026861>00
1. Description
The guyed hydraulically adjustable lattice jib > TY3NZF is adjustable with two hydraulic cylinders in
the TF > adapter, stepless between 0∞ and 40∞ . The hydraulic adjustment of the lattice jib is also possible
under load.
D A N G E R: The data in the load charts must be observed!

If this is not observed, there is danger of accidents!
2. Assembly
Note: The guy point is on the cross bar on the TN/TF>adapter.
2.1 Assembly TN/TF>adapter
See: Chapter 5.09 > Hydraulically adjustable lattice jib > TNZF
2.2 Assembly TF>Adapter

2.3 Assembly of lattice sections

2.4 Electrical connections > lattice jib

2.5 Function check

785
3. Erection and take down charts for 50 m / 84 m boom
3.1 Erection and take down charts for 50 m
Support base
TY3NZF>Operation
wide
T > 50 m
10 m¥9,6 m

Operating
Ballast
mode
T>m F>m T>m F>m
TY3NZF 165 t > 45 t 16,1 14 bis 63* 16,1 14 bis 63
D A N G E R: * The fixed jib F>63 m may only be erected with the 700 kg load hook !
3.2 Erection and take down charts for 84 m
Support base
TY3NZF>Operation
wide
T > 84 m
10 m¥9,6 m

Operating
Ballast
mode
T>m F>m T>m F>m
TY3NZF 165 t > 45 t 16,1 14 bis 56 * 16,1 14 bis 56 *
D A N G E R: * The fixed jib F>56 m may only be erected with the 700 kg load hook !
786
4. Erection / take down

See: Chapter 5.03 Fixed lattice jib > TF
See: Chapter 5.07 Fixed lattice jib, T > guyed > TY3F
See: Chapter 5.09 Hydraulically adjustable lattice jib > TNZF
5. Crane operation > TYSNZF

6. Adjustment of lattice jib

787
102604
788

Fold the TY>brackets out to 10∞ .
DANGER: The telescipic boom may only be guyed if the pretension angles and the hook
block weights given in the chart are adhered to.
It is prohibited to guy in other boom positions or in other pretension angles or
to place the latch, which could result in a possible overload of the telescopic
boom or the tele guying.
7.1 50 m Teleskopic boom

Chart is valid for: TY3NZF 0∞
Boom length Pretension TY> Hook block

[m] angle bracket weight
angle
(Extension condition telescopes) Telescopic
[%] boom
a b
[∞] [∞] [t]
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>6 72∞ 10∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>14 72∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>21 72∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>28 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>35 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>42 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>49 72∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>56 74∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92 /92 /92) +A>2,2+F>63 74∞ 10∞ 0,7
C A U T I O N :If the given values are exceeded, or the hook block weights and the pretension
angle are not adhered to, there is the danger of overloading the crane.
789
102604
790


angle
[%] boom
a b
[∞] [∞] [t]
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>6 77∞ 10∞ 3,5
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>14 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>21 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>28 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>35 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>42 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>49 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 47.3 (92/92/92/0/0/0)+A>2,2+F>56 77∞ 10∞ 0,7
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>6 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>14 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>21 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>28 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>35 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>42 78∞ 10∞ 1,4
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>49 77∞ 10∞ 0,7
T > 57.7 (92/92/92/46/46/0)+A>2,2+F>56 78∞ 10∞ 0,7
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>6 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>14 77∞ 10∞ 2,6
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>21 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>28 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>35 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>42 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >68,1 (92/92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>49 77∞ 10∞ 0,7
T >68,1 (92 /92/92/92/46/46)+A>2,2+F>56 78∞ 10∞ 0,7
791
102604
792


angle
[%] boom
a b
[∞] [∞] [t]
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>6 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>14 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>21 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>28 77∞ 10∞ 1,4
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>35 77∞ 10∞ 0,7
T >78,6 (92/92/92/92/92/92)+A>2,2+F>42 77∞ 10∞ 0,7
C A U T I O N :If the given values are exceeded, or the hook block weights and the pretension
angle are not adhered to, there is the danger of overloading the crane.
8. Take down
See: Chapter 5.03 Fixed lattice jib > TF
See: Chapter 5.07 Fixed lattice jib, T > abgespannt > TY3F
See: Chapter 5.09 Hydraulically adjustable lattice jib > TNZF
9. Disassembly
793
6.00 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 028007>00
794
Chapter 6
Additional Equipment
795
796
797
7.00 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 027863>00
798
Chapter 7
Service and Maintenance
799
800
801
8.00 CRANE INSPECTIONS 027865>00
802
Chapter 8
Crane inspections
803
804
805
9.00 GENERAL NOTES 027866>00
806
Chapter 9
General Notes
807
808
809
PART 2
Part 2
810
LIEBHERR
Mobile crane with telescopic boom
LTM 1500-8.1
LTM 1500-8-1-008
Part 2
BAL-No.: 11826-02-02
Pages: 573
Works-Number
Date
ORIGINAL OPERATING MANUAL
The operating manual is part of the crane!
It must always be available within reach!
The traffic regulations and those for crane operation

must be observed!
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH

Postfach 1361
D-89582 Ehingen / Donau
: +49 (0) 7391 502–0
Fax: +49 (0) 7391 502–3399
: info.lwe@liebherr.com
www.liebherr.com
1
Foreword
General
This crane was built according to the state of technology and recognized safety technical regulations.
Despite that, dangers to body and life for the user and / or third persons or damage to the crane and /
or other material assets can occur.
This crane may only be used in flawless technical condition and according to its mission as well as
with constant awareness of safety and dangers. Any problems, which could affect safety must be
fixed immediately.
Modifications on the crane may only be made with written approval by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
This crane is equipped with a data recording device. The following data is recorded:
– Date, time
– Selected configuration (boom configuration, ballast, outrigger extension, reeving, hook block)
– Actual load
– Percentage of loading the crane
– Working radius
– Main boom angle, luffing jib angle
– Total length of tele boom, length of each tele section
– All bridging devices
The recorded data can be real with the respective software.
Warning notes
The terms DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and ATTENTION used in these operating instructions
are intended to point out certain rules of conduct to all persons working with the crane.
Warn- Signal word Explanation

ing
signs
DANGER Designates a dangerous situation which will lead to death or serious injury
if it is not prevented.
WARNING Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to death or serious injury
if it is not prevented.
CAUTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to slight or

medium-grade injuries if it is not prevented.
ATTENTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to property damage if it

is not prevented.
Additional notes
The term Note is used in these operating instructions to indicate useful information and tips to all
persons working with the crane.
2 LIEBHERR
0.01 Foreword 028189-00
Sign Signal word Explanation

Note Designates useful information and tips.
These operating instructions are intended to put you in a position to operate the crane safely and
utilize the reliable usage options that it provides. The instructions also provide information about the
function of important components and systems.
Certain expressions are used in these operating instructions. In order to avoid misunderstandings, the
same expressions should always be used.
These operating instructions have been translated to be best of one’s knowledge. Liebherr-Werk
Ehingen GmbH assumes no liability for translation errors. The German version of these operating
instructions is solely applicable for factual accuracy. If you find any errors or if any misunderstandings
arise when reading these operating instructions, please contact Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH
immediately.
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury if operated incorrectly!
Incorrect operation of the crane can result in death or serious injuries!
Only authorised and trained expert personnel are permitted to work on the crane!
The operating instructions and on-site regulations and specifications (such as accident prevention
regulations) must be followed.
The use of these operating instructions:
– makes it easier to become familiar with the crane
– avoids problems due to improper operation
Observing these operating instructions:
– increases reliability in use
– extends the service life of your crane
– reduces repair costs and downtime
Always keep these operating instructions handy in the driver's or crane cab.
The operating manual is part of the crane!
Only operate the crane if you are well familiarized with the equipment, and always follow these
operating instructions.
Note
If you have received additional information about the crane from us, such as technical information
bulletins, instructions and/or supplements to these operating instructions, then this information
must also be followed and kept with the operating instructions.
If there is anything in the operating instructions or the individual chapters that you do not understand,
please contact us before starting the relevant work.
The information and illustrations contained in these operating instructions may not be copied or
distributed, nor used for the purposes of competition. All rights are expressly reserved in accordance
with copyright laws.
All accident prevention guidelines, operating instructions, etc. are based on destined use of the crane.
0.01 LIEBHERR 3
028189-00 0.01 Foreword
B110001
4 LIEBHERR 0.01
0.01 Foreword 028189-00
Destined use
The destined use of the crane consists solely in vertical lifting and lowering of free and non-adhered
loads, whose weight and center of gravity are known.
To do so, a hook or hook block approved by Liebherr must be reeved on the hoist rope and it may
only be operated within the permissible crane configurations.
Driving with the crane, with or without an attached load is only permissible if a corresponding driving
or load chart is available. The crane configurations intended for it and the safety conditions must be
observed according to the corresponding operating instructions.
Any other use or any other exceeding utilization is not destined use.
Part of destined use is also adherence of required safety regulations, conditions, preconditions, crane
configurations and working steps as noted in the crane documentation (operating instructions, load
chart, job planner).
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by non-destined use or improper use
of the crane. Any associated risk it is carried solely by the owner, the operator and the user of the
crane.
Note
Crane with “CE-mark” according to the European machinery directive 2006/42/EC and the EN
13000! Illustration 1
It is prohibited to bring the crane into service and to operate it within the European Union without a
“CE-mark”! Illustration 2
It is prohibited to operate cranes with a tipping load utilization of 85% which are programmed
according to ASME B30.5 within the European Union or in countries which permit a lower
stationary stability utilization (for example according to ISO 4305)! These cranes may not have a
“CE-mark”! Illustration 2
0.01 LIEBHERR 5
028189-00 0.01 Foreword
Non-destined use
Non -destined use is:
– Working outside the permissible crane configurations according to the load chart
– Working outside the permissible projection radii and slewing ranges according to the load chart
– Selecting load values, which do not correspond to the actual crane configuration
– Selecting LMB-Codes, which do not match the actual crane configuration
– Working with bypassed load moment limiter or bypassed hoist limit switch
– Increasing the projection radius of the lifted load after a LMB shut off, for example by diagonally
pulling the load
– Using the support pressure display as a safety function against tipping over
– Using equipment or attachment parts which are not approved for the crane
– Using the crane at sports and recreational events, especially for 'Bungee' jumps
– Driving on a public road in non-permissible driving condition (axle load, dimension)
– Driving with the equipment in place in a non-permissible driving condition
– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads with the leveling regulation, the sliding beams or the support
cylinders
– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads by actuating the slewing gear, the luffing gear or the telescoping
gear
– Ripping stuck objects loose with the crane
– Utilizing the crane for a longer period of time for material handling tasks
– Releasing the crane suddenly (grapple or dumping operation)
– Utilizing the crane when the weight of the load, which is suspended load on the crane, is changed,
for example by filling a container suspended on the load hook, except:
• The load moment limiter was checked before for function with a known load.
• The crane operator's cab is occupied and the crane is operational.
• The container size is selected in such a way that an overload of the crane with full load is
eliminated within the valid used load chart.
The crane may not be used for:
– Aattaching a stuck load for which the weight and center of gravity are not known and which is
released first, for example with a cutting torch
– Letting persons drive along outside the driver's cab
– Transporting personnel in the crane cab while driving
– Transporting personnel with the lifting equipment and on the load
– Transporting of persons with work baskets (cherry pickers), if the national regulations of the
responsible work safety organization are not observed
– Transporting loads on the chassis
– Two hook operation without auxiliary equipment
– Extended material handling operation
– Crane operation on a barge if the conditions are not determined and the written release by
Liebherr Werk Ehingen GmbH is not present
The operating instructions must be read and used by all persons who are involved in the usage,
operation, assembly and maintenance of the crane.
Safety systems
Special attention must be paid to the safety equipment built into the crane. The functionality of the
safety equipment must be monitored at all times. The crane may not be operated if the safety
equipment is not working or not working correctly.
Note
Your motto must always be:
Safety first!
The crane had been built in accordance with the applicable crane operating and driving regulations
and have been approved by the relevant authorities.
Attachment and spare parts
6 LIEBHERR 0.01
0.01 Foreword 028189-00
DANGER
Danger to life if original attachment parts are not used!
If the crane is operated with attachment parts, which are not original, then the crane can fail and
cause fatal accidents!
Operate the crane only with original attachment parts!
Crane operation with attachment parts, which do not belong to the crane is prohibited!
DANGER
The crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become void!
If any original installed parts are modified, manipulated or replaced (e.g. removal of parts, installation
of non-original Liebherr parts), both the crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become
void.
Leave installed original parts unchanged!
Do not remove original parts!
Use only original Liebherr spare parts!
Definition of directional data

Forward driving means driving with the driver’s cab on the front.
Reverse driving means driving with the tail lights of the chassis on the front.
Front, rear, right, left on the crane refer to the condition, that the driver’s cab and the boom point in
the same direction. Front is always in direction of the driver’s cab.
Front, rear, right, left in the driver’s cab refer to the crane chassis. The driver’s cab is always in the
front.
Front, rear, right, left in the crane operator’s cab refer to the superstructure. Front is always in
direction of the boom.
Optional
Customer-specific equipment is marked with *.
0.01 LIEBHERR 7
Contents
8 LIEBHERR
Contents
Contents
2.00 Safety 15
2.01 Traffic regulations 16
1 Traffic regulations 17
2.02 Break-in instructions 18
1 Break-in instructions 19
2.03 Job planning 20
1 Planning crane operation 21
2.04 General safety technical guidelines 22
1 General 23
2 Emergency exit 27
3 Safety guidelines for ladders 29
4 Requirements of the crane operator 34
5 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 45
6 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 48
7 Permissible ground pressures 48
8 Supporting 53
9 Checking the safety measures 54
10 Crane operation with a load 55
11 Lifting of personnel 58
12 Grounding 59
13 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 60
14 Welding work on the load 60
15 Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V AC) 60
16 Endangering air traffic 61
17 Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes 62
18 Working in the vicinity of transmitters 65
19 Hand signals for guidance 67
20 Consideration of wind conditions 68
21 Interruption of crane operation 69
22 Taking up crane operation again 70
LIEBHERR 9
Contents
23 Ending crane operation 70
24 Turning / driving in reverse 70
25 Parking the vehicle 71
2.05 Signs on the crane 72
1 Hazard signs 73
2 Command and prohibition signs 77
3 Information signs 81
2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 85
1 Individual protective equipment 87
2 Fall protective gear: Connecting points 89
3 Fall protective gear: Railing 93
4 Safety ropes* fall protective equipment 95
4.00 Operation of crane superstructure 99
4.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane superstructure 100
1 Operating and control instruments 101
4.08 Working with a load 114
1 Technical safety instructions for working with a load 115
2 Checks before starting to work with the crane 116
3 Crane movement - Telescoping 117
4 Taking on a load 119
5 Crane operation 123
4.12 Two hook operation 125
1 General 127
5.00 Equipment 133
5.01 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and disassembly 134
1 Checking the retaining elements 135
2 Rope pulleys 135
3 Checking the ropes 135
4 Inspection procedures 136
5 Dangerous conditions without shut off 138
6 Transporting components 138
7 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of components 139
8 Manual rope winches for assembly support of components 139
10 LIEBHERR
Contents
9 Weights 140
10 Guy rods 140
11 Bypassing the overload protection 143
12 Assembly / disassembly 147
13 Erection / take down 174
5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane

superstructure 176
1 General 177
2 Disassembly of telescopic boom 183
3 Assembling the telescopic boom 195
5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom 206
1 General 207
2 Disassembling the telescopic boom 211
3 Assembling the telescopic boom 221
5.28 Wind speed charts 228
1 Maximum permissible wind speeds for crane operation 229
2 Charts for maximum permissible wind speeds for crane operation 229
6.00 Additional equipment 233
6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating 234
1 Heating the driver's cab 235
2 Heating the crane operator's cab 251
6.04 Sliding beam monitoring 260
1 General 261
2 Support base 261
3 Working with sliding beam monitoring 263
4 Bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring 267
6.05 Emergency take-down 268
1 Emergency control 269
6.50 Customer-specific special equipment 272
1 CRANE OPERATION WITH FUEL FROM THE CRANE CHASSIS * 273
7.00 Service and maintenance 275
7.01 Maintenance and service - General 276
1 General 277
LIEBHERR 11
Contents
2 Cleaning and care of the crane 278
3 Measures to take during work stoppage or transport 279
4 Maintenance work on the crane superstructure or boom 279
5 Maintenance and inspection guidelines 280
7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 282
1 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection plan 283
7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 291
1 Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection schedule 293
7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 302
1 Diesel engine 303
2 Automatic gear box with torque converter coupling 309
3 Transfer gearbox 317
4 Hydraulic system 321
5 Compressed air and brake system air dryer 329
6 Tires/wheels 329
7 Axles, illustration 11 331
8 Wheel alignment 333
9 Tilting the driver's cab 335
10 Electrical system - lighting 335
7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 338
1 Diesel engine 339
2 Pump transfer gear, illustration 4 347
3 Hydraulic system 349
4 Central lubrication system 355
5 Slewing ring connection 363
6 Hoist gear 1, 2 and 3, illustrations 1 to 3 365
7 Assembly winch, illustration 4 367
8 Slewing gear 369
9 Guy winches, illustration 5 371
10 Air dryer, illustration 6 371
11 Electrical system - lighting 371
12 Telescopic boom 373
7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication chart 374
1 Fill quantities 375
12 LIEBHERR
Contents
2 Lubrication schedule 381
7.07 Service fluids and lubricants 386
1 Service items and lubricants required for LIEBHERR cranes 387
7.15 Procedure in case of problems 396
1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem 397
2 Measures in clear problem cases 401
3 Carrying out an error diagnostics 411
4 Measures for defective components 413
5 Emergency operation of support 417
8.00 Inspections of cranes 421
8.01 Periodic crane inspections 422
1 General 423
2 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially steel structures 424
3 Inspection of tires and disk wheels 489
4 Inspecting the hoist and luffing winches 491
5 Inspecting load hooks 503
6 Inspecting the rope feed mechanics in the telescopic boom 503
7 Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom 505
8 Inspection of membrane accumulator 505
9 Inspection of relapse cylinders 505
10 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse cylinders 506
11 Inspecting the cable pulleys 506
12 Inspecting the overload protection operation 506
13 Inspecting the roller slewing ring 506
14 Inspecting the mounting of the load bearing equipment 506
15 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric, illustration 1 509
16 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2 509
17 Inspecting the oil and fuel reservoirs 509
18 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, towing winch and spare wheel winch 509
19 Appendix 510
8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes 520
1 Introduction 521
2 Wire rope 521
LIEBHERR 13
Contents
3 Operating behavior of steel ropes 527
4 Condition of equipment that is functionally associated with the rope 527
5 Rope inspection log 527
6 Rope storage and marking 527
7 Wire ropes and rope end connections 527
8 Twisting caused by stretching in rotation-resistant ropes and its remedy 531
9 Appendix 1 535
10 Appendix 2 537
11 Appendix 3 539
12 Appendix 4 539
8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes 541
1 General 543
2 Visual inspection 543
3 Operation and performance test 543
4 Internal inspection of the wheel brakes 544
8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports 546
1 Luffing lattice jib 547
8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 552
1 Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 553
8.15 Inspection and maintenance of guy rods 554
1 General 555
2 Repeat inspection of guy rods 555
9.00 General notes 557
9.02 Supplementary service work 558
1 Checks before start up 559
2 Repair and maintenance tasks 559
3 Important service tasks 559
4 Maintenance notes for replacement parts 560
5 Recommendations for travel operation 560
6 Disposal of fuels and lubricants 560
7 Tires 560
Index 569
14 LIEBHERR
2.00 Safety
LIEBHERR 15
021178-06 2.01 Traffic regulations
B195219
16 LIEBHERR 2.01
2.01 Traffic regulations 021178-06
1 Traffic regulations
The crane is approved for road travel when used in accordance with regional traffic regulations.
The crane must be made to comply with the relevant local traffic regulations, before it is driven on
public streets, roads and other places.
The weights, axle loads and dimensions specified in the permits must be maintained and shall not be
exceeded by additionally loading the crane.
The technically feasible axle loads may be different from those permitted by local road traffic
regulations.
In countries where EEC specifications apply, axle loads greater than 12 t are not permitted for street
traffic.
All consequences for driving on roads with an axle load that exceeds 12 t rest with the crane operator.
DANGER
Exceeding the axle load and total weight increases the risk of accident!
Any increase in axle load and total weight reduces braking performance in direct proportion to the
excess weight.
Brake lining wear is greater and risk of brake overheating in higher. This condition exceeds the
specifications of the steering mechanism, operating and parking brakes and retarder!
It shortens the life of all components subjected to the increased axle load; e.g. brakes, tires, rims and
axles, as well as the entire drive, suspension and steering assemblies.
Do not exceed the specified axle load or total weight under any circumstances!
A hook block may only be transported at the front if:

– this is permitted by the current driving condition of the crane (see Chapter 3.04)
– it has been reeved at least four times
– and lashed using the eye provided on the front towing coupling
DANGER
Risk of accident if driver's field of vision is blocked!
Do not allow the hook block to impair the driver's field of vision when driving the crane on public
roads!
1.1 Boom nose*

If a boom nose is attached, it must be moved from the operating position to the transport position to
prevent field of vision impairment and must be secured in this position using bolts and safety springs.
1.2 National traffic regulations

Be sure to comply with all valid national traffic regulations when driving the crane!
The cab may not be occupied by passengers while driving the crane.
2.01 LIEBHERR 17
021617-05 2.02 Break-in instructions
B195219
18 LIEBHERR 2.02
2.02 Break-in instructions 021617-05
1 Break-in instructions
NOTICE
Risk of damaging while driving the crane.
It is absolutely essential to break-in the crane!
Please observe the following specifications:

1.) Continuously monitor temperature and oil pressure indicators while driving!
Stop immediately if there are any fault indications!
• Carry out the following maintenance work after the first 50 km and 100 km:
• Do not over-tighten the wheel nuts (maximum permissible torque= 600 Nm).
Make sure that wheel nuts are tight.
• Check engine water and oil levels.
• Check automatic or manual transmission and load transmission oil levels.
• Visually inspect engine, gearbox and axles for any leakage or loose components.
• Check that drive shaft is properly seated.
• Check that there are no other loose chassis components.
• Visually inspect tire condition and inflation.
1.1 Breaking in the brake linings

To achieve optimum braking performance, all new brake pads must be broken in by activating the
brakes.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to overloaded braking system!
The risk of accident increases when new brake pads are subjected to one or more braking operations
over extended periods of time or if the vehicle is forced to a stop by hard braking from maximum
speed several times.
Hard braking and continuous braking are not permitted!
For drum brakes, the following applies in addition:

Activate the brakes by pumping them at low to medium speed. Hard braking is not permitted. The
break-in distance generally depends on the vehicle capabilities, but a break-in distance of at least
500 km is advisable. The brake drum temperature must not exceed 200 °C during this phase. The
temperature rise resulting from each individual braking action should not exceed 15% of the maximum
value.
2.02 LIEBHERR 19
021674-00 2.03 Job planning
B195219
20 LIEBHERR 2.03
2.03 Job planning 021674-00
1 Planning crane operation

In addition to a perfectly working crane and a well-trained crew, crane operation planning is an
important principle of safe crane operation.
DANGER
Missing information increases the risk of accidents!
Crane operation may not be possible or improvisation can result if a crane operator does not have all
the required data.
A crane operator must have exact data before starting any work!
The crane operator must obtain or receive the necessary information in a timely fashion before driving
to the work site. In particular:
– type of crane operation
– work site (travel distance)
– route
– height and width clearance measurements
– electrical transmission lines (including voltages)
– space restrictions at the work site
– movement restrictions caused by buildings
– weight and dimensions of the load(s) to be hoisted
– required hoisting height and boom projection
– ground bearing capacity at the work site
Based on the above information, the crane operator must assemble the equipment required to
operate the crane:
– hook block / load hook
– auxiliary boom
– separate lifting accessories
– counterweight
– underlay materials for support pads
2.03 LIEBHERR 21
027297-09 2.04 General safety technical guidelines
B195219
22 LIEBHERR 2.04
2.04 General safety technical guidelines 027297-09
1 General
Note
The illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The illustrations may differ depending on the
crane model.
1.1 Danger zone of crane

The danger zone of the crane is made up of the areas which are accessed during crane operation by
the load or by movements of the crane or the crane components.
WARNING
Do not stay in danger zone!
Personnel within the danger zone cane be hit by falling loads or components!
Personnel in the danger zone can be caught by moving crane components or loads!
Fatal or severe injuries can be the result!
Warn any personnel within the danger zone with the warning device of the crane!
After the warning is issued, wait and ensure that no personnel remains within the danger zone!
If necessary, block off the danger zone with a safety distance of 0.5 m!
1.2 Exhaust systems and other heated crane components

WARNING
Danger of burns!
You can get severely burnt on the surfaces of hot components!
This applies especially to exhaust systems, the engines and the respective gears in the crane chassis
and in the crane superstructure!
Let the components cool off before touching them!
Proceed with special caution near heated crane components!
1.3 Movement on the crane

WARNING
Risk of accident!
No not step or place a load on surfaces, which are not approved, there is a danger of accidents!
The crane can be damaged!
Observed the signage!
Replace damaged signs immediately!
WARNING
Danger of slipping / falling!
The traction of steps, walk ways and hand rails changes due to effects of the weather, such as
wetness, snow and frost!
Danger of slipping / falling!
Always move on the crane depending on the respective circumstances!
2.04 LIEBHERR 23
B109287
24 LIEBHERR 2.04
1.4 Crane operator's cab with retractable / extendable step
1.4.1 Entering / exiting of crane superstructure alignment length axis crane chassis
See illustration 1.
Before entering / exiting the crane operator's cab, the following prerequisites must be met:
– The crane superstructure is aligned in length axis of the crane chassis.
– The step under the crane operator's cab is moved in.
– The crane operator's cab with incline adjustment is in 0° position.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the crane superstructure is aligned in length axis of the crane chassis and the step is moved out,
see illustration 2, then there is a danger of falling when entering / exiting!
Set up a suitable access, such as a ladder or pedestal, to ensure safe entry into the crane
operator's cab!
When exiting the crane operator's cab in position crane superstructure in length axis crane
chassis, always move the step in completely!
1.4.2 Entering / exiting a swung crane superstructure

See illustration 3.
Before entering / exiting the crane operator's cab, the following prerequisites must be met:
– The crane superstructure is swung to the point where a safe access to the crane chassis is
ensured.
– For the crane operator's cab with incline adjustment, the crane operator's cab is in 0° position.
Note
Use extendable step!
The extended step allows comfortable entry into the crane operator's cab as well as safe exit from
the crane operator's cab to the crane chassis!
1.5 Crane operator's cab with incline adjustment

WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the crane operator's cab cannot be swung from an inclined position (for example 20° position) to the
0° position, for example due to a problem, then utmost caution must be used when entering / exiting
the crane operator's cab!
There is a danger of falling, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
For safety reasons, we recommend to take advantage of outside help!
If necessary, have appropriate pedestals or other suitable entry aids set up to ensure safe exit
from the crane operator's cab!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the door of the crane operator's cab is opened in inclined position, then the door can move back
suddenly!
Hands can be crushed or injured!
When the operator's cab is in inclined position, open the door carefully!
2.04 LIEBHERR 25
B109261
26 LIEBHERR 2.04
2 Emergency exit
2.1 Emergency exit - driver's cab

The driver's cab can be exited through the “left driver's door” or the “right passenger door”, see
illustration 1.
Note
Exit the driver's cab through the “left driver's door” or the “right passenger door”, see illustration 1:
Pull and open the door handle 10 on the “left driver's door” or the “right passenger door”.
2.2 Emergency exit - crane operator's cab

WARNING
Risk of falling!
If it is not possible to safely leave the crane operator's cab through the door or to reset the crane
operator's cab from inclined position to horizontal position, then the crane operator can fall from the
crane operator's cab during the emergency exit and be severely injured!
Be especially careful when exiting at emergency exit!
If the crane operator's cab cannot be exited safely, use outside aid!
In case of an emergency, if it is not possible to leave the crane operator's cab through the door, the
crane operator's cab can be exited through one of the following openings, depending on the model:
– Roof window, see illustration 2: Pull the pins 11 on the left and right and open the roof window
upward.
– Rear window, see illustration 2: Pull the pins 11 on the left and right and open the rear window
upward.
– Front window, see illustration 3: Unlock the left and right handles 12 and open the front window.
– Side window, see illustration 3: Unlock the top and bottom handles 12 and open the side window.
2.04 LIEBHERR 27
B109766
28 LIEBHERR 2.04
3 Safety guidelines for ladders
3.1 General
The ladders have been built according to the present level of technology and recognized safety
technical regulations. Despite that, during their use dangers to life and physical condition of the user
and / or third parties can occur. The ladders may only be used in a flawless technical condition and
according to their missions as well as with constant awareness of safety and dangers. Changes on
the structure may only be made with written approval of the manufacturer.
The ladders are exclusively designated for the entry and exit of personnel.
Any other use is not as intended.
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by unintended use or improper usage.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the following safety guidelines are not observed, personnel can fall down and be killed or severely
injured!
Observe and adhere to the installation and safety guidelines for ladders!
Observe and adhere to the safety signs on the ladders!
Install and secure the ladders properly!
Do not use damaged ladders and replace them immediately!
Repairs on ladders may only be carried out by authorized expert workshops!
Before using the ladders, make sure that the following prerequisites are met:
– The ladders are hung and secured in the intended locations.
– The ladders are complete and not damaged (visual inspection).
– The legs of the ladders are not worn.
– Check the screws for tight seating and connection.
– The ladder may be subjected to a load of no more than one person or a maximum of 150 kg.
Before starting to drive / before transport, ensure that the following prerequisite is met:
– The ladders are tightly locked and secured in the intended transport retainers.
3.2 Maintenance
Note
Grease joints and pivot points on the ladders regularly and check them for easy movement, see
illustration 1 and illustration 2!
Remove any dirt on the ladders!
The ribbing on the rungs must be clear!
2.04 LIEBHERR 29
B109766
30 LIEBHERR 2.04
3.3 Safety signs on the ladders

Note
All safety signs on the ladders must be complete and always legible!
Sign Explanation
Read the operating instructions.
Maximum load.
Correct set up angle.
Set up on level ground.
Avoid leaning out to the side.
Eliminate any contaminants on the ground.
Set up on solid ground.
2.04 LIEBHERR 31
Sign Explanation
Ladder overhang over the set up point.
It is not permitted to step off to the side from the ladder.
Only one person on every accessible bracket.
Visual inspection of the ladder before use.
Do not use the ladder as a bypass.
Do not stand on the top step.
Check the legs of the ladder.
When transporting the ladder, be aware of any danger due to

overhead wires.
Pay attention to correct set up direction.
32 LIEBHERR 2.04
Sign Explanation
Face the ladder to go up or down the ladder.
Before use, pay attention that the stepladder opens completely.
Make sure the upper end of the ladder is placed correctly.
Make sure that the safety strut engages.
Maximum number of users on the ladder.
Before use, make sure it is safety engaged.
Correct access.
When accessing the ladder, wear suitable shoes.
Stepladders: Access the ladder to no more than the third step

from the top - without railing.
2.04 LIEBHERR 33
Sign Explanation
Leaning ladders: Access to no more than the fourth step from the
top.
Universal ladders: Access to no more than the fifth step from the
top.
Access the ladder only when sober.
Eliminate damaged ladders immediately.
Total weight of the ladder.
Illustration of ladder type with maximum length.
Secure the upper / lower end of the ladder.
4 Requirements of the crane operator

4.1 General
The crane operator's primary responsibility is to use and operate the crane in a manner that is safe for
both himself and others.
The following important safety guidelines will help you achieve this.
Many crane accidents are caused by incorrect crane operation.
34 LIEBHERR 2.04
WARNING
Danger due to operating error!
In the interest of both yourself and others, make sure you understand how your crane operates
and familiarize yourself with all the risks associated with the work to be done.
The main operating errors, which are made again and again while operating or driving a crane, are
as follows:
• Not paying careful attention while working, for example:
• Slewing too quickly
• Quick braking of the load
• Diagonal pulling
• Loose cable formations
– Overloading
– Driving too fast with a load, or setting up and loading on an uneven surface
– Attaching the load incorrectly
– Unsuitable operation; especially diagonal pulling, breaking away stuck loads
– Wind action on suspended loads
– Mistakes when driving on a road, for example:
• Overspeeding the engine when driving downhill
• Driving with turned on differential lock
– Crashing into bridges, roofs or high voltage wiring due to insufficient vertical clearance
– Inadequate support; support base, support under the support pads
– Incorrect assembly or disassembly of booms
In many cases, crane damage is caused by improper maintenance:
– Insufficient oil, grease or antifreeze
– Contamination
– Broken cable wires, defective tires, worn parts
– Emergency limit switches or load torque limiter (LMB) not operating properly
– Brake and clutch failure
– Hydraulic defects; for example cracked hoses
– Loose bolts
2.04 LIEBHERR 35
B107388
36 LIEBHERR 2.04
4.2 Personal protective equipment

WARNING
Danger of accidents or falling!
If protective devices are not worn, the crane operator or the auxiliary personnel can be killed or
severely injured!
Any overhead work, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids!
If fall arresters are available, then they must be used!
If work cannot be carried out using these aids or from the ground, the crane operator and the
assembly personnel must be protected from falling using approved antifall guard systems!
Only approved antifall guard systems (catch belt, connectors) may be used! These antifall
guard systems must meet the standards EN 354, EN 358, EN 360, EN 361, EN 362, EN 363
and EN 365 or national regulations.
No fall cushioning devices may be used due to low, possible falling height.
The operating instructions of the manufacturer of the antifall guard systems must be observed and
adhered to!
Check regularly to make sure that the legibility of the product identification marking is ensured.
The crane operating company must provide personal protection equipment to the crane operator
and all auxiliary personnel!
The crane operating company must ensure that the crane operator and auxiliary staff wear
personal protection equipment!
The crane operator and auxiliary personnel are obligated to carry personal protection equipment
along and to wear them!
Replace defective or damaged personal protective equipment!
Personal protection equipment include the following equipment:

– Hard hat: Protection from falling parts at assembly and disassembly. Hitting the head at assembly
and disassembly of lattice mast equipment.
– Safety gloves: As a rule, when working with cables, penetration safe safety gloves must be used.
– Fall arrest systems ( catch belt 1, connectors 2 for retaining systems and work place positioning)
to protect against the danger of falling.
– Safety shoes: Protection from falling parts at assembly and disassembly.
– Warning apparel.
WARNING
High risk of accident!
Even personal protective equipment does not provide 100% protection!
A helmet can protect against small falling objects, but not against falling loads.
Personnel can nonetheless be killed or seriously injured!
Always remain aware of your surroundings and behave in a safe manner!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following instructions or measures are not carried out, personnel can be killed or severely
injured!
A plan for rescue actions, taking all possible emergencies into account, must be on hand!
The following points can endanger the safe function of the personal protective equipment: For
example extreme temperatures, routing of connecting devices, routing over or around sharp
edges, chemical influences, electrical effects, cuts, abrasion, climatic influences or swing
movements during falls!
For that reason, appropriate safety preparations must be made!
2.04 LIEBHERR 37
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to fall subjected antifall guard systems!
If fall subjected fall arrest systems are not replaced after a fall, then the fall arrest systems may fail in
case of a new fall and personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Replace fall subjected fall arrest systems immediately!
WARNING
Important for the safety of the user!
If the personal protective equipment is subsequently sold into another country, the seller must
provide the instructions for use, maintenance, regular inspections and upkeep in the language of
the other country.
4.2.1 Documentation
Note
The crane driver, who employs the user, is responsible for the creation of documentation and
entry of the required data.
The following charts must be filled out after the respective inspections.
Documentation of personal protective equipment

Product:
Type and model / Identifica- Commercial name Identification number
tion
Manufacturer Address Phone and fax number, email

and internet page
Year of manufacture / expira- Purchase date Date of first use

tion date
Other significant data , such as number of document
38 LIEBHERR 2.04
Procedure of regular inspections and repairs of personal protective equipment

Date Reason of pro- Damage found, Name and signa- Date of next reg-
cess (regular in- repairs made and ture of expert ular inspection
spection or re- other significant personnel
pair) data
4.2.2 Identification
Every personal protective equipment or other equipment must be marked clearly and permanently in
the language of the user country. The identification must include at least the following data.
Manufacturer:
Product description:
Type and model / Identifica- Serial number: EN Standard(s)
tion:
Observe the warning notes and instructions!
4.3 Work on the crane superstructure or boom

WARNING
Risk of falling!
During work on the crane superstructure of boom, personnel must be secured with appropriate safety
measures to prevent them from falling! If this is not observed, working personnel can fall and be killed
or severely injured!
For all work on the crane where there is a danger of falling, suitable safety measures must be
taken!
The crane superstructure or boom may not be accessed without suitable aids!
Suitable aids are, for example: Lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, assembly platforms,
auxiliary crane.
2.04 LIEBHERR 39
If railing are present on the crane superstructure, then they must be swung into operating position
and secured for all work, see crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
Only step on such aids with clean shoes!
Keep aids clean and free of snow and ice!
If the work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the assembly personnel
must secure themselves with approved catch systems to avoid falling, see section “Personal
protective equipment”!
It is prohibited to step on the driver's cab or cab roof and specially marked surfaces, see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 2.05!
4.4 Obligations of the crane operator

1.) Before starting to work, the crane operator must check the brake function and the emergency
shut off devices. He must monitor the condition of the crane for obvious defects. On wireless
controlled cranes, he must check the assignment of control unit and crane.
2.) The crane operator must cease crane operation in case of defects, which would endanger the
safety.
3.) The crane operator must report all defects on the crane to the appropriate supervisor, also to his
replacement in case of crane change.
4.) The crane operator must make sure that:
• All control devices are set to neutral or idle position before release of the energy supply to the
drive components.
• The control devices are set to neutral or idle position and the energy supply is shut off before
leaving the control platform.
• When taking down the control unit for wireless control, it is secured to prevent unauthorized
operation.
5.) The crane operator must ensure that cranes subjected to wind are not operated past the limits
which were set by the crane manufacturer, and that the boom is taken down at least when the
critical wind speeds for the crane are reached and at the end of the work.
6.) The crane operator must monitor the load at all crane movements or the load tackle devices
when moving the crane without a load, if they could cause a dangerous situation. If observation is
not possible, then the crane operator may move the crane only with the aid of a guide.
7.) The crane operator must give warning signs when necessary.
8.) The crane operator may not move loads over personnel.
9.) Any loads attached by hand may only be moved by the crane operator after he received a clear
sign from the person who attached the load, the guide or any other responsible party which was
assigned to that task by the contractor. If signals must be used to communicate with the crane
operator, then they must be agreed upon before use between the responsible party and the crane
operator. If the crane operator determines that the loads are not properly attached, then he may
not move them.
10.) As long as a load is suspended on the crane, the crane operator must keep the control devices
within reach. This does not apply for towing of vehicles with towing cranes.
11.) The crane operator may not run up to end positions operationally, if they are limited by the
emergency limit switches.
12.) After a load moment limiter was triggered, the crane operator may not take on an overload by
pulling in / raising the boom.
13.) The crane operator may not bypass the overload protection to increase the hoisting power of the
crane.
40 LIEBHERR 2.04
blank page!
2.04 LIEBHERR 41
B104101 Example for crawler crane with telescopic boom
42 LIEBHERR 2.04
B104102 Example for crawler crane with lattice mast boom
2.04 LIEBHERR 43
B104103 Example for mobile cranes
44 LIEBHERR 2.04
5 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3

It is very important to choose an appropriate location for crane operation in order to minimize safety
risks.
DANGER
Risk of accidents due to ground with insufficient load bearing capacity!
If the crane is supported or driven on ground with insufficient load bearing capacity, then the crane
can topple over and kill personnel!
Only support or drive the crane on ground with the required load-bearing capacity!
Act responsibly when planning and selecting the crane location and route.
Note the following points!
When selecting the location for the crane, observe the following:
1.) Select the placement location in such a way that crane movements can be carried out without
collision, and that the outrigger supports can be extended to the support base stipulated in the
load charts.
Make sure that no personnel is injured or killed!
Always keep a safety distance of 0.5 m. If this is not possible, secure the danger zone.
2.) On mobile cranes:
Support the crane correctly and support the support pads according to the load bearing capacity
of the ground on the placement location.
3.) Keep a safety distance to basements or similar.
4.) Keep a safety distance to slopes or similar.
5.) Keep the radius to as low as possible.
6.) Select the correct boom length to the load case.
7.) Angular pull is prohibited!
8.) Select the correct reeving of the hoist rope to the load case.
9.) Bear in mind the weight and the wind exposure surface of the load.
10.) Select tackle according to the weight of the load, the type of attachment and the incline angle.
11.) Keep sufficient distance to electrical overhead wiring.
2.04 LIEBHERR 45
B108387 Example for crawler cranes
46 LIEBHERR 2.04
B108388 Example for mobile cranes
2.04 LIEBHERR 47
6 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5

The crane may not be set up too close to slopes or excavations. Maintain adequate safety
distance A and safety distance B in accordance with the type of soil.
WARNING
The crane can topple over!
The edge of the slope or excavation can break in if safety distance A or safety distance B is too small.
If the edge of the slope or excavation breaks in, the crane can topple over and kill personnel!
Always maintain the required safety distance A and safety distance B!
Abbreviation Term
A Distance to bottom of excavation
B Distance to excavation
7 Permissible ground pressures
Permissible ground pressures

Soil type [N/cm2]
1. Organic ground:
Peat, sludge, muck 0
2. Uncompacted fill:
Construction debris 0 to 10
3. Non-cohesive ground:
Sand, gravel, rocks and mix 20
4. Cohesive soil:
a) Clayed silt, mixed with topsoil 12
b) Silt, consisting of poor clay and coarse clay 13
c) Plastic clay, consisting of potter's clay and fill
Stiff 9
Semi-solid 14
Solid 20
d) Mixed granular ground, clay to sand, gravel and rocky areas
Stiff 15
Semi-solid 22
Solid 33
5. Rock in evenly solid condition:
48 LIEBHERR 2.04
Permissible ground pressures

Soil type [N/cm2]
a) Brittle, with traces of decomposition 150
b) Not brittle 400
If there is any doubt about the load bearing capability of the ground at the site, soil tests should be
carried out by specialists using, for example, a penetrometer.
7.1 Permitted ground pressure for crawler cranes

During crane operation, significant forces are transferred to the ground. The ground must be able to
safely withstand the pressure. If the crawler area is inadequate, then it must be supported from below
according to the load bearing capacity of the ground.
WARNING
If the crane is not properly supported, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
The foundation support must be large enough for the ground conditions and constructed from solid
materials, such as wood or steel plates!
7.2 Permitted ground pressure for mobile cranes

When the crane is supported, the support cylinders transmit significant forces to the ground.
The ground must be able to safely withstand this pressure. If the support pad area is inadequate, then
it must be supported from below according to the load bearing capacity of the ground.
The required support area can be calculated from the load bearing capacity of the ground and the
crane support force.
Note
Consider that the support force, due to the counterweight, can be higher without a load than with
a load.
WARNING
If the crane is not properly supported, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
Only strong materials may be used for the support pad bases; for example properly dimensioned
wooden timbers!
In order to ensure that pressure is evenly distributed over the base surface, the support pads must
be positioned in the center of the support base!
Note
The following are general calculation examples. The values are used only to explain the
calculation steps. The crane specific values are in chapter 1.03 of the crane operating instructions.
2.04 LIEBHERR 49
Example: Calculation of specific support pressure

Maximum support force according to crane operating instructions, 720000 N
chapter 1.03 for example: 720 kN
Surface of square support pad with 550 mm side length according to 3025 cm2
chapter 1.03, for example: 302500 mm2
80 % as carrying surface of support pad: 302500 mm2 x 0.8 = 242000 2420 cm2
mm2
Specific support pressure = Support force / surface support pad 720000 N / 2420 cm2 =
297.52 N/cm2
Specific support pressure: 298 N/cm2
The value of the specific support pressure is far above the permissible ground pressure for all types of
granular soil. If this crane is utilized on bedrock, type of ground gravel, permissible ground pressure
20 N/cm2 , then the support surface must be increased.
Example: Calculation of required support surface

Maximum support force according to crane operating instructions, 720000 N
chapter 1.03 for example: 720 kN
Permissible ground pressure, for example: 20 N/cm2 20 N/cm2
Required support surface = Support force / permissible ground pressure 720000 N / 20 N/cm2 =
36000 cm2
Required support surface: 36000 cm2 = 3.6 m2
The surface of the support for each support pad must be at least 3.6 m2 .
Note
The corresponding support forces can be determined with the crane job planer.
50 LIEBHERR 2.04
blank page!
2.04 LIEBHERR 51
B180001 General example
52 LIEBHERR 2.04
8 Supporting
DANGER
When actuating the supports with attached load and / or at loaded derrick ballast guying, the incline
and the force conditions of the entire boom system change!
There is no shut off by the LICCON overload system!
When a load is suspended, it is prohibited to actuate the support!
When the derrick ballast guying is loaded, it is prohibited to actuate the support!
It is absolutely essential that the crane be supported exactly in accordance with the load charts to
ensure safe operation.
The match of the sliding beams placement surfaces must be observed to ensure proper force transfer
between the sliding beams.
The crane may only be supported in these extension conditions.
WARNING
Danger of tipping over!
f only the load side sliding beams are extended, the crane can tip over when turning or setting down
the load!
Move all 4 sliding beams and support cylinders out according to the data in the load chart!
In intermediate positions between the support bases supporting is prohibited!
Pin sliding beams to support base according to the load chart!
Fully pin in and secure the pins!
WARNING
Risk of tipping the crane due to incorrectly extending the sliding beams!
The load suspended on the hook causes tension and deformation of the hoist rope and telescopic
boom, the same applies to lattice jibs and guy ropes. If the load is dropped from the tackle cables or if
the tackle or hoist rope breaks in this situation, a sudden relief occurs. The boom snaps back quickly.
This can cause the crane to topple over.
Despite previous assumption, it might become necessary to swing the load to the opposite side. This
can cause the crane to topple over.
When turning from the vehicle longitudinal direction, the crane can topple over due to the boom or
counterweight momentum.
It is imperative that all 4 sliding beams and support cylinders be extended according to the data in
the load chart!
2.04 LIEBHERR 53
8.1 Crane alignment

In addition to the proper foundation for the supports, the horizontal alignment of the crane is of utmost
importance for safe crane operation.
DANGER
The crane may topple if it leans!
If the crane is positioned at an incline, and if the boom is turned towards the slope, then the boom
projection radius is increased as a result!
It is possible that the slewing gear can no longer hold the crane superstructure and, in extreme cases,
the crane can topple over!
It is imperative to align the crane horizontally before starting crane operation!
If the horizontal alignment of the crane has to be readjusted:
Set the load down on the ground before readjusting the crane!
Example: At a boom length of 50 m, uneven adjustment of the crane by only 5° will cause an boom
projection radius of 10 m to be increased by a = 4 m.
9 Checking the safety measures

– The placement location has been selected in such a way that the crane can be operated with the
least possible boom projection radius.
– The load bearing capacity of the ground is adequate.
– There is sufficient distance to excavations and slopes.
– It has been ensured that there are no live electrical wires within the working range of the crane.
– There are no obstacles which will hinder required crane movements.
– The crane is horizontally aligned.
– On mobile cranes:
• The axle suspension is blocked.
• All four sliding beams and support cylinders have been extended according to the support
base given in the load chart.
• The sliding beams are secured with pins to prevent them from moving.
• The support pads are pinned and secured in the operating position.
• The axles are relieved, which means the tires do not touch the ground.
54 LIEBHERR 2.04
10 Crane operation with a load

WARNING
If the crane is in condition which is not operationally safe, the crane can topple over or crane
components can fall down!
Before starting to work, the crane operator must ensure that the crane is in operationally safe
condition!
If safe crane operation cannot be ensured by the crane operator, then crane operation is
prohibited until an operationally safe condition for the crane is established!
Safety devices, for example: Load moment limiter, hoist limit switch, brakes must be fully
functioning, otherwise crane operation is prohibited!
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met:

– The load moment limiter must be adjusted according to the current crane configuration.
– The loads given in the load chart may not be exceeded.
– The crane load may never exceed those specified in the load charts.
– The weight, center of gravity and dimensions of the load to be lifted must be known.
– Load carriers, lifting equipment and tackle must be in accordance with specified requirements.
Note
It must be observed, that the weight of the hook block and the weight of the tackle must be
subtracted from the load given in the load chart, see the following chart!
Example:
Maximum permissible load according to chart 30.000 t
Weight of the hook block 350 kg - 0.350 t
Weight of the tackle rope 50 kg - 0.050 t
Actual load capacity of the crane = 29.600 t
The weight of the load to be lifted, in this example, may not exceed 29.6 t .
10.1 Counterweight
The counterweight required depends on the weight of the load to be lifted and the radius required for
work. The deciding factor for the selection of the counterweight is the data in the corresponding load
chart.
WARNING
If the counterweight is not attached in accordance with the load chart, the crane can topple over and
fatally injure personnel!
Install the counterweight in accordance with the load chart!
2.04 LIEBHERR 55
10.2 Hoist gear, hoist rope

The lifting capability of the crane depends on the pull force of the hoist gear and the number of
possible hoist rope reevings. When working with a single strand, the crane can only lift as much of a
load as the hoist gear is able to pull.
If the load to be lifted is heavier than the pull force if the hoist gear, then the hoist rope must be reeved
as needed according to the principle of a pulley between the pulley head on the boom and the hook
block.
When reeving, carefully observe the load chart specifications and the operating manual instructions.
WARNING
Hoist rope failure!
If the maximum pull force of the hoisting gear is exceeded, the hoist rope can break or the hoisting
gear can be damaged!
The load can fall and kill personnel!
Never exceed the rated pull force of the hoist gear!
56 LIEBHERR 2.04
10.3 Crane operation

DANGER
There is a high risk of accidents should the following points not be observed!
It is imperative to comply with the following instructions.
High accident risk if:

1.) The load torque limiter is not set to the actual configuration status of the crane, and as a result,
cannot fullfil its function as a safety device.
2.) The load torque limiter is defective or put out of operation.
3.) The hoist limit switches are defective or turned off.
4.) On crawler cranes:
The angle sensor and the force test brackets are not functioning.
The sliding beams of the hydraulic supports are not extended to the points specified in the load
chart.
6.) On crawler cranes:
The crawlers are not supported with stable base material sufficiently large for the soil conditions.
The support pads are not supported with stable base material sufficiently large for the soil
conditions.
8.) If the load is pulled at an angle.
Angular pulling to the side is particularly dangerous, because the boom has only minimal lateral
moment of resistance.
It is prohibited to pull a load at an angle.
9.) An excessive load is attached to the hook during disassembly work, which then hangs freely on
the crane when it is detached.
10.) If loads which have become stuck are pulled free with the hook block.
Even if the weight of the load which is stuck is no greater than the permissible lifting load, the
crane may topple over backwards if the load is suddenly freed since the tension created in the
boom can cause it to jerk back violently.
11.) Work is carried out in strong winds.
Refer to the data given in the load chart.
12.) The crane is not aligned horizontally and the load is slewed toward the slope.
13.) The hook load begins swinging because the crane operator has not properly controlled the
movements.
14.) The loads and boom projection radii contained in the load charts are exceeded.
15.) When working in the vicinity of power cables, these are not isolated by electricity engineers or if
the hazardous area is not covered of fenced off.
If it is not possible to take such measures, a sufficient safety clearance must be maintained:
Rated voltage Minimum distance

Up to 1 kV 1m
Above 1 kV to 110 kV 3m
If rated voltage is unknown 5m
2.04 LIEBHERR 57
WARNING
Danger of current transfer!
If, despite all precautions having been taken, a flashover occurs, carry out the following procedure:
Keep calm!
Do not leave the crane operator's cab!
Warn those around the crane not to move and not to touch the crane!
Move the crane away from the danger area!
11 Lifting of personnel
11.1 Generally valid instructions:
Note
The destined use of the crane is lifting of loads!
Lifting of personnel is not considered to be destined use of the crane!
The national laws and regulations for lifting personnel must be adhered to!
DANGER
When lifting personnel, the dangers of accidents and falling are significantly increased. Accidents
which occur when lifting personnel often result in severe injuries or even death!
The company, the supervisor, the crane operator and auxiliary personnel must proceed especially
carefully and safety conscious!
The following warning notes and safety regulations must be strictly observed!
Lifting of persons with personal lifting devices is only permitted for the assembly, the use and the
removal, if the user can prove that reaching the work area by conventional means, for example:
Via elevator, ladder, steps, lift, aerial platform or scaffolding is dangerous or due to the structural
design of the project or the work place condition is not possible!
Lifting of persons is only permitted with personal lifting devices, which have been designed for
lifting personnel and which were tested and approved!
When lifting personnel, the total load, including personal lifting devices, load lifting devices and
load hook may only be 50% of the nominal load for the respective condition of the valid load
charts!
The reeving must be handled in such a way that the rope pull with personal lifting devices, load
lifting devices and load hook does not exceed 50% of the maximum rope pull!
The crane operator many not leave the crane operator's cab while lifting personnel with the crane!
The lifting person must be in radio contact with the crane operator!
The rescue of person(s) in the personal lifting device must be planned in advance in case it is
necessary in an emergency!
As long as person are lifted, the crane may not be used for other purposes!
The job planning for crane operation, where personnel is to be lifted must be made especially
carefully!
Check the load bearing capacity of the ground especially carefully!
Lifting personnel may only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
Unauthorized persons must remain outside the danger zone!
Carry out all crane movements especially carefully and smoothly!
The persons to be moved must secure themselves with personal protective equipment (for
example safety harnesses) to protect them from falling from the movement devices!
58 LIEBHERR 2.04
Do not step on lifted loads or lifted tackle!

The crane operator may not move personnel with the load or the load tackle!
Before using the safety devices of the crane, check them for proper function! This applies
especially for the hoist limit switch and the load moment limitations! But all other crane functions
must also be in proper condition!
The crane must be equipped in such a way that personnel can exit the personnel lifting device
without danger in case of a power failure or if the control of the personnel lifting device cannot be
returned to the initial position!
The national laws and regulations for lifting personnel must be adhered to!
11.2 In addition, the following applies for Germany:

Note
In Germany, lifting of personnel under observation of the safety regulations for “liftable personnel
lifting devices” of the trade associations (Berufsgenossenschaften) BGR 159 is permissible!
DANGER
The following warning notes and safety regulations must be strictly observed!
Moving personnel and personnel lifting devices and working with these personnel lifting devices is
approved and monitored by the national occupational heath and safety agencies, in Germany the
trade association (Berufsgenossenschaft)!
Observe the safety regulations and guidelines of the national occupational health and safety
agencies!
Additional obligations of the company:

– Report the operation of the lifting device to the appropriate trade association.
– Determination of supervisor.
– The operator of the lifting device must be familiar with the tasks.
– The contractor may not assign other tasks to the lifting device operator and the guide while
personnel is being lifted.
– The contractor must make lifting devices with sufficient load carrying capacity available.
– The contractor must provide personal protective equipment (such as safety harnesses).
– Liftable personnel lifting devices must be inspected before the initial use and after significant
changes by an expert before putting them back into service:
• Carry out trial runs in the present of the supervisor.
• Regular inspections at least once a year.
• Record and save proof of inspections.
12 Grounding
12.1 Grounding the crane
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to electric shock!
There is a risk of electrical shock, if the crane is not properly grounded.
Properly ground the crane!
Make sure that there is a potential equalization between the crane and the ground!
The crane must be grounded before operation:

– Near transmitters (radio and TV transmitters, radio stations, etc.)
– Near high frequency switching stations
– In case of severe possibility of thunderstorms or potential thunderstorms
2.04 LIEBHERR 59
The crane can become electrostatically charged, especially if the crane is equipped with synthetic
support pads or if the support pads are placed on insulating materials (such as wooden planks).
12.2 Grounding the load

WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to electric shock!
There is a risk of electrical shock, if the load is not properly grounded!
Properly ground the load!
Make sure that there is a potential equalization between the load and the ground!
The load must be grounded before operation:

– Near transmitters (radio and TV transmitters, radio stations, etc.)
– Near high frequency switching stations
– In case of severe possibility of thunderstorms or potential thunderstorms
The load can become electrostatically charged, even if the crane is grounded. This applies in
particular if a hook block with pulleys made of synthetic material and non-conductive fastening
equipment (for example plastic or manila ropes) are used.
13 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms

In weather conditions, which can include lightning:
– Stop work on the crane.
– If possible, place the load down.
– If possible, telescope the boom in or put it down and bring it into a safe condition.
If this is not possible, the crane operator's cab must remain occupied to keep the crane and the load
always under control.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to lightning strikes!
Make sure that there are no persons near the immediate area of the crane.
14 Welding work on the load

Note
The load must also be grounded.
In case of welding work on the load, the screw clamp of the welding unit must be attached on the
welding piece to avoid current flow via hoist rope, crane superstructure or crane chassis.
15 Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V

AC)
60 LIEBHERR 2.04
A potential hazard exists when supplying a crane with external power from a low voltage distribution
system (230 V AC).
In particular, the following conditions pose an electrical hazard: touching a crane with open grounds
(caused by the mechanical stress on flexible supply cables or the service connection), loose terminal
connections, high wire or contact resistance, mixed up conductors, defective or missing protective
equipment (fault interrupters) in combination with a body contact on the crane.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if the body conducts current!
Water and / or defective devices can cause hazardous stray voltages when touched. Subject to lethal
currents.
The external supply cable must be in good working order!
Make sure that the external flexible supply line is in good working order.
Where applicable, we recommend the use of an isolation transformer.
16 Endangering air traffic

When working with crane, heights are reached which could endanger air traffic. This applies
especially to areas near airports.
WARNING
Endangering air traffic!
If no protective measures are taken, this can result in endangerment to air traffic!
Get the approval from agency responsible for air traffic!
Assemble the airplane warning light on the boom head and turn it on!
2.04 LIEBHERR 61
17 Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes

If a load is to be lifted by several cranes, the procedure must be previously determined by the
contractor or his representatives, and must be carried out in the presence of a supervisor assigned by
the contractor.
Proceed with particular care in the following cases:
– The part to be lifted has no even shape.
– Dynamic influences are to be taken into account when the load is freed.
Note
In the event of differing load-bearing capacities of the cranes, attach the loads in such a way as
each crane is only loaded with its own permissible load-bearing capacity.
WARNING
High risk of accident during dual-lifting!
When lifting or lowering the load, the individual cranes can be overloaded and topple over!
Personnel can be killed or seriously injured!
Only load the individual cranes with their individually permissible load capacities!
Angular pull is prohibited!
62 LIEBHERR 2.04
blank page!
2.04 LIEBHERR 63
B189640 General example
64 LIEBHERR 2.04
18 Working in the vicinity of transmitters

Strong electromagnetic fields are likely to be present if the construction site is close to a transmitter.
Electromagnetic fields can expose people and objects to direct and indirect risks, such as:
– Effect on human organs due to temperature increase
– Danger of burns or inflammation due to temperature increase
– Spark or electric arc formation
DANGER
Risk due to electromagnetic fields!
Before operating a crane in the vicinity of transmitters, be sure to consult with LIEBHERR!
Also consult a high frequency specialist!
High frequency (HF) radiation from a transmitter requires supplementary work safety protection and
special environmental specifications for crane operators and personnel:
1.) Each crane must be “fully” grounded. Check visually or with a simple tester to ensure that ladder,
cab and cable pulleys are grounded.
2.) All personnel working on the crane or with large metal objects must protect themselves from
burns by wearing non-conductive synthetic gloves and suitable clothing while working.
3.) There is no need to panic if you feel your hand warm up. Always work under the assumption that
the respective workpiece, structural steel member or support is “hot”.
4.) The temperature of objects affected by high frequency radiation depends on their “size”. Cranes,
carriers and coverings, for example, are “hotter”.
5.) Contact with other crane loads is not permitted when operating the crane (arcing). Since defects
caused by burns considerably reduce cable carrying capacity, any such occurrences must be
reported immediately to the machinery supervisor so that the cables can be inspected.
6.) An insulator 1 is required at all times between the crane load hook and tackle. It is strictly
prohibited to remove this insulator 1.
7.) Do not touch the cables above the insulator 1.
8.) Loads that are attached to the crane may not be touched by any unprotected parts of the body
after the load has been lifted or set down.
9.) Do not work with a bare upper torso or in short pants, this is prohibited.
10.) To minimize absorption of high-frequency radiation, larger loads should be transported
horizontally if possible.
11.) Loads must be grounded, or additional insulation used (rubber material between the object and
gloves) when manual work is required.
12.) Use a suitable measuring instrument to check the “temperature” of the workpiece.
If, for example 500 V can be measured on a tool at a distance of 1 cm to - 2 cm, then the tool
may not be touched with bare hands.
The greater the distance, the higher is the voltage on the object:
At a distance of 10 cm, the voltage is approx. 600 V, at a distance of 30 cm, the voltage is
approx. 2000 V.
13.) When refueling the crane, it must be ensured that no sparks are created within the radius of 6 m,
neither by handling larger metallic parts nor by other work.
14.) To avoid secondary accidents, use personal protective equipment when working on components
that are high off the ground.
15.) Any accidents and unexpected events must immediately be reported to the local construction
supervisor and the safety engineer.
2.04 LIEBHERR 65
B180003
66 LIEBHERR 2.04
19 Hand signals for guidance

For all crane movements, the crane operator must always keep the load, as well as the crane hook or
loading equipment when the crane is not loaded, in his field of vision.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to standing under swaying loads!
Constantly keep loads in sight!
Standing under swaying loads is not permissible!
If this is not possible, the crane operator may only operate the crane if he is signed by an assigned
guide.
The operator may be guided by hand signals or a two-way radio. It must be ensured that there are no
misunderstandings.
WARNING
Danger of accident caused by misunderstood hand signals!
Hand signals must be mutually agreed upon and clearly executed!
We recommend using the hand signals described on the previous page.

In any case, national regulations must be observed when abroad.
Hand signal explanation:
Luff up boom 1
Luff down boom 2
Lift load slowly 3
Lower load slowly 4
Luff up boom slowly 5
Luff down boom slowly 6
Luff up boom and hold load steady 7
Luff down boom and hold load steady 8
Telescope out boom 9
Telescope in boom 10
Luff up boom and lower load 11
Luff down boom and lift load 12
Lift load 13
Lower load 14
Turn load in this direction 15
Shut down all systems 16
Stop! 17
2.04 LIEBHERR 67
20 Consideration of wind conditions

It is imperative to observe the permissible wind speed data given in the load charts:
– For the equipped crane
– For crane operation
WARNING
It is prohibited to erect the crane to measure the wind speed!
Depending on crane application, for example:

1.) Lifting of large surfaced loads
2.) Working with long boom combinations
3.) Erection and take down of boom combinations
The crane operator must check with appropriate information sources about the expected wind speeds,
at:
1.) The start of crane operation
2.) Interruption of crane operation
3.) Taking up crane operation again
WARNING
If the crane is operated at wind speeds which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds
according to the load charts, then it can topple over and kill personnel!
If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds for the
equipped crane, then the attachments and the boom must be taken down!
If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible winds speeds for the
crane operation, then it is prohibited to lift a load!
Wind force Wind speed Effect of the wind

Beaufort Description [m/s] [km/h] in the inland
0 Calm 0 - 0.2 1 No wind, smoke rises straight up
1 Slight air (draft) 0.3 - 1.5 1-5 Wind direction is shown only by observing
the trail of smoke, not by the wind sock
2 Light breeze 1.6 - 3.3 6 - 11 Wind can be felt on the face, the leaves
rustle, wind sock moves slightly
3 Gentle breeze 3.4 - 5.4 12 - 19 Leaves and thin twigs move, wind extends
a small breeze flag
4 Moderate breeze 5.5 - 7.9 20 - 28 Swirls up dust and loose paper, moves
twigs and thin branches
5 Fresh breeze 8.0 - 10.7 29 - 38 Small deciduous trees begin to sway, foam
forms at sea
6 Strong breeze 10.8 - 13.8 39 - 49 Thicker branches move; telephone lines
begin to whistle, umbrellas are difficult to
use
7 Stiff wind 13.9 - 17.1 50 - 61 Entire trees swaying; difficult to walk into
wind
68 LIEBHERR 2.04
Wind force Wind speed Effect of the wind

Beaufort Description [m/s] [km/h] in the inland
8 Gale force wind 17.2 - 20.7 62 - 74 Breaks twigs off trees, walking becomes
difficult
9 Gale 20.8 - 24.4 75 - 88 Minor damage to property (chimney tops
and roofing tile are blown off)
10 Severe gale 24.5 - 28.4 89 - 102 Trees are uprooted, significant damage to
property
11 Violent storm 28.5 - 32.6 103 - 117 Extensive, widespread storm damage
12 Hurricane 32.7 and 118 and Major destruction
more more
21 Interruption of crane operation

21.1 Interruption of crane operation
If the crane operator must leave an equipped crane, then it must be ensured that there is no danger
for the crane or its surrounding area in case of an unforeseen event.
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury!
Situations may occur which could cause the crane to become unsafe if left unsupervised.
This could cause the crane to topple over, resulting in major personal injury and property damage.
Always keep the crane under full control!
Incidents which could occur (for example):

– The ground giving way due to severe rain
– Melting ice under the supports
– Bad weather, storms, thunderstorms
– Landslides
– Wash outs
– On mobile cranes:
Support cylinder failure
– On cranes with telescopic boom:
Luffing cylinder failure
– Vandalism
– There is no load on the hook.
– The crane poses no traffic obstacle.
Note
If crane work must be interrupted if the crane is equipped, then it must be ensured that measures
are initiated in time by trained, qualified personnel, to bring the crane into a safe condition in case
something happens.
2.04 LIEBHERR 69
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If it is not possible to maintain full control over a rigged crane, the machinery and boom must be
taken down.
22 Taking up crane operation again

22.1 Taking up crane operation again
Upon resumption of crane operation, the crane operator is required to check the state of the crane
and its safety systems.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the crane operator leaves the cab, even for a short time, the operating mode setting must be
checked and reset, if necessary, before resuming crane operation.
Check operating mode settings and reset, if necessary.
23 Ending crane operation

23.1 Ending crane operation
Before the crane operator may leave the crane, the following prerequisites must be met:
Place the load fully on the ground and unhook from the crane hook.
On cranes with telescopic boom:
Telescope the telescopic boom all the way in and place the boom down.
On cranes with lattice mast boom:
Put down lattice mast boom and disassemble if necessary.
Bring the control lever (master switch) to 0-position.
Apply the parking brake on the crane chassis.
Turn the engine off and pull the ignition key.
On mobile cranes:
Secure the mobile crane to prevent unauthorized use. Ensure the crane operator's cab and driver
cab are not occupied. Lock the crane operator's cab and driver cab.
On mobile cranes:
Secure the crane against uncontrolled rolling. See paragraph “Parking the vehicle”.
24 Turning / driving in reverse

WARNING
Danger of accidents when turning or driving in reverse!
When turning or driving in reverse, personnel can be overlooked or killed!
Objects can be severely damaged!
When turning or driving in reverse, the driver must act in such a way that he does not endanger
other traffic participants!
The driver may drive only in reverse or move back when it is ensured that persons or equipment
are not endangered! If this cannot be ensured, then he must use a guide.
An acoustical back up warning device will never replace the guide!
70 LIEBHERR 2.04
Make sure that there are no persons or objects behind the vehicle when driving in reverse!
Make sure that no personnel is injured or killed!
Make sure that no objects are damaged!
Driving in reverse is only permissible at slow driving speed (maneuvering speed)!
Adhere to the national regulations!
25 Parking the vehicle

Note
The “parking the vehicle” section is only to be observed for mobile cranes!
WARNING
Danger of accidents if the vehicle rolls off!
If the following points are disregarded by the crane driver, then personnel can be fatally injured.
It is prohibited to park the vehicle at a slope or an incline of more than 18%.
The parking brake must always be applied when parking the vehicle.
The ground on which the vehicle is parked must be level and have adequate load-bearing
capacity.

– The vehicle is standing on level ground with sufficient load bearing capacity.
– The parking brake is applied.
WARNING
Vehicle can roll off uncontrollably!
Under the following conditions, the vehicle must be secured against rolling away by using the
specified number of wheel chocks or wedges - in addition to the parking brake:
The vehicle is parked on a slope or an incline!
The vehicle is defective, particularly if the brake system is defective!
If all the specified wheel chocks are not placed directly behind the corresponding wheel, the
vehicle may roll off uncontrollably and personnel can be fatally injured.
All specified wheel chocks must be placed in such a way that they act against the downdrift force!
Place all specified wheel chocks tightly directly under the wheel!
Place all specified wheel chocks tightly so that they have an immediate braking action and keep
the vehicle in parking position!
2.04 LIEBHERR 71
028165-00 2.05 Signs on the crane
B109867
72 LIEBHERR 2.05
2.05 Signs on the crane 028165-00
1 Hazard signs
Note
Hazard signs are safety signs which warn of a risk or danger.
For that reason, all hazard signs on the crane must be kept complete and legible.
Replace damaged hazard signs immediately.
1.1 Warning: Risk of suspended load (position 11)
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury under suspended load!
Standing under suspended loads is prohibited!
Keep away from the machine's working area!
1.2 Warning: Risk of being crushed (position 14)
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury!
It is prohibited for anyone to linger in areas where there is a risk of being crushed!
Keep away from the machine's working area!
1.3 Danger: Risk of burning hands (position 29)
WARNING
Danger: Fire hazard!
Do not touch hot surfaces!
2.05 LIEBHERR 73
1.4 Warning: Beware of rotating elements (position 31)
WARNING
Rotating elements!
Rotating fan blade can cause injuries to fingers and hands.
Keep hands away from fan blade when rotating!
1.5 Warning: Risk of crushing hands (position 32)
WARNING
Danger: Risk of crushing hands!
Hands can be trapped or crushed.
Keep hands away!
1.6 Warning: High voltage (position 40)
Note
Only for certain countries!
1.7 Slewing range (position 41)
74 LIEBHERR 2.05
Note
2.05 LIEBHERR 75
B109868
76 LIEBHERR 2.05
2 Command and prohibition signs
2.1 Command sign

Note
Command signs are safety signs which prescribe certain behavior.
For that reason, all command signs on the crane must be kept complete and legible.
Replace damaged command signs immediately.
2.1.1 Limitation of maximum driving speed (position 21)
Note
2.1.2 Limitation of maximum driving speed (position 42)
Note
2.1.3 Use individual protective equipment (position 63)
DANGER
Fall hazard!
Use the individual protective equipment!
2.05 LIEBHERR 77
2.2 Prohibition signs

Note
Prohibition signs are safety signs which prohibit a behavior which could result in danger.
For that reason, all prohibition signs on the crane must be kept complete and legible.
Replace damaged prohibition signs immediately.
2.2.1 Access for unauthorized personnel prohibited (position 12)
DANGER
If the crane is accessed by unauthorized personnel, life threatening injuries can occur!
Access is strictly prohibited during crane operation!
2.2.2 Entering the area is prohibited (position 64)
WARNING
Risk of injury!
If the prohibited area is entered, injuries can occur.
Do not enter the area!
2.2.3 Safety harness warranted for a maximum of two persons (position 65)
DANGER
Fall hazard!
Safety ropes are designed to secure a maximum of two persons against falling, one on the right
and one on the left!
78 LIEBHERR 2.05
2.2.4 Access prohibited (position 66)
WARNING
Fall hazard!
If the crane is accessed by unauthorized personnel, life threatening injuries can occur.
Do not climb on the crane!
2.05 LIEBHERR 79
B109869
80 LIEBHERR 2.05
3 Information signs
Note
Information signs are signs which provide additional information in text form and as pictograms.
For that reason, all information signs on the crane must be kept complete and legible.
Replace damaged information signs immediately.
3.1 Warning mark “left” (position 3)
3.2 Warning mark “right” (position 4)
3.3 Operating instructions for cranes (position 13)

Note
Only for certain countries.
Read and follow operating instructions before first attempting to operate the crane!
3.4 Operating instructions chassis (position 16)

Note
Read and follow the operating instructions before first undertaking to operate machinery!
3.5 Information sign with regard to vehicle height (position 19)

Note
Only for certain countries.
3.6 Wind warning (position 20)
2.05 LIEBHERR 81
3.7 Vehicle swivels out (position 27)
WARNING
Danger of injury due to crane operation using radio remote control!
Crane can be operated using radio remote control!
It is prohibited for anyone to be in the danger zone during crane operation!
3.8 Warning: Risk of deadly electric shock (position 33)
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury from electric shock!
If boom or hoist cable are electrically charged, touching the crane, the vehicle or the load can lead to
death or severe injuries!
Keep away from crane and load!
3.9 Read the operating instructions (position 35)
82 LIEBHERR 2.05
CAUTION
Read and follow the operating instructions!
Avoid unsafe operation and maintenance hazards!
The crane may only be operated if entire contents of the operating instructions have been read
and understood!
If the operating instructions are lost, request a new manual from your nearest dealer!
3.10 Information sign with regard to refueling (position 49)
CAUTION
Damage to the engine!
Engine damage can occur if the crane is fuelled using a fuel not specified in the operating instructions.
Follow the operating instructions!
3.11 Note with regard to the speed governor (position 50 to 54)

Note
Read and follow notes before operating for the first time!
3.12 Warranted maximum sound output level (position 78)
3.13 Warning mark “left” (position 98)
Note
2.05 LIEBHERR 83
3.14 Warning mark “right” (position 99)
Note
84 LIEBHERR 2.05
2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 028166-00
blank page!
2.06 LIEBHERR 85
028166-00 2.06 Antifall guards on the crane
B106096
86 LIEBHERR 2.06
1 Individual protective equipment
WARNING
Fall hazard!
During assembly/disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, personnel must be protected with
appropriate safety equipment to secure them against falling. If these precautions are not taken,
personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries!
All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (lifting platform, scaffolding, ladder,
auxiliary crane, etc.)!
If work cannot be carried out on the ground or using such aids, personnel must be secured with
individual security gear (see crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04) to secure them against
falling! Individual security gear must be attached to the connecting points on the crane prescribed
for this purpose!
If components are outfitted with railings, these must be positioned and secured as prescribed for
assembly/disassembly, inspection and maintenance work!
Note
A sign 1 marks the points at which personnel must attach their approved individual fall protective
systems 3 to secure themselves against falling.
2.06 LIEBHERR 87
B109874
88 LIEBHERR 2.06
2 Fall protective gear: Connecting points
2.1 Connecting points on the extender wheel

Connecting points P1 are pre-installed on the extender wheel 10.
WARNING
There danger of falling is always present when working in heights!
If the following precautions are not taken, personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening injuries!
Before undertaking assembly/disassembly and maintenance work on the boom or on the extender
wheel 10, personnel must secure themselves using approved retaining belts and protective gear.
Personnel must secure themselves against falling by fastening approved retaining belts to the
connecting points P1 prescribed for this purpose!
Before undertaking assembly/disassembly and maintenance work, bring pipe 1 at the extender
wheel 10 into position by pulling upwards and secure with cotter pin 2!
WARNING
Risk of damage!
Never attach loads or objects to the connecting points P1!
2.06 LIEBHERR 89
B109875
90 LIEBHERR 2.06
2.2 Spacer connecting points

Connecting points P2 are pre-installed on the spacer 11.
WARNING
The danger of falling is always present when working in heights!
If the following precautions are not taken, personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening injuries!
Before undertaking assembly/disassembly and maintenance work on the spacer 11 personnel
must put on approved retaining belts and protective equipment.
Personnel must secure themselves against falling by attaching approved retaining belts to
connecting points P2 prescribed for this purpose.
WARNING
Risk of damage!
Never attach loads or objects to the connecting points P2.
2.06 LIEBHERR 91
B198074
92 LIEBHERR 2.06
3 Fall protective gear: Railing
3.1 Position railings for assembly/disassembly

WARNING
The danger of falling is always present when working in heights!
Railings 1 must be positioned and secured as prescribed before assembly/disassembly and
maintenance works are undertaken!
Note
Railing 1 is led along the rear of the counterweight frame in a the mount 2, see illustration 1!
Unpin retaining pinn 4 at the points A on both sides, see illustraton 2.

Swing toeboard 5 upward and fit retaining pins 4 on both sides at the points B and secure with
cotter pins 6, see illustration 2.
Position railing 1 at the points C in the toeboard 5, see illustration 2 and illustration 3.
Secure railing 1 with locking pins 7, see illustration 2.
3.2 Bringing the railing into transport position

Remove railing 1 from the toeboard 5.
Position railing 1 in the mount 2 on the counterweight frame and secure tension elements 3, see
illustration 1.
Unpin retaining pins 4 at points B on both sides and swing toeboard 5 down, see illustration 2.
Fit retaining pins 4 at points A on both sides and secure with cotter pins 6, see illustration 2.
2.06 LIEBHERR 93
B109873
94 LIEBHERR 2.06
4 Safety ropes* fall protective equipment
4.1 Safety ropes* on the telescopic boom

On both the left and right sides of the telescopic boom safety ropes 1 are mounted as fall protective
equipment.
NOTICE
Risk of damage!
Never hang loads or objects on the safety ropes 1!
WARNING
Fall hazard!
During assembly and disassembly, personnel must be secured with appropriate aids to prevent them
from falling. If these precautions are not taken, personnel could fall and suffer fatal or life-threatening
injuries!
Any work, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids (for example:
lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, auxiliary crane)!
approved fall protective systems 4 to secure them against falling, see crane operating instructions,
chapter 2.04!
To protect themselves against falling, personnel must fasten themselves to the boom for all
assembly/disassembly, maintenance and inspection work using approved fall protective
gear 4 hooked left and right to the safety ropes 1 using both carabiners 2. (For example: fall
protective gear with self-actuating blocking function and an automatic tension and retracting
device for the connecting elements)
Connecting elements must be set to as short a length as possible to prevent any impact with the
ground in the event of a fall!
Fall arresters which are subject to extensive stretching may not be used!
A maximum of two persons may hook themselves left and right into the safety ropes 1 using the
carabiners 2 to secure themselves against falling, see information plate 5!
Carabiners 2 may only be hooked in at the connection points!
When hooking in carabiners 2, one carabiner 2 must always be hooked to a safety rope 1!
Never release both carabiners 2 simultaneously from the safety ropes 1!
Before undertaking any assembly/disassembly, maintenance and inspection work, ensure that all
hindrances below the work place have been removed and that there is sufficient free space in
case of a fall!
Driving or operating the crane is prohibited during all assembly/disassembly, maintenance and
inspection work!
Note
Hook safety ropes 1 into brackets 6 before operating crane or before transport!
2.06 LIEBHERR 95
B109873
96 LIEBHERR 2.06
4.2 Replacing safety ropes used during a previous fall

WARNING
Danger: Hazard arising from re-using safety ropes used in a previous fall!
If safety ropes 1 used in a previous fall are not replaced, the risk exists that they will fail in case of
another fall! Personnel can be killed or severely injured!
Expert personnel must immediately replace safety ropes 1 following their use in a fall and inspect
anchor points 3 for damage!
If anchor points 3 are damaged expert personnel must replace them immediately!
4.3 Inspecting safety ropes and anchor points

WARNING
Fall hazard due to damaged safety ropes or anchor points!
Safety ropes 1 and anchor points 3 must be inspected at least once a year by expert personnel for
safety and damage!
If defects are found during inspections of safety ropes 1 or anchor points 3 the safety ropes 1 or
anchor points 3 must be replaced immediately by expert personnel! If these precautions are not
taken, personnel could be killed or seriously injured in a fall!
Have damaged safety ropes 1 or anchor points 3 replaced immediately by expert personnel!
4.4 Document inspections in writing

Note
Scope and results of tests should be document clearly and understandably. This documentation is
to be maintained in the crane records over the entire lifetime of the crane!
2.06 LIEBHERR 97
98 LIEBHERR
4.00 Operation of crane superstructure
LIEBHERR 99
027204-01 4.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane superstructure
B110505
100 LIEBHERR 4.01

4.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane superstructure 027204-01
1 Operating and control instruments
1.1 General operating elements

300 Locking lever • Armrest adjustment
301 Seat contact switch
302 Manual lever • Adjustment of seat cushion angle
303 Button • Lumbar support in lower part of backrest
304 Button • Lumbar support in upper part of backrest
305 Manual lever • Lock for horizontal seat adjustment
306 Manual lever • Backrest incline adjustment
308 Rotary switch • Switching between fresh air / recirculated air, air quantity
309 Rotary switch • Blower 3-stage
310 Regulator knob • Temperature Cab heater
312 Locking mechanism • Mechanical locking mechanism of crane operator's cab in
transport position
313 Thermostat* • Auxiliary heater
314 Reservoir • Windshield washer fluid
315 Heater • Crane operator's cab
341 Indicator light* • Air-conditioning system is turned on.
347 Switch • Instrument lighting
348 Button • Airplane warning light / rotating beacon
349 Switch * • Seat heater
350 Switch * • Camera illumination
351 Switch * • Control drive working floodlights
352 Switch * • Working floodlights pivot section
353 Switch * • Working floodlight pedestal
354 Switch * • Working floodlight to the rear / roof cab: Flashing beacon
355 Switch * • Working floodlights
356 Switch * • Working floodlight winch illumination / turntable / mirror heater
4.01 LIEBHERR 101

B110505
102 LIEBHERR 4.01

357 Button • Windshield wiper / washer, roof window

358 Switch • Windshield wiper, roof window, two stage
359 Switch • Windshield wiper / washer, front window
360 Switch • Windshield wiper front window, two stage
361 Switch * • Air conditioning system
362 Indicator light • Auxiliary heating turned on.
363 Switch • Ballasting
• Position II (top): raise ballast
• Position 0 (center): OFF
• Position I (bottom): lower ballast
364 Digital timer* • with the following displays
• Time and day of the week
• Fault in auxiliary heating
• Air temperature
• Preselection of heating operation of auxiliary heater with 3
preselection times (Every preselection time can be
programmed in advance of up to 7 days.)
365 Operating hour meter
366 Operating hour meter* • Hoist gear 1
367 Operating hour meter* • Hoist gear 3
4.01 LIEBHERR 103

B110506
104 LIEBHERR 4.01

1.2 OPERATING AND CONTROL INSTRUMENTS

370 LICCON Monitor 0 • Program: Tele guying, engine monitoring, control instruments
371 LICCON Monitor 2 • Program: Set up, operation, control parameters
374 Foot button • Coasting slewing gear
375 Pedal • Slewing gear block
376 Pedal • Telescoping
377 Pedal • Engine regulation, superstructure engine
380 Master switch left (MS • Y -direction
2) Deflection in: • Hoist gear 2=Winch III * (MS2Y±),
the switch 385 is actuated on the rear.
Hoist gear 2=Winch II* (MS2Y±),
the switch 385 is actuated on the front.
• X -direction
• Slewing gear left (MS2X- ) / right (MS2X+)
381 Button • Control release bypass seat contact switch (deadman)
382 Switch* • Actuated on the rear: Luffing the telescopic boom
• Actuated on the front: Luffing the jib
383 Switch • Actuated on the front: Luffing up at overload
384 Switch • Turntable lock ON/off
385 Switch* • Actuated on the rear: Hoist gear 2 = winch III
• Actuated on the front: Hoist gear 2 = winch II
386 Button • Horn
390 Master switch - right • Y -direction
(MS 1) Deflection in: • Hoist gear 1 (Winch I) (MS1Y±)
• X -direction
• Luffing the telescoping boom up / down (MS1X±), the
switch 382 is actuated on the rear.
Luffing the luffing jib up / down* (MS1X±),
the switch 382 is actuated on the front.
391 Switch • Control release bypass seat contact switch (deadman)
4.01 LIEBHERR 105

B110506
106 LIEBHERR 4.01

392 Sign • Positions of the switch 393

393 Switch • Telescoping
• Position II (front): Unpinning the telescope:
• Position 0 (center): Telescope, pin cylinder (gripper) in
manual operation or automatic pinning “OK”
• Position I (rear): Unpinning cylinder (gripper)
394 Button • Swinging the cab
• Position I (left): Swing cab out
• Position II (right): Swing cab in
395 Button • Tilting the cab
• Position II (front): Tilting cab upward
• Position I (rear): Tilting cab down
396 Button • Horn
397 Button • Lock engine regulation
• Pressing the button once will lock the engine control in the
current position.
• Pressing it again will release the lock again.
4.01 LIEBHERR 107

B110507
108 LIEBHERR 4.01

400 Button • Auxiliary winch

• Position II (right): spool up
• Position I (left): spool out
401 Button* • Lattice jib / auxiliary boom: luffing down / up
• Position II (right): luffing down
• Position I (left): luffing up
404 Switch • Assembly luffing cylinder left side
• Position II (right): Cylinder UP
• Position I (left): Cylinder DOWN
406 Switch • Pressure supply turntable / boom
• Position II (right): Pressure supply turntable
• Position 0 (center): OFF (crane operation)
• Position I (left): Pressure supply boom assembly N-,
TF-adapter
408 Indicator light • Central lubrication system in lubrication mode
410 Warning light • Fuel pump
412 Charge indicator light
413 Indicator light • Engine preheating, flame start system
414 Ignition switch
415 Impact button • EMERGENCY OFF, shut off of crane engine and entire crane
control
416 Switch • Assembly luffing cylinder right side
• Position II (right): Cylinder UP
• Position 0 (center): Off
• Position I (left): Cylinder DOWN
4.01 LIEBHERR 109

B110507
110 LIEBHERR 4.01

417 Button • Assembly luffing cylinder right side

• Position II (right): Fold the TY-frames out
• Position 0 (center): Off
• Position I (left): Fold the TY-frames in
• Caution:
The adjustment of the TY-frame angle can only be made
for assembly purposes.
The button (417) may only be pressed if the TY- frames
are completely erected and not guyed (latches open).
The button (417) may not be pressed if the TY-frames are
placed on the telescopic boom.
418 Button • TY3–guying: Block TY-frame left (A)
419 Button • TY3–guying: Block TY-frame right (B)
424 Assembly key button • Briefly pressing the key button will preselect the key button
assembly operating mode (self retention).
• Danger:
• The hoist limit switch and shut off of the LML, lower and
upper limit angle and monitoring toppling to the rear are
bypassed!
• If the operating mode Assembly is turned on, this will be
shown by the indicator light in the button 425, the symbol in the
operating screen on the LICCON monitor 2 as well as by a red
flashing light mounted on the crane operator's cab.
425 Button with indicator light • Turn the assembly self retention off
Note
Additional operating and control instruments are part of the LICCON computer system, see
Chapter 4.02, LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM!
4.01 LIEBHERR 111

B110508
112 LIEBHERR 4.01

Camera - monitor*
430 Button • UP (Selector button "Plus")
DN (Selector button "Minus")
431 Button • Change display format
• NORMAL
WIDE
ZOOM
FULL
432 Button • Change display format
• NORMAL
• WIDE
• ZOOM
• FULL
433 Button • Menu
• BRIGHT
• CONTRAST
• COLOR (color saturation)
• DIMMER (background illumination on / off)
• UP / DOWN (mirror view horizontally (top / bottom, for
overhead installation)
• SAFETY (safety mode on / off)
• DEFAULT (reset to default values)
433 LED
434 Button • ON / OFF
435 Headset
Note
For detailed description of the camera - monitor*, refer to the supplied manufacturer’s operating
instructions.
4.01 LIEBHERR 113

026079-08 4.08 Working with a load
B195219
114 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.08 Working with a load 026079-08
1 Technical safety instructions for working with a load

For more information, see chapter 2.04.
WARNING
For steep boom positions, for which no loads are specified in the load charts there is a risk of the
crane superstructure toppling when turning “backward”, i.e. towards the counterweight side! There is a
particular danger if the support base has been reduced and supported with the sliding beams
retracted!
The radii specified in the load chart must be observed!
WARNING
Danger of accident due to faulty operation!
If the reeving number on the pulley head is less than the reeving number set on the LICCON
computer system and if the load is lifted with the luffing gear, it can result in an overload of the hoist
rope, as a result, the hoist rope can rip, causing the load to drop!
Always comply with the reeving numbers specified in the load chart for maximum loads!
The reeving on the pulley head and the reeving set on the LICCON computer system must match,
otherwise crane operation is prohibited!
DANGER
Danger of fatal accidents due falling load!
If the required number of three coils is fallen below (for example due to a technical defect), the hoist
rope is ripped from the winch drum and the load falls down.
The crane operator must ensure that there are always at least three windings on the winch drum!
Always comply with the maximum load specified in the load chart.
The weight of the hook block according the load chart must be taken into account.
For the lift, use the hook block which is suited best for the existing equipment configuration in
connection with the load chart.
Initiate all crane movements carefully and also use the brakes carefully during crane movements.
That way you can avoid a swinging or pendulum motion in the suspended load.
4.08 LIEBHERR 115

2 Checks before starting to work with the crane

Before starting work with the crane, the crane operator must carry out a further inspection to satisfy
himself about the crane's operational safety:
– Check that the crane is properly supported and level.
– Check that all values in the load chart that apply to the current equipment configuration have been
entered and met.
– Ensure that there are no people or objects in the crane danger zone.
WARNING
Danger of accidents when turning the crane superstructure!
By turning the crane superstructure in restricted space conditions on the job site, especially in the rear
area of the counterweight and towards the chassis, personnel can be crushed and severely injured or
killed!
Give a short warning signal (horn) before starting a slewing movement!
Ensure before starting any slewing movement that there are no people or objects in the danger
zone!
2.1 Visual check for damage

WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the crane is operated despite existing defects, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
In the event of deficiencies that threaten operational safety, stop crane operation immediately!
The following deficiencies threaten the crane's operational safety:

– Damage to load-bearing parts of the crane design, such as booms, supports etc.
– Failure of the hoist gear brake and consequent slipping of the load
– Functional failures in the crane control system
– Functional failures in the indicator and warning lights
– Damage to the hoist ropes
– Functional failures in the safety devices
– Leakages on safety relevant components of the crane hydraulic
Inform the appropriate supervisor about the deficiencies on the crane and also inform your relief when
crane operators are changed.
2.2 Telescopic boom distortion because of sunshine on one side

A temperature difference occurs between the side facing the sun and the side facing away from the
sun for cranes with telescopic boom. This causes telescopic boom side distortion, which can reduce
the load-bearing capacity of the telescopic boom. For example, a temperature difference between the
two boom sides of 30 °C and a boom length of 60 m results in a length difference caused by the
temperature difference between the two sides of the telescopic boom of approximately 22 mm.
Particularly with narrow boom parts, this causes the profiles to bend sideways!
If the maximum load is being fully utilised, particularly when a telescopic boom extension such as a
lattice jib, luffing lattice jib or folding jib is being used, the equipment must be visually inspected before
picking up the load in order to ensure that the boom is not showing signs of side deformation because
the sun shining on one side.
WARNING
Risk of accident because of component overloading!
If the telescopic boom has become distorted because of one-sided sunlight, this can cause
component overloading and therefore accidents!
Turn crane so that both sides of the boom are brought to about the same temperature, therefore
preventing side deformation!
116 LIEBHERR 4.08

3 Crane movement - Telescoping

If the telescopic boom is telescoped, particularly with the auxiliary boom or telescopic boom
extension, before the telescoping procedure, ensure that:
– The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned.
– The telescopic boom is evenly warmed up by solar radiation.
– There is no strong side wind.
WARNING
Damage of the telescopic boom or the hoist rope!
If these 3 factors are not adhered to, damage of the telescopic boom or the hoist rope can occur and
lead to accidents!
Support the crane properly and align it horizontally!
Keep both sides of the boom at about the same temperature!
Telescope only to the permissible wind speed according to the load chart!
If the actual wind speed is higher than the permissible wind speed noted on the load chart,
telescoping is prohibited!
4.08 LIEBHERR 117

B108127
118 LIEBHERR 4.08

4 Taking on a load
The crane must always be operated in such a way that its load-bearing parts are not destroyed or
damaged and its stability is ensured.
Ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
– The crane is supported and horizontally aligned.
– The LICCON overload protection has been set according to the load chart.
– The counterweight is installed according to the load chart.
– The hook block or the load hook is correctly reeved.
4.1 Attaching the load

WARNING
If the following conditions are not met, the crane can topple over and cause fatal injuries!
Observe own weight of the load tackle!
Observe own weight of the load tackle!
The maximum permissible inclination of the strands fastened on double hooks in the hook jaws
amounts to 45°. See illustration 1.
On single hooks, operation with inclined strands in the hook jaws is prohibited!
If necessary, use tackle with a suspension link 10! The maximum permissible incline is 60°. See
illustration 2.
4.08 LIEBHERR 119

B102716
120 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.2 Lifting the load

WARNING
Danger of crushing for people in the load zone!
If personnel are located between the load to be lifted and a possible interfering edge (such as a wall
of a building or similar) when the load is lifted, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Before lifting the load it must be ensured that there are no persons within the danger zone!
It is prohibited for anyone to remain in the danger zone!
It is prohibited for anyone to be under the load! Keep a safety distance!
Swinging of the load is prohibited!
Exercise extreme caution when lifting a load!
WARNING
If an attempt to lift a load above the hoist gear causes the LICCON overload protection to switch off,
then the load must not be lifted by raising the boom. This leads to overloading and toppling of the
crane!
Do not lift the load by luffing up the boom from the ground!
Note
When using the assembly winch* observe the following:
The assembly winch* should only be used for assembly, and not for lifting loads!
Lifting of loads with the auxiliary winch is prohibited!
If the cable is manually attached to the load to be raised by an assistant:

– Make sure that the assistant's hands are not crushed between the load and the cable by the tautly
pulled ropes.
– Make sure that the assistant's body parts (hands, legs etc.) are not crushed by a pendulum
movement of the load during lifting.
4.3 Angular pull

WARNING
Angular pulling can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over!
The hook block must always be attached vertically over the center of gravity of the load to be
lifted!
The crane is designed only to lift loads vertically. During diagonal pulling, regardless of whether this is
done in the same direction as the boom or diagonally, horizontal forces are generated in addition to
the vertical ones, for which the boom is not designed.
4.08 LIEBHERR 121

B102717
122 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.4 Breaking away fixed loads

WARNING
Ripping stuck loads free can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over!
Ripping stuck loads free is prohibited!
5 Crane operation
The maximum load-bearing capacity is not just limited by stability, but in many cases a load-bearing
component breaks when the crane is overloaded before the crane topples over. Particularly
components that are susceptible to buckling such as the telescopic boom may fail suddenly without
showing signs of distortion beforehand if the crane is overloaded.
WARNING
Danger of accidents for cranes with luffing cylinders!
When the luffing cylinder is on block position, the overload protection is not functioning!
Crane operation at block position of luffing cylinders is prohibited!
5.1 General
A suspended load must always be kept under control. A fundamental requirement for this is the safe
and delicate control of the crane's functions.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to swaying loads!
A swaying load can damage the crane and cause it to topple!
All crane movements must be executed slowly and delicately!
Initiate all crane movements slowly!
Apply the brakes slowly in all crane movements!
Crane operation with swaying loads is prohibited!
NOTICE
Damage of rope pulleys!
Place down hook blocks, boom, folding jibs, auxiliary booms and boom noses in such a way that
the rope pulleys do not lie on the ground and are damaged!
5.2 Guiding the load

The use of guide ropes is recommended to help the crane operator to manage the load more
precisely and to prevent the load from swaying. This will prevent undesirable movements of the load
and consequent damage.
5.3 Danger of being crushed!

WARNING
Extreme care is needed when lowering a load! Mortal danger exists for personnel in the immediate
area of the load being lowered!
Standing under a suspended loads is strictly prohibited!
4.08 LIEBHERR 123

5.4 Working in the vicinity of electricity transmission lines

DANGER
Risk of accident!
Failure to observe the following notes can lead to damage!
Note the following points carefully!
If there are electricity transmission lines in the immediate vicinity of the building site, these must be
switched off by qualified electricians. If this is not possible, the danger area must be covered over or
cordoned off. If even these measures cannot be carried out, the following safety distances must be
maintained:
Rated voltage Minimum distance

Up to 1 kV 1m
1 kV to 110 kV 3m
110 kV to 220 kV 4m
220 kV to 380 kV 5m
Rated voltage not known 5m
If the crane becomes electrified despite having taken all necessary precautions, proceed as follows:
– Remain calm!
– Stay inside the crane driver's cab!
– Warn anyone who is outside and advise them to remain stationary and not to touch the crane!
– Move the crane away from the danger zone.
5.5 Ram work or pulling sheet piles

Vibration can be transmitted to the supporting steel structure of the crane during ram work or when
pulling sheet piles with the crane. This vibration can cause premature fatigue of the material and
therefore cracks in the supporting steel structure.
DANGER
Important instructions for “ram work” or “pulling sheet piles”!
If the crane is used for ram work or pulling sheet piles, then the following instructions must be
followed. Failure to follow the instructions can result in damage to the crane.
The ramming equipment must not introduce vibration into the boom head!
When pulling sheet piles the maximum lifting power of the crane is limited according to the load
chart! Restricting the maximum lifting power via the crane overload protection only is prohibited!
The pull force must be additionally checked by measuring.
124 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.12 Two hook operation 021688-08
blank page!
4.12 LIEBHERR 125

021688-08 4.12 Two hook operation
B108770
126 LIEBHERR 4.12

1 General
In 2-hook operations there is a difference between:
1.) Operations with a boom nose* on the telescopic boom
2.) Operations with a boom nose* on the lattice jib
3.) Operations with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib)
1.1 Operations with a boom nose* on the telescopic boom

NOTICE
Danger of damage on the hoist ropes!
When reeving in, the hoist rope 1 and hoist rope 2 must be guided through the bracket 3 on the
telescopic boom!
Guide the hoist rope 1 and hoist rope 2 through the bracket 3 on the telescopic boom.
This option is set up for rapid hoists over the boom nose, whereby the hook block reeved on the
telescopic boom can remain reeved.
No special loading tables are available for boom nose operations. The boom nose is generally run in
the telescopic boom operating mode.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of imprecise radius and load displays.
When operating with the boom nose, the overload protection radius and load display is not
precise, because the boom nose is not taken into account in the boom geometry.
Set the operating mode of the telescopic boom to overload protection.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of overloading the hoisting gear or the hoisting cable!
Overload protection is only achieved when the reeving on the telescopic boom is equal to, or greater
than, the reeving on the mast boom.
Set the overload protection to the smaller reeving of the two hooks.
The weight of the hook blocks (load hook), the boom nose and the lifting accessories must be added
to the load to be lifted.
Setting this to the smaller reeving of the two hooks ensures that the crane cannot be overloaded.
Enter the cable reeving that corresponds to the actual reeving on the mast nose.
4.12 LIEBHERR 127

B195475
128 LIEBHERR 4.12

1.2 Operations with a boom nose* on the lattice jib

This option is set up for rapid hoists over the boom nose, whereby the hook block reeved on the
lattice jib can remain reeved.
No special loading tables are available for boom nose operations. The boom nose is generally
extended in the lattice jib operating mode.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of imprecise radius and load displays.
When operating with the boom nose, the overload protection radius and load display is not
precise, because the boom nose is not taken into account in the boom geometry.
Set the operating mode of the lattice jib to overload protection.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of overloading the hoisting gear or the hoisting cable!
Overload protection is only achieved when the reeving on the lattice jib is equal to, or greater than, the
reeving on the mast boom.
Set the overload protection to the smaller reeving of the two hooks.
The weight of the hook blocks (load hook) and the lifting accessories must be added to the load to be
lifted.
Setting this to the smaller reeving of the two hooks ensures that the crane cannot be overloaded.
Enter the cable reeving that corresponds to the actual reeving on the mast nose.
4.12 LIEBHERR 129

B180647
130 LIEBHERR 4.12

1.3 Operations with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom,

luffing jib)
This option is set up for turning loads during the simultaneous operation of both sets of hoisting gear.
Note
Raising the load
The load must always be raised or lowered using the weakest component (folding jib, auxiliary
boom, luffing jib) initially at 100%
In “2-hook operations” with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib), the overload
protection must be set to the operating mode boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing
jib).
DANGER
Risk of accident by overloading the hoisting gear or hoisting cable!
The reeving on the boom must be equal to or greater than the reeving on the boom extension
(folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib).
Enter the reeving that corresponds to the existing reeving on the boom extension (folding jib,
auxiliary boom, luffing jib) into the overload protection.
In this case, the maximum permissible total load corresponds to the maximum permissible load in the
corresponding loading table for operating with the boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing
jib).
The weight of the hook blocks (load hook) and the lifting accessories must be added to the load to be
lifted.
Note
Radius display
The radius is displayed, depending on the boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib)
entered.
The load-bearing capacity for each hook in “2-hook operations” is the permissible load in the
corresponding loading table for operating with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing
jib).
In 2-hook operations, the total load is the permissible load in the corresponding loading table for
operating with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib).
DANGER
Risk of accident from overloading individual components on the crane!
Lifting a load with two hooks is only permissible if done as shown in the illustrations Va. 1 and Va
2.
DANGER
Danger of accidents
If both hooks are loaded, it is forbidden to lower the boom!
In those circumstances, safety cover from the overload protection is not available.
This is why the load must always be picked up at the maximum radius.
As soon as the inner hook is pulled, the overload protection load display is wrong!
If a load is raised as shown in Va. 1, the load must first be fully lifted to 100% with the hook
furthest away.
4.12 LIEBHERR 131

132 LIEBHERR
5.00 Equipment
LIEBHERR 133
025763-11 5.01 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and disassembly
B195219
134 LIEBHERR 5.01

5.01 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and disassembly 025763-11
1 Checking the retaining elements

Retaining elements are used to secure the pins in the folding jibs and lattice sections. The spring
force of the retaining elements may significantly reduce if they are mechanically damaged or distorted.
Do not re-use retaining elements if there is insufficient spring force. The pins must be secured with
correctly functioning retaining elements.
DANGER
Risk of accident if retaining element does not provide enough spring force!
It cannot be guaranteed that the pin is correctly secured if the retaining element does not provide
sufficient spring force.
Use retaining elements with sufficient spring force!
2 Rope pulleys
WARNING
Danger of crushing due to rotating rope pulleys!
Arms and legs can be caught between the rope pulley and the rope and crushed or even severed due
to the rotating rope pulleys!
It is prohibited to touch the ropes and the rope pulles during operation!
Adhere to the safety distance of ropes and rotating rope pulleys!
3 Checking the ropes

The ropes must be checked by an expert before assembly and checks must be performed at regular
intervals in order to detect possible damage or wear and tear at an early stage. See Crane operating
instructions, chapter 8.04.
The ropes must be removed immediately if any of the following damage is detected:
– Breakage of a strand
– Wire breaks
– Broken wire nests
– Reduction in the rope diameter by 10 % or more of the nominal size.
– Rope deformations
3.1 Placing the hoist rope

In order to guarantee safety and operating characteristics, only original Liebherr replacement parts or
parts approved by Liebherr may be used.
NOTICE
Damage to the hoist rope!
If a hoist rope is placed with worn rope pulleys, the hoist rope can be damaged!
The rope pulleys must be checked before placing the hoist rope. See Crane operating instructions,
chapter 8.01!
Replace worn or damaged rope pulleys!
5.01 LIEBHERR 135

3.1.1 Cranes with cam limit switch

The cam limit switch is calibrated in the factory to switch off when only 3 hoist rope coils are left on the
winch.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to falling load!
If the following instructions are not observed, the hoist rope end attachment may be torn out causing
the load to topple.
If a new hoist rope is used, the cam limit switch must be reset!
The cam limit switch must be adjusted so that it turns off when only 3 hoist rope coils remain on
the winch!
If the hoist rope is wound up during the assembly, the hoist rope end must remain in front of the
winch and may not be pulled over the winch, otherwise the cam limit switch must be reset!
3.1.2 Cranes with winch turn sensor

The winch turn sensor is adjusted in the factory. If used properly, the winch turn sensor will not need
to be readjusted.
DANGER
Avoid the following situations otherwise the winch turn sensor will need readjusting.
Pulling the hoist rope ends under the winch by spooling up the winch!
Pulling the hoist rope from the “stationary” winch.
The winch turn sensor must also be readjusted if it is established that the “winch does not stop
spooling out” when 4 rope coils are left on the winch. This applies during operation or when
changing the hoist rope.
4 Inspection procedures
WARNING
If the control measures are not carried out before crane operation, then the crane can topple over or
be damaged!
Personnel can be killed or injured!
Crane operation with safety devices which are not functioning correctly is strictly prohibited!
Start crane operation only after all safety devices have been checked and are functioning
correctly!
Start crane operation only if the overload protection has been set according to the data in the load
chart!
Start crane operation only if the crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned!
Note
If the crane operator leaves the cab, even for a short time, the operating mode setting must be
checked and reset if necessary before resuming crane operation!
136 LIEBHERR 5.01

4.1 Control measures - mobile cranes

Perform the following checks before operating the crane:
– Check if the axle suspension is blocked.
– Check if the support pads are secured in the operating position.
– Check if the crane is sufficiently supported depending on the load case and the ground conditions.
– Check if there is adequate safety distance to excavations and embankments.
– Check if there are any live cables within the operating range of the crane.
– Ensure that the work can be carried out with minimum boom projection radius.
– Check that there are no obstacles that might hinder required crane movements.
– Check if the sliding beams are prevented from sliding by pins.
– Check if the crane is supported.
– Check if the crane is level.
– Check that the tires are not in contact with the ground.
– Check that the overload protection has been adjusted as per the information in the load chart.
– Check if the bypass key button and the assembly key button are turned off.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by luffing the telescopic boom up.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by running against the hoist limit switch.
– Check the easy movement and function of the wind speed sensor.
– Check the shut-off of the limit switches - boom “steepest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the easy movement of the pendulum for the mechanical relapse retainer over the total
swing range of the pendulum.
– On cranes with derrick boom:
• Check the shut off of the limit switches - derrick. See Crane operating instructions, chapter
8.12.
– On cranes with lattice jib:
• Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “steepest position”. See Crane operating
• Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “lowest position”. See Crane operating
• Check the shut off of the limit switches – flap in position lattice jib “steepest position”. See
Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.12.
5.01 LIEBHERR 137

4.2 Control measures - crawler cranes

Perform the following checks before operating the crane:
– Check if the crane is sufficiently supported depending on the load case and the ground conditions.
– Check if there is adequate safety distance to excavations and embankments.
– Check if there are any live cables within the operating range of the crane.
– Ensure that the work can be carried out with minimum boom projection radius.
– Check that there are no obstacles that might hinder required crane movements.
– For crawler cranes with crane support:
• Check if the support pads are secured in the operating position.
• Check if the folding beams are prevented from sliding by pins.
• Check if the crane is supported.
– Check if the crane is level.
– Check that the overload protection has been adjusted as per the information in the load chart.
– Check if the bypass key button and the assembly key button are turned off.
– On certain crawler cranes:
• Check that the crawler assembly key button is turned off.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by luffing the telescopic boom up.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by running against the hoist limit switch.
– Check the easy movement and function of the wind speed sensor.
– Check the shut-off of the limit switches - boom “steepest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the shut off of the limit switches - derrick. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.12.
– Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “steepest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “lowest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the shut off of the limit switches – flap in position lattice jib “steepest position”. See Crane
operating instructions, chapter 8.12.
– Check the easy movement of the pendulum for the mechanical relapse retainer over the total
swing range of the pendulum.
5 Dangerous conditions without shut off

5.1 Block position of relapse cylinders when setting down a load
NOTICE
Damage to boom or relapse cylinder!
If the block position of the relapse cylinders is triggered by the boom or the derrick with attached,
freely suspended load, then there is a danger of damaging the boom or the relapse cylinders when
setting down the load onto the ground! By setting down the load, the crane is relieved, which causes
the boom system to move to the rear.
There is no shut off of the hoist gear down function!
Actuate the opposite direction of movement which caused the block position and eliminate the
block position!
6 Transporting components
If any components are transported on an auxiliary vehicle, then they must be properly secured. If
necessary, transport these components on supports or using a special transport device.
138 LIEBHERR 5.01

6.1 Transporting lattice sections

If the lattice sections are pushed inside each other for transportation purposes, they must each be
secured with 2 chains.
7 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of

components
Pneumatic springs are installed on various components to simplify the installation or removal of these
components.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Defective pneumatic springs no longer provide the supporting properties on the movable components!
Due to falling components, personnel can be killed or severely injured!
Always check pneumatic springs for external damage before actuating the corresponding
components!
Do not use components with defective pneumatic springs! Replace defective pneumatic springs!
It is strictly prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the movement range of the
components, which are supported by the pneumatic spring!
It is prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the danger zone of the moveable
components!
8 Manual rope winches for assembly support of

components
Manual rope winches are installed on various components to simplify the installation or removal of
these components.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Defective manual rope winches no longer provide the supporting action on the movable components!
Due to falling components, personnel can be killed or severely injured!
Always check manual rope winches for external and functional damage before actuating the
respective components!
Check the rope of the manual rope winch for damage!
At least two rope coils must always remain on the drum!
Do not use components with defective manual rope winches! Replace defective manual rope
winches!
It is strictly prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the movement range of the
components, which are supported by the manual rope winch!
It is prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the danger zone of the moveable
components!
5.01 LIEBHERR 139

9 Weights
Note
Please note:
The weight of each component is specified in the corresponding chapter of the Crane operating
instructions or stated on the tag attached to the corresponding component!
Contact the Service department at LIEBHERR-Werk Ehingen GmbH. if the weight of the
respective component is not stated on the tag or in the Crane operating instructions!
If components are pushed into one another (for example intermediate pieces) or folded together
(for example the folding jib), then the total weight is given by the sum of the individual
components!
Use an auxiliary crane with sufficient load carrying capacity!
10 Guy rods
If guy rods, which are not used in crane operation, are left on the lattice sections during crane
operation, then the following points must be observed and adhered to:
10.1 Crane operation with placed guy rods

WARNING
Falling components!
If guy rods, which are not needed in crane operation are pinned to each other, then they can slide
downward within the transport receptacle and bend due to their own weights!
Components can loosen up and fall down!
Persons can be severely injured or killed by loosened components!
Before starting crane operation, secure the guy rods in the transport receptacles of the lattice
sections!
Do not pin guy rods, which are not needed to each other!
Do not use damaged or bent guy rods!
10.2 Reduction of load carrying capacity with placed guy rods

Note
The load carrying capacities noted in the load charts are valid without placed guy rods!
If the guy rods are placed, then the possible load carrying capacity values are reduced!
The reduction of the load carrying capacity depends on the boom angle and the boom length. The
longer the main boom and the wider the boom is inclined to the horizontal, the larger is the
reduction of load carrying capacity.
140 LIEBHERR 5.01

blank page!
5.01 LIEBHERR 141

B197716 Example for cranes with LICCON overload protection
142 LIEBHERR 5.01

11 Bypassing the overload protection
DANGER
Increased accident risk when bypassing the overload protection!
As section 4.2.6.3.2 of EN 13000 does not put the requirements of appendix 1 of the EC machinery
directive 89/37/EC into concrete terms, the overload protection has not been designed according to
this definition.
Proper and destined use of the crane is ensured due to the construction of the overload protection
system and observance of the information in the Crane operating instructions. All sensibly
foreseeable erroneous operations of the crane have been taken into consideration.
Impermissible crane operation with bypassed overload protection – with the aim of increasing the
maximum load-bearing capacity of the crane above the rated value in the load chart, or to extend the
designated working range of the crane – does not constitute a sensibly foreseeable erroneous
operation, rather a deliberate improper use with high risk of accident!
The possible risks and consequences of such deliberate improper use are detailed in the operating
instructions.
Such deliberate improper use can neither be prevented by means of the constructive design, nor by
means of information in the operating instructions!
Only operate the bypass key button in accordance with the operating instructions!
All other usage of the bypass key button other than as described in the operating instructions is
prohibited!
11.1 Bypassing the overload protection

If the maximum permissible load moment is exceeded, the overload protection turns all load moment
increasing crane movements off. This shut off can be bypassed with the bypass key button. The
LICCON overload protection displays remain functional.
WARNING
If the overload safety device is bypassed, there is no additional protection against crane overload!
In the event of deliberate improper use, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off or the crane
can topple over!
It is only permitted to bypass the overload protection for assembly or in emergencies!
The bypass key button may only be actuated by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts
regarding the bypass of the overload protection!
Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of a person authorized by the crane
operator and must be performed with utmost caution!
Crane operation with bypassed overload protection is strictly prohibited!
5.01 LIEBHERR 143

144 LIEBHERR 5.01

11.2 Bypassing the hoist top shut off

If the hook block touches the hoist limit switch weight during the upward movement, the hoist limit
switch reacts. The crane movements “Spool up winches”, “Luff boom down” and “Telescope
telescopic boom out” are turned off. The shut off can be bypassed by the bypass key button.
WARNING
When bypassing the hoist top shut off, there is a risk that the hook block may be pulled against the
pulley head when continuing to lift or luffing down the boom. This may damage the pulleys and cause
the loads to fall!
The bypass of the hoist top shut off in crane operation with a load may only be carried out by a
person authorized by the crane operator with the aid of a “guide”. The guide must be in direct
contact with the crane operator and must continually monitor the distance between the hook block
and the boom head.
Carry out all crane movements with maximum care and minimum speed.
11.3 Actuating the overload protection
11.3.1 Actuating the LICCON overload protection

Turn the bypass key button to the right and hold.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is inactive.
– The assembly icon on the LICCON monitor blinks.
– An acoustic signal sounds.
– The red flashing beacon on the crane cab blinks.
If the bypass key button is to be turned off:

Do not actuate the bypass key button any more.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is active.
– The assembly icon on the LICCON monitor turns off.
– The acoustic signal is turned off.
– The red flashing beacon on the crane cab extinguishes.
11.3.2 Actuating the PAT overload protection

Actuate the bypass key button and turn the PAT overload protection off.
Result:
– The PAT overload protection is inactive.
Actuate the bypass key button and turn the PAT overload protection on.
Result:
– The PAT overload protection is active.
5.01 LIEBHERR 145

B108048
146 LIEBHERR 5.01

12 Assembly / disassembly
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury due to incorrect assembly or disassembly!
The assembly / disassembly of components may never be performed by untrained personnel.
Incorrect assembly / disassembly can result in death or severe injury!
Assembly and disasssembly may only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
Note
For assembly / disassembly of individual components, also refer to the chapters relating to those
components!
Only use the auxiliary winch (installation or reeving winch) for installation and not to lift loads!
Lifting of loads with the auxiliary winch is prohibited!
Normal assembly / disassembly procedures require all separately transported components to be

transported close to the ground using appropriate auxiliary cranes and tackle and they must be safely
(correctly) connected to the crane.
WARNING
Danger of impact and crushing!
There is a risk of impact and crushing when standing in the vicinity of suspended loads moving
sideways.
During assembly / disassembly no one may be in the dangerous area around or even underneath
the suspended load before the load has been secured!
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, personnel must be secured with
appropriate fall arresters to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel
could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries.
All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (lifting platform, ladder, scaffolding,
If work cannot be carried out on the ground or using such aids, then assembly personnel must be
secured with the personal catch system (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04) to protect
against falling! The personal protective equipment must be attached in the corresponding
fastening points on the crane (see crane operating instructions chapter 2.06).
If railings are present for the crane, then they must be brought into the corresponding position and
secured for assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work.
Step on aids and fall arresters only with clean shoes!
Keep aids and fall arresters clean and free from snow and ice!
It is prohibited to walk on the telescopic or an auxiliary boom without suitable protective devices!
5.01 LIEBHERR 147

B197715
148 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.1 Assembly / disassembly of booms

If lattice sections are not in contact with the ground during assembly / disassembly, then they must be
supported with suitable, stable materials. Adjust the height of the support so that the lattice sections
are not in contact with the ground. Pay particular attention if the lattice sections are equipped with
rope pulleys. Otherwise the rope pulleys could be damaged.
During disassembly it must be ensured that the auxiliary crane lifts the load vertically. The crane
operator must ensure that the load bearing capacity of the auxiliary crane is sufficient to safely raise
the dismantled component at the given radius. When attaching the auxiliary crane it must be ensured
that the hook of the auxiliary crane is above the center of gravity of the disassembled component and
the fastening ropes are attached to the load.
WARNING
Angular pulling can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over.
The hook block must always be attached vertically over the center of gravity of the load to be
lifted!
WARNING
Danger of accident at assembly / disassembly of booms!
The disassembling of unsecured or unsupported booms may result in fatal injury or mutilation.
Never unpin the pins under unsecured or unsupported booms!
Never unpin the connecting pins under unsecured or unsupported booms!
Do not stand under the booms or within the complete danger zone during the pinning and
unpinning procedure of the booms!
Safely secure the pins in the bearing points as well as receptacles!
Do not lean the ladder against the component being disassembled!
WARNING
Risk of accident from distorted pins!
Angular pulling or excessive / low hoisting force of the auxiliary crane may result in distortion of the
pins.
Distorted parts can suddenly detach themselves when the pins are unpinned. This represents a fatal
injury risk to assembly personnel.
When the pins are unpinned, the “lifting force” of the crane must be adapted to the “weight” of the
parts being lifted!
Do not remove difficult to remove pins by force!
Remove the reason for the distortion!
Note
Instructions for pinning and unpinning:
Unpin or pin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
Pin the lower pins from inside to outside and unpin from outside to inside!
Pin in and unpin horizontally-assembled double cone pins from outside to inside!
Pin and unpin vertically assembled double cone pins from top to bottom!
5.01 LIEBHERR 149

B197718 Example for cranes with telescopic boom
150 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2 Assembly of lattice sections for telescopic cranes
12.2.1 Assembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary crane
The illustrations serve as examples. The illustrations may differ depending on the crane.
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when assembling auxiliary booms!
If the pins are not pinned in the given sequence, then lattice sections may suddenly fold down or even
fall down. This can result in life-threatening injuries to personnel.
Pins must be pinned in the order specified!
Pin in and secure pins at both sides ( level A) at point 1, illustration 1.

Pin in and secure pins at both sides ( level B) at point 3, illustration 1.
Lift the end section with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
Lift the lattice sections, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 151

152 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.2 Disassembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary
crane
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when disassembling auxiliary booms!
If the pins are not unpinned in the given sequence, lattice sections may suddenly fold down or even
Pins must be unpinned in the order specified!
Luff the auxiliary boom down until the end section is lightly touching the ground, illustration 1.
Release and unpin pins at both sides ( level B) at point 1, illustration 1.
Completely remove the lattice sections, illustration 2.
Release and unpin pins at both sides ( level A) at point 3, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 153

154 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.3 Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms using an

auxiliary crane
WARNING

5.01 LIEBHERR 155

156 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.4 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms using an

auxiliary crane
WARNING

5.01 LIEBHERR 157

158 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.5 Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms without using

an auxiliary crane
WARNING
For cranes with hydraulic angle adjustment and self-supporting auxiliary boom, the assembly /
disassembly of additional lattice sections may be performed using the crane itself.
In order to do so, proceed as follows.
Assemble the lattice sections to the required length.
Luff the auxiliary boom up until the pins can be pinned at point 2, illustration 2.
5.01 LIEBHERR 159

160 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.6 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms without

using an auxiliary crane
WARNING
For cranes with hydraulic angle adjustment and self-supporting auxiliary boom, the assembly /
disassembly of additional lattice sections may be performed using the crane itself.
In order to do so, proceed as follows.
Luff the auxiliary boom down until the end section is lightly touching the ground, illustration 2.
Luff the auxiliary boom down until the lattice section to be disassembled are completely laying on
the ground, illustration 3.
Completely remove the auxiliary boom.
5.01 LIEBHERR 161

B197710 Example for cranes with lattice mast booms
162 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3 Assembly of lattice sections for lattice mast cranes
12.3.1 Assembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when assembling booms!

Lift the lattice sections, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 163

164 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3.2 Disassembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when disassembling booms!
Luff the boom down until the end section is lightly touching the ground, illustration 1.
Completely remove the lattice sections, illustration 2.
5.01 LIEBHERR 165

166 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3.3 Flying assembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when assembling booms!

5.01 LIEBHERR 167

168 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3.4 Flying disassembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when disassembling booms!

5.01 LIEBHERR 169

170 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.4 Bypass for assembly and disassembly

Note
The assembly key button is only installed on certain cranes.
WARNING
High risk of injury when operating crane with assembly key button enabled!
Operating the assembly key button bypasses the hoist limit switch and the overload protection!
can topple over!
Only operate the assembly key button when performing assembly and disassembly tasks!
All other usage of the assembly key button other than as described in the operating instructions is
prohibited!
The assembly key button may only be operated by persons, who are aware of the consequences
of a bypass!
Operating the crane with the assembly key button enabled is strictly prohibited!
The assembly key button must be removed immediately and handed to a person authorized by the
crane operator after carrying out any assembly and disassembly work!
12.4.1 Crane with LICCON overload protection

Actuate assembly key button.
Result:
– The indicator light in the button lights up.
– The assembly icon on the LICCON monitor blinks.
– An acoustic signal sounds.
– The red flashing beacon on the crane cab blinks.
To turn the assembly key button off:

Turn off the assembly key button by pressing the button.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is active.
– The indicator light in the button turns off.
– The assembly icon on the LICCON monitor turns off.
– The acoustical signal turns off.
– The red flashing beacon on the crane cab turns off.
5.01 LIEBHERR 171

172 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.5 Bypassing during crawler assembly

Note
The crawler assembly key button is only installed on certain cranes.

– The assembly key button is actuated.
WARNING
High risk of injury in case of actuated crawler assembly key button!
Operating the crawler assembly key button bypasses the overload protection! No shut off at overload
will occur in assembly mode or in crane operations!
In the event of deliberate misuse, the crane can topple over!
The crawler assembly key button may only be actuated for assembly tasks!
All other usage of the crawler assembly key button other than as described in the operating
instructions is prohibited!
Operating the crane with the crawler assembly key button enabled is strictly prohibited!
Actuate the crawler assembly key button.
Result:
To turn the crawler assembly key button off:

Turn off the crawler assembly key button by pressing the button.
Result:
– The indicator light in the button turns off.
12.6 Assembling / disassembly of hydraulic lines

When hydraulic lines are connected and disconnected with quick-release couplings, make ensure that
the coupling procedure is being performed correctly.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to loss of pressure or leakage!
Incorrectly coupled or self-loosening quick-release couplings (particularly return lines) can result in
serious injury due to component failure!
Check the quick-release couplings after installation for correct connection.
5.01 LIEBHERR 173

Release the pressure in the hydraulic system before connecting and disconnecting. Turn the
engine off and wait for short time.
Assemble coupling components (sleeve and connector) and screw together using hand-tightened
nut.
Tighten hydraulic coupling by hand. Rotate hand-tightened nut until it reaches a tangible, fixed
stop position.
13 Erection / take down

WARNING
Due to an unforeseen occurrence, for example: sudden strong wind or storm, dangers operating
situations can occur, up to toppling the crane!
The boom must be able to be placed down at any time with its current equipment!
The required counterweight must always be in direct vicinity of the crane!
The crane operator must ensure that the required counterweight is carried along when driving the
crane with the equipment in place and that the boom can be placed down at any time!
WARNING
Incorrectly assembled or non-operational limit switches and falling parts (pins, spring retainers, ice
etc.) can cause accidents!
13.1 Erection / take down for mobile cranes

– The crane is properly supported.
– The crane is aligned in horizontal direction.
– The counterweight has been installed to the turntable according to the load chart.
– The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in.
– The boom has been installed according to the load chart specifications and the Operating
instructions.
– All limit switches have been correctly installed and are fully functional.
– All pin connections have been secured.
– The hoist rope has been correctly placed in the rope pulleys and prevented from jumping out with
the rope retaining pins.
– No personnel is within the danger zone.
– There are no loose parts on the boom or the auxiliary boom.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the auxiliary boom and their associated components (limit
switches, cable drum, flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
174 LIEBHERR 5.01

13.2 Erection / take down for crawler cranes

– The crane is aligned in horizontal direction.
– The counterweight has been installed to the turntable according to the load chart.
– The central ballast has been attached according to the load chart.
– The counterweight is stacked on the suspended ballast or on the ballast trailer according to the
load chart.
– The boom has been installed according to the load chart specifications and the Operating
instructions.
– All limit switches have been correctly installed and are fully functional.
– All pin connections have been secured.
– The hoist rope has been correctly placed in the rope pulleys and prevented from jumping out with
the rope retaining pins.
– No personnel is within the danger zone.
– There are no loose parts on the boom or the auxiliary boom.
– In winter, the boom, the auxiliary boom and their associated components (limit switches, cable
drum, flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
13.3 Checking the prerequisites

Check if all prerequisites have been met.
5.01 LIEBHERR 175

028158-00 5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure
B109695
176 LIEBHERR 5.14

5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure 028158-00
1 General
To reduce the axle loads on this crane, the telescopic boom can be removed.
Component overview
1 Tackle cable
2 Shackle
3 Pull bracket
4 Telescopic boom
1.1.1 Slinging plates telescopic boom

Fold plates 3 up and fasten shackles 2.
After assembly and disassembly of the telescopic boom, fold plates 3 down.
5.14 LIEBHERR 177

B109696
178 LIEBHERR 5.14

1.2 Connecting points for telescopic boom assembly on an auxiliary

crane
WARNING
Collapse of the telescopic boom!
If incorrectly fastened, the telescopic boom can fall and kill personnel.
Attach the telescopic boom using only sling gear provided by the Liebherr factory in Ehingen!
Attach the telescopic boom in accordance with the crane configuration and the operating
instructions!
1.2.1 Connecting points telescopic boom 50 meters

Attach the 50 meter telescopic boom in accordance with the illustration 1.
The weight comes to approximately 36 tons.
1.2.2 Connecting points telescopic boom 50 meters with TY bracing

Attach the 50 meter telescopic boom with TY bracing in accordance with the illustration 2.
The weight comes to approximately 49.3 tons.

Attach the 84 meter telescopic boom in accordance with the illustration 3.

Attach the 84 meter telescopic boom with TY bracing in accordance with the illustration 4.
5.14 LIEBHERR 179

B109699
180 LIEBHERR 5.14

1.3 Connecting points for telescopic boom assembly on two auxiliary

cranes
Component overview Weight A B

1 Telescopic boom 84 me- 62.8 tons 25.2 tons 37.6 tons
ters with TY bracing
ters without TY bracing
ters with TY bracing
ters without TY bracing
WARNING
Length of the carrying strap 5 is 10 meters. The carrying strap is attached to the connecting piece
where color coded!
instructions!
5.14 LIEBHERR 181

B109799
182 LIEBHERR 5.14

2 Disassembly of telescopic boom
WARNING
Fall hazard!
Personnel must be secured with appropriate equipment to prevent falling during
assembly/disassembly work. If these precautions are not taken, personnel could fall and suffer
life-threatening or fatal injuries!
for this purpose (see crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06)!
assembly/disassembly work!
Step on aids and fall guards only with clean shoes!
Keep aids and fall guards clean and free of snow and ice!

– The crane is properly supported and level.
– The crane superstructure is positioned in the travel direction facing forwards.
– The telescopic boom is retracted and luffed horizontally (positioned at 0°).
– The hook block is veered out and the hoist cable is spooled up.
– The counterweight has been removed.
5.14 LIEBHERR 183

B109698
184 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.1 Disassembling the telescopic boom

WARNING
If the telescopic boom has been unbolted without having been secured by an auxiliary crane, the
telescopic boom can fall and fatally injure personnel!
Do not unbolt the telescopic boom until it has first been secured by an auxiliary crane!
Attach auxiliary crane to the telescopic boom as prescribed to secure it against falling.
CAUTION
Serious risk of crushing fingers!
Fingers may be crushed when fitting and removing pins from the telescopic boom.
Do not let fingers get between pins and borings.
Engine must be turned off before connecting and disconnecting hydraulic lines.
Connect hydraulics to the pin pulling device on the telescopic boom's luffing cylinder.
Start crane engine.
Engage pressure boost: Turn switch 406 to the left.
Remove retaining springs 10 and retaining plates 11 from both sides of the pin pulling cylinder.
NOTICE
Accident hazard arising from collapse of luffing cylinder!
Luffing cylinders can fall and suffer damage if luffing cylinder flaps 12 are not folded upwards!
Fold luffing cylinder brackets 12 up on both sides and pin and secure supports 13.
Unpin luffing cylinder - telescopic boom on both sides: Engage manual control valve 15.
5.14 LIEBHERR 185

B109700
186 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.2 Disconnecting feed lines between turntable and telescopic boom

Feed lines between turntable and telescopic boom are found at position P1.
Disconnecting hydraulic connections.
Disconnecting electrical connections.
Protect hydraulic connections and electrical connections from contamination.
2.3 Removing the telescopic boom from the turntable

– The telescopic boom has been properly secured to prevent it from falling.
– The hoist cable is lightly tensioned.
– The feed lines are disconnected.
– The luffing cylinders are unpinned and positioned on brackets.
WARNING
CAUTION
Remove retainer springs 21 on both sides and unpin retainer pins 22 from the telescopic boom's
pin pulling device - turntable.
Engage pressure boost: Turn switch 406 to the right.
Unpin telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control lever 25.
Using auxiliary crane, carefully lift telescopic boom from the turntable.
Place telescopic boom on the transport vehicle.
5.14 LIEBHERR 187

B109794
188 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.4 Rotating turntable 180° to the rear
2.4.1 With wraparound cylinder

Mount luffing cylinder bracket 45 at the rear: Fit pins 46 on both sides and secure with locking
pins 47.
Engage pressure boost switch 406 for wraparound cylinder 50.
Press button 404 and button 416 and extend wraparound cylinder 50.
Result:
– The luffing cylinders are raised.
Disconnect luffing cylinder bracket 12 and position and secure for transportation.
DANGER
Accident hazard due to excess braking of the crane vehicle!
The crane vehicle's brake is oversized if the brake force reduction is not activated when the telescopic
boom is removed.
Driving with a removed telescopic boom is only permitted if the brake force reduction is activated!
The crane vehicle's brake force reduction is engaged as soon as the turntable no longer faces forward
in the travel direction.
Rotate the crane superstructure by 180° to the rear.
Result:
– The indicator light 191 lights up.
– Brake force reduction is engaged.
Press button 404 and button 416 and lay the luffing cylinder on the support 45 on both sides.
Lock the crane superstructure to the crane chassis.
5.14 LIEBHERR 189

B109795
190 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.4.2 With tow cable

– The telescopic boom is disassembled.
– The adjusting cylinders 30 are fitted and secured with the pins 32.
– The hydraulic connections to the adjusting cylinders 30 are set.
– The adjusting cylinders 30 are fully extended.
In order to stablize the luffing cylinders during lifting, the luffing cylinders must be connected.
Connect and secure the luffing cylinders using rope 36 and turnbuckles 37.
Pin tow cables 35 on both sides of the turntable: Fit and secure pins 34.
Pin adjusting cylinders 30 with tow cables 35 on both sides: Fit and secure pins 33.
5.14 LIEBHERR 191

B109793
192 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.4.3 Rotating turntable 180° to the rear with tow cable

Mount luffing cylinder bracket 45 at the rear: Fit pins 46 on both sides and secure with locking
pins 47.
Engage pressure boost switch 406 for the adjusting cylinders.
Press button 404 and button 416 and retract adjusting cylinder 30.
Result:
Position and secure luffing cylinder bracket 12 for transportation.
DANGER
boom is removed.
Rotate turntable 180 ° to the rear.
Result:

5.14 LIEBHERR 193

B109798
194 LIEBHERR 5.14

3 Assembling the telescopic boom
WARNING
Fall hazard!

5.14 LIEBHERR 195

B109796
196 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.1 Rotating turntable 180° in the direction of travel
3.1.1 With wraparound cylinder

Release crane superstructure.
Engage pressure boost switch 406 for wraparound cylinder 50.
Press button 404 and button 416 and extend wraparound cylinder 50.
Result:
Turn the crane superstructure by 180° in the direction of travel.
NOTICE
Remove luffing cylinder bracket 45 at the rear: Release and unpin pins 46.
5.14 LIEBHERR 197

B109797
198 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.1.2 With tow cable

Engage pressure boost switch 406 for the adjusting cylinders 30.
Press button 404 and button 416 and retract adjusting cylinder 30.
Result:
NOTICE
Remove luffing cylinder bracket 45 at the rear.
5.14 LIEBHERR 199

B109795
200 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.1.3 Releasing the tow cables

– The hydraulic connections to the adjusting cylinders 30 are set.
– The adjusting cylinders 30 are fully extended.
Release turnbuckle 37 and unpin rope 36.
Unpin retaining ropes 35 on both sides of the turntable: Release and remove pins 34.
Remove adjusting cylinders 30 and retaining ropes 35 on both sides.
5.14 LIEBHERR 201

B109800
202 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.2 Mounting the telescopic boom to the turntable

– The telescopic boom has been properly attached.
– The luffing cylinders have been placed on the brackets.
CAUTION
Start crane engine.

WARNING
instructions!
Using auxiliary crane, carefully lift telescopic boom onto the turntable.
NOTICE
Damage to the pins or bore holes!
If the bore holes and pins are not aligned when pinning, bore holes or the pins may be damaged.
Check the alignment of the bore holes!
Pin telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control lever 25.
Secure pin pulling device telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Fit retaining pin 22.
Secure retaining pins 22 on both sides with retainer springs 21.
3.3 Connecting the feed lines between the turntable and the telescopic
boom
Establish the electrical connection.
Establishing the hydraulic connections.
5.14 LIEBHERR 203

B109801
204 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.4 Pinning the luffing cylinder to the telescopic boom

CAUTION
NOTICE
Damage to the pins or bore holes!
Pin luffing cylinder - telescopic boom on both sides: Engage manual control valve 15.
Secure retaining plates 11 with spring retainers 10 on both sides.
WARNING
If the telescopic boom has been disengaged from the auxiliary crane before it has been fastened on
both sides to the luffing cylinder and the turntable, the telescopic boom can fall and cause fatal
injuries to persons!
Do not disengage auxiliary crane until the telescopic boom and the luffing cylinder have been
fastened and secured to the turntable on both sides!
Detach the auxiliary crane from the telescopic boom.
5.14 LIEBHERR 205

028159-00 5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom
B109802
206 LIEBHERR 5.15

5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom 028159-00
1 General
To reduce the axle loads on this crane, the telescopic boom can be removed.
Component overview
1 Tackle cable
2 Shackle
3 Pull bracket
4 Telescopic boom
1.1.1 Slinging plates telescopic boom

Fold plates 3 up and fasten shackles 2.
After assembly and disassembly of the telescopic boom, fold plates 3 down.
5.15 LIEBHERR 207

B109697
208 LIEBHERR 5.15

1.2 Attachment points on the telescopic boom

WARNING
instructions!

Attach the 50 meter telescopic boom with luffing cylinder in accordance with the illustration 1.

Attach the 50 meter telescopic boom with luffing cylinder and TY bracing in accordance with the
illustration 2.
The weight comes to approximately 54 tons.
1.2.3 Telescopic boom 84 meters

Attach the 84 meter telescopic boom with luffing cylinder in accordance with the illustration 3.
1.2.4 Connecting points luffing cylinders

Fasten luffing cylinder in accordance with illustration 4.
5.15 LIEBHERR 209

B109803
210 LIEBHERR 5.15

2 Disassembling the telescopic boom
WARNING
Fall hazard!

– The telescopic boom is retracted and luffed horizontally (positioned at 0°).
2.1 Pinning the luffing cylinder to the telescopic boom on both sides
Fit pins 10 and secure with locking pins 11.
5.15 LIEBHERR 211

B109804
212 LIEBHERR 5.15

2.2 Disassembling the telescopic boom

WARNING
CAUTION
Connect hydraulics to the pin pulling device on the telescopic boom's luffing cylinder - turntable.
Start engine.
Unpin both locking ball pins 30, see illustration 1.
Engage manual lever 35 and fully extend pin pulling device, see illustration 2.
Replace both locking ball pins 30, see illustration 2.
Lift the plate 32 and remove retaining pins 33.
Replace both locking pins 30.
Unpin luffing cylinder - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control valve 35.
5.15 LIEBHERR 213

B109700
214 LIEBHERR 5.15

2.3 Disconnecting feed lines between turntable and telescopic boom

Disconnecting hydraulic connections.
Disconnecting electrical connections.
Protect hydraulic connections and electrical connections from contamination.
2.4 Removing the telescopic boom from the turntable

– The telescopic boom has been properly secured to prevent it from falling.
– The hoist cable is lightly tensioned.
– The feed lines are disconnected.
– The luffing cylinders are unpinned and fastened to the telescopic boom.
CAUTION
Release pin pulling device telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Remove safety
spring 21 and unpin retaining pin 22.
Unpin telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control lever 25.
Using auxiliary crane, carefully lift telescopic boom from the turntable.
Place telescopic boom on the transport vehicle.
5.15 LIEBHERR 215

B109805
216 LIEBHERR 5.15

2.5 Positioning the pin pulling device for transportation

CAUTION
Pin luffing cylinder - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control valve 35.
Engage manual lever 35 and fully retract pin pulling device, see illustration 3.
Replace both locking pins 30, see illustration 3.
Lift the plate 32 and fit retaining pins 33.
Close the plate 32, see illustration 3.
5.15 LIEBHERR 217

B109806
218 LIEBHERR 5.15

2.5.1 Rotating turntable 180° to the rear
DANGER
boom is removed.
Rotate the crane superstructure by 180° to the rear.
Result:
5.15 LIEBHERR 219

B109807
220 LIEBHERR 5.15

3 Assembling the telescopic boom
WARNING
Fall hazard!

3.1 Rotating turntable 180° in the direction of travel

5.15 LIEBHERR 221

B109808
222 LIEBHERR 5.15

3.2 Positioning the pin pulling device for assembly

Connect hydraulics to the pin pulling device on the telescopic boom's luffing cylinder - turntable.
Start engine.
CAUTION
Engage manual lever 35 and fully extend pin pulling device, see illustration 2.
Lift the plate 32 and remove retaining pins 33.
Unpin luffing cylinder - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control valve 35.
5.15 LIEBHERR 223

B109800
224 LIEBHERR 5.15

3.3 Mounting the telescopic boom to the turntable

– The telescopic boom has been properly attached.
– The luffing cylinders are attached to the telescopic boom.
Start crane engine.
WARNING
instructions!
Using auxiliary crane, carefully lift telescopic boom onto the turntable.
NOTICE
Damage to pins or bore holes!
CAUTION
Pin telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control lever 25.
Secure pin pulling device telescopic boom - turntable on both sides: Fit retaining pin 22.
Secure retaining pins 22 on both sides with retainer springs 21.
3.4 Connecting the feed lines between the turntable and the telescopic
boom
Establish the electrical connection.
Establishing the hydraulic connections.
5.15 LIEBHERR 225

B109809
226 LIEBHERR 5.15

3.5 Pinning the luffing cylinder to the telescopic boom

CAUTION
NOTICE
Damage to pins or bore holes!
Pin luffing cylinder - turntable on both sides: Engage manual control valve 35.
Engage manual lever 35 and fully retract pin pulling device, see illustration 3.
Lift the plate 32 and fit retaining pins 33.
Close the plate 32, see illustration 3.
WARNING
If the telescopic boom has been disengaged from the auxiliary crane before it has been fastened on
both sides to the luffing cylinder and the turntable, the telescopic boom can fall and cause fatal
injuries to persons!
Do not disengage auxiliary crane until the telescopic boom and the luffing cylinder have been
fastened and secured to the turntable on both sides!
Detach the auxiliary crane from the telescopic boom.
3.6 Releasing connection between luffing cylinder and telescopic

boom
Unpin luffing cylinder from telescopic boom on both sides: Release and unpin pins 10.
5.15 LIEBHERR 227

027129-00 5.28 Wind speed charts
B189065
228 LIEBHERR 5.28

5.28 Wind speed charts 027129-00
1 Maximum permissible wind speeds for crane

operation
1.1 Crane operation

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury due to falling crane!
For all crane configurations, the boom system may only be erected and operated if crane operation is
permissible at these wind speeds.
The maximum permissible wind speeds in the following charts must be strictly observed for crane
operation.
It is imperative, before every crane operation, that the crane operator checks with the appropriate
weather service about expected wind conditions.
If the maximum permissible wind speeds are forecast by the weather service, then crane
operation is prohibited due to expected gusts of wind.
If the wind speed increases during crane operation above the maximum permissible wind speed
for crane operation, then crane operation must cease. The boom and the attachments must be
taken down.
Check if there is enough space to take down the attachment – in case of sudden strong wind.
Plan for a safe and suitable procedure to take down the attachment in case of sudden strong wind.
If it is expected that the maximum permissible wind speeds will be reached or exceeded, then the
boom with attachment must be taken down in time.
The boom with attachment should be taken down against the direction of the wind, if possible.
If the crane is parked for a longer period of time without supervision, for example at night, then the
telescopic boom must be telescoped in and the attachment must be placed down completely.
Before taking down the boom with attachment, observe the specified procedures in the
appropriate chapters.
If the boom and the attachment cannot be placed down due to local conditions, then the weather
forecast must be obtained from the appropriate weather service for the entire duration of
operation.
2 Charts for maximum permissible wind speeds for

crane operation
Note
The wind speeds in the following charts are maximum values.
The appropriate national regulations must be observed.
2.1 T / TY-operation with telescopic boom 50 m
Permissible wind speeds

T-16.1 m 15 m/s
T-50.0 m 15 m/s
5.28 LIEBHERR 229

2.2 TF / TYF / TYEF-operation (0 °/ 20 °/ 40 °) with telescopic boom

50 m
Note
The telescopic boom angle must be larger or equal to 70 ° to the horizontal.

F-6 F-14 F-21 F-28 F-35 F-42 F-49 F-56 F-63
T-16.1 A-2.2 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
m m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
T-36.9 A-2.2 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12 12
T-47.3 A-2.2 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 9
T-50 m A-2.2 15 — — — — — — 9 9
m m/s m/s m/s
2.3 TN / TYN / TYSN-operation with telescopic boom 50 m

N-21 N-28 N-35 N-42 N-49 N-56 N-63 N-70 N-77 N-84 N-91
T-16.1 A-4 m 15 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9
m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
T-26.5 A-4 m 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9
T-36.9 A-4 m 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9
T-42.1 A-4 m 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9
T-47.3 A-4 m 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9
2.4 TVN / TVYN-operation with telescopic boom 50 m
230 LIEBHERR 5.28

5.28 Wind speed charts 027129-00

N-21 N-28 N-35 N-42 N-49 N-56 N-63 N-70 N-77 N-84
T-16.1 A-4 m 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9
m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
T-26.5 A-4 m 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9
T-36.9 A-4 m 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9
T-42.1 A-4 m 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9
T-47.3 A-4 m 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9
2.5 T / TY-operation with telescopic boom 84 m

T-16.1 m 15 m/s
T-47.3 m 15 m/s
T-52.5 m 12 m/s
T-57.7 m 12 m/s
T-62.9 m 11 m/s
T-84 m 11 m/s
2.6 TF / TYF / TYEF-operation (0 °/ 20 °/ 40 °) with telescopic boom

84 m
Note
The telescopic boom angle must be larger or equal to 70 ° to the horizontal.
5.28 LIEBHERR 231


F-6 F-14 F-21 F-28 F-35 F-42 F-49 F-56
T-16.1 A-2.2 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
m m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
T-47.3 A-2.2 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12
T-57.7 A-2.2 15 15 12 12 12 12 12 9
T-68.1 A-2.2 15 15 12 12 12 12 9 9
T-78.6 A-2.2 15 12 12 12 9 9 — —
m m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
2.7 TN / TYN / TYSN-operation with telescopic boom 84 m

N-21 N-28 N-35 N-42 N-49 N-56 N-63 N-70 N-77 N-84 N-91
T-16.1 A-4 m 15 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9
T-26.5 A-4 m 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9
T-36.9 A-4 m 15 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9
T-47.3 A-4 m 15 15 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9
T-57.7 A-4 m 12 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 —
T-68.1 A-4 m 12 12 9 9 9 9 9 9 — — —
m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
T-78.6 A-4 m 9 9 9 9 9 9 — — — — —
m m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s m/s
232 LIEBHERR 5.28

6.00 Additional equipment
LIEBHERR 233
025818-01 6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating
B110501
234 LIEBHERR 6.01

6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating 025818-01
1 Heating the driver's cab

The driver's cab can be heated using three different types of heaters which are independent of each
other:
– engine-dependent heater
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of up to -40
°C, WEBASTO; Thermo 90 S*
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of less than
-40 °C, WEBASTO; DBW 2020*, Air Top 5000*
The individual adjustment of the heater (for both engine-dependent and engine-independent auxiliary
heaters*) is carried out with the control elements under the crane operator's seat as well as via
switches and indicator lights on the instrument panel.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to the heater control units* when carrying out electrical welding work on the crane!
Remove the negative and positive cables from the vehicle and crane superstructure batteries and
apply the positive cable respectively to the vehicle earth.
1.1 Heater operation
1.1.1 Adjusting the temperature

The driver's cab is heated using the engine coolant. The temperature may be set in 7 different
temperature stages (0=“cold” to 6=“warm”).
Note
The selected settings are maintained after the ignition is turned off.
If you want to increase the temperature:

Press the button 145.
Result:
– The function control on button 145 lights up.
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the temperature level set.
If you want to decrease the temperature:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the temperature level set.
6.01 LIEBHERR 235

B110501
236 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.1.2 Adjusting the ventilation

The fan speed can be set in four different stages (0=“off” to 3=“maximum fan speed”).
If you want to increase the fan speed:
Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the set fan speed.
If you want to decrease the fan speed:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the set fan speed.
1.1.3 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air

The supply of fresh air into the cab can be controlled using button 153 and button 154.
Recirculated air but- Fresh air button 154 Air distribution

ton 153
On Off Recirculated air only
Off On Fresh air only
On On Approx. 70% recirculated air and 30% fresh air
Off Off Approx. 30% recirculated air and 70% fresh air

Result:
– The button 153 has been turned on.

Result:
6.01 LIEBHERR 237

B110501
238 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.1.4 Ventilating the floorboard area / front windshield

The supply of fresh air into the cab can be controlled using button 155 and button 156.
Floorboard area but- Front windshield button Air distribution

ton 155 156
On Off Floorboard area only
Off On Front windshield only
On On Approx. 70% floorboard area and 30% front
windshield
Off Off Approx. 30% floorboard area and 70% front
windshield

Result:

Result:
1.1.5 Adjusting the air distribution

Open air vent 58.
Result:
– Air distribution takes place.
Close the air vent 58.

Result:
– The air distribution is completed.
6.01 LIEBHERR 239

B110501
240 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.2 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater*

The engine-independent auxiliary heater is used to heat the driver cab when the engine is turned off
and as auxiliary heat* at low ambient temperatures if the engine-dependent heater is insufficient.
For detailed description of the auxiliary heater* refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating
instructions.
In summer run the auxiliary heater* once a month for approx. 15 to 20 minutes.
Carry out maintenance work on the auxiliary heater* as outlined in the enclosed manufacturer's
1.2.1 Start up
CAUTION
Risk of damage to auxiliary heater!
Fill all units with sufficient service fluids for winter operation, as specified in the lubricant chart.
DANGER
Risk of poisoning and suffocation in enclosed areas!
Operate the heater, even with a timer, only in closed areas such as garages or workshops if an
exhaust suction system is present.
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
In areas where combustible fumes or dust could form, such as in the vicinity of storage areas for fuel,
coal, wood dust or grain storage or similar and in the vicinity of filling stations or tank depots, there is a
risk of explosion.
Turn off the heater.

Result:
– The function control on the button 158 lights up.
– The fan comes on automatically at level 1 in order to prevent the auxiliary heater from overheating.
6.01 LIEBHERR 241

B110501
242 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.2.2 Turning off

Result:
– The function control on the button 158 turns off.
– An after-run is carried out each time the auxiliary heater is turned off.
The keypad unit remains on even if the ignition key has been removed.
CAUTION
Danger of property damage!
Turn the battery master switch off only when the heater afterrun is over.
When the afterrun is over:

– the indicator light 180 turns off
– the keypad unit turns off automatically
1.2.3 Operation with timer*

For a detailed description of the timer 29 refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating instructions.
Set the required turn-on time, temperature and duration of heater operation on the timer 29.
1.2.4 Venting the system

When draining the engine coolant, the contents of the heating system will also be drained because
the engine and heater operate as one circuit. When refilling the system, it must be carefully bled.
Fill the coolant via the expansion tank of the engine cooling circuit as specified in the lubrication
chart.
Start the engine as described in chapter 3.04.
Set the button 145 to level 3.
Check the expansion tank for air bubbles.
Result:
– The engine is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
When no more air bubbles appear in the expansion tank:

Set the button 146 for the driver's cab temperature to level 0.
Result:
– The heating circuit will be bled.

Result:
– The heater circuit is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
6.01 LIEBHERR 243

B110501
244 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.3 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater for engine

pre-heating*
At ambient temperatures of less than -20 °C, the engine must be pre-heated by the engine
pre-heating system.
At ambient temperatures below -40 °C, the engine, the injection pump and the transmission must be
preheated with the engine preheating system, which is operated with diesel fuel.
For a detailed description of the engine preheating system, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's
1.3.1 Start up
CAUTION
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
Turn the battery master switch 15 on.

Set the temperature selection to stage 0=“cold”.
Result:
– The prerun of the engine preheating system turns on and runs for approx. 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating starts after 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating runs in automatic regulating mode.
6.01 LIEBHERR 245

B110501
246 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.3.2 Turning off

When the preheating period is over:
Result:
– The function control on the button 158 turns off.
– Engine preheating is completed.
– An afterrun of the engine preheating will run up to 150 seconds.
1.3.3 Starting up with preselect clock*

For a detailed description of the timer* 29 refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating instructions.
Turn the battery master switch 15 on.
Before turning off the engine, set the temperature selection to level 0=“cold”.
Use the timer* 29 to turn the engine preheating on.
Result:
1.3.4 Turning off with preselect clock*

Turn the timer off* 29.
Result:
6.01 LIEBHERR 247

B110501
248 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.4 Air conditioning system* operation

The cab can be air conditioned.
For a detailed description of the air conditioning system, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's
The air conditioning system* can be operated independent of the auxiliary heater*.
Maintenance work on the air conditioning system* is to be carried out according to the enclosed
manufacturer's operating instructions.
1.4.1 Start up
– The battery master switch is turned on.
– The engine is running.
Close the doors and windows in the driver's cab.
If the temperature of the emitted air is too low, then it can be regulated by turning the heater on.
Set the temperature with the button 146 to stage 0=“cold”.
Result:
– The display 114 shows the selected temperature stage.
Adjust the fan speed using the button 147 or set the button 148 to at least level 1.
Result:
– The display 114 shows the selected fan speed.
Turn on the air conditioning system with the button 152.

Result:
If you wish to change the air conditioning system's cooling capacity:

Press the button 153 air circulation, button 147 “increase fan speed” or button 148 “decrease fan
speed”.
6.01 LIEBHERR 249

B110502
250 LIEBHERR 6.01

2 Heating the crane operator's cab

The cab can be heated with three independent types of heat:
– engine-dependent heater
– engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of up to -40
°C, WEBASTO; Thermo 90 S*
– engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of less than
-40 °C, WEBASTO; DBW 2020*, Air Top 5000*
The individual adjustment of the heater (for both engine-dependent and engine-independent auxiliary
heaters*) is carried out with the control elements under the crane operator's seat as well as via
switches and indicator lights on the instrument panel.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to the heater control units* when carrying out electrical welding work on the crane!
Remove the negative and positive cables from the vehicle and crane superstructure batteries and
apply the positive cable respectively to the vehicle earth.
2.1 Heater operation
2.1.1 Adjusting the temperature

The cab is heated with the engine coolant.
Adjust the regulating valve 310.
2.1.2 Adjusting the ventilation

Set 3-level fan switch 309.
Result:
– The air volume will be regulated.
2.1.3 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air

Actuate the changeover switch 308.
6.01 LIEBHERR 251

B110502
252 LIEBHERR 6.01

2.2 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater*

The engine-independent auxiliary heater is used to heat the cab when the engine is turned off and as
auxiliary heater* at low ambient temperatures, if the engine-dependent heating is insufficient.
For detailed description of the auxiliary heater* refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating
instructions.
In summer run the auxiliary heater* once a month for approx. 15 to 20 minutes.
Carry out maintenance work on the auxiliary heater* as outlined in the enclosed manufacturer's
2.2.1 Start up
CAUTION
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
Set regulating valve 310 to “warm”.

Result:
2.2.2 Turning off

Result:
– Each time the auxiliary heater is turned off, it continues to run up to 150 seconds longer.
CAUTION
– When the afterrun is over, the indicator light 362 turns off
6.01 LIEBHERR 253

B110502
254 LIEBHERR 6.01

2.2.3 Operating the thermostat*

Make sure that the following prerequisite is met:
– The regulating valve 310 is set to “warm”.
Turn the thermostat 313 to the desired temperature.
2.2.4 Venting the system

When draining the engine coolant, the contents of the heating system will also be drained because
the engine and heater operate as one circuit. When refilling the system, it must be carefully bled.
Fill the coolant via the expansion tank of the engine cooling circuit as specified in the lubrication
chart.
Start the engine as described in chapter 3.04.
Set regulating valve 310 to “warm”.
Result:
– The engine is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
When no more air bubbles appear in the expansion tank:

Set the regulating valve 310 to “cold”.
Result:
– The heating circuit will be bled.

Result:
– The heater circuit is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
6.01 LIEBHERR 255

B110502
256 LIEBHERR 6.01

2.3 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater for engine

pre-heating*
At ambient temperatures of under -20 °C, the crane engine must be preheated using engine
preheating which is operated with diesel fuel.
For a detailed description of the engine preheating system, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's
2.3.1 Start up
CAUTION
DANGER
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
Set the regulating valve 310 to “cold”.

Result:
2.3.2 Turning off

Result:
– The indicator light 362 turns off.
– Engine preheating is completed.
CAUTION
6.01 LIEBHERR 257

B110502
258 LIEBHERR 6.01

2.4 Air conditioning system* operation

For a detailed description of the air conditioning system*, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's
Carry out maintenance work on the air conditioning system* according to the enclosed manufacturer's
2.4.1 Start up
– The battery master switch is turned on.
– The air intake opening for recirculated air operation is clear.
Open or close the air vents, as desired.
Result:
– Upwards or downwards air distribution will be selected.
Close both windows and the cab door.

Set the changeover switch 308 for fresh air / recirculated air to recirculated air operation.
Actuate the switch 361.
Result:
– The air conditioning system* is turned on and ready to operate.
Open the appropriate air vent for upward air distribution.

Turn on the fan with the rotary switch 309.
Adjust temperature with the regulating valve 310.
6.01 LIEBHERR 259

026386-01 6.04 Sliding beam monitoring
B198717
260 LIEBHERR 6.04

6.04 Sliding beam monitoring 026386-01
1 General
The LICCON sliding beam monitoring checks the information entered by the crane driver with regard
to the support basis when selecting the load chart on the LICCON monitor.
Note
The sliding beam monitoring does not monitor the correct support of the crane and the pinning of
the sliding beams at the positions for which they have been constructed.
The sliding beams must be pinned and secured on the pin points. See chapter 3.05 in the Crane
2 Support base
A selection can be made between two different support bases:
– wide support base
– reduced support base
Support base
wide 10.0 m x 9.6 m
Support base
reduced 10.0 m x 6.25 m
2.1 Setting the support bases

The support bases have no tolerances. The sliding beams must be pinned onto these support bases.
Pin and secure the sliding beams.
6.04 LIEBHERR 261

B198718
262 LIEBHERR 6.04

3 Working with sliding beam monitoring
3.1 Preparing the crane

Extend the sliding beams to the required width.
Pin and secure the sliding beams.
Support the crane.
Enter and confirm the load chart on the LICCON monitor.
If the selected load chart corresponds with the support base detected by the sliding beam
monitoring:
Press function key F8.
Result:
– The display on the LICCON monitor changes to the operating illustration and the crane is ready for
use.
3.2 Sliding beam monitoring function and error display
3.2.1 When entering the load chart

See separate error list and “diagnostics”.
Confirm the entered configuration status with function key F8 8.
For example, if the error determination display indicates a sliding beam length error:
Extend the sliding beams in accordance with the load chart preselected.
3.2.2 In the crane operation

If a valid load chart has been used, the crane may be operated while observing the relevant
guidelines provided in the operating instructions and the load charts.
Sliding beam length monitoring
The position of the sliding beams is continually monitored during crane operation and compared with
the selected load chart. An error code ( illustration 1) will be displayed in the “Horn” icon if any
differences are detected, (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02):
– The LICCON overload protection goes to overload.
– It is only possible to work using the bridging options of the LICCON overload protection.
– The slewing gear will be switched to non-operative.
Support force monitoring

In addition to the sliding beam lengths, the support forces are also monitored during sliding beam
monitoring. The system continually checks whether the total support force exceed the minimum crane
weight excluding equipment.
If this is not the case, an error code will be displayed ( illustration 2) (see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.02):
– The LICCON overload protection goes to overload.
– It is only possible to work using the bridging options of the LICCON overload protection.
– The slewing gear will be switched to non-operative.
Note
The slewing gear does not shut down during slewing.
The support forces have no effect on the setting of the load chart in the configuration program.
6.04 LIEBHERR 263

B198718
264 LIEBHERR 6.04

3.3 Procedure to follow in case of an error

It is imperative to distinguish between the following errors:
– Operating errors
– Sensor fault
– Total sensor failure
Error description:
– Operating errors are caused by the crane driver.
– Sensor faults are present, if, for example, a signal lies within a permissible measuring range but
the signal is incorrect. A sensor fault can however also be caused by (for example) an incorrect
length entry if the length sensor rope of the sliding beam has become tangled in the sliding beam
box. Disconnecting the sensor input will simulate the “sliding beam retracted” condition. The crane
can or may not be operated in this condition.
– A total sensor failure will be detected by the sliding beam monitoring. The sliding beam
monitoring considers a total sensor failure to be equivalent to the sliding beam
“retracted” condition. The crane can or may not be operated in this condition.
Note
As a rule, the sliding beams must be pinned and secured on the pin points.
6.04 LIEBHERR 265

B198720
266 LIEBHERR 6.04

4 Bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring
4.1 General
Note
The sliding beam length monitoring can only be bypassed when an exclamation mark
“!” 4.10 appears in the horn icon.
Ensure that the following prerequisite is met:

– An exclamation mark “!” 4.10 appears in the horn icon.
WARNING
Increased accident risk when bypassing sliding beam length monitoring!
The sliding beam position is no longer monitored when the sliding beam length monitoring is
bypassed. An inadequate support base may cause the crane to topple and cause fatal injury.
The sliding beam length monitoring should only be bypassed by personnel who are aware of the
consequences!
The crane operator must ensure that the sliding beam position corresponds to the data given in
the load chart and LICCON!
The crane operator must ensure that the crane is supported using the support base specified in
the load chart!
Press the SHIFT key 10 and function key F8 8.

Result:
– The sliding beam length monitoring is now bypassed.
– Exclamation marks “!” 4.9 will appear on the support screen and operating screen.
In order to reactivate the sliding beam length monitoring:

Press the SHIFT key 10 and function key F8 8 again.
Result:
– Sliding beam length monitoring has been reactivated.
– The exclamation marks “!” 4.9 on the support screen and operating screen extinguish.
Note
The bypass of the sliding beam length monitoring turns off when the ignition is “OFF”.
6.04 LIEBHERR 267

025189-02 6.05 Emergency take-down
B110503
268 LIEBHERR 6.05

6.05 Emergency take-down 025189-02
1 Emergency control
Note
On the ball valve overview chart, the ball valves are shown, switched downward in crane operation
and upward in emergency operation. The ball valves 1 to 8 and 13 are installed on the left on the
crane and the ball valves 9 to 12 are installed on the right on the crane.
To be able to take down the crane in case of failure of the crane hydraulic, the crane electrical system
or the crane engine, ball valves and a hand lever 14 are installed on the superstructure. Via the ball
valves, the corresponding crane movement can be preselected and carried out by deflecting the hand
lever 14.
1.1 General
DANGER
Increased risk of accident during emergency operation!
The crane movements are no longer monitored by LICCON in emergency operation.
Observe all notes and danger notes as described in chapter 6.02.
Emergency operation and particularly luffing down of the telescopic boom may only be carried out
in accordance with the information in the load chart.
If possible, set down the load first.
– For normal “crane operation”, turn the ball valves downward.

– For “emergency operations”, turn the respective ball valves (see following section and emergency
operation sign on the crane superstructure) upward.
– Several movements cannot be carried out at the same time.
– All crane movements must be carried out with extreme caution and slowly.
– The ball valves must always be changed over completely into the corresponding switch position.
1.2 Ball valve positions during emergency operation

Note
On the ball valve overview chart, the ball valves are shown, switched downward in crane operation
and upward in emergency operation. The ball valves 1 to 8 and 13 are installed on the left on the
crane and the ball valves 9 to 12 are installed on the right on the crane.
1.2.1 Turning the turntable to the left

Switch ball valve 9, ball valve 10 and ball valve 12 upwards.
Move the ball valve 11 downward.
1.2.2 Turning the turntable to the right

Switch the ball valve 9, ball valve 11 and ball valve 12 upwards.
Move the ball valve 10 downward.
1.2.3 Luffing the telescopic boom up

Switch the ball valve 3 upward.
6.05 LIEBHERR 269

025189-02 6.05 Emergency take-down
B110503
270 LIEBHERR 6.05

6.05 Emergency take-down 025189-02
1.2.4 Luffing the telescopic boom down

1.2.5 Raising the hoist gear

Switch ball valve 2 and ball valve 8 downwards.
1.2.6 Lowering the hoist gear

Switch ball valve 1 and ball valve 7 downwards.
1.3 Emergency operation with driving motor

For cranes with two motors (crane motor and driving motor), the superstructure can be supplied with
power using the driving motor and a hydraulic transformer 16.
1.3.1 Preparing the crane for emergency operation

Remove the dummy plugs on the hydraulic connections.
The different diameters of the hydraulic lines prevent incorrect piping.

Connect the hydraulic connections from the chassis to the transformer 16.
Connect the hydraulic connections from the transformer 16 to the superstructure.
Move the ball valve 15 to emergency operation.
1.3.2 Emergency control

Run the travel motor at a maximum speed of 1100 rpm during emergency operation.
Start the engine.
Refer to the previous section or to the emergency operation sign on the crane superstructure to
preselect the ball valves (1 - 13) for the respective crane movement.
Moving the hand lever 14 determines the speed of the each crane movement.
Operate the hand lever 14 and carry out the respective crane movement carefully.
1.3.3 Completing emergency operation
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Following the “emergency operation”, always change ball valves over to “crane operation”.
Change all ball valves to “crane operation”.

Turn the engine off.
Disconnect the hydraulic lines and screw in dummy plugs.
6.05 LIEBHERR 271

027122-01 6.50 Customer-specific special equipment
B110504
272 LIEBHERR 6.50

6.50 Customer-specific special equipment 027122-01
1 CRANE OPERATION WITH FUEL FROM THE CRANE

CHASSIS *
On this mobile crane it is possible to use the fuel from the fuel tank on the crane chassis for crane
operation. To do so, the ball valves 1 and ball valves 2 must be switched over and the fuel from the
crane chassis is pumped into the intermediate tank 5 on the crane superstructure.
Note
With the ball valve* 3, the fuel supply from the fuel tank 4 on the crane superstructure to the crane
engine can be interrupted.
Ball valve Ball valve position A Ball valve position B

Ball valve 1 Fuel supply from fuel tank 4 on Fuel supply from fuel tank on
crane superstructure crane chassis
Ball valve 2 Fuel supply from fuel tank 4 on Fuel supply from fuel tank on
crane superstructure crane chassis
Ball valve Ball valve position C Ball valve position D

Ball valve 3 * Fuel supply from fuel tank (4) to Fuel supply from fuel tank (4) to
crane engine interrupted crane engine open
1.1 Crane operation with fuel from the crane chassis

Switch the ball valve 1 and ball valve 2 to ball valve position B.
Result:
– The fuel is pumped from the fuel tank on the crane chassis to the intermediate tank 5.
– The crane engine is supplied with fuel from the intermediate tank 5.
– The indicator light 410 lights up as long as fuel is pumped into the intermediate tank 5.
1.2 Crane operation with fuel from the crane superstructure

Switch the ball valve 1 and ball valve 2 to ball valve position A.
Result:
– The crane engine is supplied with fuel from the fuel tank 4 on the crane superstructure.
6.50 LIEBHERR 273

274 LIEBHERR
7.00 Service and maintenance
LIEBHERR 275
021681-14 7.01 Maintenance and service - General
B195219
276 LIEBHERR 7.01

7.01 Maintenance and service - General 021681-14
1 General
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to damaged crane components!
If crane components, which were damaged, for example due to maintenance errors, are not replaced
immediately, personnel can be fatally injured!
Maintain crane components according to the data in the maintenance intervals, the maintenance
notes and the lubrication chart!
Replace damaged crane components immediately!
NOTICE
Damage of crane components!
If crane components are not maintained according to the maintenance intervals and maintenance
guidelines in the individual chapter, or if other lubricants are used than specified in the lubrication
chart, the respective crane components can be damaged and/or fail!
The warranty for the respective crane components will be voided!
Maintain crane components according to the data in the maintenance intervals, the maintenance
notes and the lubrication chart!
1.1 LIEBHERR Service for you

LIEBHERR cranes - whether truck-mounted, mobile or crawler cranes - are technically advanced
products, which prove their worth daily even under tough conditions.
The high technical standards, which these cranes provide today, offer functional security, resistance
to failure and easy maintenance.
LIEBHERR is continuously developing the drive and control components. The combination of well
proven units and modern manufacturing methods produces cranes that are safe to operate and easy
to maintain.
Several hundred cranes are built every year for the international market, supported by international
service.
LIEBHERR's “After Sales Service” plays an important role in ensuring the operational readiness and
high availability of the cranes.
With LIEBHERR, service begins when the crane is handed over. Your crane operators will be
professionally trained in line with their level of knowledge, and we devote much time to this.
We also train your workshop staff in all crane-specific matters, because we know that they can deal
with more than just minor repairs themselves. Often there are specialists who can quickly and reliably
carry out crane repairs.
We also have specialist service advisers who can help you to fix your on-site problems creatively.
This contact by telephone saves time and money. In the event of problems, get in touch as soon as
possible.
Our service technicians are also specialists with years of experience, and can be deployed from local
support points. Naturally these experts have specialized knowledge and special tools.
But before you call on these people, it is worth making full use of the facilities for getting advice
mentioned above.
Note
Customers claims for warranties and refunds!
The buyer only has a claim to warranties and possible credit if only Original LIEBHERR replacement
parts, LIEBHERR service items and LIEBHERR lubricants are used for LIEBHERR cranes!
Only original LIEBHERR replacement parts have been tested for operational use in cranes, and
they can be installed without risking safety.
7.01 LIEBHERR 277

Note
Exclusion of liability!
In the event that replacement parts are used that are not original LIEBHERR replacement parts and
not original LIEBHERR service items and lubricants, LIEBHERR-Werk Ehingen GmbH disclaims all
liability, for system functionality as well as for the parts!
Use only original LIEBHERR replacement parts!
2 Cleaning and care of the crane

2.1 Instructions for sound damping (soundproofing)
Sound proofing in the area of engines and other noise sources is an integral part of the entire
construction. It is your task to limit the noise generation of vehicles and the sound level in the
workplace to the legally specified values in connection with sound absorption and the design of the
equipment. They are therefore an integral part for the construction permits for the machines. They
may not be removed, and if damaged, they must be replaced by original LIEBHERR replacement
parts.
They have been designed to be maintenance free. They have been equipped with surfaces that repel
dirt, oil and water. They are fire-resistant and some of them are fireproof, depending on the location.
For these reasons, these parts need minimal care. Any small dirt deposits can be disregarded, as the
acoustic effectiveness of the parts is not reduced.
NOTICE
Damage of insulation (sound proofing)!
If unsuitable tools or cleaning methods are used, the insulation can be destroyed or damaged during
cleaning!
Remove coarse dirt with suitable tools, such as soft plastic scrapers!
Do not use tools with sharp edges!
Use steam cleaners only with utmost caution, sufficient distance to the insulation and low water
pressure!
Solvents may not be used for cleaning!
WARNING
Contamination due to solvents and foreign matter!
If the insulation is contaminated with solvents, engine oils, gear oils, hydraulic oils or fuel, then these
substances can ignite and significantly change the fire proofing of the insulation!
If the respective insulation was contaminated, remove the insulation immediately and replace
with original parts!
2.2 Care instructions for the driver's cab and the crane operator's cab
Note
The steering wheel, center console, dashboard cover, floor cover, and dirty upholstery in the
driver's cab and the crane operator's cab should only be cleaned with warm water mixed with a
little dish washing detergent!
Do not use any scouring agents!
278 LIEBHERR 7.01

3 Measures to take during work stoppage or transport

3.1 Hydraulic cylinder
NOTICE
Risk of corrosion of hydraulic cylinders!
During crane application under aggressive environmental conditions, such as on locations with sea
climate and especially salt containing air, the hydraulic cylinders can corrode, resulting in destruction
or severe damage!
As a result, extensive and expensive repairs may be needed!
If the crane is out of service for a longer period of time: Dismantle the crane!
Fully retract all hydraulic cylinders on the crane! If the hydraulic cylinders cannot be retracted all
the way, then protect exposed areas of the piston rod from corrosion, for example by applying a
layer of grease!
Carefully grease exposed areas of the piston rods, such as on luffing cylinders and ballasting
cylinders!
4 Maintenance work on the crane superstructure or

boom
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During maintenance work on the crane superstructure of boom, personnel must be secured with
appropriate antifall guards to prevent them from falling! If this is not observed, working personnel can
fall and be killed or severely injured!
For all work on the crane where there is a danger of falling, suitable safety measures must be
taken!
The crane superstructure or boom may not be accessed without suitable aids!
Suitable aids are, for example: Lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, assembly platforms,
auxiliary crane.
If railing are present on the crane superstructure, then they must be swung into operating position
and secured for all work, see crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
Only step on such aids with clean shoes!
Keep aids clean and free of snow and ice!
If the work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the maintenance
personnel must secure themselves with approved antifall guards to avoid falling, see crane
It is prohibited to step on the operator's cab or cab roof and specially marked surfaces, see crane
7.01 LIEBHERR 279

5 Maintenance and inspection guidelines

Note
The maintenance and inspection work on the crane chassis is carried out based on operating
hours or by kilometers travelled!
The maintenance and inspection work on the crane superstructure is carried out based entirely on
operating hours!
Observe the following chapters when performing maintenance and inspection of the crane:
– Chapter 7.02: Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1
– Chapter 7.03: Maintenance intervals - Crane superstructure 1
– Chapter 7.04: Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 2
– Chapter 7.05: Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 2
– Chapter 7.06: Fill quantities, lubrication chart
– Chapter 7.07: Service items and lubricants
1 These chapters contain a list of maintenance intervals for all maintenance work. Only the relevant
work is to be carried out.
2 For individual components, the manufacturer's specifications must be observed.
WARNING
Danger of accidents during maintenance and inspection of crane components!
During maintenance and inspection work on crane components, there is an increased danger of
accidents if the maintenance and inspection guidelines are not observed!
Observer and adhere to the following listed warning notes and the generally valid safety
regulations!
5.1 Warning notes

– Maintenance and inspection work may only be carried out by authorized and especially trained
personnel.
– Unauthorized personnel may not remain within the danger zone.
– Turn the engine in the crane superstructure and the crane chassis off.
– Apply the parking brake for the crane chassis.
– Pull the ignition key on the crane superstructure and the crane chassis and hand it to an
authorized person.
– It is strictly prohibited to carry out maintenance or inspection work during travel or crane operation.
5.1.1 Warning notes regarding danger of burns
WARNING
Danger of burns during maintenance or inspection work!
When carrying out maintenance or inspection work, you can be burnt severely on hot surfaces of
crane components! This applies especially for the exhaust system or the travel gear!
Let any components to be maintained or inspected cool off!
Do not spill any service fluids over hot components!
Avoid short circuits in the electrical system, especially on the battery!
280 LIEBHERR 7.01

5.1.2 Warning notes regarding rotating parts
WARNING
Danger due to rotating parts!
If inspection work must be carried out while the engine is running, there is a significant danger from
turning parts and from the ignition system!
Personnel can be severely injured!
Be especially careful and do not reach into rotating parts!
Never reach into the cooler fan when the engine is warm! The cooler fan could turn on suddenly!
5.1.3 Warning notes regarding scalding danger
WARNING
Danger of scalding during maintenance or inspection work!
When opening the coolant reservoir, hot coolant can emerge explosively!
Severe scalding over the whole body can result!
Never open the cap on the coolant reservoir as long as the engine is warm!
The cooling system is under pressure!
To protect face, hands and arms from steam of hot coolant, cover the cap with a large rag when
opening!
5.1.4 Warning notes regarding danger of fire
DANGER
Danger of fire!
When working on the fuel system or on electrical systems, there is an increased danger of fires if the
general safety regulations are not observed!
Disconnect the battery from the power supply!
Do not smoke!
Do not work near open flames!
Keep a functioning fire extinguisher ready!
5.1.5 Maintenance errors
NOTICE
Damage of components!
In case of incorrect maintenance, severe functional defects and damage on the components can
occur!
Add correct and sufficient service fluids during maintenance!
For all maintenance work, observe utmost cleanliness to prevent dirt from entering the inside of
the components!
Check components in regular intervals for leaks!
Have leaking components sealed immediately and properly!
7.01 LIEBHERR 281

026282-10 7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis
B195219
282 LIEBHERR 7.02

7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 026282-10
1 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection plan
First Regular maintenance, Mini- Checks

main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
After 250 h 500 h 1000 h Annu- Daily Weekly
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Diesel engine
Check oil level X
For all other maintenance tasks,
follow the instructions of the en-
gine manufacturer
Check the coolant level in the X
equalising reservoir
Replace coolant Every 2
years
Air filter
Check monitoring device X
Clean or change (follow the
instructions of the engine manu-
facturer)
Receptacle frame telescoping boom
Lubricate X
Hydraulic system
Check hydraulic system for leaks X
Check hydraulic tank oil level X
Oil change (oil sample) X X
Replace bleeder filter of hydraulic 100 h X
tank
Return filter 100 h X
Replace oil filter insert 100 h X
Check hydraulic pressure, X
readjust, if necessary
Hydraulic hose lines
7.02 LIEBHERR 283


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check for leaks and damage X
A safety check should be per- X
formed by experts
Steering
Check that steering gear and tie X
rods are firmly attached, check
cotter pin
Check hydraulic steering system X
for leaks
Check hydraulic hoses for leaks X
and damage
Check axle alignment, readjust, if X1
necessary
Replace pressure filter insert 100 h X
Check hydraulic steering stop, X
adjust if necessary
Check steering using test pro- X
gram
Hydraulic fan
Replace pressure filter insert of 100 h X
hydraulic fan
Hydraulic supports
Check ease of movement of X
sliding beams / grease
Check sliding beam cables X
Grease sliding beam cylinder X
mounting pins
Lubricate bearing points of the X
swingable swing beams (folding
beams)
284 LIEBHERR 7.02


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check sight gauge, readjust if X
necessary
Axle suspension
Function test as blocking cylinder X
Check pressure accumulator pre- X4 X4
tension pressure (nitrogen)
Automatic transmission
Check oil level X
Check oil pressure X
Check operating temperature X
Check for leaks X
Check or tighten mounting X
screws
Oil change 100 h X X
Replace oil filter 100 h X X
Load powershift gear box
Check oil level X
Check for leaks X
Replace oil filter 100 h X X
Automatic gear box AS-Tronic, AS-Tronic HD
Check oil level X
Check for leaks X
Oil change Every 3
years5
Replace oil filter Every 3
years5
Torque converter transmission TC 2
Check oil level X
Oil change X
7.02 LIEBHERR 285


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Replace oil filter X
Torque converter transmission TC HD
Check oil level X
Oil change X
Replace suction filter X
Replace pressure filter X
Offset gear
Check for leaks X
Check mounting X
Oil change 1000 X X
km
Distributor gear
Oil change 1000 X X
km
Check oil level X
Check for leaks X
Check or tighten mounting X
screws
Check on road gear / off road X
gear transfer function
Check all-wheel drive enabling X
function
Have tachograph / trip recorder Every 2
checked years
Clean breather nipple X X
Hydrostatic travel drive
Check hydraulic hoses for leaks X
and damage
Clean filter unit 100 h X
Replace filter unit X
286 LIEBHERR 7.02


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Pump distributor gear
Check for leaks X
Check mounting X
Gear shafts and bearing block
Check flange bolts, retighten if 100 25000 Every 6
necessary km km months
Visually check the gear shafts 25000 Every 6
km months
Visually check the intermediate 25000 Every 6
shaft bearing / bearing block km months
Lubricate gear bearings (if they 100000 Every 2
can be lubricated) km years
Lubricate length compensation (if 100000 Every 2
it can be lubricated) km years
Drive shafts between the engine and gearbox or gearbox and distributor gear
Caution: These checks should only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
Check resistance or play in joint 100000 Every 2
by manually bending it after km years
removal
Check length compensation for 100000 Every 2
impermissible bending play after km years
removal. Replace the drive shaft
if the bending play exceeds 0.17
mm .
Axle, driven
Check for leaks X
Oil level checks at axle housing, X
differential housing and wheel
hubs
7.02 LIEBHERR 287


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Grease steering knuckle bear- 10000 X
ings km
Check mounting X
Oil change 1000 X Every 2
km years
Replace wheel bearing grease Every 2
filling (if lubricated with grease) years
Clean breather nipple on axle X X
housing
Axles, non-driven
Grease steering knuckle bear- 10000 X
ings km
Check mounting X
Replace wheel hub grease filling X X
Adjust wheel bearings X X
Electrical system
Check vehicle lighting for func- X
tion
Check cable connections and X3
battery acid levels
Fuel system
Check for leaks X
Check condition and mounting X X
Drain off water and sediments X X
Clean auxiliary fuel pump prelimi- X X
nary filter
Check fuel preliminary filter, drain Every
off water if necessary 50 h
Replace fuel preliminary filter X
Tires
288 LIEBHERR 7.02


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check for external damage X
Check the tire pressure X
Check tread wear and depth X
(observe governmental regula-
tions)
Ensure that lug nuts are tight, 100 X
retighten if necessary km
Brake system
Check brake system X
Check brake lining thickness X
Adjust brakes if necessary, re- X
place linings if required
Check the brake discs X
Check the brake drums X
Check function of parking brake X
and service brake
Eddy current brake
Check mechanical and electrical 5000 X
parts (follow manufacturer km
instructions)
Air pressure system
Check for leaks X
Check operating pressure of X
brake system
Check cut-off pressure X
Drain air pressure tank X
Replace air drier granular car- X
tridges
Clean air drier preliminary filter X
Driver's cab
7.02 LIEBHERR 289


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check armatures / instruments X
for function
Check indicator lights for function X
Check engine brake operation X
Check retarder operation X
Emergency control
Check for correct function X
Support pads with equalization
Replace grease filling X
Perform function test X
1 Every 500 km to 2000 km with frequent off-road driving.

2 At least 1x per annum with frequent off-road driving.
3 In hot climates twice a year.
4 Note chapter 7.04, Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis.
5 Only when using ZF-Ecofluid M, otherwise every 2 years.
290 LIEBHERR 7.02

7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 025011-14
blank page!
7.03 LIEBHERR 291

025011-14 7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure
B195219
292 LIEBHERR 7.03

1 Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection

schedule
First Regular maintenance, every Mini- Checks

main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
After 125 h 250 h 500 h 1500 h Annu- Daily Weekly
ally
Diesel engine
Check the oil level X
For all other maintenance
tasks, follow the instructions
of the engine manufacturer
Check the coolant level in the X
equalising reservoir
Replace coolant Every 2
years
Air filter
Check monitoring device X
Clean or change (follow the
instructions of the engine
manufacturer)
Rotary connection
Lubricate gearing X
Lubricate the rotary connec- X1
tion
Check screws for tight seating 250 h X X
Check tilt play X X
Rope winches
Check for leaks X
Check the mounting screws 250 h X X
for tight seating
Check the condition of the oil X
in the oil reservoir
7.03 LIEBHERR 293


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Oil change 3000 h Every 4
years
Check the remaining theoreti- X
cal utilization life by a tech-
nical expert
Check the remaining theoreti- Every 4
cal utilization life by autho- years
rized specialist
Hoist gear brake
Check for leaks X
years
Drive shafts
Check flange bolts X
Lubricate X X
Lattice sections
Check for cracks and damage X
Guy rods
Check for cracks, damage X
and distortion by a technical
expert
Check for cracks, damage Every 4
and distortion by an years
authorised inspector
Checking the retaining ele- X
ments
Relapse supports
Lubricate bearings X X
Check the oscillation guard X2, 6
for easy movement
Relapse cylinder
294 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check for leaks X2, 6
Check pretension pressure X2, 6 X X
(nitrogen)
Check oil level X2, 6 X X
Pneumatic springs
Check the function X2, 5, 6 X X
A-bracket
Lubricate bearing X
Check the lever for the limit X
switch on the A-frame 3 for
easy movement and reset of
spring
Check the rods with guide rail X
on the A-frame 2 and A-
frame 3 for easy movement
and distortion
Counterweight
Check tightening torque of 1,000 or X
mounting screws km 10,000
km
Ballasting
Press on pulleys of cable winches
Grease guides X X
Rope pulleys
Check for wear, damage, X X
cracks and easy movement
Lubricate rope pulleys X X
Crane ropes
Visual inspection for cracks X
and deformation
7.03 LIEBHERR 295


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check by trained personnel, Month-
grease if necessary ly
Check by technical expert X
Check by authorised inspec- Every 4
tor years
Hook blocks
Grease hook X X
Check distance gap (y) X X
Crane cab
Check armatures / instru- X
ments for function
Check indicator lights for X
function
Replace filter insert water X
heater
Check fluid level in expansion X
tank of engine control
Crane cab, extendable or inclinable
Check for correct function X X
Overload protection
Check length sensor for func- X X
tion
Check length sensor rope for X X
damage
Electrical system
Check cable connections and X3
battery acid levels
Fuel system
Check for leaks X
296 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check condition and mount- X
ing
Drain off water and sediments X
Slewing gear
Check for leaks X
for tight seating
years
Turntable locking mechanism
Check for correct function X X
Lubricate X X
Bearings
Checking the retaining ele- X
ments
Pump distributor gear
Check for leaks X
Hydraulic hose lines
Check for leaks and damage X
Check for safe condition by X
expert
Hydraulic system
Check for leaks X
Replace servo pressure and 250 h X X
replenishing pressure filter in-
serts
7.03 LIEBHERR 297


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Replace return filter inserts 250 h X X
(only for cranes with open
hydraulic circuit)
Replace bleeder filter of hy- 250 h X X
draulic tank
Check hydraulic oil, required 500 h X X
degree of purity: 20/18/15
(take oil sample and have it
checked by oil supplier)
Hydraulic cylinder
Check for leaks X
Hydraulic pressure accumulator (nitrogen)
Check pretension pressures X4 X4
Air pressure system
Check for leaks X
Check operating pressure X
Check shut off pressure X
Check operation of automatic X
drain valve
Replace air drier granule ele- X
ments
Clean air drier preliminary X
filter
Central lubrication system
Check the grease container X X
fill level
Emergency control
Telescopic boom with cable mechanism
Check telescopic boom for X
distortions and cracks
298 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Grease the sliding surfaces of X X
the telescopic boom bearing
Lubricate change over pulleys X X
of telescoping mechanism
Check mounting screws on X X
change over pulleys for tight
seating
Check cable mechanism, 250 h X
readjust, if necessary
Dismantle and check boom 20000 Every
h 10
years
Pneumatic boom lock
Clean air filter with com- X X
pressed air
Check locking pins X X
Lubricate locking pins X X
Telematik telescopic boom system
Check telescopic boom sys- X
tem for distortion, damage
and cracks
Check hydraulic components X
for leaks and damage
Check telescoping cylinder for X X
proper condition
Check pull knob retainer and X
mounting screws for tight
seating
Check mounting screws of X
push out cylinder for tight
seating
7.03 LIEBHERR 299


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check twist guard of cylinder X
pinning and telescopic boom
pinning
Check push out rod for proper X X
condition
Check locking pins and lock- X X
ing bores for proper condition
Check inner and outer sliding X X
surfaces for proper condition
Lubricate sliding surfaces X5
Grease guide rails on tele- X5
scoping cylinder
Dismantle and check boom 20000 Every
h 10
years
Telescopic boom guying
Check for distortions and X
cracks
Lubricate grease fitting on the Every 3
TA / TY-guying months
5, 6
Check guy winch for leaks X

Check the oil level on the guy Every 6
winch months
for tight seating
Change the oil on the guy Every 4
winch years
Derrick ballast
Check frame, suspension and X
guide section for distortion
and cracks
300 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check wheels for condition X
and tight seating
1 Every 3 months if the crane is not moved.

2 Carry out a visual inspection before every start up in service.
3 In hot climates twice a year.
4 Note chapter 7.05, Crane superstructure maintenance instructions.
5 when necessary
6 during assembly
7.03 LIEBHERR 301

026792-04 7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis
B106597
302 LIEBHERR 7.04

7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 026792-04
1 Diesel engine
Do not under any circumstances step on fuel lines during maintenance or repair work on the engine
area!
NOTICE
Fire hazard!
Make absolutely sure that the engine area is kept free of diesel fuel.
Utmost cleanliness is vital, particularly during filter changes and bleeding. Wipe up any spilled fuel!
When changing the filter it is advisable to put down an absorbant material before removing the
filter to absorb fuel.
1.1 Engine oil
1.1.1 Checking the oil level

– The crane's position is level.
– The diesel engine has been turned off and the oil has collected in the oil pan.
Remove and wipe the oil dipstick off.
Re-insert the oil dipstick and remove it again.
Oil must show between the minimum and maximum markings on the oil dipstick.
Check the oil level.
NOTICE
Risk of damaging the engine!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum level marking, add engine oil as specified in the
lubrication chart until the oil level shows between the minimum and maximum markings.
Add engine oil and check again.
Re-insert the oil dipstick.
1.1.2 Changing the oil

Refer to separate operating instructions “LIEBHERR diesel engines”.
7.04 LIEBHERR 303

B107994
304 LIEBHERR 7.04

1.2 Coolant engine cooling system

Coolant level is monitored at the expansion tank using a water level probe. If the coolant level is too
low, the warning light 182 on the display unit signals “engine coolant level too low”.
The coolant temperature of the driving motor can be read on the bar graph on the display unit above
the warning light 231.
WARNING
Danger of skin burns!
The diesel engine must be cold when performing the coolant check.
Turn sealing cap 2 on filler port of water cooler expansion tank to first notch.
Lower excess pressure.
Remove sealing cap 2.
Check the coolant level.
Add coolant only at the filler neck on the water cooler expansion tank in accordance with the
lubrication chart.
Add coolant as required.
1.3 Air filter

The air filter 3 is monitored electronically. If negative pressure in the intake pipe has increased
because of dirty air filter units, the warning light 183 on the display unit in the cab will light up.
If the warning light 183 lights up:
Clean or replace the filter insert.
1.4 Diesel particle filter*

NOTICE
Fire hazard of the diesel particle filter*!
Recycling of the diesel particle filter* may only be done under supervision of operating personnel!
Carry out the operation and maintenance of the diesel particle filter* according to the separate
operating instructions of the diesel particle filter* manufacturer.
7.04 LIEBHERR 305

B102447
306 LIEBHERR 7.04

1.5 Fuel pre-filter
1.5.1 Draining the fuel pre-filter
Note
The water trap 2 on the fuel pre-filter must be drained at regular intervals.
Turn engine off.

Place a catch basin under the water trap.
Close ball valve 1.
Open drain valve 3 and drain water until fuel emerges.
Close drain valve 3.
Open ball valve 1.
Remove catch basin and dispose of fluid.
1.5.2 Cleaning the filter strainer
DANGER
Danger of fire and explosion!
Do not smoke!
Avoid open flames!
Work only when the diesel engine is turned off!
Maintain extreme cleanliness during all work!
Turn engine off.

Place catch basin under the fuel pre-filter.
Close ball valve 1.
Open drain valve 3 until no more fuel emerges.
Remove catch basin and dispose of fluid.
Remove screws 4 and cap 8.
Remove filter strainer 6 and clean using prescribed procedures.
Replace cleaned filter strainer 6 using prescribed procedures.
Assemble cap 8 with gaskets using prescribed procedures.
Properly tighten screws 4.
Open ball valve 1.
Open vent screw 5.
Using hand pump 7 bleed the fuel filter using prescribed procedures.
Properly tighten vent screw 5.
Start engine and check fuel pre-filter for leaks.
7.04 LIEBHERR 307

B107995
308 LIEBHERR 7.04

2 Automatic gear box with torque converter coupling
NOTICE
Risk of transmission damage!
Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from getting inside the transmission!
Check transmission for leaks at regular intervals!
Seal leaking transmission immediately using prescribed procedures!
2.1 Checking the oil level of the automatic transmission

– The parking brake is applied.
– The transmisson fluid has cooled ( to less than 40 ° C).
Remove oil filler plug 1.
The oil level must reach the edge of the bore.

Perform a visual inspection.
NOTICE
Too little oil causes problems reducing the lifetime of the transmission. Too much oil results in more
displacement work and in overheating of the transmission!
If the oil level has dropped below the oil filler plug 1, oil must be added as specified on the
lubrication chart until it runs over on the oil filler plug 1.
The deciding factor for the exact oil quantity is always the correct procedure for adding oil and
checking the oil level after a trial run!
Replace oil filler plug 1 with new gasket and tighten.
2.2 Replacing oil in the automatic shift transmission

– The oil is at operating temperature and is thin and fluid.
Remove oil drain plug 2 and drain transmission fluid.
Clean magnets at oil drain plugs.
Replace oil drain plug 2 with new gasket and tighten.
Add oil in accordance with the lubrication chart at the oil filler plug 1 bore until it begins to run over.
After adding the oil, replace oil filler plug 1 with new gasket and tighten.
Test drive the vehicle.
Check oil level and add oil if necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 309

B102534
310 LIEBHERR 7.04

2.3 Checking oil level of the torque converter clutch

– The oil temperature is 30 °C.
– The engine is running at idling speed.
– The transmission is in neutral.
The retarder may not be operated during the oil level check.
Remove oil dipstick 13 and check oil level.
If the oil level has dropped below the permissible minimum marking “cold”, oil must be added.
If there is too much oil in the system, oil must be drained from the oil drain plug.
Note
Important monitoring information!
Oil on the oil dipstick 13 must be transparent. Milky oil indicates foam formation in the system.
Allow engine to idle until oil along entire oil dipstick is clear. This procedure can take several
minutes.
NOTICE
displacement work and in overheating of the transmission. If too much oil is added, oil may escape
during retarder operation and/or during extended downtime!
Add oil in accordance with the lubrication chart and check again!
Insert oil dipstick 13.
7.04 LIEBHERR 311

B102534
312 LIEBHERR 7.04

2.4 Changing oil in the torque converter clutch

– The parking brake is activated.
– The transmission is in neutral.
– Oil is hot, thin and fluid.
Note
Important safety instructions!
Do not engage torque converter when stationary!
Do not engage retarder when stationary. The retarder must be turned off.
Remove oil dipstick 13.

Remove oil drain plugs 5 and torque converter bleeder plug 11 and drain oil.
Note
Oil in the torque converter cannot be drained completely. The oil remaining in the torque converter
is approx. 9 l. Depending on model type and arrangement, a certain amount of oil will remain in
connector lines which will not be able to be drained.
Clean magnet at oil drain plugs 5.

Replace oil drain plugs 5 and torque converter bleeder plug 11 with new gasket ring and tighten.
In accordance with the lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler tube 12 (approx. 20 l).
Start engine.
With the engine running in idle, check oil level constantly and add oil until the oil level on the oil
dipstick 13 holds steady in the area of the 30 °C cold marking. This procedure can take several
minutes until all lines and the cooler are filled.
NOTICE
Risk of damage!
If too much oil was added, oil must be drained!
Oil should be at approx. 30 °C. Allow it to cool if necessary.

With enginine at idle, check oil level at 30 °C cold marking.
Add or drain oil as necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 313

B102535
314 LIEBHERR 7.04

2.5 Replacing the suction filter

The suction filter 6 must be replaced at every oil change.
Remove old suction filter 6.
Install new suction filter 6 properly as prescribed.
2.6 Replacing the pressure filter

The pressure filter 7 must be replaced at every oil change.
Remove old pressure filter 7.
Install new pressure filter 7 properly as prescribed.
2.7 Bleeding the transmission

Transmission fluid heats up when vehicle is driven. This creates excess pressure which is
continuously released by means of an exhaust valve.
Make sure that the exhaust valve is operating at all times. The exhauster must be clean and may not
have a plastic cover.
7.04 LIEBHERR 315

B108013
316 LIEBHERR 7.04

3 Transfer gearbox
Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from getting into the transmission system.
3.1 Checking the oil level

Remove level control screw 2.
The oil level must reach the bore edge of the level control screw 2.
NOTICE
If more than 0.5 l oil runs out of the bore edge of the level control screw 2, this indicates a defect in
the oil circulation system!
Inform the service department at the Liebherr factory in Ehingen!
NOTICE
displacement work and in overheating of the transmission!
In accordance with the lubrication chart, add oil up to the overflow level of the level control
screw 2 and check again!
Replace level control screw 2 with new gasket and tighten.
7.04 LIEBHERR 317

B108013
318 LIEBHERR 7.04

3.2 Changing the oil

– The transmission is warm.
Remove oil filler plug 1 and level control screw 2.
Remove oil drain plug 3, drain oil and record oil volume.
Note
Return valves 4 must remain on the feed line 5 and return line 6 of the transfer gear box during
disassembly.
Detach feed line 5 and return line 6 from transfer gear box, drain oil and record oil volume.
If necessary:
Carefully blow out oil lines with maximum 4 bar to drain all the oil.
Note
If the determined oil volume is significantly less that the oil volumes specified in chapter 7.06, this
indicates that there is a leak in the oil circuit. The source of the oil leak must be found and
repaired.
Check feed line 5 and return line 6 for damage.

Assemble feed line 5 and return line 6 properly as prescribed.
Replace oil drain plug 3 and level control screw 2 with new gasket and tighten.
In accordance with the lubrication chart, fill the complete oil quanity specified for the transfer
gearbox, the oil cooler and the lines at the oil filler plug 1. See chapter 7.06 and 7.07.
Drive the crane vehicle about 10 km.
Note
The oil cooler will have filled itself with oil after about 10 km.
Check oil level as described in the section “Checking the oil level” and add or drain oil as
necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 319

B107996
320 LIEBHERR 7.04

4 Hydraulic system
Make sure to maintain utmost cleanliness when adding oil.
4.1 Hydraulic oil reservoir

– Support cylinders and sliding beams are fully retracted.
– The vehicle is at the lowest axle suspension level.
NOTICE
Risk of accident if hydraulic pump is damaged!
Damage to the hydraulic pump can result if the oil level is too low causing an increased risk of
accident arising from an inability to exercise control. Cylinders cannot be fully extended and the
vehicle cannot be levelled.
Check oil level and add oil if necessary.
The oil level must be at the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
Check oil level in the oil level sight gauge 1 of the hydraulic oil tank.
Troubleshooting
No oil visible in the oil level sight gauge 1?
Add oil in accordance with the lubrication chart using a fine-meshed filter until the oil level is visible
in center of oil level sight gauge 1.
4.1.2 Checking the exhaust filter

Open twist cap.
Check filter 2 for impurities (visual inspection).
In the event of heavy contamination:
Replace filter 2.
Close twist cap again.
Start diesel engine.
Slowly run through all crane movements.
Check oil level again and add oil if necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 321

B107996
322 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.1.3 Checking and replacing return filter

Unscrew and remove both filter covers on the return filter 3.
Remove filter units.
Rinse out filter housing.
Clean sealing surfaces on covers and filter housings.
Insert new filter units.
Lubricate the rubber gasket rings in the covers with oil.
Replace both filter covers and screw tight.
Start diesel engine and check filters for leaks.
Check oil level again and add oil if necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 323

B194763
324 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.2 Diaphragm reservoirs of axle suspension / axle locking system

Diaphragm reservoirs have been built into the hydraulic system. The pre-tension pressures are
specified in the hydraulic circuit diagram as well as on the individual diaphragm reservoirs. The
pre-tension pressure must be measured separately in each diaphragm reservoir.
NOTICE
Risk of chassis damage!
If outside temperatures fluctuate considerably for example after transport to countires with extremely
hot or cold temperatures as well as with considerable temperature differences between the summer
and winter, gas tank pressures may change. Inadequate gas pre-tension may cause overloading of
reservoir diaphragms. If pre-tension is too high, spring action in the axle suspension is no longer
guaranteed.
Check the gas tank pressures and correct if necessary.

– The axle suspension/axle blocking system is in the suspended position.
– The function check on the feeler 130 is not illuminated.
Lower vehicle as far as possible using button 119, button 120, button 135, button 136 and
enter 143 until oil has drained from diaphragm reservoirs.
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
The pressure in the nitrogen tank must be less than the maximum permitted operating pressure of the
reservoir or the pressure gauge. Otherwise connect a pressure reducer between the tank and the
filling device.
Do not use air or oxygen to fill the diaphragm reservoir.
The pre-tension pressure in the hydraulic reservoirs may only be checked by a specialist with
appropriate training and equipment. In addition, national regulations with regard to the inspection of
pressurized containers must be observed.
Check the pre-tension pressure with a testing and filling device and correct if necessary.
Press leveling button 129 and ENTER 143 until the function control on the leveling
button 129 blinks.
Result:
– The vehicle is set to the level setting (for road driving).
4.3 Hydraulic hose lines

Hydraulic hoses must be checked in accordance with ISO 9927-1 by an experienced technician or
expert mechanic, as necessary, depending on the duration of use and the operating conditions, but
at least once a year.
Experienced technicians are persons who:
– possess sufficient knowledge about cranes due to their professional background and experience
– are familiar with the relevant settings to detect deviations from target norms
– who have undergone special training
Expert mechanics are mechanics, who:
– are experienced with the design, construction or maintenance of cranes
– possess sufficient knowledge about relevant settings and standards
– are fully equipped to perform inspections
– are able to assess the safety of the crane
– can decide which action need to be taken to ensure the crane can continue to be operated safely
7.04 LIEBHERR 325

Note
Applicable national regulations must also be complied with!
4.3.1 Inspection of hydraulic hose lines in accordance with regulations of the

German employers' liability insurance associations
The hydraulic hose lines must be tested at least once a year by a specialist to ensure that they are in
operationally safe condition. Hydraulic hose lines are to be tested every 4 years counting from the
date they were first licensed for use by an authorized inspector. An annual inspection is to be
carried out by an authorized inspector after the 12th year of operation,
The specialist or authorized inspector must document in the crane's inspection log book that there
are no reasons prohibiting the continued use of the the hydraulic hose lines.
An specialist is someone:
– whose technical training and experience provides sufficient knowledge in the field of hydraulic
hoses and hose systems
– who is familiar with the relevant governmental occupational health and safety regulations
– who is familiar with the relevant accident prevention guidelines
– who is familiar with the directives and generally accepted technical regulations (e.g. DIN
standards, VDE regulations, technical regulations of other EU member states or other countries
that have signed the European Economic Community agreement)
– who can properly assess whether hydraulic hoses and hose systems are safe in accordance with
the guidelines and regulations stated above
Authorized inspector(s) is/are :
– an authorized specialist employed by the technical supervisory authorities
– in Hamburg this is the Amt für Arbeitsschutz (office for occupational health and safety)
– in Hessen these are the technical supervisory agencies
– an authorized specialist appointed by the Employer's Liability Insurance Association
4.3.2 Examples of possible defects in hose lines
WARNING
Risk of fire or accident!
If during inspections deficiencies are discovered, these are to be remedied immediately or suitable
measures are to be taken. Failure to do this can result in serious injury to persons, death or damage
to property.
Remedy deficiencies or take suitable measures!
– Damage to the outer layer reaching as far as the intermediate later (e.g. chafing, cuts and cracks).
– Outer layer brittleness (hose material cracking).
– Deformation that differs from the natural shape of the hose or hose system when depressurized or
pressurized or when the hose is bent for example layer separation, bubbling, crushing or kinking.
– Leaks.
– Failure to follow installation instructions.
– Damage or deformation of hose fittings that inhibit the operation and strength of the fitting or the
hose / fitting connection.
– Hose slipping out of fitting.
– Corrosion of the fitting that inhibits operation and strength.
– Storage time or usage period exceeded.
326 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.3.3 Maintaining hose lines

– We recommend to check all hoses, hose lines and bolt fittings daily, but at least every two weeks
for leaks and externally recognizable signs of damage.
– Damaged parts must be replaced immediately! Oil spray can lead to injuries and fires.
– Hydraulic lines and hoses may not be repaired.
– Hoses that have already been used in a hose system may not be reinstalled in hose systems.
– Always use original LIEBHERR spare parts when replacing hoses and hose systems.
– Always ensure that the hoses are routed free of torsion. If high pressure hoses are being used,
attach half cuffs or full flanges at both ends of hose and tighten screws.
– When using high pressure hoses with a bent fitting, tighten the end with the bent fitting first when
tightening the flanges, then the end with the straight fitting.
– Any mounting clamps in the hose center may be attached and tightened only thereafter.
– Route the hoses in such a way that chafing with other hoses or other structures is prevented.
Maintain minimum clearance from other parts of approximately ½ the outer diameter of the hose.
The clearance must never be less than 10 mm - 15 mm.
7.04 LIEBHERR 327

B107997
328 LIEBHERR 7.04

5 Compressed air and brake system air dryer
5.1 Replacing the granulate cartridge

CAUTION
Danger!
The granulate cartridge of the air dryer 1 is under spring tension.
Caution when replacing the cartridge.
Replace granulate cartridge once per year.
6 Tires/wheels
Note
See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.01!
6.1 Checking the tires

While doing this, also check the spare tire*.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Regularly check the tires for damage, depth of tread, foreign particles and tire pressure!
6.2 Changing the wheel

Note
See the crane operating instructions chapter 9.02!
7.04 LIEBHERR 329

B194052
330 LIEBHERR 7.04

7 Axles, illustration 11
Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from getting into the interior of the axle
arches.
7.1 Axle arches

The position of the oil drain plug 1 and the oil filler plug 2 depends on the respective axle version.

Unbolt the oil filler/control plug 2.

NOTICE
Damage to the axles!
If the oil level has dropped, oil must be added in accordance with the lubrication chart up to the
overflow on the oil filler/control plug 2!
Add oil and check again!
Bolt oil filler/control plug 2 with new gasket ring and tighten.

Unbolt the oil filler/control plug 2.
Unbolt oil drain plug 1 and drain oil.
Bolt oil drain plug 1 with new gasket ring and tighten.
In accordance with the lubrication chart add oil at the oil filler/control plug 2 until it starts to
overflow at the edge of the bore of the oil filler/control plug 2.
Bolt oil filler/control plug 2 with new gasket ring and tighten.
7.04 LIEBHERR 331

B194052
332 LIEBHERR 7.04

7.2 Wheel hubs, illustration 12

– The crane vehicle is supported.

Turn each drive wheel until the oil drain plug 3 reaches its lowest point and the line marking 2 is
exactly horizontal.
Unbolt the oil filler plug 1.

NOTICE
Danger of damage!
If the oil level has dropped, oil must be added in accordance with the lubrication chart to the overflow
of the oil filler plug 1.
Add oil and check again.
Bolt oil filler plug 1 with new gasket ring and tighten.

Turn each drive wheel until the oil drain plug 3 reaches its lowest point and the line marking 2 is
exactly horizontal.
Unbolt the oil filler plug 1.
In accordance with the lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler plug 1 until it starts to overflow at the
edge of the bore.
Bolt oil filler plug 1 with new gasket ring and tighten.
8 Wheel alignment
8.1 Checking the wheel alignment
The wheel alignment must be checked at regular intervals. Failure to perform this check can result in
increased tire wear. If extremely high stress has occurred such as driving against curbs, it is
absolutely necessary to check the wheel alignment.
Only allow wheel alignment to be checked by a trained specialist.
7.04 LIEBHERR 333

B109852
334 LIEBHERR 7.04

9 Tilting the driver's cab

The driver's cab can be tilted forward to a maximum of 24°for assembly or disassembly purposes.
Note
Depending on the model, the support beam 1 is carried on the front side bumper, see item P1 or
at the rear on the driver's cab, see item P2!
9.1 Measures before tilting

Before the driver's cab may be tilted forward over the front bearing, the following measures must be
taken, depending on the model.
Mark the position of drive shaft in relation to miter gear.
Unbolt drive shaft from the miter gear to the steering gear at the flange.
Remove shock absorbers and if necessary stabilisers from the rear wall of the cab.
Pay attention to cables and hoses on the underside of the cab.

Loosen mounts if necessary.
WARNING
Risk of accident if driver's cab tilts forward in an uncontrolled manner!
The maximum angle that the cab may be tilted forward is 24°.
The cab must be secured in the tilted position with a professionally acceptable base and secured
with a support rod 1.
Bolt and secure the support rod 1 with a nut and M10 2 washer to the top of the driver's cab.
Fasten support rod 1 at bottom end with pins 3 to the vehicle frame and secure with cotter pins 4.
Remove front bumper completely depending on model or loosen it, pull it out and tilt it downward.
9.2 Replace drive shaft after tilting the driver's cab

Check drive shaft for ease of movement and operation of joints and slider.
If the drive shaft is damaged, replace it with a new drive shaft.
Attach the drive shaft with assistance of markings that were made.
10 Electrical system - lighting

The maintenance of the electrical system is essentially limited to replacing defective fuses, bulbs and
maintaining the batteries.
NOTICE
Damage to the electrical system!
Never bridge defective fuses with wire or similar items!
Always replace defective fuses with fuses of the same amperage!
In the event of repeated malfunction of the same fuse, check the electrical system.
10.1 Battery maintenance

DANGER
Always disconnect the batteries from power circuits when working on the crane's electrical system
and during all welding work!
Keep batteries dry and clean.
7.04 LIEBHERR 335

Do not bring oil, grease, fuel or solvents into contact with the battery casting compound.
Loosen dirty terminals, clean and grease them with an acid-free and acid-resistant grease.
Check acid levels in batteries once a year. In summer and in hot climate zones, check at least
twice a year.
With conventional batteries, check acid level at regular intervals and add distilled water up to the
indicated “maximum marking” as necessary.
When adding distilled water:
First measure acid concentration after 30 minutes. When measured, acid temperature should be +
20 °C if possible.
Follow the following guideliness when checking the battery charge:
Specific weight Charge condition

1,28/1,23* well charged
1,20/1,16* semi-charged, recharge
1,12/1,08* no charge, recharge imme-
diately
* in tropical regions
Reduced battery capacity is set against higher demands for power.
Ensure that batteries are well charged, particularly during colder months.
10.2 Mixing battery acid

Ensure that work areas are well ventilated.
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
When mixing battery acid, always pour distilled water into the container first, then the concentrated
sulfuric acid!
Work in this sequence, otherwise explosions and spattering can occur!
Stir mixture with acid-proof stick (glass or plastic).
Desired acid concentration kg/l 1,23 1,24 1,25 1,26 1,27 1,28
Volume ratio of concentrated sulfuric acid (96%) 1:3,8 1:3,6 1:3,4 1:3,2 1:3,0 1:2,8
to distilled water
When pouring in the battery acid, the acid level should be 15 mm above the top edge of the battery
plates and the temperature of the acid should be approximately 15 °C.
Add acid to battery.
Wait approximately 20 minutes before connecting the battery. By that time, it will be balanced out.
Connect the battery after approximately 20 minutes.
10.3 Removing and recharging the battery

WARNING
Danger of bodily injuries!
Do not place tools on batteries and keep open flames away!
336 LIEBHERR 7.04

10.3.1 Removing the battery

– Engine is turned off.
– All electrical loads have been switched off.
NOTICE
Damage to alternator!
Do not disconnect batteries unless engine has been turned off!
Work in well ventilated rooms and avoid spark formation.

Disconnect negative terminal first (ground line), then the positive terminal.
Remove the battery.
Avoid spark formation caused by electrostatic charging. Do this by touching the ground point in the
driver's cab.
Do not tilt or shake the battery.
10.3.2 Recharging the battery
NOTICE
Damage to battery!
Recharge only with direct current, the strength of which does not exceed 1/10 of the battery
capacity!
Recharging example: A battery with 170 Ah should be charged with a maximum charging current of
17.0 A.
Frozen batteries must be thawed out before charging.
Remove all plugs before charging.
Provide ventilation during charging (risk of oxyhydrogen gas explosion!).
Connect the battery to a battery charger (positive to positive and negative to negative).
Turn on the battery charger after connecting the battery.
Stop charging immediately if:

– The acid temperature exceeds 55 °C (casing more than warm to the touch).
– Battery starts to give off gas.
– The acid concentration or the charging voltage has not changed for 2 hours.
When charging completed, first turn battery charger off, then remove the connector cables
individually from battery and battery charger.
10.3.3 Installing the battery

Replace the battery to its stationary position in the vehicle.
Avoid spark formation caused by electrostatic charging. Do this by touching the ground point in the
driver's cab.
First connect the positive terminal to the battery, then the negative terminal (ground line).
Check that the terminals are tightly seated (low contact resistance).
Grease the terminals and end poles with acid-free and acid-resistant grease (also corrosion
protection for modern maintenance-free batteries).
7.04 LIEBHERR 337

027199-02 7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure
B188917
338 LIEBHERR 7.05

7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 027199-02
1 Diesel engine
Do not under any circumstances step on fuel lines during maintenance or repair work on the engine
area!
DANGER
Fire hazard!
Make absolutely sure that the engine area is kept free of diesel fuel.
Utmost cleanliness is vital, particularly during filter changes and bleeding. Wipe up any spilled fuel!
When replacing the filter, it is recommended to put down an absorbant material before removing
the filter in order to absorb fuel.
1.1 Engine oil, illustration 1

– The engine is turned off and the oil has collected in the oil pan.
Remove and wipe off oil dipstick 1.
Reinsert the oil dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
The oil level must show between the minimum and maximum markings on the oil dipstick 1.
NOTICE
Danger of damaging the engine!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil in accordance with the lubrication
chart until the oil level shows between the minimum and maximum markings.
Add engine oil and check again.
Reinsert the oil dipstick 1.

Refer to the separate operating instructions for “LIEBHERR diesel engines”.
7.05 LIEBHERR 339

B188917
340 LIEBHERR 7.05

1.2 Engine coolant, illustration 3

The coolant level is monitored by the LICCON computer system. If the coolant level is too low the “low
coolant level” 3 icon appears on the LICCON monitor.
The crane's engine coolant temperature can be read from the “engine coolant temperature” icon on
the LICCON monitor in [°].
WARNING
Danger of skin burns!
Check coolant only when the engine is cold!
Turn cap on filler neck of water cooler expansion tank to the 1st notch.
Lower excess pressure.
Remove cap.
Check the coolant level.
Add coolant only at the filler neck on the water cooler expansion tank in accordance with the
lubrication chart.
Add coolant to overflow level as necessary.
1.3 Air filter, illustration 2

The air filter is monitored by the LICCON computer system. If negative pressure increases in the
intake line due to dirty filter units, the “dirty air filter” 8 icon will display on the LICCON monitor.
If the icon “dirty air filter” 8 appears:
Clean or replace the filter insert.
1.4 Diesel particle filter*

DANGER
Fire hazard in connection with the diesel particle filter*!
The diesel particle filter* may only be regenerated under the supervision of operating personnel!
Carry out operation and maintenance of the diesel particle filter* in accordance with the separate
operating instructions for the diesel particle filter* provided by the manufacturer.
7.05 LIEBHERR 341

B108014
342 LIEBHERR 7.05

1.5 Bleeding the injection lines

Note
Two persons are required to bleed the injection lines!
Ensure that the following prerequisites are met:

– Diesel engine is turned off.
– Ignition switch in the crane operator's cab is in the “0 position” (OFF).
– The diesel engine is easily accessible.
DANGER
Fall hazard!
When bleeding the injection lines, personnel must use appropriate means to protect themselves
against falling, taking into consideration the position of the revolving platform. If appropriate means
are not used, personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening injuries.
All assembly work from a height of 2 m must as a rule be carried out using suitable aids
(scaffolding, ladders, etc.)! The height above which aids must be used when carrying out
assembly/maintenance work depends on national regulations. National regulations must be
adhered to!
1.5.1 Activating the bleeding function

The bleeding function is activated from the crane operator's cab.
A higher injection rate is required to bleed the injection lines on the diesel engine. It is necessary
therefore to use the manual priming pump 1 on the diesel engine during the bleeding process.
Turn ignition on in the crane operator's cab: Turn ignition switch to “position I”.
If the ignition is turned on:
Floor the engine control within 10 s.
Repeat within the next 10 s: Release engine control and immediately floor it again.
Activating the bleeding function: Repeat procedure five times.
Result:
– Bleeding function is now activated.
– The LICCON monitor displays an operating error message with the text: “bleeding function
activated”, reported.
Troubleshooting
The LICCON monitor will not display an operating error message with the text: “bleeding function
activated”, reported?
Activation of the bleeding function was not correctly carried out or the specified time exceeded.
Turn ignition off: Turn ignition switch to “position 0”.
Repeat procedure in accordance with the instructions.
7.05 LIEBHERR 343

B108014
344 LIEBHERR 7.05

1.5.2 Carrying out bleeding procedure
Note
Do not operate the engine control during the bleeding procedure!

– Bleeding function is activated.
– The operating error message is displayed on the LICCON monitor.
During the entire engine start up process (approximately 20 s ) the manual priming pump 1 must be
pumped.
Turn ignition switch in the crane operator's cab to “position II” and hold it for approximately 20 s in
“position II”.
If the ignition switch is actuated:
Immediately pump the manual priming pump 1 for approximately 20 s but for at least as long as
the ignition switch is being actuated.
Result:
– Injection lines are being bled.
– Diesel engine starts up and runs at idle speed after a successful bleeding procedure.
– Bleeding function is deactivated.
– The system is switched over to normal operation.
Troubleshooting
The injection lines are not bled and the diesel engine does not run at idle speed?
Ignition switch was not actuated long enough or the manual priming pump 1 was not used correctly.
Hold ignition switch for 20 s in “position II”.
Continuously pump the manual priming pump 1.
Note
The starter inhibitor is deactivated if the bleeding function has been activated. Several start up
attempts can be made without it becoming necessary to turn “ignition OFF”.
1.5.3 Deactivating the bleeding function
Note
Bleeding function is deactivated automatically after successful bleeding of the injection lines or
when the ignition is turned off.
Once injection lines have been successfully bled, engine electronics reset the diesel engine to idle
speed and the bleeding function is automatically deactivated.
Turn ignition off: Turn ignition switch to “position 0”.
Result:
– Diesel engine is turned off.
– Bleeding function is deactivated.
7.05 LIEBHERR 345

B188918
346 LIEBHERR 7.05

2 Pump transfer gear, illustration 4

Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from getting into the gear system.

Ensure that the crane's position is level.
Reinsert oil dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
NOTICE
Danger of transmission damage!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, immediately add engine oil in accordance with
the lubrication chart until the oil level shows between the minimum and maximum markings!

– Transmission is warm.
Unbolt oil filler plug 2.
Bolt oil drain plug 3 with new gasket and tighten.
In accordance with the lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler plug 2 until the oil level shows
between the minimum and maximum markings on the oil dipstick 1.
7.05 LIEBHERR 347

B191263
348 LIEBHERR 7.05

3 Hydraulic system
Maintain utmost cleanliness when adding oil.
3.1 Hydraulic fluid reservoir, illustration 5

– Luffing cylinder and telescoping cylinder are fully retracted.
The oil level must be at the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
Check oil level in the oil level sight gauge 1 of hydraulic oil tank.
Troubleshooting
No oil visible in the oil level sight gauge 1?
In accordance with the lubrication chart add oil using a fine-mesh strainer until oil level shows in
the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
3.1.2 Checking the vent/bleeder filter

Open the twist cap.
Check filters 2 for impurities (visual inspection).
In the event of heavy contamination:
Replace filters 2.
Close twist cap again.
Start engine.
Check oil level again and add oil as necessary.
3.2 Pressure filter in crane hydraulics, illustration 5.1

The pressure filter is equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the red bar indicator is visible when the
oil is at operating temperature, then the filter cartridge must be replaced.
Turn engine off.
Release filter cartridge and collect any escaping oil in a collecting container.
Remove and dispose of filter cartridge.
Clean sealing surface on the filter bracket.
Oil the rubber gasket ring on the new oil filter cartridge.
Install new filter cartridge and tighten.
Start engine and check for leaks.
Result:
– This bleeds the hydraulic system.
Check oil level again and add oil as necessary.
3.3 Diaphragm reservoirs

Various diaphragm reservoirs are installed in the hydraulic system. The pre-tension pressures are
specified in the hydraulic circuit diagram as well as on the individual diaphragm reservoirs. The
pre-tension pressure must be measured separately in each diaphragm reservoir.
7.05 LIEBHERR 349

CAUTION
Risk of damage to the hydraulic system!
If outside temperatures fluctuate considerably for example after transport to countires with extremely
hot or cold temperatures as well as with considerable temperature differences between summer and
winter, gas tank pressures may change.
Check gas tank pressures and correct as necessary.

– Crane engine is turned off.
This relieves the diaphragm reservoir on the fluids side.
DANGER
Explosion hazard!
The pressure in the nitrogen tank must be less than the maximum permissible operating pressure of
the reservoir or of the pressure gauge. Otherwise connect a pressure reducer between tank and filling
device.
Do not use air or oxygen to fill the diaphragm reservoir.
The pre-tension pressure in the hydraulic reservoirs may only be checked by a specialist with
appropriate training and equipment. In addition, national regulations with regard to the inspection of
pressurized containers must be observed.
Check the pre-tension pressure with a testing and filling device and correct if necessary.
3.4 Hydraulic hose lines

The hydraulic hoses must be checked in accordance with ISO 9927-1 by an experienced
technician or expert mechanic, as necessary, depending on the duration of use and the operating
conditions, but at least once a year.
Experienced technicians are persons who have adequate knowledge of cranes because of their
professional background and experience and are adequately familiar with the relevant settings to
detect deviations from the correct situation (i.e. specially trained personnel).
Expert mechanics are mechanics who have experience in the design, construction or maintenance
of cranes and have adequate knowledge of the relevant settings and standards and the necessary
equipment to perform an inspection, and are in a position to assess the safety standards of the crane
and decide which action needs to be taken to ensure that the crane can continue to be operated
safely.
Note
Note
Applicable national regulations must also be complied with!
350 LIEBHERR 7.05

3.4.1 Inspection of hydraulic hose lines in accordance with regulations of the

German employer's liability insurance associations
The hydraulic hose lines must be tested at least once a year by a specialist to ensure that they are in
operationally safe condition. Hydraulic hose lines are to be tested every 4 years counting from the
date they were first licensed for use by an authorized inspector. After the 12th year of operation, the
crane must be inspected annually by an authorized inspector.
The specialist or authorized inspector must document in the crane's inspection log book that there
are no reasons prohibiting the continued use of the the hydraulic hose lines!
An expert is someone whose technical training and experience means that they have adequate
knowledge in the field of hydraulic hoses and hose systems and are adequately familiar with the
relevant national work safety regulations, accident prevention regulations, directives and generally
accepted technical regulations (e.g. DIN standards, VDE regulations, technical regulations of other
EU member states or other countries that have signed the European Economic Community
agreement) that they are in a position to assess whether hydraulic hoses and hose systems are are
safe to work with.
An authorized inspector is someone employed by supervisory authorities. In Hamburg this is the
Amt für Arbeitsschutz (work safety office) and in Hessen it is the technical supervisory offices or an
authorized inspector employed by the professional associations.
3.4.2 Examples of possible defects in hose lines
DANGER
Fire or accident hazard!
If during inspections deficiencies are discovered, these are to be remedied immediately or suitable
measures are to be taken. Failure to do this can result in serious injury to persons, death or damage
to property.
Remedy problems or take suitable measures!
– Damage to the outer layer as far as the intermediate later (e.g. chafing, cuts and cracks)
– Outer layer brittleness (crack formation of the hose material)
– Deformation that differs from the natural shape of the hose or hose line, in depressurized as well
as in pressurized condition or in bends, for example layer separation, bubbling, crushing or kinking
– Leaks
– Failure to follow installation instructions
– Damage or deformation of hose fittings that inhibit the function and strength of the fitting or the
hose/fitting connection.
– Hose slipping out of fitting
– Corrosion of the fitting that inhibits function and strength
– Storage time or usage period exceeded
3.4.3 Maintenance of hose lines

– We recommend to check all hoses, hose lines and bolt fittings daily, but at least every two weeks
for leaks and externally recognizable signs of damage.
– Damaged parts must be replaced immediately! Oil spray can lead to injuries and fires!
– Hydraulic lines and hoses may not be repaired!
– Hoses that have already been used in a hose system may not be reinstalled in hose systems.
– Always use original LIEBHERR spare parts when replacing hoses and hose systems.
– Always ensure that the hoses are routed free of torsion. If high pressure hoses are being used,
attach half cuffs or full flanges at both ends of hose and tighten screws.
– When using high pressure hoses with a bent fitting, tighten the end with the bent fitting first when
tightening the flanges, then the end with the straight fitting.
– Any mounting clamps in the hose center may be attached and tightened only thereafter.
– Route the hoses in such a way that chafing with other hoses or other structures is prevented.
Maintain a minimum clearance to other parts of approximately ½ the outer diameter of the hose.
The clearance may never be less than 10 to 15 mm.
7.05 LIEBHERR 351

3.4.4 Replacing the hose lines
DANGER
Fire or accident hazard!
Failure to replace hose systems at appropriate intervals can cause serious injury to persons, death or
damage to property.
Replace hose lines in appropriate intervals!
This must be documented in the crane's log book by the expert or the authorized inspector.
The service life of a hose system may not exceed six years, including a storage period of a maximum
of two years (observe the manufacturing date on the hoses). The duration of use can also be defined
by the expert or authorized inspector in accordance with existing test and empirical data in the
individual application areas, taking the usage conditions into consideration.
352 LIEBHERR 7.05

blank page!
7.05 LIEBHERR 353

B109865
354 LIEBHERR 7.05

4 Central lubrication system

The crane superstructure is equipped with a central lubrication system. All lubricating points (refer to
the guide on the left), the roller slew ring, the bearing of the telescopic boom articulation piece, the
bearings of the luffing cylinder and the hoisting winches are automatically supplied with the correct
grease quantity.
If the crane has not been moved for more than 3 months, then it must be lubricated every 3 months
with an external grease pump at the grease fitting 3 until grease emerges at all grease points. The
relevant crane movement must then be repeated several times and the lubrication procedure must be
carried out again.
Note
Cleaning is permitted in washing bays or with steam cleaners!
4.1 Central lubrication system settings

Cycle number: 3 cycles
Cycle time: 2 h
4.2 System components

– Grease container 1
– Grease fitting 2: Filling the central lubrication system
– Grease fitting 3: Filling the lube lines
– Push button 4
– Control unit 5
– Grid switch 6: Cycle number
– Grid switch 7: Cycle time
– LED 8 (green)
– LED 9 (red)
– Pump outlet 10
– Pressure relief valve 11
– Pump element 12
4.3 Setting cycles and cycle time

Cycle number and cycle time are set in the factory.
Adjust cycle number using grid switch 6
Adjust cycle time using grid switch 7
7.05 LIEBHERR 355

B109865
356 LIEBHERR 7.05

4.4 Cycle control

The central lubrication system is monitored progressively. This means that a proximity switch converts
the piston strokes of the central lubricating system distributor into electrical control signals and relays
them to the control unit 5. If the control signals are not present or incomplete, the LED s 8 and 9 and
the indicator light 408 will display a malfunction.
4.5 Function / malfunction display
4.5.1 During operation

Ignition on, operation and function ready:
The control light 408 and LED 8 and 9 illuminate for approximately 1.5 s and go off.
Lubrication active:
The control light 408 and LED 8 illuminate during the whole lubrication procedure.
4.5.2 In case of malfunction

Error monitoring time cycle input (lubrication time exceeds monitoring time cycle input):
The control light 408 and the LED 8 and 9 light up for 1 s , turn off for 1 s and so on.
Memory error / CPU error:
The control light 408 and LED 9 illuminate for 0.5 s then go off for 0.5 s and so on.
4.5.3 Resetting malfunction

By pressing the push button 4, a malfunction can be reset and a new lube procedure started.
Press the push button 4.
Result:
– Malfunction is reset.
– Components are greased, see “intermediate lubrication”.
7.05 LIEBHERR 357

B109865
358 LIEBHERR 7.05

4.6 Intermediate lubrication

Intermediate lubrication can be carried out manually after washing the crane, for example.
Press the push button 4
Result:
– Components are greased.
4.7 Function check

Ensure that the ignition is turned on.
Trigger 2 or 3 grease pulses using the push button 4.
Result:
– Grease emerges at the grease points.
– If the system is blocked but the electric pump is functioning properly, grease emerges from the
pressure relief valve 11.
4.8 Filling the grease container

NOTICE
Risk of damage due to insufficient lubrication!
There must always be sufficient lubricant in the grease container 1.
Pay attention to cleanliness when filling the lubricant container 1!
Fill grease container 1 with a grease pump at the grease fitting 2.
4.9 Filling the lubrication lines

NOTICE
Risk of damage due to insufficient lubrication!
The lubrication lines must be refilled after any repair to components which are lubricated with grease.
If this is not observed, the component may run dry.
Sufficient grease must be available in the grease lines after every repair to greased components!
Maintain utmost cleanliness when filling the grease lines!
Add grease with an external grease pump at the grease fitting 3.

or
With ignition turned on, press push button 4 on the protective housing of the pump's engine.
4.10 Bleeding the central lubrication system

If the grease container 1 has been emptied, it may be necessary to bleed the central lubrication
system.
Fill the grease container 1.
Disconnect main line from the pump outlet 10.
Activate the intermediate lubrication until bubble-free lubricant emerges from the pump outlet 10.
Reconnect main line.
Activate intermediate lubrication.
7.05 LIEBHERR 359

B109865
360 LIEBHERR 7.05

4.11 Troubleshooting the central lubrication system
Malfunction Cause Remedy

Pump is not working Integrated electronic control de- Replace lower part of motor
fective, electrical line interrupt- protective housing, replace
ed, pump defective electrical line, replace pump
Pump operates, but does not Air cushion in delivery piston Bleed pump, fill reservoir, re-
deliver has dropped below minimum fill place pump element
level, pump element defective
No grease collar at all lube Pump not operating, interval See “Pump not operating” , re-
points time too high or cycle time too duce interval time or increase
short, system blocked number of cycles. Refer to
“Grease escapes from pressure
relief valve”
No grease collar at multiple Feed lines to secondary distrib- Replace lines, tighten or re-
lube points utors broken or leaking, boltings place boltings
leaking
No grease collar at one lube Associated lube line broken or Replace line, tighten or replace
point leaking, bolting leaking bolting
Pump speed reduced Higher system pressure, lower Check system/bearing points,
ambient temperature no damage: Undertake 1 or 2
intermediate greasing opera-
tions
Grease escapes at the pressure System pressure too high, pro- Check system, replace distribu-
relief valve gressive distributor blocked, tor, repair blocked/seized bear-
system blocked, defective valve ing point, replace pressure relief
spring valve
Red LED lights up in 0.5 se- Error CPU / memory Consult LIEBHERR or
cond intervals BekaMax customer service
Both LEDs (red and green) light Error in the monitoring period Proximity switch is defective,
up in 1 second intervals from cycle start consider consulting Liebherr or
BekaMax customer service
7.05 LIEBHERR 361

B105098
362 LIEBHERR 7.05

5 Slewing ring connection
5.1 Lubricate rotary connection

Perform especially thorough lubrication before and after long operating intervals, particularly before
and after a winter break, in order to provide the best possible protection against corrosion.
If the crane has not been moved for more than 3 months, then it must be lubricated every 3 months
with an external grease pump until grease emerges from all grease points, see also section on
“central lubrication system”. The relevant crane movement must then be repeated several times and
the lubrication procedure must be carried out again.
Lubricate the slewing ring connection.
5.2 Greasing the gear ring and the slewing gear pinion
Before and after extended breaks in service, grease the gear ring 1 and the slewing gear pinion 2 to
ensure the best possible protection against corrosion.
Grease the gear ring 1 and the slewing gear pinion 2 externally.
5.3 Tilt play of roller ring connection

The wear on the roller ring connection is determined by measuring the “tilt play” with the ring installed.
Note
The determination of the “tilt play” must be carried out in accordance with the test guidelines of
the Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
Contact the service department at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH for test guidelines.
DANGER
Danger of accident if tilt play of roller ring connection is too great!
If the permissible tilt play of 2.0 mm is exceeded, then safe crane operation is no longer possible.
Replace the roller ring connection if the tilt play is larger than 2.0 mm!
7.05 LIEBHERR 363

B191264
364 LIEBHERR 7.05

6 Hoist gear 1, 2 and 3, illustrations 1 to 3

6.1 Overflow container

When the oil heats up in the hydraulic motor of winch 2 or 3, the oil can enter the overflow
container 12 by way of a check valve, but cannot flow back into the hydraulic system after cooling. For
this reason oil that has collected in the overflow container 12 must be disposed of at regular intervals.
6.2 Winch
– The winch is stationary.

Reinsert oil dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil in accordance with the lubrication
chart until the oil level shows between the minimum and maximum markings!
6.2.2 Oil change

Unscrew the vent screw 2.
Remove oil drain plug 3 and drain oil into a suitable container.
Open oil filler port by removing the oil dipstick 1.
In accordance with lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler port until the oil level shows between the
minimum and maximum markings on the oil dipstick 1.
Replace vent screw 2 with new gasket and tighten.
Check oil level as described above.
7.05 LIEBHERR 365

B191264
366 LIEBHERR 7.05

6.3 Winch brake

– The winch is stationary.


NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped, add oil specified in accordance with the lubrication chart up to the
overflow of the level control screw 4!
Replace level control screw 4 with new gasket and tighten.
6.3.2 Oil change

Add oil at the oil filler plug 5 in accordance with the lubrication chart until oil starts to overflow at
the level control screw 4.
Replace oil filler plug 5 and level control screw 4 with new gasket and tighten.
7 Assembly winch, illustration 4

7.1 Oil change
Ensure that the assembly winch has been spooled out.
In accordance with lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler plug 7.
7.05 LIEBHERR 367

B188923
368 LIEBHERR 7.05

8 Slewing gear

Reinsert the oil dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
The oil level must show between the two notches on the oil dipstick 1.
NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped below the lower notch, add oil in accordance with the lubrication chart until
the oil level shows between the two notches!

– The transmission is warm.
Open the oil filler port by unscrewing the oil dipstick 1.
Remove oil drain plug 2 with the gasket ring and drain oil.
Clean oil drain plug 2 and sealing surface on the housing.
In accordance with the lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler port until the oil level shows between
the two notches on the oil dipstick 1.
Close the oil filler port by screwing in the oil dipstick 1.
Check the oil level as described above.
7.05 LIEBHERR 369

B191268
370 LIEBHERR 7.05

9 Guy winches, illustration 5

– The position of the guy winches is level.

Remove level control screws 10.

NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped, add the oil in accordance with the lubrication chart up to the overflow
of the level control screws 10.
Replace level control screws 10 with new gaskets and tighten.
9.2 Oil change

Remove level control screws 10.
In accordance with lubrication chart, add oil at the oil filler plug 9 until oil starts to overflow at the
level control screws 10.
Replace oil filler plug 9 and level control screws 10 with new gaskets and tighten.
10 Air dryer, illustration 6

10.1 Replacing the granulate cartridge
CAUTION
Risk of accident due to pre-tensioned granulate cartridge!
The granulate cartridge is under spring pre-tension!
Caution when replacing the granulate cartridge!
Replace granulate cartridge once per year.
11 Electrical system - lighting

Maintain electrical system and lighting in crane superstructure in accordance with the maintenance
data in chapter 7.04.
7.05 LIEBHERR 371

B195757
372 LIEBHERR 7.05

12 Telescopic boom
12.1 Lubricating the telescopic boom

– The counterweight has been attached to the rotary platform in accordance with the the load chart.
– The LICCON overload protection has been set in accordance with the data in the load chart.
The inner gliding surfaces of the telescoping sections (plastic glide bearing plates) are lubricated at
the grease fittings in the bearing shoes.
These lubricating fittings can be accessed from the outside from inspection ports on both sides of the
pivot section and the telescope sections.
Telescope out telescopic section 6 to 92 % and bolt.
Unbolt the telescoping cylinder, retract into telescopic section 5 and bolt telescoping cylinder to
telescopic section 5.
Telescope out telescopic section 5 until the grease fittings of telescopic section 6 become visible
in the inspection ports at 92 %.
Lubricate telescopic section 6 at the inspection ports.
Retract telescopic section 5 to 0 % and unbolt the telescoping cylinder.
Telescope out telescoping cylinder and bolt to telescopic section 6.
Telescope in telescopic section 6 to 46 % and bolt.
Unbolt telescoping cylinder and retract into telescopic section 5.
Bolt telescoping cylinder with telescopic section 5.
Telescope out telescopic section 5 until the grease fittings of telescopic section 6 become visible
in the inspection ports at 46 %.
Lubricate telescopic section 6 at the inspection ports.
Telescope in telescopic sections 5 and 6 to 0 %.
Lubricate telescopic sections 5, 4, 3 and 2 in the same way as telescopic section 6.
Bolt telescoping cylinder to telescopic section 1.
Telescope out telescopic section 1 to 46 %, bolt and grease.
Telescope out telescopic section 1 to 92 %, bolt and grease.
Use special grease as specified in the lubrication chart to grease the inner and outer glide surfaces of
the telescopic sections.
After spraying on the special grease, allow to harden for 4 to 8 hours.
Spray special grease onto the outer glide surfaces of the telescopic sections.
7.05 LIEBHERR 373

027349-01 7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication chart
B108015
374 LIEBHERR 7.06

7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication chart 027349-01
1 Fill quantities
1.1 Fill quantities crane chassis

The specified fill quantities (change quantities) are orientation values. The marks on the dipsticks,
inspection ports and sight gauges are decisive for filling.
NOTICE
Do not mix synthetic oils with mineral oils!
Position Component Fill quantity

1 Diesel engine 70.0 l
2 Cooling system 130.0 l
3 Fuel tank 600.0 l
4 Automatic gear box 23.5 l
5 Torque converter transmission 26.0 l
6 Distributor gear 5.5 l , oil cooler and lines 3.7 l , Total fill quantity: 9.2 l
7 1. Axle, axle drive 19.0 l
1. Axle, per wheel side 1.4 l
11 Hydraulic oil tank, crane chassis 1 (oil change volume) 290.0 l
1 Before checking the oil level, retract all hydraulic cylinders and lower the vehicle all the way via the levelling regulation. The oil
level must be in the center of the sight gauge.
7.06 LIEBHERR 375

B108016
376 LIEBHERR 7.06

1.2 Fill quantities crane superstructure and boom

NOTICE

1 Diesel engine 40.0 l
2 Cooling system 62.0 l
3 Fuel tank 300 l
4 Winch 1 7.5 l
Winch brake, winch 1 0.8 l
5 Slewing gear (front / rear), per slewing gear 3.7 l
6 Pump distributor gear 3.9 l
7 Hydraulic oil tank1 1850.0 l
8 Central lubrication system 2.5 kg
1 When the oil level is checked, all hydraulic cylinders must be retracted. The oil level must be in the center of the sight gauge.
7.06 LIEBHERR 377

B108016
378 LIEBHERR 7.06

1.3 Fill quantities - Equipment

NOTICE

9 Winch 2 9.0 l
10 Winch 3 6.4 l
11 Assembly winch 0.4 l
12 Winches TY-guying (right / left), per winch 4.0 l
7.06 LIEBHERR 379

B108017
380 LIEBHERR 7.06

2 Lubrication schedule
2.1 Lubrication schedule - Crane chassis
Note
The lube points are marked with this icon.
7.06 LIEBHERR 381

B108018
382 LIEBHERR 7.06

2.2 Lubrication schedule - Crane superstructure and boom
Note
7.06 LIEBHERR 383

B108019
384 LIEBHERR 7.06

2.3 Lubrication schedule - Equipment
Note
Note
The TY-guying must be lubricated on the following points for assembly:
On the pin points TY-guying - telescopic boom.
On the pin points erection cylinder - telescopic boom.
7.06 LIEBHERR 385

023098-24 7.07 Service fluids and lubricants
B195219
386 LIEBHERR 7.07

7.07 Service fluids and lubricants 023098-24
1 Service items and lubricants required for LIEBHERR

cranes
1.1 Service items and lubricants

Note
To improve the cold start ability of the diesel engine at an ambient temperature below -10 °C, we
recommend the use of the following engine oil:
Viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 according to specification ACEA E4.
LWE Id. No.: 10425711!
Usage Ambient temperature for driving and crane operation

-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
1 Diesel engine LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 8610240
SAE 10W-40 SAE 10W-40
API CF API CF
ACEA E4-96 ACEA E4-96
Below -20 °C with pre-heating Below -20 °C with pre-heating
2 Drive axle LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
With differential locks, SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
Planetary gear and API GL 5 API GL 5
Installed distributor gear ZF TE-ML 05 ZF TE-ML 05
3 Axle drive ZF DK-7 LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
ZF TE-ML 05 ZF TE-ML 05
4 Vehicle distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
KESSLER SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
VG 1800 / 2400 /2550 / 2600 / 3750 API GL 5 API GL 5
W 3750 ZF TE-ML 19 ZF TE-ML 19
ZF Passau, STEYR PUCH
VG 1200 / 1600 / 2000 / 3800
7.07 LIEBHERR 387

1.2 Service items and lubricants (continuation)

-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
5 Drop box LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
ZF Passau, STEYR PUCH SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
6.1 Pump distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
Filled with mineral gear oil SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
Filled with synthetic gear oil ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 150, DIN 51 519
CLP PG 220, DIN 51 502 CLP PG 150, DIN 51 502
Do not mix with mineral oils! Do not mix with mineral oils!
LTC 1055-3.1 SAE 75W-90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
7.1 Load powershift gear box LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF torque converter SAE 10W-40 ATF Dexron II D
WG 120, WG 150 API CF ALLISON C4
WG 180, WG 181, WG 200, WG 201 ACEA E2-96, E4-96
Below -20 °C run warm as Below -20 °C run warm as
described in the operating described in the operating
instructions instructions
388 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
7.2 Load powershift gear box LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF torque converter WG 251* ATF Dexron II D ATF Dexron II D
ZF ERGOPOWER ZF TE-ML 03 ZF TE-ML 03
WG 210, WG 260, WG 310 Below -20 °C run warm as Below -20 °C run warm as
* also for ambient temperatures above
-10 °C
8 Load powershift gear box LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
CLARK SAE 10W-40 ATF Dexron II D
API CF ALLISON C4
ACEA E2-96, E4-96
9 Drop box LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ALLISON SAE 10W-40 ATF Dexron II D
API CF ALLISON C4
ACEA E2-96, E4-96
7.07 LIEBHERR 389


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
10.1 Automatic transmission ATF Dexron III LWE Id. No.: 861903708
ALLISON ALLISON C4 CASTROL Transynd
CLBT 740, CLBT 750, CLBT 754, Below -20 °C run warm as Below -20 °C run warm as
CLBT 755, HT 755, HD 4560 described in the operating described in the operating
10.2 Automatic transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF ATF Dexron II D ATF Dexron II D
11 Automatic gear box LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
ZF AS-Tronic ZF-Ecofluid M ZF-Ecofluid M
ZF TC-Tronic ZF TE-ML 02 ZF TE-ML 02
ZF TC-Tronic HD below -20 °C pre-heat
gearbox as described in the
operating instructions
12.1 Torque converter transmission LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
ZF TC HD ZF-Ecofluid M ZF-Ecofluid M
below -20 °C pre-heat
gearbox as described in the
operating instructions
12.2 Torque converter transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF TC 2 ATF Dexron II D ATF Dexron II D
390 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
13 Gear box LWE Id. No.: 861004208 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
ZF ECO-Split Engine oil or gear oil SAE 75W-90
14 Rope winch LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519
15 Slewing gear LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519
16 Winch LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
Telescopic boom guying ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519
7.07 LIEBHERR 391


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
17.1 Crane hydraulics LWE Id. No.: 861903508 LWE Id. No.: 10467552
Crane chassis and crane superstructure Liebherr Hydraulic 37 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30
or
LWE Id. No.: 10293807
LTC 1055–3.1 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30
or or
LWE-Identnr.: 10293807 LWE-Identnr.: 10293807
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic
LTM 11200–9.1 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30
Crane chassis and crane superstructure or or
LTR 11200 LWE-Identnr.: 10293807 LWE-Identnr.: 10293807
Crane superstructure Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic
18 Brake system LWE Id. No.: 861000108 LWE Id. No.: 861000108
if hydraulically actuated DOT 4 DOT 4
SAE J 1703e SAE J 1703e
19 Clutch actuator LWE Id. No.: 861000108 LWE Id. No.: 861000108
DOT 4 DOT 4
SAE J 1703e SAE J 1703e
392 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
20 King pin bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Gear shaft LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
if not maintenance-free Special grease 9610 PLUS Special grease 9610 PLUS
21 Slide and roller bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
roller bearing joint LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
Special grease 9610 PLUS Special grease 9610 PLUS
22 Central lubrication system Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
23 Boom lock Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
24 Rotary connection Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Roller bearing LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
25 Support pad with equalization Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
Special grease 9613 Plus Special grease 9613 Plus
7.07 LIEBHERR 393


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
26 Plastic slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Sliding beam LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
27 Plastic slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Telescopic boom LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
28 Outer slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Guide rail on Special grease 1336 with Special grease 1336 with
Telescoping cylinder Solvent LM (spray grease) Solvent LM (spray grease)
29 Inner slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
(only during assembly) Special grease 1336 with Special grease 1336 with
Solvent LM (spray grease) Solvent LM (spray grease)
30 Gear ring rotary connection LWE Id. No.: 861301508 LWE Id. No.: 861301508
Slewing gear pinion Adhesive grease Adhesive grease
OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502 OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502
(water-resistant) (water-resistant)
394 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
31 Running rope LWE Id. No.: 861301508 LWE Id. No.: 861301508
Adhesive grease Adhesive grease
OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502 OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502
(water-resistant) (water-resistant)
32 Radiator fluid Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Diesel engine and heating system LWE Id. No.: 861600508 LWE Id. No.: 861600508
50 % antifreeze fluid with 50 % antifreeze fluid with
corrosion inhibitor corrosion inhibitor
50 % water 50 % water
33.1 Drive transmission crawler crane see nameplate see nameplate
33.2 Drive transmission crawler crane LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
LTR 1100 SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
34 Towing winch see nameplate see nameplate
35 Towing winch rope Special regulations: Special regulations:
LWE Id. No.: 861008608 LWE Id. No.: 861008608
Motorex TW-Fluid Motorex TW-Fluid
7.07 LIEBHERR 395

025819-01 7.15 Procedure in case of problems
B197077
396 LIEBHERR 7.15

7.15 Procedure in case of problems 025819-01
1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem

This chapter answers the following questions:
– What to do in case of a problem?
– Which data is important for communication with Liebherr Service?
– Which displays and component groups are relevant for error diagnostics?
– Which measures are to be taken in clear problem cases?
– How to proceed in case of error messages of the LICCON computer system?
– How can an error diagnostics be carried out?
– Which measures are to be taken for defective components?
WARNING
Incorrect operation!
Incorrect operation of the crane can result in death or serious injuries!
The crane may only be operated by authorized expert personnel trained on mobile cranes by
Liebherrwerk Ehingen!
WARNING
Measures without the help of Liebherr Service!
Measures in case of a problem, which are carried out without consulting Liebherr Service can cause
damage to the crane. Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
If problems remain or in case of error messages, consult Liebherr Service to determine the cause
of the problem and further procedure!
Note
Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Service!
For information regarding error diagnostics and error remedy, see “Diagnostics manual”!
Note
The monitor illustrations in this section are only examples. The error codes shown in the monitor
illustrations and the corresponding error descriptions might not exactly match the crane!
1.1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem

Observe and adhere to the notes and instructions in this chapter.
Before contacting Liebherr Service: Determine relevant data about the problem.
Carry out the error diagnostics with the aid of Liebherr Service or the “Diagnostics manual”.
Follow the instructions given by Liebherr Service.
After error diagnostics: Replace defective components, which are supplied as spare parts.
7.15 LIEBHERR 397

B110509
398 LIEBHERR 7.15

1.2 Overview of displays and component groups for error diagnostics

Various displays and component groups allow the crane driver:
– To localize error messages
– To communicate quicker and more precise with Liebherr Service
– With the aid of the “Diagnostics manual”: Diagnostics and remedy errors
Note
324 LICCON monitor

5 LED
415 EMERGENCY OFF
switch in the crane
operator's cab
350 EMERGENCY OFF
switch on the crane
operator's cab
60 EMERGENCY OFF
switch on the crane
chassis
EA I / O module
15 LED display I / O module
NT Power supply
20 LED display power
supply
ZE CPUs • CPU 0 ZE0 to CPU 5 ZE5
LED displays CPU • LED display CPU0 25 to LED display CPU5 30
G0 Group
G1 Group
1.3 Which data is required by Liebherr Service?

If the assistance of Liebherr Service is required, always provide the following information:
– Crane type
– Crane number
– Complete error number and any error message displayed on the LICCON monitor 324
– For certain errors: LED displays of power supply NT and CPUs ZE
– Application conditions of crane
– Action during which the error occurs
– Frequency of error
7.15 LIEBHERR 399

B110509
400 LIEBHERR 7.15

2 Measures in clear problem cases

Measures, which are taken in clear problem cases, are described in this section.
Note
If a problem occurs, which is not described in this chapter: Contact Liebherr Service to determine
the cause of the problem and further procedure.
Clear problem cases are:

– Engine does not start.
– Hydraulic, electric or engine failed.
– An alarm function occurs.
– LICCON computer system shows an error message.
2.1 The engine does not start?

Make sure that the EMERGENCY OFF switch 350 on the crane superstructure and the
EMERGENCY OFF switch 60 on the crane chassis are not actuated.
Make sure that the crane driver is seated on the crane driver's seat.
Turn the ignition off.
Start the engine again.
If the engine still cannot be started:
See notes in Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.03, “Section Starting and turning the engine
off”.
If the error cannot be remedied:
Contact Liebherr Service to determine the cause of the problem and further procedure.
2.2 Have the hydraulic, electric or engine failed?

Note
If the equipment for hydraulic emergency control is part of the scope of delivery, then the crane
can be taken down if the crane hydraulic, crane electric and crane engine failed!
For emergency control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.05!
7.15 LIEBHERR 401

B110547
402 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.3 Did an alarm function occur?

Note
For a detailed description of alarm functions, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02!
In case of an alarm function, an error message 3 with LICCON error code appears at the same
time!
The following alarm functions are indicated by blinking icons on the LICCON monitor 0:
– Boom limitation 3
– Hoist top limit switch 4
– Advance warning load 5.1 / Advance warning engine 5.2
– Stop load 6.1 / Stop engine 6.2
The limit ranges of the crane movements are monitored by:
– Hoist limit switch
– Angle sensors
– Pressure sensors
– Pull test brackets (force test boxes)
– Wind sensor
– Inductive sensors
If the limit ranges for these sensors are exceeded, the crane movements are turned off (LMB-STOP).
The load moment limiter (LML) is a program of the LICCON computer system to monitor the
permissible load moment. If the permissible load moments of the load chart are exceeded, the
LMB-STOP turns the crane movements off.
Note
In case of certain shut offs, you can only continue to work by bypassing the safety devices!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
All instructions and data in chapter 4.04 of the Crane operating instructions must be observed and
adhered to!
WARNING
Bypassing the overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no further protection against crane overload!
can topple over!
The bypass may only be carried out by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts
Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of the crane supervisor and must be
performed with utmost caution!
Crane operation with bypassed overload safety device is prohibited!
Contact Liebherr Service to determine the cause of the problem and further procedure!
If a LMB-STOP occurs due to boom limitation:

Carry out load moment reducing crane movements.
7.15 LIEBHERR 403

B110548
404 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.4 LICCON computer system shows an error message?

WARNING
Risk of accident!
The crane can be severely damaged or destroyed!
adhered to!
Examples of error messages:

– While the LICCON computer system starts up, see error display illustration 1, example 1.
– During operation, see error display illustration 2, example 2.
– During operation, see operating screen illustration 3, example 3.
Differentiation of error messages on the LICCON monitor:
– Error without LICCON Error Code (LEC), see example 1.
– Error with LICCON Error Code (LEC), see example 2 and example 3.
Differentiation of errors in crane operation:
– Errors which lead to shut down: The shut down icon is shown.
– Errors which do not lead to shut down: The crane operator is warned.
2.4.1 Remedying temporary errors during system start
Note
While the LICCON computer system starts, temporary errors can occur, see illustration 1!
Errors, which occur temporarily, can have the following causes:

– loose contact
– fluctuations in the power supply
– error message can be a subsequent error
Turn the LICCON computer system off and restart it after waiting for at least 5 s.
Repeat this procedure up to three times (wait 2 min after 3 start attempts).
If the same error view appears several times:
Turn the LICCON computer system off.
Call up the test system, see section “Calling up the test system program”.
7.15 LIEBHERR 405

B110548
406 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.4.2 Procedure in case of error messages with LEC

Two different types of errors are differentiated with the LEC:
– Operating errors - Error code starts with a “B”.
– System errors / application errors - Error code starts with an “E”.
A LEC is always 6-digit.
Example of an error code: E:OHC11

Element Description
E: Error class
0 CPU
HC11 I / O module and number, or processor of CPU
If an error code starts with a “B”:

Correct the operating error.
If an error code starts with an “E”:
Call up the test system, see section “Calling up the test system program”.
7.15 LIEBHERR 407

B106381
408 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.4.3 Calling up the “Test system” program

Error messages of the LICCON computer systems with LEC are described in the error determination
screen, illustration 4. To do so, change into the test system program.
Listed errors in the error determination screen are differentiated by:
– Active errors - Error code starts with a “+” .
– Inactive errors - Error code starts with a “-” .
Note
Active errors have higher priority than inactive errors and must be taken care of!
Calling up the “Test system” from the operating screen

– Error message visible in the icon element “Horn”, see illustration 3.
– Warning signal “Horn” is audible.
Press function key F8 once.
Result:
– Horn is turned off.
Press function key F8 twice.

Result:
– Change into the error determination screen.
– Listing of errors with LEC and error text.
Calling up the “Test system” after an error screen

– The operating screen changes into the error screen (system error), see illustration 2.
– Crane functions are interrupted.
or:
– Error screen, while the LICCON computer system starts up, see illustration 3.
Turn the LICCON computer system off.
Turn the LICCON computer system back on after approx. 5 s.
Result:
– Change into the error determination screen.
– Listing of errors with LEC and error text.
7.15 LIEBHERR 409

B110548
410 LIEBHERR 7.15

3 Carrying out an error diagnostics

Several possibilities exist for an error diagnostics:
– With the help of Liebherr Service.
– With the help of Liebherr Service via remote diagnostics.
– Without the help of Liebherr Service.
3.1 Error diagnostics with the help of Liebherr Service
3.1.1 Error diagnostics by phone

3.1.2 Remote diagnostics

The remote diagnostics makes it possible for Liebherr Service to check Liebherr cranes from a remote
location in case of problems.
Activation of the remote diagnostics device is first carried out by Liebherr Service.
– The crane operator has a valid SIM-card (telephone card for mobile telephones) from a current
mobile network operator.
– The telephone number of the data service is known.
– The PIN code request of the SIM-card is deactivated.
– The SIM-card is installed in the GSM module.
– For information for remote diagnostics, see “Diagnostics manual”.
– Follow the instructions given by Liebherr Service.
Note
For information for remote diagnostics, see “Diagnostics manual”!
3.2 Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Service

WARNING
Measures without the help of Liebherr Service!
Measures in case of a problem, which are carried out without consulting Liebherr Service can cause
damage to the crane. Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
If problems remain or in case of error messages, consult Liebherr Service to determine the cause
of the problem and further procedure!
Note
7.15 LIEBHERR 411

B110509
412 LIEBHERR 7.15

4 Measures for defective components

The following components are part of the scope of delivery as spare parts:
– LICCON monitor 324
– Power supply NT
– CPU ZE
WARNING
Danger to life if original attachment parts are not used!
If the crane is operated with attachment parts, which are not original, then the crane can fail and
cause fatal accidents!
Operate the crane only with original attachment parts!
Crane operation with attachment parts, which do not belong to the crane is prohibited!
DANGER
The crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become void!
If any original installed parts are modified, manipulated or replaced (e.g. removal of parts, installation
of non-original Liebherr parts), both the crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become
void!
Leave installed original parts unchanged!
Do not remove installed original parts!
Use only Original Liebherr spare parts!
Note
For instructions describing the replacement of a defective LICCON monitor, a defective power
supply NT or a defective CPU ZE, see “Diagnostics” manual!

– Error diagnostics has been carried out.
– Defective component has been determined.
4.1 Is the LICCON monitor defective?

Replace LICCON monitor with a functioning substitute monitor.
4.2 Is the power supply defective?

Note
When replacing the power supply unit NT, transfer the Common memory of the removed power
supply NT!
A spare power supply unit is located in the switch cabinet crane control!
The power must be turned off when replacing the power supply NT. When pulling out the power
supply unit plug from the socket, the stand-by power supply of the module will be interrupted. In
other words, a cold start results. The stored set-up state data and the adjusting events will be lost!
Replace the power supply NT with a functioning power supply.
7.15 LIEBHERR 413

4.3 Is the CPU defective?

Note
When replacing the central processing unit ZE, transfer the program memory of the removed
central processing unit ZE!
A spare central processing unit is located in the switch cabinet crane control!
The power must be turned off when replacing the central processing unit ZE. When pulling out the
central processing unit ZE from the module carrier, the stand-by power supply of the module will
be interrupted. In other words, a cold start results. The stored set-up state data and the adjusting
events will be lost!
Replace the CPU ZE with a functioning spare CPU.
4.4 Is the electrical connection of a cable drum interrupted?

WARNING
Interrupted electrical connection!
If the electrical connection of a cable drum is interrupted, then this causes a shut off (LMB STOP). No
further crane movements are possible!
Contact Liebherr Service to determine further procedure!
4.5 Is a sensor or limit switch defective?

Certain crane functions are monitored with two sets of sensors and limit switches.
Note
For double version: If only one of the two limit switches or sensor defective, then work can
continue with the crane!
Replace the defective limit switch or sensor.
Note
For single version: If a limit switch or sensor is defective, then this causes a shut off (LMB STOP)!
For double version: If both limit switches or sensors are defective, then this causes a shut off (LMB
STOP)!
WARNING
Bypassing the overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no further protection against crane overload!
can topple over!
The bypass may only be carried out by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts
Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of the crane supervisor and must be
performed with utmost caution!
Missing values must be monitored manually and must match the load chart!
Crane operation with bypassed overload safety device is prohibited!
Contact Liebherr Service to determine the cause of the problem and further procedure!
adhered to!
Contact Liebherr Service to determine further procedure.
414 LIEBHERR 7.15

4.6 Is the telescoping locking mechanism defective?

WARNING
Increased danger of accidents in case of defective telescoping lock!
“Emergency control telescoping” may only be carried out by authorized expert personnel trained
on Liebherr-Werk Ehingen mobile cranes, who know the dangers of emergency operation!
It is imperative that the next Liebherr Service location or Liebherr-Werk Ehingen is contacted!
7.15 LIEBHERR 415

B110549
416 LIEBHERR 7.15

5 Emergency operation of support

In the event that the electrical controls of the directional valve for the support should fail, these can be
manually retracted and extended by pressing in the magnetic piston on the corresponding directional
valve. The relevant pressure stage must also be preselected.
As soon as the pressure on the magnetic piston is removed, the movement carried out stops.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury when extending and retracting the sliding beams!
The operator must monitor the extending and retracting of the sliding beams!
Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone when the sliding beams are being
extended and retracted!

– The hydraulic system in the chassis is functioning properly.
– The pressure stages are preselected.
5.1 Functional diagram of pressure stage
Valve description Pres- Function

sure
-Y91 -Y92 -Y93 -Y95 [bar]
0 0 1 1 350 Moving the support cylinders out
1 0 0 1 120 Extending the sliding beams
0 1 0 1 200 Retracting the sliding beams and support
cylinders
5.2 Function diagram Retract the support cylinders
Support cylinder Pressure stage Valve Page

-Y91 -Y92 -Y93 -Y95
Left front 0 1 0 1 -Y81 B
Right front 0 1 0 1 -Y85 B
Left rear 0 1 0 1 -Y83 B
Right rear 0 1 0 1 -Y87 B
7.15 LIEBHERR 417

B110549
418 LIEBHERR 7.15

5.3 Functional block diagram Extend the support cylinders
Support cylinder Pressure stage Valve Page

-Y91 -Y92 -Y93 -Y95
Left front 0 0 1 1 -Y81 A
Right front 0 0 1 1 -Y85 A
Left rear 0 0 1 1 -Y83 A
Right rear 0 0 1 1 -Y87 A
5.4 Functional block diagram Retract the sliding beams
Sliding beam Pressure stage Valve Page

-Y91 -Y92 -Y93 -Y95
Left front 0 1 0 1 -Y80 B
Right front 0 1 0 1 -Y84 B
Left rear 0 1 0 1 -Y82 B
Right rear 0 1 0 1 -Y86 B
5.5 Functional block diagram Extend the sliding beams
Sliding beam Pressure stage Valve Page

-Y91 -Y92 -Y93 -Y95
Left front 1 0 0 1 -Y80 A
Right front 1 0 0 1 -Y84 A
Left rear 1 0 0 1 -Y82 A
Right rear 1 0 0 1 -Y86 A
7.15 LIEBHERR 419

420 LIEBHERR
8.00 Inspections of cranes
LIEBHERR 421
027298-04 8.01 Periodic crane inspections
B195219
422 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 Periodic crane inspections 027298-04
1 General
This crane was tested at the manufacturer's facilities prior to shipment in accordance with the latest
ISO, FEM and DIN Standards and BGV D6 (BGG 905).
The safety level achieved during initial commissioning may not be attainable during operation.
Examples of the root cause of such deviations include; e.g., wear and tear, corrosion, effects of
external forces, changes in the environment and changes to the mode of operation.
The operator is responsible for taking the necessary steps to ensure that the maximum level of safety
is maintained.
The crane operator is therefore obligated to have the crane inspected by an expert, at intervals
depending on the operational conditions but at least once per year, from the first day of vehicle
registration.
The crane must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years after it has been licensed.
The crane must be annually inspected by an authorized inspector after its twelfth year of operation.
To ensure the high safety standard of the crane, we recommend - no later than the 12th year, in the
20th year, in the 26th year and then every 4 years - to have the crane undergo a general inspection
by an authorized inspector. At that time, in addition to the usual scope of inspection, all load carrying
parts of the crane - the complete steel structure with all welding seams as well as all components and
connecting devices - are to be subjected to a complete visual inspection. The following procedural
notes for repeat inspections are to be observed for that.
WARNING
There is a risk of weakening the supporting components when major changes or repairs are made to
the crane!
In such cases, the operator must have the crane inspected by an authorized inspector before
putting it back into service!
Respective local regulations also apply.

Expert: Is a person whose technical training and experience means that he has adequate knowledge
in the field of inspecting technical equipment. He is adequately familiar with the relevant national work
safety regulations, accident prevention regulations, and standards that he is able to evaluate the
operational safety of the equipment (for example cranes). Responsible employees from specialist
workshops and customer service engineers may be considered as experts.
Note
Experts are not authorized inspectors!
Authorized inspector: Is a person whose technical training and experience means that he has
explicit knowledge in the field of inspecting technical equipment. He is adequately familiar with the
relevant national work safety regulations, accident prevention regulations, and standards that he is
able to evaluate the operational safety of the equipment (for example cranes). He is to test the
technical equipment and is able to certify the equipment as safe. Authorized inspectors can be active
engineers.
Note
Authorized inspectors are legally recognized experts who have received special training!
Periodic inspection are principally a visual inspection, wherein the inspector (either type) appraises
the condition of the crane and its components.
The purpose of the inspections is to avoid accidents by detecting deficiencies in a timely fashion. Any
deficiencies determined by the inspectors must be documented, remedied, and subsequently
reinspected.
A number of important examples of items that are particularly important during the periodic crane
inspections are listed in the following: We wish to advise that the authorized inspectors / experts take
sole responsibility for the crane inspections that they carry out.
8.01 LIEBHERR 423

Note
The inspection may not be solely limited to the following positions shown in the sample
construction illustrations. Rather the entire crane structure must be subjected to a careful
inspection!
A checklist for periodic inspections recommended for Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes is included
in the appendix to assist the inspectors.
If the inspector has any questions they should be directed through our Service Department to
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH's technical departments.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Adhere to the following inspection guidelines and intervals.
2 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially

steel structures
DANGER
The crane structures, particularly steel constructions have to be checked by an expert or authorized
inspector at least once a year. If this is not the case, they could fail and cause fatal injury or seriously
damage the crane!
Crane structures, particularly steel constructions must be checked by an expert or an authorized
inspector at least once a year!
Shorten the inspection intervals if the crane is subjected to above-average duty cycles, for
example when handling large material quantities or frequently erecting long boom systems.
If the crane was subjected to excessive operating loads; e.g., due to an unusual impact, the crane
structure, especially the steel structures must be inspected immediately!
Crane structures, especially steel structures, such as booms, turntables, chassis, support equipment
(e.g., sliding beams or folding outriggers) must be carefully inspected, at the very least during the
annual recommended crane inspections. Inspect welding seams especially through an intensive
visual inspection.
If paint damage with corrosion (rust) is found on load carrying parts of the crane structure, especially
on telescopic booms, lattice booms, lattice jibs, pull rods etc., then the rust must be removed,
primered and painted.
During an electrolyte process, such as corrosion in combination with water, an atomic hydrogen is
created, which causes to hydrogen induced corrosion with resulting cracks on high tensile fine grain
construction steel.
If disassembly and assembly work on the crane is required to carry out the inspections, then they
must be carried out by taking the manufacturer's data into account or in coordination with the crane
manufacturer.
We would like to point out that the framework of mobile cranes is designed for a limited number of
stress work cycles. This also determines the utilization or service life of the framework. The service life
is not determined solely by the number of stress cycles. It also depends on the loads (load spectrum)
applied during the time in operation.
Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes are designed for assembly operation and can only perform
a limited number of stress cycles. They are designed for special movement characteristics. For
example: Continuous deployment of drive forces, occasional operation and load conditions according
to DIN 15018:1984 Part 3 or EN 13000:2004.
Example of a duty cycle according to the grouping for Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes:
424 LIEBHERR 8.01

Li: Load proportion in relation to maximum load [in %]

ni: Load cycles in relation to maximum number [in %]
Note
The service life of Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes can be drastically reduced, for example
when used in magnet, grapple or material handling applications!
For that reason, the steel structures and the welding joints must be subjected to an visual intensive
inspection by the expert during the specified periodic inspections.
If any damage (such as cracks or suspicion of cracks) are apparent on any part of the steel structure,
the total extent of the damage must be determined by qualified specialists using appropriate material
testing methods, such as magnetic crack detection, ultrasound or x-rays. Thereafter, the qualified
personnel must determine whether or not the damaged area can be repaired by welding or by other
means.
The following diagrams are samples of the load-bearing weld designs. The welding joints or seams or
steel structural zones that require inspection may be present more than once and in various forms.
The joints or zones must be inspected all around at the locations identified by arrows.
Note
The scope and extent of all inspections remain the sole responsibility of the inspectors!
The scope and results of tests should be documented to permit reproducibility. This
documentation forms part of the crane records and should be safely stored during the entire
service life of the crane!
The following diagrams are provided to assist the inspector. The sketches are only examples and
are not necessarily 100 % complete!
8.01 LIEBHERR 425

2.1 Repair welds

If defects such as cracks or permanent deformation are detected on load-bearing steel components,
they should be immediately reported to Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH (hereinafter called LWE),
Customer Service Department.
Furthermore, the defect must immediately be appraised by an authorized inspector in accordance with
standard welding practice rules. The inspector must immediately ascertain whether or not the crane
can continue to be safely operated until the time of the repair.
The following items apply to the repair weld:
– Repair welds may only be carried out by the following persons or companies:
• LWE personnel, or third-party personnel contracted by LWE, with appropriate qualifications
according to EN 287-1 for the subject material (3.2) and welding method.
• Companies whose suitability is verified according to DIN18800, Part 7, DIN 15018, and DIN
4132 with an endorsement for cranes, crane runways and the following high and
ultra-high-tensile fine-grained construction steel:
Metal sheeting S690QL1 W.No.1.8988
Metal sheeting S690QL W.No.1.8928
Metal sheeting S700MC W.No.1.8974
Metal sheeting S960MC W.No.–
S770QL W.No.1.8938 pipe
S890QL1 W.No.1.8925 pipe
Experience in repairing mobile and crawler cranes using the appropriate materials and
application of welding methods in accordance with MAGM (135), especially manual arc
welding E (111), are absolutely essential.
– Repair instructions that identify the basic material, along with the required welding accessories
and supplementary materials, must be requested from LWE before starting the repair. The
required non-destructive tests must be carried out and documented.
– The repair weld must be carried out in accordance with the latest revision of LWE's internal
welding guideline ISR B 010!
– The repaired structural component must subsequently be subjected to a load test.
The required test loads and boom configurations shall be obtained from LWE, Customer Service!
Successful test results shall be documented in the crane inspection log!
– We also refer to observing the accident prevention regulations “Principles for testing cranes by
authorized inspectors or experts in accordance with UVV Cranes BGV D6 and BGG 905”!
WARNING
Danger of serious personnel injury and equipment damage!
Comply absolutely with all recommendations, particularly welding specifications!
426 LIEBHERR 8.01

blank page!
8.01 LIEBHERR 427

B185046 Example for vehicle frame
428 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 429

430 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105687 Example for tow coupling
8.01 LIEBHERR 431

B105698 Example for sliding beam
432 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 433

434 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 435

B185060 Example for slewing sliding beam
436 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 437

438 LIEBHERR 8.01

B187347 Example for crawler center section
8.01 LIEBHERR 439

440 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 441

B187348 Example for cross carrier
442 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105727 Example for cross carrier
8.01 LIEBHERR 443

B187349 Example for crawler carrier
444 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 445

446 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185048 Example for turntable frame
8.01 LIEBHERR 447

448 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 449

450 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 451

452 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 453

454 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 455

456 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 457

458 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 459

460 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105801 Example for ballasting cylinder
8.01 LIEBHERR 461

B105705 Example for mounting plate
462 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105807 Example for base plate
8.01 LIEBHERR 463

B185050 Example for telescopic boom
464 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 465

466 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 467

468 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105891 Example for push out mechanics telescopic boom
8.01 LIEBHERR 469

B105892 Example for boom nose
470 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105689 Example for dolly console
8.01 LIEBHERR 471

B185051 Example for lattice jib
472 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185052 Example for NA / WA frame
8.01 LIEBHERR 473

B105713 Example for end section
474 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105836 Example for pivot section, adapter and boom nose
8.01 LIEBHERR 475

B185058 Example for folding jib
476 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105697 Example for folding jib
8.01 LIEBHERR 477

B105732 Example for W-connector head
478 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185053 Example for assembly unit with lattice jib
8.01 LIEBHERR 479

B105838 Example for NA frames
480 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185054 Example for pulley head
8.01 LIEBHERR 481

B185055 Example for guy rod
482 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185059 Example for TA-guying
8.01 LIEBHERR 483

B105707 Example for TY-guying
484 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 485

486 LIEBHERR 8.01

2.2 Inspection of lattice sections

Note
The illustration is only an example and is valid for all lattice sections!
Check all diagonal and frame pipe connections!
Example for lattice sections
8.01 LIEBHERR 487

B107378
488 LIEBHERR 8.01

3 Inspection of tires and disk wheels
3.1 Inspection of tires

WARNING
Risk of accident if incorrect tires are used!
The use of improper tires and tires which do not meet the license permits may result in serious
accidents with fatal injuries!
Only tire types and sizes approved for this crane may be assembled on the crane.
Regularly check the tires for damage, tread depth, foreign particles and tire pressures!
Carefully remove any foreign particles stuck or wedged in the tire tread before starting to travel (for
example: rocks or gravel)!
The tread depth of the tire may not fall below the legally specified minimum value.
– Check the tread depth.
– Check the tires for damage.
– Make sure that the tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel 1. The tire bead must touch the
inside and outside of the disk wheel evenly.
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury if the lock ring 2 is not properly seated!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed due to an incorrectly assembled lock ring 2!
Check to ensure that the lock ring is correctly seated!
Consult with authorized and trained specialists if there is any doubt whether a lock ring 2 has been
correctly assembled!
Indications of an incorrectly installed lock ring are present if:

– The lock ring 2 is not completely seated with its entire circumference in the groove ( point X) of the
disk wheel, see illustration A.
– The gap of the installed lock ring 2 is outside the permissible tolerance range of 3 mm to 12 mm.
3.2 Inspection of tire pressure

– The tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel.
– The lock ring 2 correctly sits in the groove ( point X) on the disk wheel, see illustration A.
– The gap on the lock ring 2 is between 3 mm and 12 mm.
WARNING
When checking the tire inflation pressure on the vehicle or after assembling tires, make sure that the
lock ring 2 is correctly installed on the disk wheel.
If the tire pressure has dropped below 3 bar and the tires are improperly inflated, there is a risk of fatal
injury if the lock ring 2 jumps off explosively.
If the tire pressure is below 3 bar, the tire may only be inflated by authorized and trained
specialists!
If the lock ring 2 is not correctly seated on the disk wheel, it is essential that authorized and trained
personnel are called in. Do not attempt to change the tire pressure yourself!
Adhere to the specified tire pressure!
The tire pressure may not exceed or fall below the permitted range, otherwise the body of the tire
could be damaged and tire failure may occur.
8.01 LIEBHERR 489

Note
Always check the tire pressure when the tires are cold!
The specified tire pressure must be within the tolerance range of ±0.2 bar!
Observe the tire pressure, which is approved for the tire assembled on the crane. See Crane
operating instructions, chapter 1.03.
– Check the tire pressure.
3.3 Inspection of disk wheels

The disk wheel is one of the most important safety relevant components on the vehicle.
The disk wheel is a welded steel structure and must be inspected according to section 2.
In addition, at least during the annual specified inspection of cranes, the outside and the inside of the
disk wheel must be visually inspected, taken the below listed points into account.
If cracks on the outside in the paint of the disk wheel can be seen, also recognizable by rust lines in
the paint, then the disk wheel must be inspected closely for cracks. The “color penetration
procedure” is recommended for this crack inspection.
In particular, the disk wheels must be inspected for cracks that are developing in the base material, as
well as at the locations indicated by the arrows.
Any disk wheels that show evidence of cracks or crack formation must be replaced immediately.
After a mileage of maximum 40,000 km, the operator must routinely inspect the disk wheel regardless
of the actual duty cycle.
The following safety and maintenance guidelines are the manufacturer's recommendations for
avoiding safety risks caused by damaged disk wheels. In addition, the manufacturer can only provide
a warranty in case of a claim if these guidelines have been observed.
Note
Tires may only be changed by authorized and trained specialists!
This applies both to dismounting and mounting of the tire on the disk wheel 1!
Workshop personnel or authorized and trained specialists should check the wheels at the rim and the
disk wheel for the following when changing the tires:
– Excessive rust or corrosion.
– Bent rim flanges.
– Cracks in the disk wheel.
– Cracks in the brake drum fastening on the inside or outside of the disk wheel.
– Weld seam connection on inside or outside of disk wheel.
– Damage to side and locking rings.
– Damaged wheel bolts or nuts.
– Worn out pin holes.
– Matching disk wheel parts.
WARNING
Risk of overload breakage!
Disk wheels with worn bolt holes must be scrapped immediately. Repairing these highly-stressed disk
wheel components causes structural changes in the material, which can lead to premature overload
breakage!
No welding work is permitted on rims and disk wheels, particularly repairs to worn bolt bores!
– If damaged disk wheel parts are discovered during the inspection:

Remove and replace any damaged disk wheel components.
– If paint damage or minor rust formation is found:
Make good the wheels by removing the rust using commercially available paint. Pay special
attention to having a perfect surface in the tire seating areas.
490 LIEBHERR 8.01

4 Inspecting the hoist and luffing winches

The hoist and luffing winches are designed using integrated planetary gears. These gears are sized
for long service life and the drive shafts and gears are rated for endurance.
Even though the hoist and luffing winches are designed for long life, an external visual inspection is
not adequate, since their life can be significantly affected by bad maintenance (insufficient oil), using
oil that does not meet specification requirements, defective seals, improper operation or overloading.
The annual inspection must therefore be carried out by an expert in accordance with the following
requirements.
The winches must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years after the initial license.
Within the territorial validity of the BGV D6, after the 10th year in operation, counted from the first day
of initial license, if the theoretical utilization time is not over, the winches must be checked annually by
an authorized inspector.
4.1 Inspections
4.1.1 Inspection intervals

At least once a year, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.03.
4.1.2 Inspecting oil level

Re-check oil level using the dipstick.
For hoist and intake winches without a dipstick, we recommend that the oil is drained and the amount
compared to the specified oil quantity.
4.1.3 Evaluating oil color

Assume that the oil has been overheated if it is black and/or a burnt oil smell is detected. Change the
oil.
4.1.4 Checking for foreign substances

The used oil is to be dribbled on special filter fleece. Visual inspection using a magnifying glass may
reveal coarse particles. If particles are detected, all the oil's properties must be examined by a
qualified laboratory.
Note
The evaluation of the foreign particles found in the oil must be made by a qualified laboratory!
The maximum permissible quantity of foreign material measured by weight is 0.15 % of total oil
weight!
Maximum permissible foreign particle size from fine abrasion is 0.25 microns!
If the above value have been exceeded, remove the gear and search for the cause of the
increased abrasion!
Damaged components must be replaced and the gear refilled with fresh oil!
NOTICE
Risk of property damages!
Repairs may only be carried out by specialists with appropriate technical knowledge!
4.1.5 Visual inspection for leaks

The gearboxes shall be checked for leakage, since loss of oil, in addition to polluting the environment,
can lead to gearbox failure.
8.01 LIEBHERR 491

4.1.6 Inspecting the gearbox brakes

Check the brakes each time the gearboxes are inspected.
Proceed as follows:
– Attach a load, which creates the maximum rope pull in the uppermost layer of the winding, and
raise it just off the ground.
– Remove the plug on the brake lifting magnet.
This causes the brake to remain engaged when operated.
– Operate the winch to lower it.
Note
The brake should not slip, i.e. the winch should not turn. If the brake slips, contact the Service
Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
Only operate the crane after it has been checked and approved for use by the Service department
at Liebherr Werk Ehingen GmbH!
NOTICE
Risk of property damages!
Only qualified personnel with specialized knowledge may be used to evaluate gears and brakes!
4.1.7 Documenting the completed inspection and tests

The results of the annual inspections and maintenance work, including the steps taken, shall be
documented by the competent or authorized inspector, including attachments from the inspection labs
and qualified service companies if any.
This documentation shall be filed in the crane inspection log under the heading "Periodic inspections".
4.2 Requirements for monitoring the winches
4.2.1 Design life

The designer of your crane used a theoretical total operating time when designing and sizing the
winches. This resulted in the design life of the equipment.
The winches of your crane are classified according to ISO 4301/1 as follows:
Winches Classification
Power train group: M3
Load spectrum: L1
Load spectrum factor Km: 0,125
Theoretical service life D: 3200 h
492 LIEBHERR 8.01

Note
The “design life” is not equal to the real (true) life of a winch!
The actual life of the winch is affected by many additional outside factors; for example:
– Overloads caused by unapproved use of the crane.
– Inadequate maintenance: Oil is not changed in a timely manner.
– Improper operation:
• Extreme acceleration or braking of the load.
• Load falling onto the cables.
– Improper maintenance:
• Using the wrong type of oil.
• Too much or too little oil.
• Contamination during oil changes.
– Assembly errors during repair and maintenance.
– Undetected leakage.
– Incorrectly set safety devices.
– Hidden damage from accidents.
– Extreme environmental conditions:
• Extreme temperatures.
• Corrosive atmosphere.
• Dust and dirt.
4.2.2 Actual usage component of the design life

The crane operator is obligated to carry out an inspection of the crane at least once a year.
At this time, the actual usage component of the design life shall be calculated. If necessary, the crane
operator must contract an authorized inspector.
The actual operating conditions (duty cycle) and the winch operating hours at each inspection interval
are required to determine the proportion of the design life that has actually been used. The operator is
responsible for the documentation in the crane inspection log.
Determining the operating conditions (duty cycle)
The load spectrum of the crane is divided into groups, please refer to ISO 4301/1.
One of the following duty cycles shall be selected and recorded in the crane inspection log for the
respective inspection interval based on knowledge of the actual operating conditions. A more precise
determination of the load spectrum is permissible.
Duty cycle class: Light L1
Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are subjected to maximum loading in exceptional cases, but normally only
operate at very light loads.
Operating time rates:
10 % of the time at maximum load (dead load and 1/1 working load)
40 % of the time with dead load and 1/3 working load
50 % of the operating time, with dead load only
Factor of load spectrum:
Km = 0.125
Graphic view:
8.01 LIEBHERR 493

Note
Load spectrum L1 with load spectrum factor Km = 0.125 is normally applied to cranes used for
assembly operations!
Load spectrum class: Medium L2

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are subjected to maximum loading relatively often, but normally only
operate at light load.
1/6 of the time at maximum load (dead load and 1/1 working load).
1/6 of the time with dead load and 2/3 working load.
1/6 of the time with dead load and 1/3 working load.
Km = 0.25
Graphic view:
Duty cycle class: Heavy L3

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are frequently subjected to maximum loading and normally operate at
medium load.
Km = 0.5
Graphic view:
494 LIEBHERR 8.01

Duty cycle class: Very heavy L4

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are regularly subjected to near maximum load.
Km = 1
Graphic view:
8.01 LIEBHERR 495

Determining the effective operating hours Ti

The effective operating hours calculated using the following method shall be entered into crane
inspection log for the respective inspection interval.
There are four different scenarios:
1.) Operating hour meter installed on every winch.
If an operating hour meter is installed on every winch, the effective operating hours Ti can be read
directly during each inspection.
2.) Operating hour meter installed for the overall crane drive.
The winch proportion of the total superstructure operating hours must be estimated.
For cranes used in assembly operations, the operating time for the hoist winches can be
estimated at 20 % in relation to the total operating hours of the superstructure.
3.) One operating hour meter is used for both the crane engine and the crane drive.
The winch proportion of the total crane operating hours must be estimated.
For cranes used in assembly operations, the operating time for the superstructure can be
estimated at 60 % of the total operating hours of the crane. If the hoist winch proportion is
estimated at 20 % of the superstructure operating hours (see previous item), then the result in
relation to the total operating hours of the crane is: 12 %.
4.) No operating hour meter installed.
In this case the operator must estimate and document the actual operating hours of the winch.
The approximate percentages stated above normally apply to main hoist winches. For auxiliary
hoist winches or boom control winches, the proportion of the total operating hours can be
significantly less and should therefore be estimated by the operator.
Determining the actual usage proportion of the design life

For an inspection interval i (max. 1 year), the actually used proportion Si of the theoretical design life is
derived from the formula:
Abbreviation Explanation
Si Used proportion of the theoretical service life.
Km Load spectrum factor that was used to calculate the winch rates. This factor is
provided in the Operating instructions.
Kmi Load spectrum factor for inspection interval i according to section “Determining
the operating conditions” .
Ti Effective operating hours for inspection interval i according to section
“Determining the effective operating hours Ti ” .
The actually used hours proportion is subtracted from the remaining design life Di after each
inspection interval (see example).
If the remaining design life is not long enough to cover the next projected operating period, a general
overhaul of the winch is required.
496 LIEBHERR 8.01

If the design life D has been reached (see chapter on “Design life”), the winch may only be operated
after conducting a general overhaul.
A general overhaul of the winch is required not later than 10 years after commissioning.
The general overhaul shall be arranged by the operator and carried out by the manufacturer or the
manufacturer's authorized representatives and must be documented in the inspection log. After the
general overhaul, the manufacturer or the manufacturer's authorized representative will define a new
theoretical service life D.
If the design life has not been reached after 10 years, continued operation of the winch without
a general overhaul is acceptable, provided that the crane's authorized inspector has confirmed the
accuracy of the actual usage calculation by signing the crane inspection log at each authorized
inspection interval.
In such a case, the crane authorized inspector must thoroughly inspect the winch. This comprises at
least:
– Outer visual inspection (leakage, damage, deformation, etc.).
– Oil inspection, particularly looking for metal residues.
– Load test at minimum and maximum cable tension, at maximum speed in both cases. At least one
layer must be spooled up. Pay particular attention to any unusual noises during this load test.
The crane's authorized inspector must confirm this inspection in the crane inspection log and must
make a statement regarding suitability of the winch for continued operation. The next inspection must
take place at the end of the 12th operating year and annually thereafter.
4.2.3 Example
According to the manufacturer's operating manual, a mobile crane with a separate operating hour
meter for the crane engine and the crane drives classified as follows:
– Power train group: M3
– Load spectrum: Light L1
– Factor of load spectrum: Km = 0.125
– Design life: D = 3200 h
Actual usage proportion S of the design life is calculated using the individual inspection intervals as
follows:
First inspection (first year)
The crane was used for assembly work during the elapsed year:
Duty cycle L1, in other words Km1 = 0,125.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 800 h. The winch was operated about 20 % of the time; i.e.
T1 = 160 h.
The actual usage proportion S of the design life at the time of the first inspection is therefore:
Remaining design life:

D1 = 3200 h – 160 h = 3040 h
The above values are recorded in the crane inspection log.
Second inspection (second year)
The crane was used at a harbor for unloading work:
Duty cycle L3, in other words Km2 = 0.5.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 2000 h; i.e., during this period:
2000 h – 800 h = 1200 h (800 h were used in the first year of operation)
The winch was operated about 40 % of the time; i.e. T2 = 480 h.
The actual usage proportion S2 of the design life at the time of the second inspection is therefore:

D2 = 3040 h – 1920 h = 1120 h
8.01 LIEBHERR 497

Third inspection (third year)

The crane was used for assembly work and occasionally at a harbor for unloading work:
Duty cycle L2, in other words Km3 = 0.25.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 3000 h; i.e., during this period:
3000 h – 2000 h = 1000 h (2000 h were used in the first two years of operation)
The winch was operated about 30 % of the time; i.e. T3 = 300 h.
The actual usage proportion S3 of the design life at the time of the third inspection is therefore:

D3 = 1120 h – 600 h = 520 h
4.2.4 Table for theoretically determining the remaining service life

Table 1 includes an example.
The theoretical remaining service life should be documented in table 2.
498 LIEBHERR 8.01

blank page!
8.01 LIEBHERR 499

B102588
500 LIEBHERR 8.01

B102589
8.01 LIEBHERR 501

B195239
502 LIEBHERR 8.01

5 Inspecting load hooks

The load hooks must be visually inspected annually by a competent inspector.
This inspection must be carried out by an authorized expert every 4 years.
The purpose of the inspections is to avoid accidents by detecting deficiencies in a timely fashion.
Any deficiencies determined by the inspector must be documented, corrected, and subsequently
reinspected.
5.1 Inspection and monitoring procedure
5.1.1 Deformation
The hook should be inspected for distortion as required, but at least once a year; e.g., at the hook jaw.
The original dimensions, (y) or (y1) and (y2), are given on the load hook itself.
Measure between the punch marks.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Hook jaw expansion may not exceed 10 % of the original dimensions (y) or (y1) and (y2)!
Do not use a load hook that exhibits greater expansion!
Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
5.1.2 Corrosion
DANGER
Risk of accidents caused by thread corrosion / wear and tear!
Stop using the load hook!
Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
Unscrew the nut from the hook shank every 4 years so that the threads can be inspected for corrosion
and wear by the inspection through an authorized expert.
6 Inspecting the rope feed mechanics in the

telescopic boom
– For inspection of rope end mounts, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
– For inspection of the pre-tension on the intake ropes, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
7.05.
– For inspection of ropes for damage according to DIN 15020 or ISO 4309, see Crane operating
8.01 LIEBHERR 503

B109286
504 LIEBHERR 8.01

7 Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom
7.1 For cranes with pneumatic boom locking system

– For inspection of function, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– For inspection of pin wear pattern, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– For inspection of wear, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– For inspection of safety control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
7.2 For cranes with telescopic boom system Telematik

– Inspection of the pull knob safety 1 and all mounting screws 2 for tight seating
– Inspection of twist guards of cylinder pinning 3 and the telescopic boom pinning 11
– Inspection of the length sensor rope 4 for damage
– Inspection of the cylinder barrel in the area of all welding seams 5 for crack formation
– Inspection of the locking pockets 6 for damage
– Grease the guide rail 7
– In case of leakage: Inspection of the piston rod 8 for grooves
– Inspection of the wear pattern on the cylinder pinning 3 and the telescopic boom pinning 11
– Inspection of guide rail 7 for distortion of contour
– Inspection of plastic guide 9 on cylinder bottom for damage
– Inspection of all mounting screws 10 on the push out cylinder for tight seating
8 Inspection of membrane accumulator

Note
The national regulations for pressurized container inspection must be observed!
The inspection of the membrane accumulators for specified gas pressure must be carried out by
authorized and trained expert personnel, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04, 7.05.
9 Inspection of relapse cylinders

9.1 Check the relapse cylinders for visible defects
WARNING
Defective relapse cylinders!
The relapse cylinders can be damaged due to loss of oil or corrosion and a safe crane operation can
no longer be ensured! This could result in serious accidents!
Before any operation, visually check the relapse cylinders for leaks, damage and corrosion!
If any defects are found, the relapse cylinders must be inspected by the cylinder manufacturer!
9.2 Checking the gas pressure and oil fill
9.2.1 Checking the gas pressure
Note
The gas pressure may only be checked by an expert for pressurized containers!
8.01 LIEBHERR 505

9.2.2 Checking the oil fill
Note
The oil fill may only be checked by an expert for pressurized containers!
10 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse

cylinders
For inspection of the safety control or limit switches on the relapse cylinders and the boom A-frames,
see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.12.
11 Inspecting the cable pulleys

DANGER
Risk of accident when damaged or cracked!
Replace rope pulley immediately!
Inspect the rope pulleys all around once a year for damage and cracks.
If rope pulleys are subjected to any impacts (e.g., with buildings) or are otherwise overloaded, they
must be immediately visually inspected for damage or cracks.
Also check for wear in the rope groove. Replace the pulley if the bottom of the rope groove has been
run down up to 1/4 of the rope diameter.
12 Inspecting the overload protection operation

Position the longest boom at minimum and maximum radius: Check the load indicator, using the hook
block as a test load.
The indicator reading shall not deviate more than 10 % off the true load value at these two extreme
positions.
Measure the indicated radius for the longest boom at its minimum radius and at a boom angle of 45°.
The indicator reading may not deviate more than 10 % off the measured projection.
13 Inspecting the roller slewing ring

For tilt play dimension, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
14 Inspecting the mounting of the load bearing

equipment
Check that the mounting bolts for the roller slewing ring, winches, slewing gears and hitch are
properly seated.
Slewing ring connection mounting bolts are pre-stressed at the factory, so that no loosening of the
bolted connections will occur during normal crane operation.
However, the bolted connection may become overloaded and the bolts may be permanently stretched
if the crane is overloaded or if the load is pulled free. It is therefore important to check these screws
for tight seating during the annual crane inspection or after an overload.
Completely remove loose bolts, plus the two adjacent ones, and immediately check for damage.
Inspect the screws, particularly for cracks or permanent distortion. If a screw has been stretched by
more than 0.2 % (in relation to its original length) or if cracks or other damage are detected, then the
damaged screws must be replaced. If the screws have been stretched or there is other damage, then
the adjacent screws must also be replaced.
506 LIEBHERR 8.01

blank page!
8.01 LIEBHERR 507

B109096
508 LIEBHERR 8.01

15 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric,

illustration 1
– Inspection of twist guard 1 for damage and loose screw connection
– Inspection of rotator 2 for easy turnability
– Inspection of all clamps 3 for damage and function
16 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2

– Inspection of twist guard 4 for damage and loose screw connection
– Inspection of rotator 5 for easy turnability
17 Inspecting the oil and fuel reservoirs

Visually check the oil and fuel tanks at least once a year for leaks and safe mounting.
Repairs shall only be carried out by trained and knowledgeable specialists.
Improper repairs; e.g., welding, hard or soft soldering is not permitted, particularly if the Service
Department at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH has not been consulted!
18 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, towing

winch and spare wheel winch
Determine the design life of the auxiliary reeving, towing and spare wheel winches from their
respective original manufacturer.
8.01 LIEBHERR 509

19 Appendix
The following is a checklist to assist the inspector during the periodic inspections of Liebherr mobile
and crawler cranes.
19.1 Inspection recommendations for periodic inspections of Liebherr

mobile and crawler cranes
Company: Checked by:

Crane manufacturer: LIEBHERR Crane type:
Serial number: Stock number:
Construction year: Date:
Inspector's signature for No. 1 to 22:
1. Inspection category: Crane document

Component inspected A B C D E Comments
Crane inspection log
Operating and installation instructions
Crane control log
Load chart manual
Job planner
2. Inspection category: Signs / labeling

Factory tag
Load data
Operating specifications label
Prohibition and command signs
Other safety signs
3. Inspection category: Travel gear1

Frame2
Supports3
Axles
Wheels
510 LIEBHERR 8.01

3. Inspection category: Travel gear1

Tires
Bearings
Gear
Universal drive shaft
Leaf springs / springs
Shock absorbers
Steering
Brakes
Hydraulic axle suspension
4. Inspection category: Chassis1

Coverings
Treads
Counterweight holders2
Suspension equipment
Ladders
Hook block mounting2
Boom support2
5. Inspection category: Chassis - driver's cab1

Doors
Windows / windshields
Windshields wiper
Mirrors
Seat
Heater
Ventilation
Sound-proofing
Trip recorder
First aid kit
8.01 LIEBHERR 511

5. Inspection category: Chassis - driver's cab1

Spare bulbs
Hazard warning triangle
Safety vest
6. Inspection category: Chassis - drive1

Combustion engine
Exhaust system
Fuel tank
Filter
Sound-proofing
Engine mount
Oil levels
Fuel lines
7. Inspection category: Chassis - hydraulics1

Oil reservoir
Filter
Pumps
Motors
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
Pressure limiting valves
8. Inspection category: Chassis - pressurized air system1

Compressor
Filter
Air tanks
Valves
512 LIEBHERR 8.01

8. Inspection category: Chassis - pressurized air system1

Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
9. Inspection category: Chassis - electrical system1

Motors
Generators
Battery
Switch
Lines
Fuses
Resistors
Illumination
Brake lights
Indicator lights
Tail lights
Working lights
Signaling systems
Indicator lights
Battery switch
Limit switches: Transmission, steering,
drivetrain
Support pressure indicator2
10. Inspection category: Chassis - control devices1

Engine regulation
Gear
Couplings
Circuits
Brakes
Steering
Indicator displays
Engine shut off line
8.01 LIEBHERR 513

10. Inspection category: Chassis - control devices1

Control of supports2
Axle suspension
Crane leveling
Rear axle steering
11. Inspection category: Superstructure

Frame
Coverings
Treads
Bearings
Counterweights
Relapse retainer
Rotary connection: Tilt play
Rotary connection: Mounting screws
Rotary connection: Gearing
Slewing gear: Mounting screws
Slewing gear: Gearing
12. Inspection category: Superstructure - crane operator's cab

Doors
Windows / windshields
Windshields wiper
Mirrors
Seat
Heater
Ventilation
Sound absorber
Joystick for working functions
Gear shifts
Safety: Crushing / shear locations
514 LIEBHERR 8.01

13. Inspection category: Superstructure - Retaining and protection devices

Grab handles and accesses To the cab and to the power train
Coverings
Covers
Hatches
14. Inspection category: Superstructure - engine

Combustion engine
Exhaust system
Fuel tank
Filter
Sound-proofing
Engine mount
Fuel lines
15. Inspection category: Superstructure - hydraulic system

Oil reservoir
Filter
Pumps
Motors
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
Pressure limiting valves
Lowering brake valves
Brake control: Hoist gear
Brake control: Slewing gear
8.01 LIEBHERR 515

16. Inspection category: Superstructure - electrical system

Motors
Generators
Batteries
Switch
Lines
Fuses
Resistors
Illumination
17. Inspection category: Superstructure - control systems

Engine regulation
Gear
Flexible couplings
Circuits
Engine shut off line
Monitoring indicators
18. Inspection category: Superstructure - rope drives

Winch 13
Winch 23
Winch 33
Winch 43
Rope pulleys
Rope end connection
Rope for winch 1
Rope for winch 2
Rope for winch 3
Rope for winch 4
Guy ropes
516 LIEBHERR 8.01

19. Inspection category: Superstructure - load hook

Pulleys
Rope guards on pulleys
Axle support
Load hook
Load hook mounting
Hook retention
20. Inspection category: Superstructure - safety and switching systems

Hoist emergency limit switch I
Hoist emergency limit switch II
Lowering emergency limit switch I
Lowering emergency limit switch II
Boom emergency limit switch I
Boom emergency limit switch II
Luffing jib: Boom limit switch I
Luffing jib: Boom limit switch II
Load moment limiter
Angle display: Boom
Angle display: Luffing jib
Angle display: Slewing gear
Safety devices: Control
Operating range limiter
Pressure sensors
Speed sensor
Wind sensor
Sliding beam monitoring
Support pressure indicator
Incline display
Length indicator: Radius, boom length
Emergency off system
Engine stop
8.01 LIEBHERR 517

21. Inspection category: Boom

Weld structure
Rope pulleys
Luffing cylinder
Telescoping cylinder
Boom extension ropes
Boom retraction ropes
Boom bearings
Boom pinning
Guy rods
Relapse cylinders
22. Inspection category: Equipment

Weld structure
Rope pulleys
Relapse cylinder
Relapse support
Oscillation guard
A-frame bearings
Pinning of components
Guy rods with pinning
Rods with guide rail on A-frame 2 and
A-frame 3
All limit switches with switch mechanism
Inspection criteria:
A = Present / complete
B = Condition / maintenance
C = Function
D = Repair / replace
E = Reinspection required
518 LIEBHERR 8.01

Evaluation:
Satisfactory = x
Unsatisfactory = -
Not required = 0
Comments:
1 Inspection of the crane carrier vehicle road worthiness is also fulfilled if it has already been certified
by the road traffic department certification authority. For cranes that are not certified for use on public
roads, an expert or authorized inspector must conduct the required tests to validate the vehicle's road
worthiness.
2 These inspections must be carried out by an authorized inspector even if it has passed the road
traffic department test and is certified.

3 Inspection of the winches regarding the used portion of the theoretical service life.
8.01 LIEBHERR 519

027299-04 8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes
B195219
520 LIEBHERR 8.04

8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes 027299-04
1 Introduction
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to defective crane ropes!
Please observe the following criteria.
The rope should be considered to be a wear part, which must be replaced if the inspection shows that
its strength has reduced to such an extent that continued use may be dangerous.
Regular inspection of the rope is required in order to safely carry loads with correctly deployed
equipment, meaning that the rope must be taken out of service at an appropriate point in time.
The take-down criteria with regard to wire breaks, wear, corrosion and deformation can be applied
immediately under all application conditions. The different factors are dealt with in ISO 4309, which is
intended to serve as a guideline to competent experts who are involved in the maintenance and
inspection of cranes.
We recommend to carry out an annual inspection by an expert according to the following standard
(ISO 4309).
The ropes should be inspected every 4 years by an authorized inspector.
The scope of the inspection and the inspection results must be traceably documented, see addendum
2. This documentation must be retained as part of the crane records!
The criteria that are covered here are intended to provide an appropriate safety margin for movement
of loads with cranes until the rope is taken down.
2 Wire rope
2.1 Condition before installing
The rope is usually replaced with a rope that is of the same type as the original. If the spare rope is of
another type, then the user must ensure that the rope characteristics are at least as good as those of
the rope that was taken down.
Before installing a new wire rope, the grooves of the rope drums and pulleys must be checked in
order to ensure that the spare ropes is placed correctly in the rope grooves (see section entitled
“Inspection”).
2.2 Installation
When the rope is removed from the spool or unwound from a reel, it must be ensured that the rope is
not twisted, otherwise loops, reverse bends or kinks could originate in the rope.
If the rope is looped over any part of the system when it is not under strain, these areas must be
protected accordingly.
Before starting to use the rope on the system, the user must ensure that all components that are
functionally associated with the wire rope in connection with the standing components have been set
up in such a way that they will operate correctly.
To stabilize the wire rope, a few lifting procedures should be carried out at approximately 10 % of the
normal load.
2.3 Maintenance
The maintenance of the wire ropes depends on the type of lifting device, its application, the
environment as well as the type of rope that is used. Unless other instructions from the crane or rope
manufacturer are provided, the wire rope should be cleaned, if possible, and lubricated with grease or
oil, particularly in areas in which the rope is subjected to bending when it runs over pulleys.
The kind of grease that is used must be suitable for steel ropes.
Lack of maintenance will reduce the service life of the rope, particularly if the crane is used in a
corrosive environment and if re-lubricating is not possible because of the nature of the respective
crane application.
8.04 LIEBHERR 521

2.4 Inspection according to ISO 4309
2.4.1 Frequency
Daily inspection
If possible, all visible parts of the ropes must be checked for general wear and distortion every
working day. Special attention must be paid to the rope end connections. Any suspected changes in
the condition of the rope must be reported and the rope must be inspected by a trained expert
inspector in accordance with the section “Points to check on the rope”.
In the event that the lower rope layers on the drum are used infrequently or not at all, periodically
unwind and rewind the entire drum under pretension. A rope is most cost-effective if it is used over its
entire length. For that reason, it is recommended to use an appropriate rope length when operating
the crane over longer periods.
Note
If a rope is newly placed, then it must be pretensioned and placed with a pretension of at least
10 % of the maximum rope pull.
Special inspection as described in section “Points to check on the rope”

The rope must be checked after any events that may have led to damage to the rope and / or the rope
ends and whenever the rope is taken back into service after being taken down and then re-installed.
2.4.2 Checking the spooling behavior of the rope on the cable drum
To avoid spooling errors and associated rope damage, it is necessary to check the spooling behavior
daily. If spooling errors are determined, the rope must be reeled off until there are only 3 rope coils on
the winch. Thereafter, the rope is to be tensioned with a pretension of at least 10 % of the maximal
rope pull and then placed again.
Possible spooling errors:

– Cutting into the lower rope layers 1
– Loop formation in the lower rope layers 2
522 LIEBHERR 8.04

2.4.3 Points to check on the rope

General
Although the entire length of the rope must be checked, particular attention must be paid to checking
the following areas:
– At the rope end points on both sides, for movable as well as fixed ropes.
– The part of the rope that runs through the block or over rope pulleys; particular attention must be
paid to parts of the rope that are on rope pulleys when under load (see appendix 1) in systems
that carry out repeated movements.
– Parts of the rope that run over a compensation pulley.
– All parts of the rope that can be subjected to wear caused by external elements (e.g. protruding
hatch surrounds).
– All parts of the rope that are subjected to the effects of heat.
– On the contact positions of the ropes when spooling up.
– Check the inside of the rope for corrosion and material fatigue.
The results of the inspection must be entered in the inspection log for the system (for typical example
see section entitled “Rope inspection log” and appendix 2).
Checking the rope in the uphill pitch zones of the rope coil for flat sections
In the cross area of the coiled up rope layers, the rope is under more strain and can therefore be
flattened. To void flat sections, the rope can be shortened on the rope drum fixed point.
If the wires in the outer braids are flattened to no more than maximum half the wire diameter:
– Shorten the rope by a length of 1/3 of the rope drum circumference and reset.
DANGER
Rope breakage!
If the following measures are not observed, the rope can break, the load can fall down and fatally
injure personnel!
Take the rope down when the take down criteria is reached, as described in section “Take down
criteria”!
Take the rope down when the wires in the outer braids are flattened by more than half the wire
diameter!
Rope suspension and connection systems - except loops

The rope must be examined at the exits of the rope suspension and connection system, since this
area is particularly susceptible to initial signs of material fatigue (wire breaks) and corrosion. The rope
suspension and connection systems must also be examined for signs of deformation or wear.
Rope suspension and connection systems with pressure sleeves must undergo the same checking,
and the sleeve must be checked for cracks in the sleeve material and possible slippage of the rope in
the sleeve.
Detachable rope suspension systems (cotters, rope clamps) must be checked for wire breaks inside
and beneath the mount or fastening; it must also be examined whether the cotters and screwed-on
rope clamps are firmly connected to the rope. This check should also ensure that the requirements of
the rope suspension and connection systems standards and procedural guidelines are complied with.
8.04 LIEBHERR 523

2.5 Take-down criteria

The safe use of the rope is assessed in accordance with the following criteria:
1.) Number of wire breaks
2.) Broken wire nests
3.) Wire break increase rate
4.) Strand breaks
5.) Rope diameter reduction, including the reduction caused by damage to the rope core
6.) External and internal wear
7.) External and internal corrosion
8.) Deformation
9.) Damage caused by the effects of heat or arc welders
These individual factors must be taken into consideration in accordance with the relevant criteria
during all examinations. However, rope quality deterioration frequently results from a combination of
the individual factors, meaning that a worsening effect occurs that can be detected by an expert and
that influences the decision as to whether the rope has reached its rope removal limit and whether it
can continue to be used.
The checker must investigate whether the deterioration has been caused by a fault in the system; if
this is the case remedial action should be recommended before fitting a new rope.
2.5.1 Number of wire breaks

The number of wire breaks must be determined by visually inspecting the entire length of the rope. If a
wire break is found, sections that are 30 × d (d = nominal rope diameter) in length are marked at both
sides of this point. These sections must be examined extremely carefully. All wire breaks are now
carefully counted in each section. Please compare the number of visible wire breaks with appendix 4.
If the number of visible wire breaks is less than the number specified in the table, the area in which
the most broken wires are found is marked to a length of 6 × d. Count the number of visible wire
breaks again and compare the result with appendix 4. If the number of visible wire breaks is less than
the number specified in the table, the rope does not have to be taken down yet.
Note
Defining the interval until the next inspection
The interval until the next inspection is set depending on the number of visible wire breaks.
2.5.2 Broken wire nests

If the wire breaks are extremely close together and form wire nests, the rope must be taken down. If
the frequency of such wire breaks occurs over a rope length of less than 6d or is concentrated on one
strand, taking the rope down is recommended, even if the number of wire breaks is less than the
maximum number specified in the tables.
2.5.3 Wire break increase rate

For applications in which the main reason for damage to the rope is material fatigue, the first wire
breaks will not occur until a certain time has elapsed, but the number of wire breaks will increase
rapidly at ever-decreasing intervals.
Careful checking and logging of the increased number of wire breaks over time is recommended in
these cases.
2.5.4 Strand breaks

If an entire strand breaks, the rope must be taken down.
524 LIEBHERR 8.04

2.5.5 Reduction in rope diameter caused by damage to core rope

The rope diameter can be reduced as a result to damage to the core because of:
1.) Internal wear and notching
2.) Internal wear due to friction between individual strands and wires in the rope, particularly if it is
subjected to bending
3.) Steel core breakage
4.) Break in internal layers of multi-strand ropes
If the rope diameter (average of two diameter measurements) is reduced by 3 % of the nominal
diameter (rotation resistant ropes) or 10 % of the nominal diameter of other ropes due to these
factors, the ropes must be taken down, even if no wire breaks are visible.
Note
Diameter of new ropes
New ropes can have an actual diameter that is greater than the nominal diameter, meaning that
proportionally greater wear is possible.
2.5.6 External wear

Abrasion of outer wires of outer rope strands as a result of rubbing contact under pressure with the
grooves in the rope reels and drums. This condition is particularly evident in moving ropes in the
areas in which they come into contact with rope pulleys when the load is being moved and braked,
and manifest themselves as flattened surfaces on the outer wires. Abrasion is exacerbated by a lack
of or incorrect lubrication as well as the effects of dust.
Wear reduces the breaking strain of steel ropes because the cross section of the steel is reduced.
The rope must be taken down if the actual rope diameter has reduced by 7 % or more because of
outer wear, even if no wire breaks are visible.
2.5.7 External and internal corrosion

Corrosion is a particular problem in maritime climates and atmospheres that are polluted by industrial
emissions, reducing breaking strain and accelerating material fatigue because of the reduction in the
rope material cross section, leading to irregular surfaces that are the starting point for stress cracks.
Extreme corrosion can reduce the elasticity of the rope.
1.) External corrosion
Corrosion of the outer rope wires can be determined by visual inspection.
2.) Internal corrosion
This condition is more difficult to detect than external corrosion.
Note
Internal corrosion
If there are any signs of internal corrosion the rope must be checked by a competent expert.
DANGER
Occurrence of internal corrosion!
If the suspicion of extreme internal corrosion is confirmed, the rope must be taken down
immediately.
8.04 LIEBHERR 525

2.5.8 Rope deformation

A visible change to the rope structure is referred to as “rope deformation” and can cause a change at
the deformation point that results in irregular rope tension.
A distinction is made between the following important types of rope deformation on the basis of the
rope appearance (see following sections):
1.) Corkscrew-like deformation
2.) Basket formation
3.) Strands protruding from the rope
4.) Wire loop formation
5.) Flattening
6.) Reverse bends or knots
7.) Kinks
Corkscrew-like deformation (see appendix 3, table 1)
Corkscrew-like deformation
If there is any corkscrew-like deformation the rope must be taken down if the following condition is net:
d = nominal diameter of rope

d1 = rope sheath diameter of the distorted rope
Basket formation (see appendix 3, table 2)

If there are kinks in the rope, it must be replaced immediately.
Strands protruding from the rope (see appendix 3, table 3)
The rope must be replaced immediately if this kind of deformation occurs.
Wire loop formation (see appendix 3, tables 4 and 5)
In this case, certain wires or groups of wires protrude from the rope at the side facing the rope pulley
in the form of loops - this is normally the result of sudden strain. If serious deformation occurs, the
rope must be taken down.
Flattening (see appendix 3, tables 8 and 9)
Flattening is the result of mechanical damage; if it is pronounced the rope must be replaced.
Reverse bends or knots (see appendix 3, tables 6 and 7)
If the rope has any reverse loops or knots it must be taken down immediately.
Kinks (see appendix 3, table 10)
Kinks are angled deformations in the rope caused by external influences. If there are kinks in the
rope, it must be replaced immediately.
2.5.9 Damage caused by the effects of heat or arc welders

Steel ropes that have been subjected to extremely high temperatures, which can be detected
externally because of the colouring that it causes, must be taken down.
526 LIEBHERR 8.04

3 Operating behavior of steel ropes

Exact logging of information by the checker can be useful for predicting the behaviour of a certain type
of steel rope on a crane. This information is useful for planning and adapting maintenance instructions
and controlling the stocking of spare ropes. The use of such a prediction system should not cause the
examinations to be less strict or the rope usage time to be extended beyond the criteria that are
specified in the previous sections of this guideline for monitoring and taking down of crane ropes.
4 Condition of equipment that is functionally

associated with the rope
Note
Groove radius
The radius must not be smaller than the actual diameter of the rope.
Rope drums and pulleys must be checked at regular intervals in order to ensure that all these
components rotate correctly in their bearings. Stiff or blocked rope pulleys wear rapidly and unevenly
and cause serious rope abrasion. Ineffective compensation pulleys can lead to irregular rope tension.
The radius at the bottom of the rope grooves of all rope pulleys and the drum must be suitable for the
nominal diameter of the rope. If the radius has become too big or too small the rope groove must be
reworked or the rope pulley replaced.
5 Rope inspection log

The user must provide a log for each of the regular inspections in which all rope inspection
information is recorded. Typical example of a log - see appendix 2.
6 Rope storage and marking

Clean, dry rope storage facilities must be provided in order to prevent damage to ropes that are not in
use; it must also be ensured that the ropes can be clearly and unambiguously assigned to their
checking logs.
7 Wire ropes and rope end connections

DANGER
Risk of accident!
Correct choice and use of the wire rope and the rope end connections are a decisive precondition
for proper and accident-free crane operation.
The wire ropes and rope end connections selected in accordance with their usage. It must be
determined whether a rotation-resistant or non-rotation free rope is required. The type of rope that is
selected then determines the type of rope end connections that are used.
7.1 Rotation-resistant ropes and their rope end connections

Rotation-resistant ropes are special ropes that produce extremely little torque and twisting at the rope
end connection when they are under strain.
Note
Rotation-resistant ropes are used as hoist ropes.
8.04 LIEBHERR 527

Typical rotation-resistant wire rope structures are ropes with 15 to 18 outer strands. Rotation-resistant
ropes are symbolically depicted with 15 outer strands (circles) (see table 1).
Rotation-resistant ropes can be optionally used with the following rope end connections:
– Rope end connection rotating in the form of a PFEIFER link with swivel or spin stabiliser / swivel.
– Rope end connection non-rotating in the form of a PFEIFER link without swivel or gib and cotter.
If possible, preference should be given to the use of a twisting rope end connection to reduce
torsional stress with rotation-resistant ropes (see table 2).
DANGER
Never use rotating rope end connections with non-rotation free ropes!
Note
Usage warning notes
The usage warning notes on the rotating PFEIFER link with pulley indicates that this rope end
connection may not be used for non-rotation free ropes (see table 3)!
7.2 Non-rotation free ropes and their rope end connections

Non-rotation free ropes generate high torque levels at the rope end connection when they are under
load. For this reason, the rope ends must be protected from twisting using an appropriate rope end
connection to prevent the rope from unscrewing under strain!
Note
Non-rotation free ropes are used as guy ropes or control ropes.
528 LIEBHERR 8.04

Typical non-rotation free wire rope structures are ropes with 8 to 10 outer strands. Twisting ropes are
symbolically depicted with 8 outer strands (circles) (see table 4).
Non-rotation free ropes can only be used with the following rope end connections:
– Rope end connection non-rotating in the form of a PFEIFER link without swivel or gib and cotter.
A non-rotating rope end connection is also the mount of the rope on the fixed point of the winch
drum.
DANGER
Never use rotating rope end connections with non-rotation free ropes!
Never install a twist compensator / swivel!
Note
Usage warning notes
The usage warning note on PFEIFER links without swivel and cotter indicates that this rope end
connection may not be used for non-twist free ropes in combination with a twist compensator /
swivel (see table 5)!
8.04 LIEBHERR 529

B106181
530 LIEBHERR 8.04

8 Twisting caused by stretching in rotation-resistant

ropes and its remedy
For procedure, see illustration opposite.
WARNING
Damage to the rope!
Please proceed with extreme caution when performing the following actions.
Please heed the following instructions to the letter.
8.1 General
The cause for the turn-in of the hook block can have various reasons. For that reason, check the
crane first for the following features.
– Scrub marks: Are hoist rope scrub marks present on the crane components? If scrub marks are
present, check the hoist rope pathway and rectify.
– Rope pulleys: Has the groove diameter become too small, or do the rope pulleys exhibit a
negative profile?
• Groove diameter dimensional stability must be present.
• The rope groove must be uniformly smooth without a hoist rope negative profile.
• If this is not the case, the rope pulley must be exchanged.
– Rope greasing: Has the hoist rope been sufficiently greased? If the rope surface is dry, the hoist
rope must be re-greased.
If the crane does not display other features, the hoist rope must be spun out. Following, two methods
are described by which the hoist rope can be spun out. The methods must be applied in the described
sequence.
8.2 Turning out extremely rotation-resistant hoist ropes
8.2.1 Method 1: Spinning out with one strand reeve

1.) Reeve in the one strand hoist rope.
2.) Extend the boom to the maximal boom length and hook height.
3.) Lower hooks to approximately 1 m above the ground and allow the hoist rope to spin out.
4.) With an empty hook block, carry out one complete hoist cycle.
5.) Lower the hook again to approximately 1 m above the ground and allow the hoist rope to spin out
again.
6.) Reeve the number of strands of hoist rope carefully and spin free where the twisting of the hook
block is largest.
7.) Carry out at least two complete hoist cycles at maximum boom length and hook height, in order
to divide the spin out onto the entire rope length.
If the hook block turns in further, method 2 must be used.
8.04 LIEBHERR 531

8.2.2 Method 2: Spin out by turning out the hook block

1.) The hook block is reeved with the largest number of strands are twisted.
2.) Extend the boom completely and lower the hook block.
3.) Attach a load of approximately 10 % of the nominal rope pull on the hook block.
4.) Before lifting the load, an assistant must carry out the following measures: Rotate the twisted
hook block to a straight position by hand until the rope strands no longer touch each other.
5.) Rotate the hook block further by a complete revolution, the rope strands touch each other again.
6.) Hold the hook block in the prescribed position until the load lifts off the ground.
• NOTICE:
When the hook block comes under load, it will attempt to rotate back to a straight position.
Release the hook block.
7.) Move the load until approximately 15 m before the uppermost hook position of the completely
extended boom.
8.) Lower load and set it down. The twisting should now be remedied.
If the hook block turns in further, then the process must be repeated. If the problem is not remedied by
this, contact Liebherr Service.
532 LIEBHERR 8.04

blank page!
8.04 LIEBHERR 533

B193940
A Hook block B Cable pulley C Rope drum
534 LIEBHERR 8.04

9 Appendix 1
Diagram of possible defects, with reference to different areas that must be considered during
inspection:
1.) Check rope end connection at rope drum
2.) Examine for incorrect spooling up, which causes deformation (crushing) and wear, which can
have serious consequences at rope crossing points
3.) Examine for wire breaks
4.) Examine for corrosion
5.) Look for deformation as a result of hook block loading
6.) Inspect parts of rope that run over rope pulleys for wire breaks and wear
• Rope suspension and rope mountings:
• Check for wire breaks and corrosion
• Also inspect parts of rope that run on or next to compensating pulleys
7.) Look for deformation
8.) Check rope diameter
9.) Carefully check length of rope that runs through the hook block, particularly the part that rests on
the rope pulley under load
10.) Check for wire breaks and surface wear
11.) Check for corrosion
8.04 LIEBHERR 535

B105034
536 LIEBHERR 8.04

10 Appendix 2
Typical example for an inspection log
8.04 LIEBHERR 537

B194071
538 LIEBHERR 8.04

11 Appendix 3
Note
Depiction of deformation
The deformation that is depicted on many pictures is exaggerated in order to show it more clearly.
The ropes that are shown would have had to be taken down long before they reached this stage.
Typical examples of damage that can occur to wire ropes:

– Picture 1:
Corkscrew-like deformation: deformation where rope is in the form of a spiral along its longitudinal
axis.
The rope must be taken down if the deformation exceeds the value that is mentioned in
chapter “Take-down criteria”, section entitled “Corkscrew-like deformation”.
– Picture 2:
Basket formation on a multi-strand rope.
Reason for immediate rope take-down.
– Picture 3:
Steel core rope exit, generally in combination with basket formation in the immediate vicinity.
– Picture 4:
Only one strand is affected by loop formation, although the examination of a longer section of rope
shows that the deformation is visible at regular intervals; normally deformation along the length of
a lay.
– Picture 5:
Serious worsening of the previous problem (see picture 4) (typical of hoist rope in a ram system).
– Picture 6:
A serious reverse bend or knot.
Note the destroyed lay that leads to the exit of the fibre layer.
– Picture 7:
A wire rope that has been kinked during installation but still taken into operation, and now suffers
from localised wear and substandard rope tension.
Reason for rope take-down.
– Picture 8:
Crushing as a result of local mechanical damage causing imbalance beneath the strands,
resulting in wire breaks.
– Picture 9:
Crushing of a multi-strand rope caused by incorrect spooling up on the rope drum.
Note increase in length of outer strands of lay. Here too, imbalance would occur under load.
– Picture 10:
Example of serious kinking.
12 Appendix 4
Guideline for number of wire breaks in accordance with ISO 4309
for power train classification groups M1, M2, M3 and M4
8.04 LIEBHERR 539

12.1 Wire ropes
12.1.1 Hoist ropes
Rope diameter Number of visible broken wires requiring rope removal,

over a length of
6 x rope diameter 30 x rope diameter
See chapter 1.03 2 4
12.1.2 Assembly ropes

over a length of
12.1.3 Guy ropes, control ropes

over a length of
540 LIEBHERR 8.04

8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes 025045-01
blank page!
8.07 LIEBHERR 541

025045-01 8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes
B190108
542 LIEBHERR 8.07

1 General
Air braking systems on mobile cranes must be inspected annually.
In Germany, the main inspection and safety tests must be conducted in accordance with section 29 of
STVZO.
Local national laws apply in other countries.
2 Visual inspection
Check that the following requirements are met:
– Piping and hoses are not damaged, not corroded and are properly installed
– Devices are properly installed and fastened
Ensure that the breathing holes 4 on the diaphragm cylinders are not blocked (plugs removed). If
this is not done, the membrane bellows may twist. The spring loaded-brake will then not be
completely released and the brake will run hot.
The breathing holes 1 breathing holes 2 and breathing holes 3 must nevertheless be closed by
plugs.
– The air pressure tank is not damaged and no corrosion is visible on the outside.
The tank is labeled as specified.
No welding may be done nor heat be applied to the tank walls.
– Pressure tank is drained
– Dust seals are not damaged
– Joints are properly secured, operate freely and are properly seated
– Rods have not been repaired by welding, are not bent, move freely and are not otherwise
damaged
– The wheel brakes are properly adjusted (brake lining clearance, brake cylinders stroke, lining
thickness, slack adjuster)
3 Operation and performance test

3.1 Operation test
– Pressure regulator, Air compressor: Test low and high pressure settings and delivery rate
– Pressurized air system: Check for sealing and supply pressure
– Multi-circuit safety valve, spill valve and warning system: Check operation
3.2 Performance test

Note
The following values are valid for an axle load of 12 t.
Brake action can be checked using the observation ports located in the metal covers:
– Press on the brake pedal: Both brake shoes contact the drum
– Release the brake pedal: Brake shoes immediately return to their starting position
Check brake performance:
– Measure the retarding force
– Measure stopping distance
– Determine braking performance using brake stands
8.07 LIEBHERR 543

025045-01 8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes
Determine retarding force using a retarding force measuring instrument

When applying a pressure of 6.5 bar, the measured average retarding force dm should be greater than
4.5 m/s2 .
Measure stopping distance
When applying a pressure of 6.5 bar, the stopping distance, s, should be less than the value given in
the charts.
Test speed Stopping dis-

tance
v [km/h] s [m]
20 6.5
30 12.5
40 19.8
50 29.0
Measure the braking performance using a brake stand

When braking forces are measured at the vehicle axles, braking performance shall be determined as
follows:
Gz = allowable total vehicle weight [N]

z = braking performance [%]
F1 = braking force at the first axle, which was determined at pressure p1 [N]
F2 = braking force at the second axle, which was determined at pressure p2 [N]
Fn = braking force at the last axle, which was determined at pressure pn [N]
pN1...n = max. braking pressure at the respective axle [bar]
p1...n = braking pressure actually transmitted to the wheel cylinder at the respective axle [bar]
4 Internal inspection of the wheel brakes

DANGER
Risk of accident!
All brake maintenance and repair work shall be carried out only by authorized and trained
personnel.
Check the brake lining condition every three months using the inspection ports in the metal covers.
Perform an internal inspection of the individual brake components by removing the brake drum every
12 months.
WARNING
Risk of damaging the brakes!
Do not activate the brakes while the brake drum is removed!
When brake linings measure 5.5 mm (new brake lining thickness 18 mm), not including metal shoes,
replace the linings. Burned, shiny or oil-covered linings must also be replaced.
544 LIEBHERR 8.07

DANGER
Risk of accident!
Always replace brake linings on both wheels of each axle.
Only the following brake linings may be used for replacement purposes Jurid 546, Bremskerl
6275 and Beral 1549 .
Thoroughly turn down the brake drums. When turning down the brake drums, do not exceed the
permissible turn-down measurement of 0.75% of nominal diameter.
Example:
Nominal diameter: 500.00 mm
Permissible turn-down measurement: 3.75 mm
Permissible inner diameter: 503.75 mm
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Replace the brake drum when the inner diameter is larger than 503.75 mm.
The brake is equipped with an automatic adjustment device, that corrects for brake lining wear and
centers the brake.
The automatic adjustment mechanism is maintenance-free.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If any individual components are damaged, replace the complete adjustment assembly.
Use the “Adjustment” repair kit.
Replace the pressure and tension springs, as well as sealing rings, protection covers and bellows at
least every two years.
Repeat the visual, functional and performance tests after reassembly.
8.07 LIEBHERR 545

024586-01 8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports
B108052
546 LIEBHERR 8.12

8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports 024586-01
1 Luffing lattice jib
1.1 Luffing lattice jib “steepest operating position”

Steepest operating position at angle 80°.
1.1.1 Checking limit switch initiators for function
Cover limit switch initiators 11 on the relapse cylinder 10 individually with a metal plate.
– The N-control winch movement “spooling up” must turn off.
– The icon must appear on the LICCON monitor.
1.1.2 Checking the limit switch initiators on the switch point
Before erecting the boom, check the function of the limit switch initiators 11 in installed condition. Pull
up both A-frames to the specified dimension until the switch contact opens, see illustration.
– The N-control winch movement “spooling up” must turn off.
After successful test, reset the A-frames to set up condition.
8.12 LIEBHERR 547

B108053
548 LIEBHERR 8.12

1.2 Luffing lattice jib “lowest position”
1.2.1 Checking limit switch initiators for function
Cover the limit switch initiators 11 individually with a metal plate:

– The N-control winch movement “spooling out” must turn off.
– Switch position “luffing jib bottom”, approx. 97° .
Limit switch initiators 11, see illustration on the left.
8.12 LIEBHERR 549

B108054
550 LIEBHERR 8.12

1.3 Function check of limit switch initiators on the mechanical relapse

retainer
In addition to the relapse cylinders, the lattice jib is also secured by a mechanical relapse support,
which engages in steepest lattice jib position into the flap of the oscillation guard. The luffing up
movement is turned off by the actuated limit switches on the oscillation guard.
WARNING
Danger of tipping over if the oscillation guard is hard to move!
If the oscillation guard is hard to move, the mechanical relapse retainer will no longer function. The
luffing lattice jib can tip backwards uncontrolled and cause the crane to topple over!
Crane operation with hard to move oscillation guard is prohibited!
Before erection, the pendulum of the mechanical relapse retainer must be checked for easy
movement over the complete swing range of the pendulum.
Depending on the lattice jib position (telescopic boom position = 83°), the flap on the oscillation guard
is swung out by the weight of the pendulum:
– 13° the flap is swung in
– 28° the flap can be pushed open
– 37° the flap is swung out
8.12 LIEBHERR 551

024588-01 8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder
B108055
552 LIEBHERR 8.14

8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 024588-01
1 Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse

cylinder
The accumulator pressure in the relapse cylinder must be checked before and during crane operation
via the LICCON operating screen, see “Diagnostics”.
The actual pressure shown in the LICCON operating screen must match the nominal pressure in the
chart.
Note
The specified nominal pressure depends on the ambient temperature.
The maximum permissible difference between the actual and the nominal pressure is +/- 10 bar.
The accumulator pressure in the relapse cylinder is checked as follows:

– To check the accumulator pressure “fully extend the relapse cylinder”.
– Check the accumulator pressure with the “relapse cylinder in test position”.
1.1 Check the accumulator pressure with “relapse cylinder fully

extended”
– Set the main boom and the lattice jib to the angle specified in the chart.
– Compare the nominal pressure in the chart with the actual pressure in the LICCON operating
screen.
“Extend the relapse cylinder fully”

Boom an- Lattice jib an- Cylinder Stro-
gle α gle β length ke
-20 °C 0 °C 20 °C 40 °C
83° 6,5° 6950 mm 0 mm 78 bar 84 bar 90.5 96.5
bar bar
1.2 Checking the accumulator pressure with the “relapse cylinder in

test position”
– Set the main boom and the lattice jib to the angle specified in the chart.
– Compare the nominal pressure in the chart with the actual pressure in the LICCON operating
screen.
“Relapse cylinder in test position”

Boom an- Lattice jib an- Cylinder Stro-
gle α gle β length ke
-20 °C 0 °C 20 °C 40 °C
83° 13°+2° 6750 mm 200 83.8 90 bar 97 bar 103.6
mm bar bar
8.14 LIEBHERR 553

021714-03 8.15 Inspection and maintenance of guy rods
B180875
554 LIEBHERR 8.15

8.15 Inspection and maintenance of guy rods 021714-03
1 General
Always check the entire length of the guy rods before every assembly.
Also check the concealed bearing surfaces and bores.
2 Repeat inspection of guy rods

The guy rods must be checked at least once a year by an expert according to VGB D6.
The inspection must be carried out by an authorized expert every 4 years.
If a load was dropped or if the crane was overloaded, an additional inspection by an expert is
required.
The inspections must be documented.
DANGER
Risk of accident in case of guy rod failure!
If the following damage is found, the guy rods may no longer be used and must be replaced
immediately!
2.1 Cracks and dents

The guy rods must be thoroughly inspected visually for cracks and dents.
If cracks are present, the guy rods must be replaced. Repairs are not permitted.
Note
In case of doubt, the relevant areas must be carefully examined, for example with magnetic crack
detection!
2.2 Stretching
Check for guy rod stretching by measuring the guy rods.
The stretch may be no more than max. 0.2 %, for example 14 mm, for an initial dimension (L) of
7000 mm.
Note
The initial dimension (L) of the guy rods is noted in the separate rod diagram!
2.3 Wear
Check the bores, pins and pin retainers for signs of wear.
2.4 Damaged paint

Check the paint on the guy rods at regular intervals (signs of corrosion).
Repair damaged paint.
Note
The guy rods may not be stored in aggressive media, such as salt water!
2.5 Ductile distortion

After a ductile distortion, such as bending, the guy rods must be replaced.
8.15 LIEBHERR 555

556 LIEBHERR
9.00 General notes
LIEBHERR 557
027300-03 9.02 Supplementary service work
B195219
558 LIEBHERR 9.02

9.02 Supplementary service work 027300-03
1 Checks before start up

We recommend to carry out the following visual inspections in the engine compartment before start
up:
– Check if all oil and fuel lines are leak-free and dry.
– Check if the injection pump, fuel and oil filters are leak-free.
– Check if the hydraulic units, the hydraulic motors for the fan drives and their supply lines are
leak-free.
– Check if the exhaust system and exhaust flange are leak-free.
– Check if the exhaust flap retention flap is moveable.
The return springs that open the exhaust flaps must function properly, because seized (therefore
closed) exhaust flaps during engine operation will result in considerable overheating.
– Inspect electrical wiring and ensure that there is sufficient clearance to hot exhaust system piping
and that it is properly fastened and that there is no insulation damage.
– Inspect the soundproofing mats for soiling from solutions and large quantities of oil or fuel, as well
as other damage.
Immediately remove any soundproofing mats that are excessively damaged or soiled and replace
them with original parts.
When cleaning the engine and gear compartments, observe the care instructions for the sound
insulation, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.01!
2 Repair and maintenance tasks

Note
Repair and maintenance tasks are to be carried out carefully!
Take particular precautions regarding cleanliness when replacing diesel and oil filters. Remove any
diesel fuel or oil that has leaked. Perform a test run on the systems to ensure that there are no leaks.
The diesel engine V-room must be inspected regularly, and any oil or diesel fuel must be cleaned up,
particularly after repairs and servicing. Any fuel that has collected in V-room can spread throughout
the engine room while the crane is travelling on the road and can ignite if it comes into contact with
hot surfaces.
We stress that all electrical wiring must be installed according to the regulations and must be properly
fastened. Immediately repair any wiring insulation that exhibits signs of chafing or brittleness as a
result of operational activities. Any wiring that is not in perfect condition is to be immediately and
professionally replaced.
We would like to particularly emphasize that over time fuel and oil lines can become brittle or porous
as they age. Any hoses that appear to be excessively porous should be replaced immediately, see
crane maintenance chapter.
3 Important service tasks

The following service tasks are to be carried out regularly:
– Grease drive shafts with LIEBHERR special grease.
– Regularly check that the drive shaft bolts are properly seated.
– Check gearbox and engine oil levels regularly.
Replace any oil used in normal operation. If oil consumption or loss is unusually high, determine
the cause and correct.
9.02 LIEBHERR 559

4 Maintenance notes for replacement parts

The following is to be considered when replacing drive components such as engine, gearbox or axles:
– Before start up, be sure to refill with the correct type of oil to the center of the min. - max. marks.
For type of oil, refer to the data tag and service items and lubricants.
– Conduct initial maintenance according to chapter “Maintenance intervals”; thereafter, maintain in
accordance with the specified periodic maintenance intervals.
– Observe break-in instructions, see chapter 2.02.
5 Recommendations for travel operation

NOTICE
Risk of engine damage!
If the permissible engine speed in exceeded, the engine can be seriously damaged!
Do not exceed the permissible engine rpm!
6 Disposal of fuels and lubricants

Note
Engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids, grease and fuels are dangerous waste materials!
These materials must be disposed of separately!
These materials may not be disposed of in the ground or in any bodies of waters: wastewater
systems, sewers or groundwater!
Comply with the regulations specified by local authorities before disposing of any of these items or
substances!
Note
Radiator fluid for diesel motors and heating systems are dangerous waste materials!
Undiluted antifreeze / anti-corrosion agents must be handled as dangerous waste materials!
Follow the regulations of the local authorities when disposing of used cooling fluids (mixture of
antifreeze / anti-corrosion agents solution and tap water).
7 Tires
560 LIEBHERR 9.02

7.1 Wheel checks

DANGER
If the lock ring 2 is not properly seated in the groove, it can be violently ejected when the tire is inflated
and fatally injure personnel!
If the lock ring 2 is not correctly seated in the groove, please obtain the assistance of an
authorized and trained expert personnel!
Do not make any alteration to the tire pressure!
Visually check the side ring and lock ring 2 for correct seating!
DANGER
In the event of insufficient profile or damage to the tires, exchange tires for new ones!
Maintain correct tire pressure! See chapter 1.03.
If the tire pressure has dropped below 3 bar, the tire may only be pumped up by qualified and
trained personnel!
Replace damaged disk wheels 1 with new ones immediately!
Check depth of tread.

Check tires for damage.
Check the tire pressure.
Check wheel disks 1 for damage.
9.02 LIEBHERR 561

7.2 Tire changes

Note
Tires may only be changed by authorized and trained specialist personnel!
This applies both to dismounting and mounting of the tire on the disk wheel 1!
For EM-tires (Earthmover tires) there is no legal specification for tire replacement due to tire aging
either from the tire manufacturer or by law. The tires must be replaced when the legally specified
minimum tire tread depth is reached.
To ensure that the tires on the crane vehicle obtain a long service life, we recommend to proceed as
follows:
Check in regular intervals:
– the tire pressure
– the tire tread depth
– the tire surface for cracks, damage or foreign particles
– the tire outer wall for cracks to damage
– the track adjustment for all axles
Note
These inspections cannot ensure that the EM-tires do not have internal, non-visible damage and
that the EM-tire cannot be used further.
The crane operator must monitor the externally recognizable condition and any changes of dynamic
behavior, such as increasing noise or vibrations. If any of these features decrease, that could be a
sign that the tire must be taken out of service.
Note
We recommend after 8 to 10 years, even if the EM-tire does not show any external damage, to
have the tires check by an authorized expert personnel of the respective tire manufacturer and to
observe the recommendations regarding continued use of the tire.
7.3 Wheel changes
7.3.1 In event of tire failure
Note
The following is to be considered in the event of tire failure!
Pay attention to road traffic when stopping!
The steering wheel could judder. Hold on to the steering wheel tightly with both hands!
Select the flattest possible surface for undertaking a wheel change! Select the site in such a way
that the road traffic is obstructed as little as possible and you will not be endangered when
changing the wheel!
Secure the vehicle and the breakdown site!
“Free-standing” crane operation is absolutely prohibited!
WARNING
Toppling wheel!
The wheel can topple over when changing the wheel and seriously injure personnel!
Secure the wheel against toppling!
Only operate the support when no wheels are leaned against a sliding beam or support cylinder!
Step away quickly if a wheel threatens to topple!
Change the wheel with the help of a second person if possible!
562 LIEBHERR 9.02

Apply the parking brake, see chapter 3.04.

Lock the axle suspension, see chapter 3.03.
Loosen wheel lugs on the defective wheel.
DANGER
Select a support base where the mobile crane cannot topple over!
Support the mobile crane until the wheels can be changed, see chapter 3.05.
Wheels that are on their side are extremely difficult to lift up. For this reason, do not place wheels
down when changing a wheel.
Lift the spare wheel using the crane, set it down next to defective wheel and prevent it from rolling
away or toppling over.
Unscrew wheel lugs and remove defective wheel.
DANGER
Defective spare wheel!
Before mounting, visually inspect the disk wheel 1, the side ring, the clamp collar 2 and the tire!
Never mount a defective spare wheel!
Only mount wheels that are approved for the vehicle!
Mount the spare wheel.
WARNING
Risk of accident if wheel lugs are overtightened!
The tightening torque is 600 Nm!
Do not overtighten wheel lugs!
Only use wheel lugs approved by LIEBHERR-Werk Ehingen!
Re-fit wheel nuts and tighten crossways to 600 Nm.

After the first 50 and the first 100 travelled kilometres:
Ensure that wheel lugs are tight, re-tighten if necessary.
7.3.2 Rotating the wheels

Crane vehicle tires are subjected to differing loads during operation.
Tire rotation is recommended to ensure that all the vehicle's tires wear uniformly. Tires should be
rotated as soon as uneven wear patterns are detected. We recommend intervals in the range of
5000 km and 10000 km. Tires should be rotated in a crosswise pattern (see following illustrations).
The location should also be selected so that tires that are evenly worn are installed in locations where
the wear pattern is uneven.
This process has a positive impact on driving comfort and tire performance.
9.02 LIEBHERR 563

B108267
564 LIEBHERR 9.02

B108268
9.02 LIEBHERR 565

B108269
566 LIEBHERR 9.02

B108270
9.02 LIEBHERR 567

568 LIEBHERR
Index
Central lubrication system 355
A Central lubrication system settings 355
Actuating the overload protection 145 Changing oil in the torque converter clutch 313
Air conditioning system* operation 249, 259 Changing the oil 319, 347, 369
Air filter 305 Changing the wheel 329
Air filter, illustration 2 341 Charts for maximum permissible wind speeds for
Air dryer, illustration 6 371 crane operation 229
Additional equipment 233 Checking oil level of the torque converter clutch 311
Angular pull 121 Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse
Antifall guards on the crane 85 cylinder 553
Appendix 1 535 Checking the accumulator pressure with the
Appendix 2 537 “relapse cyli 553
Appendix 3 539 Checking the gas pressure and oil fill 505
Appendix 4 539 Checking the oil level 317, 347, 369, 371
Appendix 510 Checking the oil level of the automatic
Assembling / disassembly of hydraulic lines 173 transmission 309
Assembling the telescopic boom 195, 221 Checking the prerequisites 175
Assembly / disassembly 147 Checking the retaining elements 135
Assembly / disassembly of booms 149 Checking the ropes 135
Assembly of lattice sections for lattice mast Checking the safety measures 54
cranes 163 Checking the tires 329
Assembly of lattice sections for telescopic Checking the wheel alignment 333
cranes 151 Checks before starting to work with the crane 116
Assembly winch, illustration 4 367 Checks before start up 559
Attaching the load 119 Check the accumulator pressure with “relapse
Attachment points on the telescopic boom 209 cylinder fu 553
Automatic gear box with torque converter Check the relapse cylinders for visible defects 505
coupling 309 Cleaning and care of the crane 278
Axle arches 331 Command and prohibition signs 77
Axles, illustration 11 331 Command sign 77
Component overview 177, 207
Compressed air and brake system air dryer 329
B Condition before installing 521
Ball valve positions during emergency Condition of equipment that is functionally asso-
operation 269 ciated with the rope 527
Battery maintenance 335 Connecting points for telescopic boom assembly on
Bleeding the central lubrication system 359 an aux 179
Bleeding the injection lines 343 Connecting points for telescopic boom assembly on
Bleeding the transmission 315 two au 181
Block position of relapse cylinders when setting Connecting points on the extender wheel 89
down a 138 Connecting the feed lines between the turntable
Boom nose* 17 and the 203, 225
Breaking away fixed loads 123 Consideration of wind conditions 68
Breaking in the brake linings 19 Control measures - crawler cranes 138
Break-in instructions 18 Control measures - mobile cranes 137
Break-in instructions 19 Coolant engine cooling system 305
Bringing the railing into transport position 93 Counterweight 55
Bypass for assembly and disassembly 171 Cracks and dents 555
Bypassing the hoist top shut off 145 Crane alignment 54
Bypassing the overload protection 143 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection
Bypassing the overload protection 143 plan 283
Bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring 267 Crane movement - Telescoping 117
Bypassing during crawler assembly 173 Crane operation 123
Crane operation 57, 229
C Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 60
Care instructions for the driver's cab and the crane Crane operation with a load 55
ope 278 CRANE OPERATION WITH FUEL FROM THE
Carrying out an error diagnostics 411 CRANE CHASSIS * 273
LIEBHERR 569
Index
Crane operation with fuel from the crane Exhaust systems and other heated crane compo-
chassis 273 nents 23
Crane operation with fuel from the crane su-
perstructure 273
Crane operation with placed guy rods 140
F
Fall protective gear: Connecting points 89
Crane operator's cab with incline adjustment 25
Fall protective gear: Railing 93
Crane operator's cab with retractable / extendable
Filling the grease container 359
step 25
Filling the lubrication lines 359
Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection
Fill quantities crane chassis 375
schedule 293
Fill quantities crane superstructure and boom 377
Customer-specific special equipment 272
Fill quantities - Equipment 379
Cycle control 357
Fill quantities 375
Fill quantities, lubrication chart 374
For cranes with pneumatic boom locking
D system 505
Damaged paint 555 For cranes with telescopic boom system
Danger of being crushed! 123 Telematik 505
Dangerous conditions without shut off 138 Fuel pre-filter 307
Danger: Risk of burning hands (position 29) 73 Functional block diagram Extend the sliding
Danger zone of crane 23 beams 419
Did an alarm function occur? 403 Functional block diagram Extend the support
Diaphragm reservoirs 349 cylinders 419
Diaphragm reservoirs of axle suspension / axle Functional block diagram Retract the sliding
locking s 325 beams 419
Diesel engine 303, 339 Functional diagram of pressure stage 417
Diesel particle filter* 305, 341 Function check 359
Disassembling the telescopic boom 211 Function check of limit switch initiators on the
Disassembling the telescopic boom 185, 213 mechani 551
Disassembly of telescopic boom 183 Function diagram Retract the support cylinders 417
Disconnecting feed lines between turntable and Function / malfunction display 357
telescopi 187, 215
Disposal of fuels and lubricants 560
Document inspections in writing 97 G
Ductile distortion 555 General 23, 127, 177, 207, 261, 277, 423, 543, 555
General 29, 34, 123, 267, 269, 531
Generally valid instructions: 58
E General notes 557
General operating elements 101
Electrical system - lighting 335, 371
General safety technical guidelines 22
Emergency control 269
Greasing the gear ring and the slewing gear
Emergency exit - crane operator's cab 27
pinion 363
Emergency exit 27
Grounding 59
Emergency exit - driver's cab 27
Grounding the crane 59
Emergency operation of support 417
Grounding the load 60
Emergency operation with driving motor 271
Guiding the load 123
Emergency take-down 268
Guy rods 140
Endangering air traffic 61
Guy winches, illustration 5 371
Engine coolant, illustration 3 341
Engine oil 303
Engine oil, illustration 1 339 H
Ending crane operation 70 Hand signals for guidance 67
Ending crane operation 70 Have the hydraulic, electric or engine failed? 401
Equipment 133 Hazard signs 73
Erection / take down for crawler cranes 175 Heater / engine pre-heating 234
Erection / take down for mobile cranes 174 Heater operation 235, 251
Erection / take down 174 Heating the crane operator's cab 251
Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Heating the driver's cab 235
Service 411 Hoist gear 1, 2 and 3, illustrations 1 to 3 365
Error diagnostics with the help of Liebherr Hoist gear, hoist rope 56
Service 411 Hydraulic cylinder 279
570 LIEBHERR
Index
Hydraulic fluid reservoir, illustration 5 349 Instructions for sound damping (soundproofing) 278
Hydraulic hose lines 325, 350 Intermediate lubrication 359
Hydraulic oil reservoir 321 Internal inspection of the wheel brakes 544
Hydraulic system 321, 349 Interruption of crane operation 69
Interruption of crane operation 69
I Introduction 521
Is a sensor or limit switch defective? 414
Important service tasks 559
Is the CPU defective? 414
In addition, the following applies for Germany: 59
Is the electrical connection of a cable drum
Index 569
interrupted 414
Information signs 81
Is the LICCON monitor defective? 413
Information sign with regard to refueling
Is the power supply defective? 413
(position 49 83
Is the telescoping locking mechanism
Information sign with regard to vehicle height
defective? 415
(position 81
Individual protective equipment 87
Inspecting load hooks 503 J
Inspecting safety ropes and anchor points 97 Job planning 20
Inspecting the cable pulleys 506 Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes 62
Inspecting the hoist and luffing winches 491
Inspecting the mounting of the load bearing
equipment 506
L
LICCON computer system shows an error mes-
Inspecting the oil and fuel reservoirs 509
sage? 405
Inspecting the overload protection operation 506
LIEBHERR Service for you 277
Inspecting the roller slewing ring 506
Lifting of personnel 58
Inspecting the rope feed mechanics in the tele-
Lifting the load 121
scopic boom 503
Lubricate rotary connection 363
Inspection according to ISO 4309 522
Lubricating the telescopic boom 373
Inspection and maintenance of guy rods 554
Lubrication schedule - Crane chassis 381
Inspection and monitoring procedure 503
Lubrication schedule - Crane superstructure and
Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse
boom 383
cylinder 552
Lubrication schedule - Equipment 385
Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially
Lubrication schedule 381
steel structures 424
Luffing lattice jib 547
Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2 509
Luffing lattice jib “lowest position” 549
Inspection of crane wire ropes 520
Luffing lattice jib “steepest operating position” 547
Inspection of disk wheels 490
Inspection of lattice sections 487
Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom 505 M
Inspection of membrane accumulator 505 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 291
Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum Maintenance and inspection guidelines 280
brakes 541 Maintenance and service - General 276
Inspection of relapse cylinders 505 Maintenance 29, 521
Inspection of safety switching on the relapse Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 302
supports 546 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 338
Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, towing Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 282
winch and spare wheel winch 509 Maintenance notes for replacement parts 560
Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse Maintenance work on the crane superstructure or
cylinders 506 boom 279
Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric, Manual rope winches for assembly support of
illustration 1 509 components 139
Inspection of tire pressure 489 Maximum permissible wind speeds for crane
Inspection of tires and disk wheels 489 operation 229
Inspection of tires 489 Measures before tilting 335
Inspection procedures 136 Measures for defective components 413
Inspection recommendations for periodic inspec- Measures in clear problem cases 401
tions of 510 Measures to take during work stoppage or
Inspections 491 transport 279
Inspections of cranes 421 Mixing battery acid 336
Installation 521 Mounting the telescopic boom to the turntable 203,
LIEBHERR 571
Index
225 5.1 349

Movement on the crane 23 Procedure in case of problems 396
Procedure to follow in case of an error 265
N Procedure to follow in case of a problem 397
Procedure to follow in case of a problem 397
National traffic regulations 17
Prohibition signs 78
Non-rotation free ropes and their rope end connec-
Pump transfer gear, illustration 4 347
tions 528
Note with regard to the speed governor (position 50
to 83 R
Ram work or pulling sheet piles 124
O Read the operating instructions (position 35) 82
Obligations of the crane operator 40 Recommendations for travel operation 560
Oil change 367, 371 Releasing connection between luffing cylinder and
Operating and control instruments 101 telesc 227
OPERATING AND CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 105 Removing and recharging the battery 336
Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane Removing the telescopic boom from the
superstructure 100 turntable 187, 215
Operating behavior of steel ropes 527 Repair and maintenance tasks 559
Operating instructions chassis (position 16) 81 Repair welds 426
Operating instructions for cranes (position 13) 81 Repeat inspection of guy rods 555
Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater Replace drive shaft after tilting the driver's cab 335
for en 245, 257 Replacing oil in the automatic shift transmission 309
Operating the engine-independent auxiliary Replacing safety ropes used during a previous
heater* 241, 253 fall 97
Operation and performance test 543 Replacing the granulate cartridge 329, 371
Operation of crane superstructure 99 Replacing the pressure filter 315
Operations with a boom extension (folding jib, Replacing the suction filter 315
auxiliary 131 Requirements for monitoring the winches 492
Operations with a boom nose* on the lattice jib 129 Requirements of the crane operator 34
Operations with a boom nose* on the telescopic Reduction of load carrying capacity with placed guy
boom 127 rod 140
Operation test 543 Rope inspection log 527
Overflow container 365 Rope pulleys 135
Overview of displays and component groups for Rope storage and marking 527
error diag 399 Rotating turntable 180° in the direction of travel 197,
221
Rotating turntable 180° to the rear 189
P Rotation-resistant ropes and their rope end connec-
Parking the vehicle 71 tions 527
Performance test 543
Periodic crane inspections 422
Permissible ground pressures 48 S
Permitted ground pressure for crawler cranes 49 Safety 15
Permitted ground pressure for mobile cranes 49 Safety guidelines for ladders 29
Personal protective equipment 37 Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V
Pinning the luffing cylinder to the telescopic AC) 60
boom 205, 227 Safety ropes* fall protective equipment 95
Pinning the luffing cylinder to the telescopic boom Safety ropes* on the telescopic boom 95
on b 211 Safety signs on the ladders 31
Placing the hoist rope 135 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and
Planning crane operation 21 disassembly 134
Pneumatic springs for assembly support of compo- Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 45
nents 139 Service and maintenance 275
Positioning the pin pulling device for assembly 223 Service fluids and lubricants 386
Positioning the pin pulling device for Service items and lubricants (continuation) 388,
transportation 217 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395
Position railings for assembly/disassembly 93 Service items and lubricants 387
Preparing the crane 263 Service items and lubricants required for
Pressure filter in crane hydraulics, illustration LIEBHERR cranes 387
572 LIEBHERR
Index
Setting cycles and cycle time 355 ropes 531

Setting the support bases 261 Turning / driving in reverse 70
Signs on the crane 72 TVN / TVYN-operation with telescopic boom
Slewing gear 369 50 m 230
Slewing range (position 41) 74 Twisting caused by stretching in rotation-resistant
Slewing ring connection 363 ropes and its remedy 531
Sliding beam monitoring function and error Two hook operation 125
display 263
Sliding beam monitoring 260
Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 48 V
Spacer connecting points 91 Vehicle swivels out (position 27) 82
Stretching 555 Visual check for damage 116
Supplementary service work 558 Visual inspection 543
Support base 261
Supporting 53
System components 355 W
Warning: Beware of rotating elements
T (position 31) 74
Take-down criteria 524 Warning: High voltage (position 40) 74
Taking on a load 119 Warning mark “left” (position 3) 81
Taking up crane operation again 70 Warning mark “left” (position 98) 83
Taking up crane operation again 70 Warning mark “right” (position 4) 81
Technical safety instructions for working with a Warning mark “right” (position 99) 84
load 115 Warning notes 280
Telescopic boom 373 Warning: Risk of being crushed (position 14) 73
Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing Warning: Risk of crushing hands (position 32) 74
cylinder on the crane superstructure 176 Warning: Risk of deadly electric shock
Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing (position 33) 82
cylinder on the telescopic boom 206 Warning: Risk of suspended load (position 11) 73
Telescopic boom distortion because of sunshine on Warranted maximum sound output level (posi-
one si 116 tion 78) 83
TF / TYF / TYEF-operation (0 °/ 20 °/ 40 °) with Wear 555
tele 230, 231 Weights 140
The engine does not start? 401 Welding work on the load 60
Tilting the driver's cab 335 Wheel alignment 333
Tilt play of roller ring connection 363 Wheel changes 562
Tire changes 562 Wheel checks 561
Tires 560 Wheel hubs, illustration 12 333
Tires/wheels 329 Which data is required by Liebherr Service? 399
TN / TYN / TYSN-operation with telescopic boom Winch brake 367
50 m 230 Winch 365
TN / TYN / TYSN-operation with telescopic boom Wind speed charts 228
84 m 232 Wind warning (position 20) 81
Traffic regulations 16 Wire rope 521
Traffic regulations 17 Wire ropes and rope end connections 527
Transfer gearbox 317 Wire ropes 540
Transporting components 138 Working in the vicinity of electricity transmission
Transporting lattice sections 139 line 124
Troubleshooting the central lubrication system 361 Working in the vicinity of transmitters 65
T / TY-operation with telescopic boom 50 m 229 Working with a load 114
T / TY-operation with telescopic boom 84 m 231 Working with sliding beam monitoring 263
Turning out extremely rotation-resistant hoist Work on the crane superstructure or boom 39
LIEBHERR 573

LTM 1500-8-1 Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LTM 1500-8-1 Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LIEBHERR

TELESCOPIC BOOM MOBILE CRANE

Part 1 pages : 1 up to 810

The operating instructions are part of the crane !

Always keep on hand !

Comply with road travel and crane operating

LIEBHERR>WERK EHINGEN GmbH, Postfach 1361, D>89582 Ehingen / Donau

Telefon (07391) 5 02>0, Telefax (07391) 5 02>33 99

www.liebherr.com, E>mail: info.lwe@liebherr.com

Using these operating instructions

Observing these operating instructions

Non>destined use is:

The crane may not be used for :

Attachment and spare parts

D A N G E R: Danger if original attachment parts are not used!

DANGER: Should modifications, manipulations or replacement of originally installed

Definition der Richtungsangaben

1.00 DESCRIPTION OF THE CRANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

1.03 TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

3.00 OPERATION OF THE CHASSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3.01 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS > CHASSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

3.02 BEFORE STARTING UP THE VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

3.03 AXLE SUSPENSION / AXLE LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

3.04 TRAVEL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

3.05 THE CRANE AT THE JOBSITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

4.00 OPERATION OF THE SUPERSTRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

4.01 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

4.02 LICCON COMPUTER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

4.03 STARTING UP THE CRANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

4.04 SAFETY DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

4.05 CRANE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

4.06 CABLE REEVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

4.07 COUNTERWEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

4.08 WORKING WITH A LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

4.12 TWO>HOOK OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

5.00 EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

5.01 SAFETY TECHNICAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

5.02 ERECTION AND TAKE DOWN CHARTS T / TY3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

5.03 FIXED LATTICE JIB > TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

5.04 LUFFING LATTICE JIB > TN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

5.05 TELESCOPIC BOOM > GUYED > TY3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

5.06 TELESCOPIC BOOM, GUYED > TY3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

5.07 FIXED LATTICE JIB, T > GUYED > TY3F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

5.08 14 M EXTENSION TELESCOPIC BOOM 50 M > TVF, TVY3F, TVN,TVY3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616

5.09 HYDRAULICALLY ADJUSTABLE LATTICE JIB > TNZF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646

5.10 BOOM NOSE > 12t / 48t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

5.11 WINCH 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

5.12 LUFFING LATTICE JIB,T > GUYED > TY3SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700

5.13 DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY TELESCOPIC BOOM WITH TRANSPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . 710

5.14 TELESCOPIC BOOM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

5.15 TELESCOPIC BOOM DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

5.17 REMOVAL / INSTALLATION OF SLIDING ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732

5.20 INSTALLATION HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768

5.28 WIND SPEED CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782

6.00 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794

7.00 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798

8.00 CRANE INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802

9.00 GENERAL NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806

Description of the Crane

1.1 Crane chassis

1.2 Crane superstructure

15 Hoist gear 3 * with hoist cable and accessories